Publication - Schiffer Publishing
Transcription
Publication - Schiffer Publishing
SPRING | SUMMER 2016 trade catalog new books: 2–33 general: 34 children's: 52 regional: 60 R 2 2016 NEW BOOKS CONTENTS 2016 new books reasons to smile: celebrating people living with down syndrome 4 coulter & payne farm distillery's 101 uses for moonshine collector's guide to texas cretaceous echinoids 9 unstrung heroes: fifty guitar greats you should know 10 marching band techniques 11 6 the sinister beauty of carnivorous plants 7 senior dogs across america 8 14 american coasters 2: coast to coast 15 coasting around the uk: roller coasters of the united kingdom 15 5 a guide to building natural swimming pools vile: peeking under the skin of murderers sweet 16: a new numbers puzzle ufos over america: scariest cases 11 16 nature mandalas: wonders of the garden aliens among us: exploring past and present 12 16 nature mandalas: wonders of the earth, wind, and sea 12 mineralogy of uranium and thorium painterly days: watercoloring books for adults 9 13 little gray bastards: the incessant alien presence 16 trudy the tree frog 17 2016 NEW BOOKS dexter the very good goat four seasons of cape cod 18 24 the president and me: george washington and the magic hat in my footsteps: a traveler's guide to martha's vineyard 19 do not open the box! 20 the patapsco: baltimore’s river of history 29 miami at night 30 25 in my footsteps: a traveler's guide to nantucket 25 keeping austin weird: a guide to the (still) odd side of town 31 building boston: stories of architectural and engineering feats in the company of evil: thirty years of california crime, 1950—1980 26 32 two long ears surf nyc 22 27 ashland oregon: day trips rupert's tales: learning magick pennsylvania: a portrait of the keystone state am i big enough? a fun little book on manners 21 23 my heart rocks 24 33 scenic seattle 33 28 philadelphia: portrait of a city 28 CONTENTS 2016 new books 4 2016 NEW 2016 NEW BOOKS BOOKS REASONS TO SMILE: Celebrating People Living with Down Syndrome Edited by Andrea Knauss & Elizabeth Martins, Foreword by Keith Harris • 56 inspirational writings by people living and working with those with Down syndrome • Candid stories from authors across the globe, including Singapore, England, Canada, the US, and more • Foreword by Keith Harris, father of Tim Harris, owner of Tim’s Place, the “World’s Friendliest Restaurant" This compilation of 56 encouraging and eye-opening short writings by a variety of authors across the globe celebrates the lives of people living with Down syndrome. Together with 56 inspiring “slice of life" photos, these candid true stories, including the renowned “Welcome to Holland," provide inspiration and connection. Parents and families of children living with Down syndrome will discover a wealth of positivity and valuable guidance. Special education teachers, social workers, mental health professionals, and policy makers will find helpful information and insight from stories regarding behavioral health. And anyone who is looking to learn more about Down syndrome will discover a world full of possibilities they never knew existed. andrea knauss and elizabeth martins are from Philadelphia. Andrea works in counseling, and Elizabeth works in publishing. keith harris is the father of Tim Harris, owner of Tim’s Place, the first restaurant in the US owned by a person with Down syndrome. Size: 7" x 7" • 56 color & b/w photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5040-5 • hard cover • $14.99 AVAILABLE IN JANUARY 2016 NEW BOOKS COULTER & PAYNE FARM DISTILLERY’S 101 USES FOR MOONSHINE Chris Burnette & Elise Coulter Burnette, Foreword by Donald Snyder • A tongue-in-cheek look at moonshine and its place in our society today • Chris and Elise are farm-to-bottle craft producers—growing their own ingredients to make their own spirits • Dozens of photos show scenes of daily work and life at this small Missouri craft distillery Treat yourself to a tongue-in-cheek—but very practical—glimpse into the world of moonshine, from its history and American heritage to its uses and creation today. These 101 ways to interact with moonshine are wide-ranging and include practical housekeeping hints (glass cleaner, anyone?), medicinal uses, recipes, and more. Coulter & Payne is a farm-to-bottle distillery—that is, it not only makes spirits, but also grows its own ingredients. Dozens of photos offer a glimpse into the daily world of this small craft producer’s operations on the farm as they bring moonshine, vodka, and bourbon to America. In these pages you’ll enjoy learning about moonshine’s benefits and potential applications, and understanding what it means to produce a farm-tobottle, artisanal distilled spirit. This great resource for adventurous foodies, homesteaders, and home distillers will bring whiskey out of the backwoods for the rest of us to enjoy. chris burnette and elise coulter burnette own Shawnee Bend Farms and the Coulter & Payne Farm Distillery in Union, Missouri, where they produce moonshine using traditional Appalachian musican methods. Donald Snyder is founder and president of Whiskey Resources, LLC and Whiskey Systems Online. Size: 6" x 9" • 65 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5117-4 • hard cover • $19.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 36 • AVAILABLE IN APRIL 5 6 2016 NEW BOOKS A GUIDE TO BUILDING NATURAL SWIMMING POOLS Michael Littlewood • Beautiful images depicting finished projects as well as the steps involved • Detailed schematics and drawings • Clear, concise instructions mean anyone can design and build a natural swimming pool This book is specifically designed for those interested in creating natural swimming pools. It covers all stages, from understanding the system, management, excavation, lining, walling, plumbing, electrical, planting, structures, and last but not least, the maintenance, to ensure a successful project. Comprehensive information is presented in an easy to understand style with many illustrations showing methods of building. These are supported by the helpful inclusion of detailed scaled drawings, a plant guide with hardiness zones, and other useful information. The techniques will provide confidence to tackle the project and on completion give a huge sense of satisfaction and many hours of enjoyment. mich a el littlewood is a natural landscape architect and environmental planner with extensive experience in successfully designing and implementing sustainable land use projects. He is the author of numerous articles and publications. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 286 color and b/w photos • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5083-2 • hard cover • $49.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 38 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY ALSO BY THE AUTHOR Natural Swimming Pools: Inspiration for Harmony with Nature. Michael Littlewood ISBN: 978-0-7643-2183-2 $49.95 2016 NEW BOOKS THE SINISTER BEAUTY OF CARNIVOROUS PLANTS Matthew M. Kaelin • The allure of carnivorous plants is displayed in this collection of fine art-style botanical photos • The plants are filmed in a controlled studio setting as well as their natural environment • Includes a natural history reference of carnivorous plants native to Long Island, NY The alluring nature of carnivorous plants is on stunning display in this fine art-style collection of botanical photographs. Over 140 color images show in minute detail species, hybrids, and cultivars from around the world, many painstakingly cultivated by the author in his native New York. The images were taken in a studio setting as well as in their natural environment. Detailed captions and text contain horticultural information like genus, specie, and common names, ranges, and conservation status. Additional sections offer a primer on equipment and conditions for growing the specimens; identify threats to the plants’ natural habitats and the conservation organizations that are working to protect them; and present a survey of Long Island’s native carnivorous plants, making this a valuable horticultural reference as well. This book will appeal to both fine art photography aficionados and horticultural enthusiasts. matthew m. kaelin has been cultivating carnivorous plants for more than two decades. His photography has been exhibited in fine art galleries, he has authored natural history articles, won horticultural awards, and named two Nepenthes cultivars. Size: 9" x 12" • 145 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5098-6 • hard cover • $34.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 38 • AVAILABLE IN MAY 7 8 2016 NEW BOOKS SENIOR DOGS ACROSS AMERICA: Portraits of Man’s Best Old Friend Nancy LeVine • 84 iconic photographs of man’s best old friend from 29 states in America • Dogs from all walks of life honored in their old age and vulnerable times • Foreword by Dr. Marty Becker, “America’s Veterinarian” Anyone who has ever loved a dog, young or old, will warm to this stirring tribute to our best animal friends. Award-winning photographer Nancy LeVine has traveled the length and breadth of America — from Kauai to Martha’s Vineyard, from Seattle to Natchez — to meet and photograph some of our most endearing senior canine citizens. Included here are 84 of her finest portraits. These gallant companions ride on our tractors, doze on our couches, happy to be in our company. They remind us of the best in ourselves, and as they lose their vigor and youth, they reflect our own inevitable aging with courage and calm. Nancy’s photographs perfectly capture the enduring appeal of these elderly dignified beings in the places where they belong — all across America. As “America’s Veterinarian,” Dr. Marty Becker, says, “These images can make you laugh, cry, and simply feel the nobility of elder dogs." nancy levine’s 12-year project “Senior Dogs Across America” has been featured on The Today Show, blogs around the world (including the New York Times LENS Blog, BBC, and Lens Culture), in The Bark magazine, and has opened at the Houston Center for Photography in 2012. Size: 12" x 9" • 84 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5111-2 • hard cover • $29.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 40 • AVAILABLE IN APRIL 2016 NEW BOOKS MINERALOGY OF URANIUM AND THORIUM: Robert J. Lauf • Comprehensive treatment of radioactive minerals—their chemistry, structure, classification, properties, and occurrences • Detailed entries, maps of uranium resources, and 130 crystal structures viewable in 3-D • Uranium minerals are not only beautiful, but are a critical energy resource as well For students of geology, this book offers a systematic overview of uranium and thorium minerals, which are are known for their intense ultraviolet fluorescence and are critically important as our source of nuclear energy. Learn about the geochemical conditions that produce significant ore deposits and view more than 600 maps, structure diagrams, color photos, and electron micrographs. A web link allows readers to view the more than 130 crystal structures in three dimensions for a richer appreciation of their details. The minerals are arranged to emphasize how they fit into chemical groups, and a thorough description is provided for each mineral. Major occurrences of interest to mineral collectors are arranged geographically, with maps showing the important deposits in uranium-producing countries. With the resurgence of interest in nuclear power, this book will be invaluable to mineral collectors and exploration geologists as well as to nuclear scientists and engineers interested in radioactive deposits. robert j. lauf holds a PhD in metallurgical engineering, and has conducted scientific research in fields ranging from nuclear fuel to microwave processing and biomineralization. He has been granted over 40 US patents, and has written 14 books on mineralogy for the collector. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 656 color images • 352 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5113-6 • hard cover • $59.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 43 • AVAILABLE IN APRIL COLLECTOR’S GUIDE TO TEXAS CRETACEOUS ECHINOIDS: William W. Morgan • Explores why Cretaceous marine deposits occur in Texas and defines those fossil echinoid species • 368 color photographs help readers evaluate and appreciate these gorgeous specimens • Gives Texas Cretaceous echinoid enthusiasts the tools to differentiate the different species in their own collections Texas is known worldwide as a rich resource for the intricate Cretaceous-age echinoids widely sought by professional and amateur paleontologists. With much of the scientific literature on Texas Cretaceous echinoids decades old, here is an updated and detailed guide for identifying this rich fossil fauna. After a brief description of the climatic events that led to the formation of these marine deposits, readers are introduced to the terminology needed to understand the morphology and biology of echinoids. More than 350 high-quality color photographs and detailed descriptions provide a visual guide to identifying, usually to the species level, most of the Cretaceous echinoids found in Texas. The information will be of interest to nature lovers, new and advanced collectors, and students of invertebrate paleontology looking for in-depth, updated insights into the morphology, classification, and identification of these striking fossils. william w. morgan holds a PhD in anatomy and physiology from Indiana University in Bloomington. For forty years he was a neuroscientist and a teacher in the Department of Cellular and Structural Biology at the University of Texas Health Science Center in San Antonio, where he is now professor emeritus. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 368 color and 14 b/w images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5031-3 • soft cover • $29.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 43 • AVAILABLE IN APRIL 9 10 2016 NEW BOOKS UNSTRUNG HEROES: Fifty Guitar Greats You Should Know Pete Braidis • Interviews with 50 guitar players you’ve no doubt heard but may not know by name • Guitar players from pop to jazz to heavy metal and folk, from the 1960s to the present day • An insider’s look behind the scenes of some of the greatest music ever recorded There may be plenty of books on guitar players, but there are very few, if any, that delve into the guitar players who have been somewhat “under the radar" through the years. This book gives exposure and long-overdue attention to 50 players who have certainly received some accolades in their careers but yet still remain outside of the mainstream and the typical lists of “guitar greats." Interviews give insight into guitar players from various genres—including hard rockers Rik Emmett, Dave Meniketti, and Pat Travers, heavy metalists Andy LaRocque and Uli Jon Roth, funk masters Michael Hampton and Howard E. Scott, jazz-fusion players Frank Gambale and Carl Verheyen, prog-rockers Steve Hackett and Martin Barre, and singersongwriters Bruce Cockburn and Richie Furay. The musicians get personal, speaking about their careers in their own words. Also included are short biographies on each player and photographs. pete braidis was born in Bristol, PA, but was raised in Haddon Township, NJ, and graduated from Haddon Township High School, and earned a BA in history and journalism from Rutgers-State University of New Jersey-Camden. He has written and been published in Metal Rules Magazine, Goldmine Magazine, Indie-music.com and The Philadelphia Inquirer. Size: 7" x 10" • 50 color and b/w images • 304 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5088-7 • hard cover • $24.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 45 • AVAILABLE IN APRIL 2016 NEW BOOKS MARCHING BAND TECHNIQUES: A Guide to the Successful Operation of a High School Band Program M. Gregory Martin and Rachael L. Smolinsky, contributions by Brian W. Cox • Provides instructions, tips, suggestions, and ideas to assist young music educators in their first years • Show designs, drill design techniques, rehearsal techniques, and tips on managing a band program • A life saver for the young music educator’s first year This book can be used as an accompanying text for the collegiate marching band techniques course and to help build a successful marching band program at a high school. Topics include everything from developing a program handbook to student leadership and adult staffing, budgets, rehearsal techniques, sample forms, and basic information regarding the development process of a marching band show, as well as basic drill design techniques. It also addresses typical mistakes made by young teachers and offers suggestions on how to avoid/handle those mistakes. Finally, workbook-style activities at the end of each chapter help support and reinforce the material presented. m. gregory martin is an Associate Professor of Music Education and the Associate Director of Bands at West Chester University in Pennsylvania. rachael l. smolinsky is a music educator in Southeastern Pennsylvania. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 138 color and b/w photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5087-0 • soft cover • $39.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 45 • AVAILABLE IN APRIL SWEET 16: A New Numbers Puzzle Michael J. Polaski • A new concept in numbers games, using common arithmetic principles in a 16-cell puzzle • 150 brain-boosting puzzles for all ages, ranging from supersimple to “hand me that eraser" • Entertaining narrative commentary, sample puzzles, hints, and back-of-the-book solutions providing help if needed Sharpen your pencil and get ready to boost your brain with this brand-new numbers game. To solve each puzzle, fill the 16 cells with the numbers 1 to 16 using each number only once. Each puzzle has just one solution, and uses math you learned in grade school: addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division. The games, which all call for logic, imaginative thinking, intuitive elimination, and sheer persistence, are grouped in three categories, and range from relatively simple to superchallenging. The author’s spirited instructions and sample puzzles walk you through the basics; clues for some puzzles provide what might be necessary encouragement. With 14 bonus puzzles aimed at children and those who want to start with the super-easy, these 150 puzzles will keep you thinking whether you’re a student honing your math skills, a puzzle-lover looking for a challenge, or someone who just wants to get those brain synapses snapping! michael polaski has been an information systems analyst and software developer his entire career. His interest in numbers puzzles led him to put those skills to work to create the puzzles used in this book. Size: 6" x 9" • 150 puzzles • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5054-2 • soft cover • $9.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 48 • AVAILABLE IN MARCH 11 12 2016 NEW BOOKS NATURE MANDALAS WONDERS OF THE GARDEN: Life Circles of Biodiversity and Conservancy Written and illustrated by Tim Phelps • Garden and insect biodiversity is elegantly illustrated in vivid mandala patterns • Over 130 full-color nature mandalas celebrate the symmetrical glory of garden plants and insects • An artist’s interpretation of nature’s intricate tapestries and humankind’s critical role in nurturing it From buckeye butterflies to ladybugs, milkweed, and dandelions, Tim Phelps’s mandalas cast an artistic eye on the real and imagined micro-architecture of plants and insects. Vibrant illustrations and an engaging narrative invite the reader to wonder at nature’s seemingly endless variety of forms, from the simple to the complex. Using the graphic and symbolic patterns of mandalas, the artist combines color, texture, and fluidity to tell the story of each organism and the role it plays in a healthy ecosystem. These elegant artworks have been shaped by the artist’s interest in art nouveau and art deco, the works of Charley Harper and Ernst Haeckel, and Victorian ornamental art, Asian art, batik, hot rod flame painting, swirling tie dye, and iconography. By exploring the how, what, and why of garden flora and insects, the book encourages us to look closely at the rich biodiversity in our own backyards. tim phelps, MS, FAMI, an associate professor and medical illustrator at Johns Hopkins, is a published author on surgical pathology dissection and artist techniques including hot rod flame painting. His artwork has received over 40 regional and national awards. Size: 11" x 11" • 79 color images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5044-3 • hard cover • $34.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 42 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY NATURE MANDALAS WONDERS OF THE EARTH, WIND, AND SEA: Life Circles of Biodiversity and Conservancy Written and illustrated by Tim Phelps • Fauna biodiversity is elegantly illustrated in vivid mandala patterns • Over 130 full-color nature mandalas celebrate the symmetrical glory of animals • An artist’s interpretation of nature’s intricate tapestries and humankind’s critical role in nurturing it From common toads and turtles to sea horses, cephalopods, and triggerfish, Tim Phelps’s mandalas cast an artistic eye on the real and imagined micro-architecture of animals. Vibrant illustrations and an engaging narrative invite the reader to wonder at nature’s seemingly endless variety of forms, from the simple to the complex. Using the graphic and symbolic patterns of mandalas, the artist combines color, texture, and fluidity to tell the story of each organism and the role it plays in a healthy ecosystem. These elegant artworks have been shaped by the artist’s interest in art nouveau and art deco, the works of Charley Harper and Ernst Haeckel, and Victorian ornamental art, Asian art, batik, hot rod flame painting, swirling tie dye, and iconography. By exploring the how, what, and why of fauna, the book encourages us to look closely at the rich biodiversity in our own backyards. tim phelps, MS, FAMI, an associate professor and medical illustrator at Johns Hopkins, is a published author on surgical pathology dissection and artist techniques including hot rod flame painting. His artwork has received over 40 regional and national awards. Size: 11" x 11" • 72 color images • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5064-1 • hard cover • $34.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 42 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY 2016 NEW BOOKS PAINTERLY DAYS: Watercoloring Books for Adults Kristy Rice • 25 watercolor sketches give adults a means to discover joy in small moments of art making • Printed on lovely watercolor paper, the intricate sketches appeal to beginners and experienced artists alike • Lively floral artwork, woodland sketches, and elegant patterns designed to inspire deeper artistic experience These three books consist of of 25 floral sketches, 25 woodland scenes, and 25 unique patterns, respectively. Printed on lovely watercolor paper, the artist is invited to experiment with only a brush and paint. Pages are double-sided, offering the opportunity to paint the same page in different ways. The author shares painting tips for each sketch and advice for discovering the artist within. Also included is a painting tutorial and handy color wheel. Each book is small enough to carry anywhere and simple to use. Creativity is an escape, and these books offer a delightful way to make art regardless of skill level. kristy rice is a trailblazer of hand-painted wedding stationery. Her company, Momental Designs, garners attention from wedding publications and celebrity couples worldwide. Her artwork has also been used in well-known brands such as Envelopments®, Papyrus, and BHLDN. FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 49 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY PAINTERLY DAYS: The Flower Watercoloring Books for Adults Size: 9" x 12" • 25 floral patterns • 60 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5091-7• soft cover • $24.99 PAINTERLY DAYS: The Woodland Watercoloring Books for Adults Size: 9" x 12" • 25 woodland patterns • 60 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5092-4 • soft cover • $24.99 PAINTERLY DAYS: The Pattern Watercoloring Books for Adults Size: 9" x 12" • 25 patterns • 60 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5092-4 • soft cover • $24.99 13 14 2016 NEW BOOKS VILE: Peeking Under the Skin of Murderers Benjamin S. Jeffries • 37 horrific graphic stories about the world’s sickest killers • Usage of criminal profiling, forensic psychology, and victim impact are explored • Not only what they did, but why they did it is uncovered Experience 37 horrific stories about the world’s more extreme killers in this comprehensive tome of grisly lusts and depraved pleasures of people who started out human and became something else. Read not only what they did, but why they did it—often from the killer’s own words. Meet legendary murderers Jack The Ripper, Jeffrey Dahmer, Henry Lee Lucas, and Ed Gein. Become intimate with lesser knowns, such as Edmund Kemper, Louis Wagner, and Carl Panzram. Bear witness to depraved sexual sadists Albert Fish, Gary Heidnik, and Richard Ramirez. Discover the insanity of Joseph Kallinger, “The Shoemaker," Tsutomu Miyazaki, Japan’s demented child killer, and Gordon Stewart Northcott, twisted ax murderer and pedophile. Take a sinister trip to where violence is the beginning and death is a welcome release. Often regarded as too weird for words, benjamin jeffries is the author of Lost in the Darkness and Grim Shadows Falling, published by Schiffer in 2013 and 2014. He is currently writing his fourth book for Schiffer. Size: 6" x 9" • 18 b/w images • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5090-0 • hard cover • $24.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 50 • AVAILABLE IN JUNE 2016 NEW BOOKS AMERICAN COASTERS 2: Coast to Coast Thomas Crymes • A thrilling, close-up look at roller coasters around the country • Dynamic photographs of more than 100 coasters in 17 states • Examples of some of the oldest and newest coasters and their record-breaking features Thrill-seekers are invited to join a roller-coaster enthusiast’s journey across the United States to photograph these marvels of engineering. From Maine to Minnesota to California and points in between, this book contains breath-taking photographs of more than 100 roller coasters in 38 parks and 17 states. See the oldest operating roller coaster in the world, as well as the recent record-breakers. Get statistics on their gravity-defying feats, and learn the inside scoop from one of the nation’s premier roller coaster manufacturers. thomas crymes has spent a lifetime riding roller coasters and has a keen eye for photographing them. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 311 color photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5114-3 • hard cover • $34.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 48 • AVAILABLE IN JUNE COASTING AROUND THE UK: Roller Coasters of the United Kingdom Peter Andrews • A photographic guide with facts and statistics for all major roller coasters within the UK • 80 roller coasters, 39 parks, and nearly 400 photographs from angles average parkgoers can’t see • Made to recreate that feeling you get at the top of the climb looking down... The United Kingdom has been entertaining the public with its amazing selection of parks and rollercoasters since the late 19th century. This book features in-depth profiles of 80 roller coasters, from the 7,442-foot Ultimate in Lightwater Park to Thorpe Park’s Stealth, which goes from 0 to 80 mph in 1.9 seconds. A compelling series of photographs, gathered from 39 of Great Britain’s most famous amusement parks, includes many behind-thescenes perspectives and rare views that prove these compelling structures are not merely fun rides, but mechanically magnificent, and at times, visually stunning, machines. Covering the length and breadth of the UK, this photographic and historic guide takes you from Brighton up to Glasgow, and from Gwynedd over to Great Yarmouth, and provides the ultimate adrenaline rush. peter andrews is a self-confessed roller coaster addict and is in his element when combining his passion for coasters, theme parks, and photography. He loves traveling to parks and riding roller coasters in the search for the ultimate ride experience. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 397 color photos • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5015-3 • hard cover • $34.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 48 • AVAILABLE IN MARCH 15 16 2016 NEW BOOKS UFOS OVER AMERICA: Scariest Cases Joseph Flammer • Over 70 Ufology topics across the US are explored • New scary cases, along with abductions, chases, mysteries, government involvement, and other grave topics • Written by NY MUFON investigator who believes the government is on “our side" In this collection of terrifying possibilities, follow a New York Field Investigator for the Mutual UFO Network (MUFON) as he investigates and discusses over 70 important Ufology topics that gravely affect the US. This book is broken into three parts—The Biggest, Baddest, Scariest UFO Events In America; Crashes, Chases, Shoot-downs, and Mysteries; and Alien Abductions. Find out how ordinary citizens are involved with the Greys, insectoids, reptilians, and Nordics. Follow military jets, trying to protect the populace, as they hunt down and chase alien craft; and meet abductees who may never be the same after horrifying nonhuman encounters. Discover that government agents may be around you: soldiers of the Anti-UFO-Army. Be careful how you approach the study of UFOs and aliens. The author believes that if you want to meet extraterrestrials and experience their high strangeness or abductions, you will; find out how at your own risk. jospeh flammer is an award-winning reporter and a New York Field Investigator for the Mutual UFO Network (MUFON). He covers the spectrum of UFO close encounters on Long Island and the Hudson Valley Region of upstate New York, a documented UFO hotbed. Size: 6" x 9" • 17 b/w images • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5099-3 • hard cover • $19.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 51 • AVAILABLE IN JUNE ALIENS AMONG US: Exploring Past and Present Barry Strohm • The history of aliens on the earth, from an alien’s perspective, via channeled communications • Includes truths about aliens in Heaven, abductions, high-profile ongoing UFO cases, and more • Written by an author specifically chosen by an alien to deliver the messages If you had the opportunity to ask an extraterrestrial questions, what would they be? What mysteries would you like to see declassified? Learn the true history of the Earth, from an alien’s perspective, as author and channeler Barry Strohm communicates with and receives information from the spirit of an alien named Mou. Discover that aliens have the ability to communicate through psychic channeling and explain our deepest planetary mysteries. Unearth the real truth about Roswell, the Rendlesham Forest Lights, alien abductions, heaven, alien references in the Bible, types of extraterrestrials, their effects on human development, and their influence on ancient structures (such as the Nazca Lines in Peru and the pyramids in Egypt). Find out the role played by the governments of the world in suppressing information about intergalactic visitors. The truth about aliens is not only out there, it’s presented right here for you to explore! Born near Hershey, the author has a scientific background and currently owns and operates Golden Lane Antique Gallery in New Oxford, Pennsylvania. The gallery is known for antiques and a large spirit presence. Size: 6" x 9"" • 53 b/w & color images • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5006-1 • hard cover • $19.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 51 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY LITTLE GRAY BASTARDS—THE INCESSANT ALIEN PRESENCE Jordan Hofer & David Barker • Biographical accounts and explanations of an alien “experiencer" and stories detailing the menacing Gray aliens • Includes abductions, artist communications, ghosts, and other paranormalphenomena • Includes a history of Gray alien attacks on humans Join two ufology researchers as they stare into the cold, black eyes of alien visitors—those little Gray bastards who are omnipresent in our daily lives. Watch the skies! Grays secretly reveal their outrageous spacecraft to selected, awestruck witnesses. Watch your bedrooms! Grays materialize silently beside beds to abduct paralyzed victims. Every aspect of human life is impacted by their incessant presence, from genes of the individual to the fate of humanity. Explore the story of Earl Heriot, rich in details of bizarre experiences with these Gray aliens over a lifetime. Discover specific aspects of the alien menace, including abductions; communications through artists; interconnections between Grays, ghosts, and other paranormal phenomena; and a history of alien attacks on humans. What emerges is a strange, often terrifying, glimpse into the machinations of the Gray aliens as they lurk at the fringes of human consciousness. Read with caution! jordan hofer is a MUFON Research Specialist and author of Evolutionary Ufology, Saucerville, and Evidence for the Personhood of Chimpanzees. David Barker is the author of Death At The Flea Circus and The Revenant of Rebecca Pascal (with W.H. Pugmire). Size: 6" x 9" • 8 b/w images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5005-4 • hard cover • $16.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 51 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY 2016 NEW BOOKS TRUDY THE TREE FROG: Jennifer Keats Curtis, Illustrated by Laura Jacques • Gloriously illustrated, funny tale about a tree frog who spies a young girl’s comfy-looking bed • What happens when Trudy decides to leave her scratchy tree for cozier digs? • Artistry that magically captures the emotions of a girl and a frog In this classic grass-is-greener-elsewhere tale, the amphibious Trudy is happy sleeping in a bark-covered tree until one wide leap lands the little tree frog on a young girl’s bedroom windowsill. There, she spies the girl’s wondrous sleeping quarters and becomes desperate to get out of her scratchy limb bed and onto those fluff y pillows. See what happens when she gets her wish.This rhyming tale will make young readers smile and encourage them to think about slumbering in their own comfy beds. For ages 5 to 8. Award-winning author jennifer keats curtis is frequently found among students and teachers, talking about literacy and conservation. laura jacques is an award-winning artist whose illustrations for children’s books and educational products focus on wildlife, nature, and environmental awareness. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 18 color illustrations • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4997-3 • hard cover • $16.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 53 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY OTHER BOOKS BY THE AUTHOR YOU MAY ENJOY! Osprey Adventure. Jennifer Keats Curtis; Illustrated by Marcy Dunn Ramsey ISBN: 978-0-8703-3593-8 $13.95 Saving Squeak: The Otter Tale. Jennifer Keats Curtis; Illustrated by Marcy Dunn Ramsey ISBN: 978-0-7643-3588-4 $14.99 Squirrel Rescue. Jennifer Keats Curtis; Illustrated by Laura Jacques ISBN: 978-0-7643-4246-2 $16.99 17 18 2016 NEW BOOKS DEXTER THE VERY GOOD GOAT Jean Malone & Jia Min Lim • Dexter is a very good goat, except when it’s time for hoof trimming at the zoo • Although Dexter runs the show in his petting zoo, he must learn to be brave even when he’s scared • Offers a snapshot of animal life at the zoo, including some exotic inhabitants Dexter is the top goat at the petting zoo, but he’s not the bravest, much to his embarrassment. He has the longest, smoothest, and straightest horns of all eleven goats, and he’s very good at using them to keep the others in line. He’s also a very good boy. Dexter never grabs the paper maps out of visitors’ hands or sneaks into the alpaca pen for an afternoon grain snack. But he’s secretly afraid of some things, like the generator, the big green ball, and—horror of horrors—having his hooves trimmed. Follow the zoo-yard adventures of this irascible goat and find out what goes on inside his head as he learns to overcome his fears. jean m. malone is a librarian, author of three All-Aboard Readers for Penguin, and a former Nashville Zoo volunteer. Jia Min Lim is a Hertfordshire creative who specializes in illustration, character design, and making bespoke stuffed toys. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 18 color images • 28 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5051-1 • hard cover • $14.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 53 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY 2016 NEW BOOKS THE PRESIDENT AND ME: George Washington and the Magic Hat Deborah Kalb, Illustrations by Robert Lunsford • A magic hat helps a fifth-grader visit George Washington and learn something about friendship • Time travel puts school social pressures in perspective • Adventure, eighteenth-century history, and the drama of school life wrapped up in one poignant package Adventure, history, and the drama of school life intertwine in this engrossing tale of a fifth-grade boy struggling to find his place after his best friend abandons him. Find out what happens when Sam’s class takes a trip to Mt. Vernon, where he accidentally buys a bossy three-cornered hat that sweeps him off to the eighteenth century and a warm friendship with George and Martha Washington. As Sam travels back and forth between his present-day life and incredible adventures with George Washington, he learns about history, himself, and the nature of friendship and families. deborah kalb is a freelance writer and editor in Washington, DC, and is the co-author of Haunting Legacy: Vietnam and the American Presidency from Ford to Obama. Size: 6" x 9" • 18 b/w images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5110-5 • soft cover • $12.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 56 • AVAILABLE IN APRIL 19 20 2016 NEW BOOKS DO NOT OPEN THE BOX! Timothy Young • A charmingly illustrated picture book captures a little boy’s dilemma • Should Benny succumb to his curiosity or follow the instructions on the box? • A child comes to terms with imagination and reasoning Benny spots a big cardboard box with a note taped to it saying, “Do Not Open." His imagination runs wild, and it’s almost too much for a curious boy to bear. He thinks about all of the things, good and bad, that could be inside that box. A birthday robot? A wolverine? An entrance to another world? What should he do? This endearingly illustrated tale of a classic childhood dilemma has a surprise ending and offers a peek into a young boy’s mind as he weighs tantalizing possibilities against the risks of breaking the rules. timothy young has done design work for Pee-Wee’s Playhouse, the Muppets, Disney, the Simpsons, and Universal Studios. He is the author/illustrator of six published picture books including I Hate Picture Books! and The Angry Little Puffin. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 13 color illustrations • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5043-6 • hard cover • $16.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 53 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY OTHER BOOKS BY THE AUTHOR YOU MAY ENJOY! Shadows On My Wall. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4224-0 $16.99 I Hate Picture Books! ISBN: 978-0-7643-4387-2 $16.99 The Angry Little Puffin. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4805-1 $16.99 2016 NEW BOOKS AM I BIG ENOUGH? A Fun Little Book on Manners Julia Pinckney & Timothy Young • A young child realizes his ability to use good manners in everyday settings • Children learn if they are big enough to do the things they see grownups doing • Teaches manners in a fun, interactive way Finn cautiously observes his family doing all kinds of daily activities and wonders if he is big enough to do them, too. Join the young boy as he goes from cautious to confident and learns when and how to use good manners. Preschool-age children will delight in placing their hand on the clever handprint to see if they, like Finn, are big enough to do things like use their quiet voice at the library, share a cookie, and shake hands with grown-ups. julia pinckney lives in Charleston, South Carolina, and is the proud mother of two sons with impeccable manners. timothy young has done design work for Pee-Wee’s Playhouse, the Muppets, Disney, the Simpsons, and Universal Studios. He is the author/illustrator of six published picture books including I Hate Picture Books! and The Angry Little Puffin. Size: 8 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 29 color illustrations • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5053-5 • hard cover • $16.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 53 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY 21 22 2016 NEW BOOKS TWO LONG EARS Jacob A. Boehne • This counting book teaches 1 to 10, plus the many ways people decorate their bodies • A colorful, fun start to talking with children about accepting differences, from piercings to tattoos • Introduces kids to a culture that’s rarely displayed in other materials; great resource for educators Along with learning to count from 1 to 10, in these charming pages children and their adults can explore the many ways people decorate their bodies. With its fun pictures and words, the book is a simple way to start talking about accepting differences, from piercings to tattoos. The illustrations are inspired by traditional tattoo designs as well as not-so-traditional body modification styles. Also included is a full-color wall poster that offers a color-it-yourself version on the back. Introducing kids to a culture that’s rarely displayed in other materials, this is a perfect resource for early childhood educators, parents, and all adults who value diversity. jacob a. boehne is an early childhood educator, parent, artist, and writer who is interested in body art. He lives in Cincinnati with his wife and two children. Size: 6" x 6" • 10 color illustrations • 24 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5039-9 • board book • $9.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 55 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY INCLUDES A TWO-SIDED 15" x 20" POSTER! 2016 NEW BOOKS RUPERT’S TALES: Learning Magick Kyrja, Illustrated by Tonia Bennington Osborn • 2 Rupert’s Tales adventures in which children learn about magick along with our furry friend • Includes concepts for using intentions, understanding the tools of magick, and more • 5th Rupert’s Tales , this one encouraging the use of thoughtful imagination and time-honored Pagan practice Follow the adventures of Rupert the rabbit as he learns that intentions and imagination are two of the most important ingredients in all things magickal. In “Tools of the Craft,” Rupert meets a family who has come to teach their children about tools they use in crafting magick. “Rupert’s Magickal Imagination” has him watching children practicing using their intentions when one of them wonders what happens if you don’t believe in magick. With two rhyming stories and 23 vibrant illustrations, this book offers an enchanting way to help your child begin a journey to learn about magick. For readers aged 5 to 8. kyrja has authored the Rupert’s Tales, Gatekeeper’s Choice, Shards of Light series, along with The Monster Got Mom titles. tonia’s life-long labor of love is exploring and expressing the miracles that make up her world. Her work is displayed internationally. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 23 color illustrations • 48 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4973-7 • hard cover • $16.99 AVAILABLE IN JANUARY OTHER BOOKS BY THE AUTHOR AND ILLUSTRATOR YOU MAY ENJOY! Rupert's Tales: Rupert Helps Clean Up. Kyrja; Illustrated by Tonia Bennington Obsorn ISBN: 978-0-7643-4284-4 $19.99 Rupert's Tales: A Book of Bedtime Stories. Kyrja; Illustrated by Tonia Bennington Obsorn ISBN: 978-0-7643-4694-1 $19.99 Rupert's Tales: The Wheel of the Year Activity Book. Kyrja; Illustrated by Tonia Bennington Obsorn ISBN: 978-0-7643-4020-8 $9.99 23 24 2016 NEW BOOKS MY HEART ROCKS Amy M Dykens • 136 images of heart rocks along with words of calm introspection • Images inspire a joy of spending time along the water’s edge and exploring the heart rocks found there • A wonderful gift for those who love nature and the sea Imagine finding a perfectly shaped heart rock on the beach: a gift from the sea symbolizing the universal image of love, while also crystallizing the simple joys of walking by the water’s edge. Inspired by these wonders of nature, photographer Amy M Dykens presents here 136 beautiful images of heart rocks in their native environment along with her words of calm introspection and an appreciation of generosity and love. Some of these treasures are heart shaped, some have a heart image through or on them, but all are precious creations. Photographer amy m dykens sees and captures the world in ways that surprise and delight others. She has a degree in art from Smith College and is a successful beach, wedding, and portrait photographer on Cape Cod where she lives with her two sons. Size: 10" x 7" • 136 color photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5063-4 • hard cover • $24.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 60 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY FOUR SEASONS OF CAPE COD John Tunney • Book of fine-art photography capturing Cape Cod in all four seasons • Cape Cod’s beaches, harbors, dunes, and wildlife in winter, spring, summer, and fall • First book to focus on Cape Cod throughout the seasons Each season paints Cape Cod with a unique palette of light and color. Winter’s low sun casts long shadows and reveals the muted tones that cover windswept dunes and empty harbors. Spring starts with a hard light, but soon brings splashes of bright color as flowers emerge and the landscape comes back to life. Summer’s rich, vibrant colors are followed by autumn’s softer and warmer tones. Photographer John Tunney has created the first book to focus on the beauty of the Cape’s different seasons. With 170 photographs of beaches, dunes, harbors, wildlife and people, this beautiful book captures the shifting light, colors and moods of Cape Cod - from Falmouth to Provincetown - throughout the year. john tunney is fine-art photographer based on Cape Cod. A frequent exhibitor in art shows and festivals, his work has met with popular and critical success. In addition, John leads photography classes, workshops, and tours. Size: 10" x 7" • 174 color photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4993-5 • hard cover • $34.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 60 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY 2016 NEW BOOKS IN MY FOOTSTEPS: A Traveler’s Guide to Martha’s Vineyard Christopher Setterlund • A concise guide to popular and lesser known spots on Martha’s Vineyard • A trip around the island with over 75 locations showcased • An original member of Saturday Night Live has their final resting place on Martha’s Vineyard For centuries, Martha’s Vineyard, the Massachusetts island off the coast of Cape Cod, has attracted everyone from celebrities and presidents to everyday folks seeking a respite from the busier pace of the mainland. This travel guide takes you on a complete tour around the island, showcasing more than 75 locations. A mix of quaint charm and stunning natural beauty gives the Vineyard a truly unique allure. Historic homes, lighthouses, renowned restaurants, and miles of pristine beaches are only the starting points for the wonders that have made this island of not quite 100 square miles a coveted vacation spot. Through clear and concise directions, including addresses, distances, and GPS coordinates, this unique guide whisks you around the island, stopping at both must-see popular spots and lesser-known hidden gems treasured by the locals. christopher setterlund is a 12th generation Cape Codder whose passion for travel, adventure, and visiting new places is apparent in his writing. He does his best to share every place he visits with the love of a native and the wonder of a first-time traveler. Size: 6" x 9" • 189 color photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5019-1 • soft cover • $16.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 62 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY IN MY FOOTSTEPS: A Traveler’s Guide to Nantucket Christopher Setterlund • One of the most beautiful and historic islands in the world from a local’s perspective • Everything from famous landmarks and restaurants to out of the way places • Features attractions, restaurants, and places to stay Thirty miles off the Cape Cod shore sits the quaint historic island of Nantucket, the Far Away Island. Once one of the richest towns in America thanks to its leading role in the whaling industry, the island reinvented itself in the twentieth century as a destination spot for tourists. This traveler’s guide takes you on a round-the-island tour, noting its infamous cobblestone streets, world-renowned restaurants, museums, fabulous shops, and acres of conservation lands. You’ll discover the historic homes, lighthouses, and beaches that make the island famous, but also some truly incredible locations only a local would know. Brant Point Lighthouse, the Nantucket Whaling Museum, Madaket Beach, and Sconset Village are only the beginning. See why Nantucket is a favorite vacation spot for everyone from families with young children to corporate executives looking for a paradise to truly get away from it all. christopher setterlund is a 12th generation Cape Codder with some famous names from the area decorating his family tree. His vivid descriptions and crisp photos help paint pictures for the reader, making them feel as if they are walking in his footsteps. Size: 6" x 9" • 195 color and b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5094-8 • soft cover • 16.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 62 • AVAILABLE IN JUNE 25 26 2016 NEW BOOKS BUILDING BOSTON: Stories of Architectural and Engineering Feats Ted Clarke • An engaging history of Boston’s architectural treasures, urban design, and engineering feats • Fast-paced narrative takes readers along the Boston Marathon route and past mythic landmarks • More than 150 photographs illustrate Boston’s storied past and present Take an expertly guided tour of Boston’s historic landmarks and epic past. Follow the history of the Boston Marathon and the architectural gems that grace the Copley Square/Back Bay area where the race ends. Take a deep dive into the subway dig. Learn how fabled landscape architect Frederick Law Olmsted figured out how to put a salt marsh inside the city to prevent flooding, paving the way for today’s green ribbon of parks. Interwoven with anecdotes about landmarks such as the Boston Common, the Boston Red Sox Fenway Park, and the esplanade are observations about the character of a city that took the 2013 Boston Marathon bombing in stride. Perfect for both armchair reading and for use as a unique visitors’ guide. Bostonian ted clarke has written 21 books, holds three masters degrees, is a frequent public speaker, and has narrated five television programs on history. He has a Facebook page to which he contributes daily posts of historical interest. Size: 6" x 9" • 102 color and 51 b/w photos • 208 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5112-9 • hard cover • $24.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 60 • AVAILABLE IN MAY 2016 NEW BOOKS SURF NYC Andreea Waters • A visual story and celebration of ocean community, passion, and the New York surfer soul • More than 60 photos with stories by 13 New York surfers • You never want to hear those famous words, “You should have been here an hour ago." New York surfing is mad. Breaks are hard to access, waves are inconsistent, winter (which produces the best waves) is brutal. You might risk almost anything just so you don’t hear those famous words, “You should have been here an hour ago." Follow dedicated wave hunters to the end of the A-train and beyond and peek into this passionate way of life through authentic photography and several surfers’ personal journeys. Discover what it takes to brave the cold Atlantic Ocean and get a fresh insight on the Big Apple’s hidden surf sub-culture. An adventurous photographer has developed relationships with local surfers, absorbed scarcely available knowledge about the ocean and climate, and placed herself in these elements without reservation. To respect the locals and their undergroundculture, there is no mention of where the action takes place. Locations may include Rockaway, Montauk, Long Beach, Lido Beach, and Northern New Jersey. Originally from Bucharest, Romania, andreea waters discovered Rockaway Beach, NY, where her surf photography began, in May 2012. When you least expect it she is on the beach, taking powerful photographs that represent timeless moments in New York surfing. Size: 12" x 9" • 64 color photos • 136 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5029-0 • hard cover • $34.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 68 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY 27 28 2016 NEW BOOKS PENNSYLVANIA: A Portrait of the Keystone State Michael P. Gadomski • 125 photographs capture the beauty, culture, and history of Pennsylvania • Insight into Pennsylvania’s importance and why it is called the Keystone State • Learn about Pennsylvania’s many “firsts" that spread throughout the nation Discover every corner of Pennsylvania, from the place where the United States began on the shores of Lake Erie to the first-class city of Pittsburgh, historic Scranton, and the rural farmland, forestland, and small towns in between. Visit Pennsylvania’s historic sites, which are also the nation’s historic sites because so many important events took place here. View the birthplace of the only US president from Pennsylvania, trees over 450 years old, the place where oil was first discovered, the peaceful Amish countryside, historic colonial buildings, and modern metropolitan cities. Through striking images and detailed captions, join the photographer on a journey of one of the country’s most significant and diverse states. michael p. gadomski, a third-generation Pennsylvania native, is an internationally published photographer and former state park ranger. He has spent his lifetime exploring Pennsylvania’s natural and cultural history. Size: 9" x 9" • 125 color photos • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5107-5 • hard cover • $19.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 72 • AVAILABLE IN MARCH PHILADELPHIA: Portrait of a City Michael P. Gadomski • A compact photographic guide to Philadelphia and its most important cultural and historical aspects • 117 color photos capture the city’s neighborhoods, history, landmarks, and cultural diversity • The City of Brotherly Love is one of wondrous contrasts, with architecture from four centuries This vibrantly illustrated dedication to Philadelphia presents one of the United States’ oldest and most historically and culturally significant metropolises with photographs, from the detailed to the panoramic, of its architecture, art, and parks. The City of Brotherly Love has it all: the largest concentration of colonial architecture in the country, modern skyscrapers, and plenty of open green space. Take an armchair tour of the Liberty Bell, Independence Hall, and the Betsy Ross House; head over to UPenn’s Morris Arboretum; then venture out to nearby Valley Forge Park. Through creative vantage points, absorb Philly’s local color as you stroll around Old City and the 18th-century homes of Society Hill…you might even sneak a peek at the New Year’s Day Mummers. From the Schuylkill to the Delaware, along the old cobblestones and among the towering monuments, Philadelphia welcomes you with open arms. michael p. gadomski, a third generation Pennsylvania native, is an internationally published photographer and a former state park ranger. He has spent his lifetime exploring Pennsylvania’s natural and human history. Size: 9" x 9" • 117 color photos • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5108-2 • hard cover • $19.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 72 • AVAILABLE IN MARCH 2016 NEW BOOKS THE PATAPSCO: Baltimore’s River of History, Second Edition Paul J. Travers • With new photos and maps, updates, and six new chapters, includes the river’s most recent developments • The main resource detailing this key American river’s impact on Maryland and the nation • Covers early native settlements on its shores, to 20th-century harbor revitalization, through ongoing 21st-century changes Long the main resource on this key American river, this book’s expanded second edition includes dozens of new photos and maps, updates, and six new chapters recording the twenty-first century’s most recent developments on the Patapsco River. Along with insightful narration of its impact on its watershed and on Baltimore in particular, the book contains the entire recorded history of the Patapsco River. It moves from the early Native American camps on its shores, through the late twentieth-century revitalization of its harbor, and to the environmental and economic changes the Patapsco has been a part of during these first decades of the twenty-first century. The Patapsco’s story contains some of the most important and fascinating events of Maryland’s past, and this book allows the reader to dip at will into the exciting and unexpected blend of people, places, and events that have had such great impact on the state of Maryland and the nation. paul j. travers was born near the Patapsco River in Baltimore, and holds degrees from the University of Maryland and Pepperdine University. His work as a park ranger with the Maryland Park Service fostered his interest in the river’s history. Size: 6" x 9" • 42 photos, illustrations, and maps • 320 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-644-7 • hard cover • $29.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 76 • AVAILABLE IN MAY 29 30 2016 NEW BOOKS MIAMI AT NIGHT Bill Brothers • Over 70 color photographs highlighting the beauty and color of Miami at night • Focuses on telling a unique visual story of the city • One of the only photography books featuring Miami specifically at night Miami is one of the United States’ most fascinating cities. While the rest of the country endures snowstorms and cold weather, Miami is always hot and sexy. By day, the sun, sea, and Art Deco architecture highlight Miami’s unique history and heritage. However, it is truly at night when the city comes alive. Miami at Night is a cityscape photography book featuring over 70 photos, including over 40 large panoramic photos that capture the essence of the energy that pulsates through nocturnal Miami. The book tells a unique visual story of the city (Brickell, Brickell Key, Key Biscayne, Coral Gables, Coconut Grove, Downtown Miami, and Miami Beach) through photography at angles and vantage points that are rarely seen by the average Miamian or tourist. bill brothers has lived in Miami for the past 10 years and is a selftaught photographer. He is the owner of Golden Dusk Photography, which focuses on cityscape photography. The website can be located at www.goldenduskphotography.com Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 73 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5028-3 • hard cover • $24.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 84 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY 2016 NEW BOOKS KEEPING AUSTIN WEIRD: A Guide to the (Still) Odd Side of Town Red Wassenich • A fun-filled guide to the people, places, and events in one of the weirdest cities in America • Over 250 photos and text reveal the town’s flair for the strange and spectacular • Learn where Willie Nelson’s DNA is kept on public display Take a whimsical photographic tour of the people, places, and events in Austin that collectively make it one of the weirdest cities in America. City native Red Wassenich is tour guide to the odder side of town, which has grown enormously in size and reputation in recent years. Marvel at the Cathedral of Junk, a three-story, 60ton behemoth made of flotsam and jetsam. Join the fun at Eeyore’s Birthday Bash, a day-long bacchanalia celebrating the beloved fictional character. Meet Dr. Dumpster, who lived in a tricked-out trash bin for over a year. Visit the Museum of the Weird in the city’s “Dirty Sixth" neighborhood. While locals fret endlessly over the forces of normalcy and consumerism that threaten its quirky existence, this book reveals the town’s still-unconventional underbelly. So whether you’re into art, food, politics, music, or sports with a flair for the strange, Austin has just the place for you. red wassenich coined the phrase “Keep Austin Weird" in 2000. He was born in Austin and has been a librarian at Austin Community College since 1984. He is now happily married to Karen Pavelka. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 266 color and B/W photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5096-2 • hard cover • $24.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 92 • AVAILABLE IN APRIL 31 32 2016 NEW BOOKS IN THE COMPANY OF EVIL: Thirty Years of California Crime, 1950-1980 Michael Thomas Barry • 64 true crime cases in California from the early 1950s into the 1980s • Inside look at serial killers, assassins, sadistic rapists, bank robbers, kidnappers, Satan worshippers, and more • Provides crime overview, parties involved, evidence gathered, and theories for solutions California’s picturesque shores have always been a magnet for outcasts and criminals. Read about 64 of the most horrifying crimes ever committed in The Golden State, from the early 1950s into the 1980s. These accounts tell of man’s inhumanity toward his fellow man and provide an inside look at infamous serial killers, assassins, sadistic rapists, bank robbers, kidnappers, Satan worshippers, and a plethora of other notorious criminals. Revisit “The Sex Club Slaying," “The Chowchilla School Bus Kidnapping," and the “Real House on Haunted Hill." Be glad you’re not on the helpful list of “The Lonely Hearts Killer" or “Souls for Satan." Written in an accessible, chronological sequence and enhanced by over 60 photographs, each entry provides an overview of the crime, the parties involved, evidence gathered, and leading theories about solutions. This reference is indispensable for the study of the history of modern crime in California. Award-winning author and columnist michael thomas barry is a graduate of Cal State Fullerton and is a columnist for Crimemagazine.com. He is the author of six nonfiction books and is the recipient of numerous awards that include the 2014 Readers Favorite International Best Book Awards (gold medal). Size: 6" x 9" • 65 b/w images • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5003-0 • hard cover • $24.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 97 • AVAILABLE IN MARCH 2016 NEW BOOKS ASHLAND, OREGON, DAY TRIPS Barbara Tricarico • A photographic essay of the region within three hours of Ashland, Oregon • A narrative tour of Southern Oregon and Northern California through the lenses of 55 photographers • Ashland, a cultural gem, is the starting point for scenic day trips The Oregon Shakespeare Festival in Ashland, Oregon, draws hundreds of thousands of visitors each year. Many wonder, “What else can we do while in town?" The answer lies in this book, a photographic essay of natural, historic, and iconic sites within a three-hour drive. Fifty-five area photographers capture notable landmarks such as Crater Lake National Park, the wild and scenic Rogue River, giant redwoods, the Klamath Wildlife Refuge, and Lassen Volcanic National Park. On-the-road and armchair travelers alike are invited to take in the idiosyncratic culture of towns such as Jacksonville, Yreka, Bandon, and Brookings. There’s plenty here for history buffs, too. Readers are invited to savor the culture and biodiversity of Ashland, but also step out into its spectacular surroundings. barbara tricarico is the author of Ashland, Oregon. She photographed and co-authored Quilts of Virginia: 1607-1899. Barbara has a master’s degree in deaf education from Gallaudet University. She and her husband Bill live in Ashland and have two grown sons. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 218 color, 3 b/w, 1 artwork • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5014-6 • hard cover • $34.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 96 • AVAILABLE IN JANUARY SCENIC SEATTLE: Touring and Photographing the Emerald City Joe Becker • A tourist’s and photographer’s guide to 100+ scenic and historic attractions in Seattle • Covers sites in and around Seattle with technical advice for amateur and professional photographers • Extremely helpful even if all you have is a smartphone This guide is designed to help visitors to Seattle tour and photograph the city. Descriptions of more than 100 destinations include travel and historical information, as well as specific advice for recreational and professional photographers on capturing the best shots, including ISO settings, angles of view, best shooting times, and any photographic restrictions. Example images and maps are also provided, and many locations are accessible by foot, or with simple mass-transit connections, from downtown. Areas covered include Seattle Center, Pike Place Market, the waterfront, South Lake Union, the University of Washington, and specific spots such as the Space Needle, Pioneer Square, the Great Wheel, Discovery Park, Fishermen’s Terminal, the Hiram Chittenden Locks, Fremont, Volunteer Park, Kubota Garden, Alki Beach, the Museum of Flight, and a dozen viewpoints. With its rich maritime history, eclectic architecture, and endlessly photogenic seascapes, landscapes, and cityscapes, the Emerald City contains something special for everyone. joe becker is an award-winning freelance photographer and author living in Tacoma, Washington, with his wife and 160-pound Newfoundland. Joe’s images have been published by the National Geographic Society, EOSMagazine, Northwest Travel Magazine, and others. Size: 6" x 9" • 126 color photos & maps • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-5116-7 • soft cover • $19.99 FOR RELATED BOOKS SEE PAGE 96 • AVAILABLE IN JUNE 33 34 GENERAL BOOKS FOOD ART & PRESENTATION Creative Ideas for Garnishing & Decorating. Elisabeth Bangert. Step up your plating and decorating techniques with this ideal cookbook for those who regularly entertain. A wide spectrum of ingredients and products, including fruits and vegetables, dairy, meat, chocolate, and marzipan demonstrate just how creative you can be. More than 330 images capture step-by-step procedures. Includes holiday-specific ideas. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 339 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3645-4 • hard cover • $19.99 Food Art: Garnishing Made Easy. John Gargone. Takes readers step-by-step through the process of creating garnishes that are stunning works of edible art. Straight-forward, systematic instructions create salad border garnishes, salad and table centerpieces, fruit displays ranging from bird cages to watermelon wedding vases, melon sculpture displays. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 371 color photos • 96 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1960-4 • soft cover • $19.95 Food Presentation: Tips & Inspiration. Michelle Valigursky. Food that looks beautiful does taste better! Learn hundreds of tips and tricks that restaurant chefs rely on to wow their guests. Basic techniques and ordinary household items will become your tools in adding drama, interest, and impact to your food presentation. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 234 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3481-8 • soft cover • $24.99 FOOD ART & PRESENTATION ...................................... 34 COOKBOOKS ............................................................... 34 SPIRITS ......................................................................... 36 FOOD HISTORY ............................................................ 37 CAKE DECORATION ..................................................... 37 ENTERTAINING ............................................................. 37 WEDDINGS................................................................... 37 FLOWER ARRANGING & DESIGN ................................ 37 CONTEMPORARY LANDSCAPE & GARDEN DESIGN .. 38 HISTORIC GARDEN DESIGNS ...................................... 39 HOLIDAYS .................................................................... 39 PETS.............................................................................. 40 BUSINESS & LEGAL ...................................................... 40 NATURAL HISTORY...................................................... 40 THE WORLD ................................................................. 44 WOMEN ....................................................................... 44 HISTORY: BIOGRAPHY................................................. 44 HISTORY: GENERAL ..................................................... 44 HISTORY: SIDESHOWS ................................................ 44 HISTORY: MOTION PICTURES ..................................... 45 The Art of Food Sculpture. Yuci Tan. Explores different carving techniques and offers a broad range of projects simple enough for anyone to accomplish, beautiful enough to astonish any guest. Experienced food sculptors will find this book a gold mine of ideas, packed with images and stencil templates for creating amazing centerpieces, plate and platter garnishes. And here, finally, is the solution to that annual conundrum – what to do with the garden’s overabundance of zucchini. Explore the possibilities! Size: 6" x 9" • 287 color photos/160 drawings • 192 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1454-8 • soft cover • $19.95 Edible Art: Tricks & Tools for Master Centerpieces. Narahenapitage S.P. De Costa. Simple techniques and tools make it possible to create absolutely stunning centerpieces that will be the talk of the party. Butterflies and rosebuds from colorful beets, carrots, and radishes are easily crafted. Elaborate melon lanterns and flower" filled vases with step-by-step in pictures. Twenty-five splendid projects. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 305 photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2513-7 • soft cover • $19.99 Table Decoration: with Fruits and Vegetables. Angkana and Alex Neumayer. Learn to create remarkable decorations for the table and garnishes for glasses and plates. Many tips, 440 color photos, and practical, step-by-step directions guide you through works of art that are easy to produce. Carve a flower, shape a fish, a bell, the sun, and the moon. You will be adding light touches to your meals from here forward. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 440 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3510-5 • hard cover • $24.99 HISTORY: MUSIC & MUSICIANS .................................. 45 HISTORY: THE OLD WEST............................................ 45 HISTORY: LOGGING ..................................................... 45 HISTORY: MINING ........................................................ 46 HISTORY: FARMING ..................................................... 46 HISTORY: UNDERTAKING ............................................ 46 HISTORY: LINCOLN & U.S. PRESIDENTS...................... 47 HISTORY: U.S. CIVIL WAR ............................................ 47 HISTORY: TRANSPORTATION ...................................... 48 HISTORY: CAMPING & RECREATIONAL VEHICLES ..... 48 HISTORY: TRANSPORTATION CALAMITIES ................. 48 GENERAL INTEREST ..................................................... 48 GAMES, PUZZLES, & ACTIVITIES ................................. 48 FISHING ........................................................................ 49 PARANORMAL & GHOSTLY PHENOMENA ................. 50 UFOS ............................................................................ 51 ZOMBIES ...................................................................... 51 CRYPTOZOOLOGY ....................................................... 51 VAMPIRES .................................................................... 51 Garnishing & Decorating: Ideas for all Seasons. Georg Hartung, photographs by Thomas Schultze. Step-by-step instructions to pep up your small dishes and fingerfood, for plates pleasing to the eye–and your tastebuds. All of the recipes are grouped seasonally to honor the freshest produce available, for the most beautiful results! With creative tips and ideas, including a tutorial on making your own piping bags for precise, professional results, you’ll learn how to turn simple ingredients into fantastic eye catchers. Bon appétit! Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 120 color photos • 88 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4627-9 • soft cover • $16.99 Garnish and Decorating Made Easy. Georg Hartung. Tomato roses, fresh cheese on salad cucumbers, leek flowers, or melon stars – learn simple step-by-step directions on how to give the final, eye-catching touch to a buffet or to your dinner table. These “little works of art” will add to the appetizing flavor of any meal or dinner party. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 183 color images • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3932-5 • soft cover • $19.99 COOKBOOKS Meet Me in My Cape Cod Kitchen: Recipes for Seaside Living. Linda Maria Steele. With more than 60 delicious recipes, celebrate good food shared with family and friends, inspired by life on the beach. With food photography and inspiring Cape Cod landscapes, chapters focus on baked goods such as cakes, cookies and quick breads, as well as appetizers, entrees, salads, and summertime drinks. Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 75 color images • 96 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4984-3 • hard cover • $24.99 COOKBOOKS The Athlete’s Cookbook: The Favorite Recipes of Red Bull Athletes, Prepared at Hangar-7. Gernot Hörwertner, Matthias Nelke, Marc Eggers & Lara Soenmezay. More than 30 Red Bull athletes, including American ski queen Lindsey Vonn, team up with a master chef to prepare their favorite dishes with an international flair. Through pictures, text, interviews, and recipes, discover the flavors that inspire some of the world's top competitors and expand your culinary horizons. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 587 color images • 232 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4966-9 • hard cover • $34.99 Aroma Kitchen: Cooking With Essential Oils. Sabine Hönig and Ursula Kutschera. The recipes in this book focus on using fresh, local (if possible) ingredients and scented essential oils to nourish your loved ones in a healthy and varied way. Included are the basics of essential oils, including recipes for creating your own spiced oils, vinegars, butters, salts, syrups, honey, and sugars. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 478 color photos 156 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4793-1• soft cover • $29.99 On an Open Fire: Barbecuing, Roasting, Cooking. Carston Bothe, Editor. Why make a mess in your indoor kitchen when you can build your own fire pit outside? There is something about roasting suckling pig on a spit, duck on a rope, or just chestnuts over a handmade fire pit that makes eating with friends and family more special. Here are a dozen different cooking methods and nearly a hundred recipes. Size: 7" x 10" • 295 color photos • 168 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4483-1 • soft cover • $29.99 The New Bread: Great Gluten-free Baking. Jessica Frej, Maria Blohm, photos by Filippa Tredal. Learn to bake gluten-free breads, rolls, and tortillas that promise better taste and texture than many commercial brands. Buckwheat, cornmeal, and rosehip flour open the way to endless possibilities for the gluten-intolerant. With this book, you’ll find it’s nice and easy to bake without gluten. Size: 7" x 10" • 96 color images • 144 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4968-3 •hard cover • $24.99 Serbian Cooking: Popular Recipes from the Balkan Region. Danijela Kracun and Charles McFadden. Danijela Kracun was born in Serbia and, at the age of ten, moved to New York. The recipes in this book have been passed down from Danijela's mother and some from her Serbian and Romanian grandmothers. She and Charles McFadden enjoy family, writing books, meditating, being in nature, walking, hiking, and simple living. They hope their books inspire peace and love. If you want peace and love to reign in your life, you have to be peaceful and loving. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 49 color photos • 104 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4760-3 • hard cover • $24.99 Cooking Wild Game: Thirty-Six Hearty Dishes. G. Poggenpohl. Impress your guests with dishes from this classic collection of 36 European game dishes. Mouthwatering flavors and cooking styles combine with a variety of venison, wild boar, hare, duck, pheasant, and more. Accompanied by color photos, each recipe offers ingredients and cooking instructions. Prepare these hearty dishes for your next dinner party. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 36 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3646-1 • hard cover • $19.99 Grill Skills: Professional Tips for the Perfect Barbeque: Food, Drinks, Music, Table Settings, Flowers. Liselotte Forslin, Mia Gahne, Jan Gradvall, Bengt-Göran Kronstam, Catharina Lindeberg-Bernhardsson, Tove Nilsson, and Mia öhrn. Would you like to be more confident in your grilling skills? Or, do you consider yourself king of the grill? Either way, this book for you. In The Grill Fixers, professionals generously offer their very best tips, advice, and recipes. This is the book where Tex-Mex meets the islands, the Mediterranean meets Sweden, and the tropics meet urban balconies. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 180 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4768-9 • hard cover • $34.99 Pure Steak. Steffen Eichhorn, Stefan Marquard, and Stephan Otto. Star cook Stefan Marquard, meat expert Stephan Otto, and German grillmaster Steffen Eichhorn present 39 extraordinary steak recipes. From exciting twists like Ribeye Stirred and Not Shaken and Sirloin Meets Scallop to traditional offerings like Garlic Steak and Filet Mignon, this soulful cookbook is ideal for all meat lovers. Nothing will stand in the way of preparing pure steak perfection on the stove or the grill. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 84 color images • 136 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3927-1 • hard cover $29.99 French Fries: International Recipes, Dips & Tricks. Christine Hager & Ulrike Reihn. 50-plus recipes celebrate the versatility of the french fry. From prepping the perfect potato to selecting the right oil, and serving the perfect dipping sauce, this book presents french fries as both an accompaniment or a main course, like the french fry burger or chili french fries. Size: 6" x 8 1/4" • 41 color images • 80 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4965-2 • soft cover • $9.99 What’s Your Potion?: Liquid Refreshments to Nourish Body, Mind, and Spirit. Morwyn. Create over 100 liquid refreshment recipes to enhance good health and uplift your body, mind, and spirit. Charming and easy-to-make beverages for smoothies, teas, coffees, cocoas, soups, and sauces. Open your heart to the potion that will nourish your soul! Size: 6" x 9" • 43 color photos • 192 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4954-6 • soft cover • $29.99 Medieval Cooking in Today's Kitchen. Greg Jenkins. This cookbook contains 78 recipes for delicious drinks, hearty breads, soups and hors d’oeuvres, robust entrées, and rich desserts from folkloric foundations of individual cultures throughout Europe and the English Isles in the Middle Ages. Ancient and exotic foods, libations, and flavors turn your kitchen into a festive time machine. Size: 7" x 10" • 87 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4842-6 • hard cover • $24.99 Pickled Delicacies: In Vinegar, Oil, and Alcohol. Eva Aufreiter, Bernadette Baumgartner, Birgit Hauer, Christine Mahringer-Eder & Anna Obermayr. Experts have compiled 174 recipes with instructions for pickling fruit, vegetables, mushrooms, eggs, fish, cheese, and more in numerous types of alcohol, vinegar, and oil as well as sweet syrups, savory salts, and other seasonings, to indulge in or give away as gifts. Size: 6" x 9" • 199 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4872-3 • hard cover • $24.99 Great Grilling and Hot Sauces: Recipes and Tips. Ralf Rowack. Whether you're a newcomer or an expert chef, this book lets you kick up your grill skills by adding homemade sauces to your repertoire. Along with fun barbecue lore and kitchen tips, there are recipes for one-of-a-kind barbecue sauces, salsas and jams, Texas and Louisiana style sauces, and more. Size: 6" x 9" • 138 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4851-8 • soft cover • $16.99 The Little Smoker Book: Getting Into the Top Level of Grilling. Franz-Christoph Heel, Editor. Learn the basics of various kinds of smokers to determine the best one for you and get tips for determining the right type of firing, selecting your home-smoking accessories, and the maintenance of your smoker. With 22 recipes for delicious pork, chicken, and side dishes, you will be enjoying the “low and slow” in no time at all. Size: 6" x 9" • 44 color images • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4772-6 • hard cover • $19.99 Dutch Oven: Cast-Iron Cooking Over an Open Fire. Carsten Bothe. The Dutch oven has been popular on the grill and barbecue scene, and cooking with the “black pots” over an open fire has become a fashionable cult. Now you can learn to conjure such dishes as juicy roasts, hearty casseroles, or baked crisp bread. Desserts, bean dishes, or casseroles, become child’s play through simple directions making cooking easy and fun, even for a beginner. Size: 7" x 10" • 147 color images • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4218-9 • soft cover • $29.99 Pure BBQ! Steffen Eichhorn, Stefan Marquard, & Stephan Otto. Powerhouse German foodies Steffen Eichhorn, Stefan Marquard, and Stephan Otto tackle grilling and smoking everything from oysters to mini beer keg suckling pigs. Through many hours spent BBQing and tasting, the trio has developed 34 excellent recipes including pierced perch, melon and halibut skewers, beech plank salmon, and antipasti, as well as classics for the smoker—pulled pork and beef brisket. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 47 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4013-0 • hard cover • $24.99 Grilling Like a Champion. Rudolf Jaeger, Editor. Learn how to impress friends and family by perfecting their favorite cuisine, and find out how to win grilling competitions. Professional grill masters share some of the best-kept secrets of the trade, including information on purchasing the most reliable equipment, using the right type of grill and fueling method, and shopping for the freshest ingredients. Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 396 color photos • 232 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4498-5 • hard cover • $34.99 The Granite Iron Ware Cook Book. Both a cookbook/housekeeping guide and an 1877 catalog of enameled iron cookware, this unusual book has practical, old fashioned food recipes as well as images of 99 different antique kitchen vessels. Also, you can cook authentic meals (from soup to dessert) and preserve fresh fruit. This is a basic household guide your great-great grandmother may have used. Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 98 b/w drawings • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-8953-8121-7 • soft cover • $6.95 Home Smoking Basics: For Meat, Fish, and Poultry. Maria Sartor. Step-by-step instructional guide for smoking meats, fish, and poultry using different techniques and woods, plus how to smoke on an alcohol stove or barbecue grill or in a roasting pan, wok, or home-built barrel smoker. Instructions for preparing and smoking your own food also come with delicious recipes for both the hot and cold smoking of pork, beef, fish, game, and chicken. For chefs of all skill levels. Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 59 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4653-8 • soft cover • $29.99 The Ultimate Wood-Fired Oven Book. Anna Carpenter. Revised & Expanded 2nd Edition. Wood-fired ovens are enormously popular today because of the unique taste only real wood fire can instill into meat and fish, vegetables, fresh bread, and of course, pizza. A wide variety of indoor and outdoor brick, stucco, and stone structures will inspire you to design the perfect setting for your own oven. This second edition features 4 new recipes. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 206 color photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4417-6 • hard cover • $29.99 The Big Smoker Book. Karsten “Ted” Aschenbrandt and Rudolf Jaeger. Smoking is a very special kind of barbecue using the low temperature range. This book, with 138 color photos and enticing recipes, introduces the basic techniques of smoking, along with expert tips on appliances, fuel, and accessories. Readers will find instructions for a perfect barbecue experience—from sauces, rubs, and marinades to the best recipes for spicy ribs, incredibly tender brisket, or juicy salmon. Size: 9" x 12" • 138 color photos • 152 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4328-5 • hard cover • $34.99 35 36 COOKBOOKS • SPIRITS The Perfect Sausage: Making and Preparing Homemade Sausage. Karsten “Ted” Aschenbrandt Join BBQ master Karsten “Ted” Aschenbrandt as he demonstrates how to make the perfect sausage. From raw ingredients to kitchen gear and gadgets to secret tips for better flavor, this cookbook covers everything you need to know in easy illustrated steps. Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 88 color images • 120 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4302-5 • soft cover • $19.99 The Farmer’s Market Guide: With Identification Guide and Recipes. Jennifer Loustau. Designed to carry in your shopping bag, this simple cookbook takes the uncertainty out of farmers’ markets. Accompanied by 251 color photographs, quick descriptions help identify American herbs and vegetables and easyto-prepare recipes teach you what to do with them. Size: 6" x 9" • 251 color images • 208 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4077-2 • spiral bound • $24.99 The Great Taste of Virginia Seafood: A Cookbook and Guide to Virginia Waters. Mary Reid Barrow & Robin Browder. Over 300 of the best seafood recipes in the state, including prizewinners from celebrated Virginia chefs. Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 284 pp. ISBN: 0-89865-323-1 • soft cover • $12.95 Off the Hook: Rudow’s Recipes for Cooking Your Catch. Lenny Rudow. Learn proper use of ice for the cooler, techniques for cleaning and filleting fish, and correct packaging methods to ensure freshness. Cooking advice and simple-to-gourmet recipes are perfect for a wide variety of saltwater, freshwater, and shellfish from watermen and chefs who made this the ultimate fish cookbook. Size: 8 1/2" x 5 1/2" • 20 b/w photos, 8 drawings • Index • 252 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-574-7 • hard cover • $19.95 The Yankee Chef: Feel Good Food for Every Kitchen. Jim Bailey. The heritage of New England cookery unfolds in this charming collection of more than 550 traditional recipes tweaked for today’s palate. Create a range of comfort foods in typical New England style, including easy-to-follow recipes for classics like chowders, steamers, and cornbread. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 200 color images • 304 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4191-5 • hard cover • $34.99 The Great Chefs of Virginia Cookbook. Virginia Chefs Association. Almost two hundred delicious recipes are presented, with mouth-watering illustrations and short bios. Size: 6" x 9" • 200 pp. ISBN: 0-89865-242-1 • soft cover • $10.95 Clams, Oysters, and Scallops: An Illustrated History. James D. Ristine. Over 350 color postcards and trade cards illustrate clams, oysters, and scallops. Some cards date back over 100 years. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 384 color photos • Price Guide • 128 pp. • ISBN: 9780-7643-3160-2 soft cover • $24.99 Today I Cook: A Man’s Guide to the Kitchen. Felix Weber. More than 40 dishes for today’s man to master. Carefully-tested instructions break the preparation into easy-to-digest steps, including tips for ensuring things go smoothly. Classic dishes and impressive meals for your culinary repertoire. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 61 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3644-7 • hard cover • $19.99 Cooking Together: Having Fun with Two or More Cooks in the Kitchen. G. Poggenpohl. Everyone pitches in with this cookbook designed for multiple cooks in the kitchen. More than 30 recipes have two sets of instructions: for each cook or team of cooks. There’s a game, puzzle, or riddle with each recipe to guarantee a fun time in the kitchen for all. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 36 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3647-8 • hard cover • $19.99 Cooking with Mustard: Empowering Your Palate. G. Poggenpohl. Create aromatic masterpieces by unlocking the secrets of mustard. Sixteen types of mustard in a variety of flavor profiles enable you to create sauces, soups, and entrees. Completed with more than 30 recipes, this detailed cookbook has a dish for every palate. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 33 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3643-0 • hard cover • $19.99 Squash & Zucchini: Pumpkin, Butternut, Musk, Hokkaido, and Zucchini. Elisabeth Bangert. With cooking tips and 67 color images, you’ll find ideal uses for squash and zucchini. Thirty-five recipes cover soups, chili, quiche, strudel, and muffins, along with instructions for spicing up antipasto salad, sandwiches, pancakes, and omelets. Whether raw, cooked, fried, or grilled, every taste is catered to. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 67 color images • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3779-6 • hard cover • $19.99 Asparagus & Strawberries. Elisabeth Bangert. Seventy-five delicious asparagus dishes and strawberry desserts unlock the secrets to these two palate-pleasing, spring crops. Build a healthy menu with ideas for meal-by-meal plans and more than 100 inspiring images. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 113 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3648-5 • hard cover • $19.99 Cape Cod and the Islands: Where Beauty & History Meet. Kathryn Kleekamp. Original art by the author and rare historic photos accompany an informative text, capturing the nature of Cape Cod, Nantucket, and Martha’s Vineyard. They bring to life those who farmed the land, fished the seas, captained the schooners, or waited for a loved one’s return. Historical vignettes, beautiful illustrations, and traditional Cape Cod recipes. Sieze: 11" x 8 1/2" • 159 photos & illustrations • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3317-0 • hard cover • $29.99 A Cook’s Tour of the Eastern Shore. 2nd Edition. Easton, Maryland, Memorial Hospital Junior Auxiliary. This cookbook of regional fare includes 460 recipes for fish, crabs, clams, and oysters; breads, pones, beaten biscuits, vegetables, sauces, salads, candies, cookies, cakes, and icings. Create from this wellspring of gourmet delights. Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 213 illustrations • 384 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-3591-4 • spiral binding • $19.99 My Favorite Maryland Recipes. Helen Avalynne Tawes. The Maryland Governor’s wife spent many hours experimenting in her kitchen, perfecting the familiar recipes, and refining them for the busy modern homemaker. Here are traditional favorites blended with elegant dishes that were served to guests at the governor’s mansion. Size: 6" x 9" • 69 illus • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3819-9 • soft cover • $12.99 Mrs. Kitching’s Smith Island Cookbook. Frances Kitching & Susan Stiles Dowell. On tiny Smith Island, Maryland, Frances Kitching operated a widely renowned restaurant and inn, and gathered many recipes from the local generation-to-generation oral tradition. A regional cookbook with forty evocative photographs, this book reflects the colorful people and places from which the recipes derive. Size: 6" x 9" • 42 b/w photos • index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3817-5 • hard cover • $13.99 Queen Anne Goes to the Kitchen. The Episcopal Church Women of St. Paul’s Parish, Centreville, MD. Recipes are inspired by regional ingredients including saddle of venison, roast partridge, rabbit pie, shellfish, geese, ducks, and terrapin. Bread recipes from the colonists’ johnnycake to today’s delicious brandied pumpkin bread and flavorful orange kuchen rolls. Beaten biscuits, once prepared with the blunt end of an axe, are a specialty still enjoyed on the shore. Size: 6" x 9" • 20 illustrations • Index • 416 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-438-2 • spiral binding • $19.95 T h e C h e s a p e a ke Co ll e c t io n: A Tre a sury of Recipes and Memorabilia from Maryland’s Eastern Shore. Woman’s Club of Denton, Inc. The “tads” and “smidgens” have been compiled into recipes that any creative cook can use and enjoy. Local ingredients combine in traditional recipes and new concoctions for variety and pleasure at the dinner table. Size: 6" x 9" • 19 b/w photos & illus. • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3824-3• spiral bound • $14.99 The Great Chicago Melting Pot Cookbook. Agnes M. Feeney & John L. Leckel. Chicago is the melting pot of America. Here 20 of the city’s nationalities are presented with over 400 recipes. Size: 7" x 10" • 200 pp. ISBN: 0-89865-028-3 • soft cover • $12.95 The Legendary Illinois Cookbook: Historic and Culinary Lore from the Prairie State. Agnes M. Feeney & John L. Leckel. Cooking from each of 6 geographical areas is featured in over 600 recipes. Size: 7" x 9" • 352 pp. ISBN: 0-89865-199-9 • soft cover • $9.95 Cooking in Alaska, the Land of the Midnight Sun. Pat Babcock & Diane Shaw. Over 400 recipes that are beautifully offered along with native folklore, photography, and exquisite illustrations. Size: 6" x 9" • 380 pp. ISBN: 0-89865-628-1 • soft cover • $14.95 SPIRITS The Umami Factor: Full-Spectrum Fermentation for the 21st Century. Robert Rivelle George. You’re about to be introduced to the umami factor: the secret to sensational custom-made beverages, including spirits, wine, beer, soft drinks, and more. More than 75 recipes, sharp insight, and handy tips help both amateur and professional fermentation chefs conquer the next frontier in beverage science. Size: 7" x 10" • 242 color photos • 272 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4876-1 • hard cover • $39.99 Distilling Fruit Brandy. Josef Pischl. This comprehensive, technical guide offers the distiller pretty much everything there is to know about distilling fruit brandies. Raw materials, fermentation, mashing, alcohol determination, clarifying and filtering, and storage are all presented in great detail through text, diagrams, and photos. Size: 7" x 10" • 145 color & b/w images • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3926-4 • hard cover • $34.99 How to Brew Honey Wine. Karl Stückler. With home-brewing and smaller distilleries more popular than ever, this book offers valuable DIY assistance to the hobbyist and the professional alike. The first part of the book discusses mead and how to make it. Also included is a more in-depth, scientific analysis about fermentation, fining, and stabilization, as well as legal requirements, bottling, and a collection of recipes. Size: 6" x 9" • 104 color images & diagrams • 120 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4457-2 • hard cover • $24.99 FOOD HISTORY • CAKE DECORATION • ENTERTAINING• WEDDINGS •FLOWER ARRANGING & DESIGN Beer Brewing for Everyone. Michael Hlatky. This extensive reference book is your technical guide to easy home brewery and covers every single aspect of the process in great detail. From establishing your workspace to assembling your raw materials to stepby-step coverage of the brewing process, Beer Brewing for Everyone is an essential ingredient in your home brewing operation. Size: 7" x 10" • 179 color photos & diagrams • 184 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4499-2 • soft cover • $24.99 FOOD HISTORY The Culinary Lives of John & Abigail Adams: A Cookbook. Rosana Y. Wan. John and Abigail Adams enjoyed hearty, diverse cuisine in their native Massachusetts, as well as in New York, Philadelphia, and Europe. They feasted on cod, roast turkey, mince pie, and plum pudding. These recipes, as well as dishes settlers brought from the Old World, such as roast duck, Strawberry Fool, and Whipt Syllabub, are included in this historical cookbook. Size: 7" x 10" • 40 images • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4669-9 • soft cover • $29.99 Folklore and Food: Folktales that center on family, food, and down-home cooking. Theresa Bane and Cynthia Moore Brown. History is steeped in wonderful and strange folklore. Storyteller, Cynthia Moore Brown tells 17 old-timey favorites, each one including a special home-style recipe connected to the story that is beautifully put to paper by mythologist, Theresa Bane. So bake a batch of biscuits or brew some Southern Brunswick Stew as you curl up to some mighty exciting stories heard for generations! Size: 6" x 9" • 37 b/w images • Index • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4220-2 • soft cover • $19.99 Tea Art: A Modern Look at Vintage Tea Graphics. Gregory Suriano. Historical survey of strong images about tea and a modern guide to collecting tea graphics. Over 160 rare images organized as postcards, prints, posters, sheet music, book illustrations, periodical advertisements, and more. Survey of tea history with emphasis on its marketing and advertising. Current prices and advice for collectors. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 169 color photos • Price Guide • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2811-4 • soft cover • $24.99 Tea & Taste: The Visual Language of Tea. Tania M. Buckrell Pos. Never before has there been a book focusing on the theme of tea as it relates to both the fine and decorative arts. Through over 330 beautiful color images and a fascinating and informative text, explore the history of tea and its impact on the development of porcelain, furniture, silver, and the other decorative arts. In addition to tea pots, cups and saucers, there is a wide selection from the fine arts, from maritime painting, to portraiture and still life. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 330+ color photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1959-0 • hard cover • $35.00 Coffee and Coffee Houses. Ulla Heise. A comprehensive history of the growth of the coffee industry and the coffee house. This vastly informative, compellingly interesting, and beautifully illustrated work is a complement to everyone’s personal library. Size: 9 5/8" x 10 3/4" • 107 b/w photos, 9 drawings, 54 color photos • 246 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-101-5 • hard cover • $35.00 Herbs and Spices of the World. Hermie Kranzdorf. The story of herbs and spices and their use for medicinal and culinary purposes. Learn to grow, store, and use them in many fragrant and delicious recipes. Size: 9" x 12" • 205 pp. ISBN: 0-916838-84-6 • hard cover • $45.00 CAKE DECORATION Dare to Bake!: Cupcake Recipes to Awaken Your Sweet Tooth. Ady Abreu Learn to bake new and creative cupcakes using everything from the standard vanilla and chocolate to fruits and vegetables. These proven cupcake recipes can be easily recreated at home and also provide a fresh twist to some classics. This book is perfect for the avid bakers who want to look beyond the typical cupcake recipe. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 48 color images • 88 pp. • 978-0-7643-4796-2 • hard cover • $19.99 The Art of the Wedding Cake. Mary Anne Pirro. Through 346 images, a delicious variety of cakes will whet your appetite for your big day. Choose the details that reflect your personality — all white or Bohemian chic, buttercream roses or fondant flowers, traditional tiers or sculpted? Details of the cakes’s creations accompany each image. A great resource for any bride (and groom)-to-be, wedding planner, and bakery owner.Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 346 color images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3924-0 • hard cover • $29.99 A Year of Cupcakes: Designs for All Occasions. Geraldine Kidwell. Mini-cake designs addressing every level of decorator. They range from simple ideas for novice bakers to intricate work from a Food Network Cake Challenge gold medal winner. Be inspired to make delightful creations for birthdays, special occasions, and holidays and even enter a cupcake category at a future cake show. Helpful tips for making cupcakes accompany over 340 photographs of cupcake designs and techniques. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 340 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3198-5 • soft cover • $19.99 Cakes For All Occasions. Geraldine Kidwell. Learn to create 18 beautiful decorated cakes for children, teens, weddings, holidays, and special celebrations with these sequential instructions. Useful patterns will help get you started and the cake recipes and list of suppliers will inspire you for years to come. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 334 color photos • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2904-3 • soft cover • $24.95 37 Creative Napkins and Table Settings. Jimmy Ng. The practical guide to traditional table setting concepts for popular holidays, wedding receptions, picnics, buffets, and other meal-related experiences. Practical advice and affordable decorating suggestions will help everyone celebrate holidays in style and plan unforgettable parties. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 309 color photos • 96 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4401-5 • hard cover • $19.99 WEDDINGS Before You Buy An Engagement Ring: With a 4-step Guide for Making the Right Choice. Nancy N. Schiffer. Learn how to determine what to pay, where diamonds come from, and how to judge them. Learn about colored stones, different metals, and ring settings. Over 160 color photos of antique and modern rings make this the perfect gift for your fiancee, before the ring! Size: 6" x 9" • 174 color photos Price Guide/Index • 104 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0611-1 • soft cover • $12.95 Indian Weddings. Simran Chawla. This book is a visual guide to Indian American weddings today. It will inspire couples to recreate the beauty of a rich Indian culture—one that is famous worldwide for its wedding celebrations. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 177 color photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3547-1 • soft cover • $24.99 The White Dress in Color: Wedding Inspirations. Beth Lindsay Chapman, Candice Dowling Coppola, & Carla Ten Eyck. Filled with colorful eye candy for the modern bride, this is a compilation of styled photo shoots meant to inspire couples as they embark on the journey of planning their wedding. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200+ color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4567-8 • hard cover • $45.00 FLOWER ARRANGING & DESIGN Sugar Art. Geraldine Kidwell and Barbara Green. The worlds of sugar art and cake decorating come together in this new how-to book, featuring decorative panorama eggs and sugar moldings. Includes 371 color images and stepby-step directions for 15 cake designs for a baby shower, June bride, fruitful harvest, and ice-skating puppies. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 371 color images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3382-8 • soft cover • $24.99 ENTERTAINING Seasonal Table Settings: 21 Designs Inspired by Nature. Catharina Lindeberg-Bernhardsson. Photography by Roland Person. View 21 table settings, all imaginatively designed and each with a distinctive character. Each season is represented, displaying holiday themes like Christmas, Easter, and Halloween. You’ll find most of the decorative items in the woods, in the meadow, or in the garden. Size: 8 ½" x 11" • 115 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4018-5 • hard cover • $29.99 Table Decor. E. Ashley Rooney. With over 500 color illustrations and many practical and inventive solutions, this book provides ideas for every occasion and taste. By keeping the focus on texture, color, simple containers, and lots of ordinary household items, you can turn a simple meal into something fabulous by varying the items you use together. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 511 color photos • Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2472-1 • soft cover • $24.95 The Bridal Bouquet Book. Ginny Parfitt. The largest portfolio of bridal bouquets available on the market today. More than 400 gorgeous color photos illustrate a wealth of fresh ideas to inspire brides, floral designers, and wedding planners. Offers helpful advice on identifying individual flowers for your bouquet, choosing colors, bouquet styles, and even wedding flower etiquette. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 400+ color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2197-8 • hard cover • $39.95 Bridal Flowers: Bouquets - Boutonnières - Corsages. Ginny Parfitt, Bill Murphy, AIFD, & Tina Skinner. Over 300 gorgeous bouquets for brides and their maids, along with boutonnière designs for the gentlemen and some ideas for hairpieces, corsages, and items for flower girls and ring bearers. Includes tutorials for creating bouquets, boutonnières, corsages, a tussie-mussie, and a floral sphere for the flower girl. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 387 color photos • 128 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-3485-6 • soft cover • $24.99 Taking the Flower Show Home. Bill Schaffer, aifd, aaf, pfci, & Kristine Kratt, aifd, pfci. In this extensively and beautifully photographed compendium, veteran flower show exhibitors reveal the excitement and challenge of realizing large scale artistic visions. The book includes all you need to bring the show home to you, with construction tips, ideas, material lists and flower selection, and insightful techniques to help you create floral designs of your own. Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 303 color photos & diags. • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4430-5 • hard cover • $45.00 38 FLOWER ARRANGING & DESIGN • CONTEMPORARY LANDSCAPE & GARDEN DESIGN Creating Floral Centerpieces. Bill Murphy, AIFD. A professional floral designer takes you step-by-step through the creation of more than 25 impressive floral displays, from charger plates and napkin rings to kettle-sized, exotic centerpieces. From basic bouquet tying skills through the latest techniques using wire and floral adhesive, you will be inspired to adorn every event with flowery creations. Size: 8 1/2" x 11 • 288 color photos • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3459-7 • hard cover • $29.99 Landscape Design for Architectural Style: United States Original Styles. Scott Bradstreet. Over 320 beautiful, color photos and 96 line drawings illustrate landscape design for specific architectural styles: Pueblo, Spanish Revival, Ranch, Cabin, Craftsman, Prairie, Cape Cod, and Mediterranean styles. Includes paving, shade covers, fences, and seating with suggestions for appropriate plant color palettes. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 324 color photos & 96 illus. • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3107-7 • hard cover • $49.99 Designs for Garden Paths. Heidi Howcroft. Using diagrams, layouts, and brilliant color photographs, the innumerable possibilities for garden walkways, terraces, steps, and cozy sitting areas are shown. Includes natural stone, modern concrete, and fantasy-filled mosaics, as well as wooden decks and other garden structures. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 149 color photos • 127 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0383-X • hard cover • $29.95 Entertaining with Flowers: The Floral Artistry of Bill Murphy. Bill Murphy, AIFD. Floral designs for a spring bridal shower, tropical dinner party, garden party, retirement celebration, and weddings winter, spring, summer and fall. Murphy illustrates step-by-step how he creates some of his charming illusions. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 235 color photos • 112 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2556-6 • hard cover • $29.95 Mexican Gardens & Patios. Sandy Baum. Over 325 full color photos take you into a little-known world of magic, mystery, and color, behind the walls of some of the most exclusive homes in Mexico. Mexico’s private gardens and patios illustrate outdoor living and dining rooms, rooftop terraces and shelters, garden walks and sculpture, outdoor fireplaces, and gardens in all the colors of the rainbow. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 320 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3267-8 • soft cover • $29.99 Landscaping for the Mid-Atlantic. Terry Wallace. Celebrated landscape designer Terry Wallace guides you in the creation of the landscape of your dreams in the Mid-Atlantic United States. Create a garden that complements and enhances your lifestyle. This book guides you step-by-step through the process of creating a beautiful and sustainable garden, with basic design, planning, and maintenance advice. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 232 color photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2700-1 • soft cover • $24.95 Kinder Gardens: Autumn Fun. Lisa Ely & Michael Glassman. With a little planning and a bunch of fun ideas, you can extend your gardening season and exploration into the autumn. Karden® is there waiting to make garden glove puppets and garden art brushes, go on a scavenger hunt, or play garden tic tac toe. With over thirty projects, the possibilities are endless! Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 235 color images • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3853-3 • soft cover • $16.99 Atlanta’s Garden Plants. Roy Heizer. Photographs by Nancy Heizer. This botanical guide to the greater Atlanta region is teaming with more than 200 color photographs, informative gardening tips, and fun facts and stories about the diverse garden flora of the region. Whether used as an identification guide, gardening reference, or as an informative and entertaining botanical encyclopedia, green thumbs from all over will appreciate the abundance of Atlanta’s plant life featured in Atlanta’s Garden Plants. Size: 6" x 9" • 225+ color photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3810-6 • soft cover • $14.99 Kinder Gardens: Games and Adventures. Lisa Ely & Michael Glassman. Kinder Garden shows adults and children how gardening is a great form of exercise that will help kids learn about good healthy eating and building brain muscles by stimulating all the senses. Includes over 25 games for fun-in-the-sun gardening days to play along with Karden®, the puppet pal. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3811-3 • soft cover • $12.99 Savannah’s Garden Plants. Roy Heizer; Nancy Heizer, Photography. For more than 275 years Savannah has served as a gardener’s paradise. Enjoy original tales and folklore pertaining to the history and science of Savannah’s flowers, plants, and trees, and enjoy more than 160 photographs of flora from the Historic District, squares, the house museum gardens, the Savannah Botanical Garden, Bamboo Farm, and Coastal Gardens. Size: 6" x 9" • 163 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3265-4 • soft cover • $9.99 The Rain Garden Planner. Terry Wallace. Teaches methods to conserve water by restoring natural processes for filtering and returning rain to groundwater reservoirs. In addition to detailing the installation and maintenance of rain gardens, this book provides garden plans and plant lists for different conditions and styles, including wildlife habitat, a pretty cottage border rain garden, and a formal garden. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 142 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3116-9 • hard cover • $29.9 Kinder Gardens: Growing Inspiration for Children. Michael Glassman & Lisa Ely. Join Kinder, a puppet pal who teaches a bucket-load of fun activities that encourage experimentation in the garden. Fun projects include turning umbrellas, rain boots, and old toys into gardens. Learn where vegetables come from, then grow your own. Nearly 200 color photos bring the book to life, and start your children on their own horticultural adventure. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 198 color photos & drawings • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3453-5 • soft cover • $12.99 Coastal Garden Plants: Florida to Virginia. Roy Heizer. Photography by Nancy Heizer. Learn the history, folklore, and ethno-botany of 131 of America’s coastal plants from Florida to Virginia. The plants are arranged in alphabetical order by botanical name with a common name cross-reference guide for easy use. Over 230 full color photographs make plant identification easy and accurate. Size: 6" x 9" • 243 color images • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4181-6 • soft cover • $24.99 Petscaping: Training and Landscaping with Your Pet in Mind. Scott Cohen & Carolyn Doherty. Through 170 images, you'll be treated to residential landscape designs nationwide that feature "pet friendly" zones, including shade and sun areas, a pet shelter, an edible garden, and containment. The designs will inspire your own layout ideas. For landscapers, architects, and anyone who owns a dog, this book is a great resource and offers plenty of ideas for co-habitation. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 170 images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3854-0 • soft cover • $24.99 Scott Cohen’s Family Friendly Landscapes: Backyards Built for Fun and Games. Scott Cohen. Illustrated with 265 color photos and friendly text, the author’s sense of outdoor design is evident. He provides the guidance you need to help you make the most of your space outdoors, creating the proper landscape for the games you choose to play. Successfully create the ideal setting for ping-pong tournaments, imaginative space to inspire kid’s games, or add splash-happy features to your pool. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 265 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4427-5 • soft cover • $24.99 Coastal Garden Plants: Maine to Maryland. Roy L. Heizer. Photography by Nancy Heizer. In this informative book, over 400 color photos taken in natural settings around the northern coastal region allow readers to see the flora in the garden. While this book contains historical, mythological, and original tales about garden plants of the northern coastal region, with a cross reference names index, this book is also a quick reference guide. Size: 6" x 9" • 431 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4402-2 • soft cover • $24.99 Landscape Design for Architectural Style: European Influenced. Scott Bradstreet. Over 350 color photos and 87 line drawings illustrate landscape design possibilities that complement architecture. Includes Classical, Gothic, Early American, Georgian, Victorian, Italian, and French styles. Site elements and suggestions for appropriate plant color palettes for each style. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 344 color photos & 87 illus. • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3106-0 • hard cover • $49.99 Creating Curb Appeal. Michelle Valigursky & Lisa Vail with Photography by Theresa M. Grant. Create personality and presence for your home. 300 full-color photographs and well-researched text explore design elements from lighting, color, and landscaping, to doors, windows, paths, driveways, and accessories. Discover and magnify the design impact of your home’s front spaces. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 291 color photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3278-4 • soft cover • $24.99 Fresh Floral Jewelry: Creating Wearable Art with Wendy Andrade, ndsf, aifd, fbfa. An instructional introduction to the world of floral design jewelry making, is the first of its kind. Learn how to make beautiful, intricate jewelry with wire, beads, and little else, to resemble foliage in which to set your orchids, succulents, and many more floral varieties. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 421 color photos • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4411-4 • hard cover • $29.99 CONTEMPORARY LANDSCAPE & GARDEN DESIGN The Sustainable Landscape: Recycling Materials • Water Conservation. Damon Lang. More than 300 color photos detail 10 diverse projects. Each incorporates recycled materials and principles of water efficiency. A valuable resource for home-owners, landscape designers, contractors, and architects, this will help create a personal and ecologically responsible paradise. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 370 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3452-8 • hard cover • $29.99 Diplomatic Gardens of Washington. Photography by Ann Stevens. Text by Giles Kelly. An exclusive look behind the embassy walls of Washington, DC, and the gardens found there. Included are the residences at the embassies of Australia, Great Britain, Denmark, the European Union, France, Germany, the Apostolic Nunciature of the Holy See, Italy, the Netherlands, South Korea, Norway, and Sweden. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 168 color images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3978-3 • hard cover • $34.99 CONTEMPORARY LANDSCAPE & GARDEN DESIGN • HISTORIC GARDEN DESIGNS • HOLIDAYS The Architect’s Garden: 45 Original Landscapes. Lucy D. Rosenfeld. Take a pictorial tour of 45 landscapes. Ranging from traditional to contemporary in style, these innovative design ideas can be used to expand your outdoor living space. Included in this idea book are ecologically friendly strategies like roof planting and container gardening as well as water features and art inspired by nature. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 211 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3130-5 • hard cover • $39.99 Heavenly Hydrangeas: A Practical Guide for the Home Gardener. Joan Harrison. A comprehensive hydrangea handbook for the home gardener with expert advice on selection, planting, pruning, propagation, and providing basic care. More than 250 vivid color photos clarify such topics as flower color and seasonal changes. With single topic chapters and answers to frequently asked questions, this is a handy and easily accessible guide for both beginning and experienced gardeners. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 277 color photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4419-0 • hard cover • $29.99 Victorian Gardens. Caroline Holmes. Many restorations and re-creations of Victorian gardens are highlighted, including Osborne House, on the Isle of Wight (Queen Victoria’s country home), Biddulph Grange in Staffordshire, and Down House in Kent (home to Charles Darwin). Authentic Victorian writings, design instructions, and illustrations guide the modern gardener. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200+ color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1889-6 • hard cover • $29.95 All the Garden’s a Stage. Jane C. Gates. Enjoy discovering the hows and whys behind growing a beautiful garden through nearly 300 color images. Learn how to choose the right plants, with tips for lighting, temperature, drainage, and developing a sustainable landscape. This book is great for both the beginner and seasoned gardener. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 333 color photos & plans • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3979-0 • soft cover • $29.99 Hydrangeas: Cape Cod and the Islands. Joan Harrison. Over 340 striking color photos introduce readers to the quintessential flower of the Cape and the Islands, the hydrangea. This book inspires as it captures the beauty of hydrangeas used both outdoors and indoors, including appearances in wedding bouquets. Hydrangeas grace gardens throughout the region from early spring’s climbing hydrangeas to the rich burgundy flowers of late fall. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 341 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4055-0 • hard cover • $24.99 California Gardens of the Arts & Crafts Period. Eugene O. Murmann. Historic California garden design as recorded by Eugene O. Murmann (1900-1962). Released in 1914, the book details 50 garden plans with 103 photographs of actual gardens. This book is a wealth of imagery and ideas about Arts & Crafts era sensibilities, Japanese gardens, and Mission-influenced landscape design. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 154 b/w photos & illustrations • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2861-9 • hard cover • $24.95 Sacred Gardens. Michel & Judy Marcellot. Find the joy expressed within and through gardens. Personal stories show how the simple act of gardening changes lives and individuals. Examples illustrate varied elements of sacred sites and suggest ways readers might create the sacred in their own gardens and attain their own backyard bliss. Size: 8-1/2" x 11" • 320 color photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2724-7 • soft cover • $24.95 Anyone for Orchids? Georgiana Webber. A manual of orchid growing, this book covers all you need to know in order to grow the queen of flowering plants, the orchid. Size: 6" x 9" • 10 line drawings, 24 color plates, 66 b/w photos • 204 pp. ISBN: 0-916838-12-9 • hard cover • $15.00 HOLIDAYS Pumpkin Cinema. Nathaniel Tolle. Pumpkin Cinema recommends over 100 titles guaranteed to make your Halloween fun and frightening! Inside are film reviews, quirky trivia, various top 5 lists, and a special chapter devoted to the greatest Halloween TV episodes of all time. Size: 7" x 10" • 76 color & b/w images • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4723-8 • hard cover • $24.99 HISTORIC GARDEN DESIGNS Sky Gardens: Rooftops, Balconies, and Terraces. Signe Nielsen. Great design ideas are combined with practical tips on transforming an outdoor living space into a personal oasis. Lavishly illustrated with hundreds of examples, this book guides you through steps toward composing a sky garden, beginning with key principles of design. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 326 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2004-1 • hard cover • $39.95 Fairy Homes and Gardens. Barbara Purchia and E. Ashley Rooney. Using natural and contemporary mediums, 30 designers portray their fairy worlds in a variety of settings. More than 200 images take you on a virtual wonderland tour around the world. Sit back and revel in their creativity or be inspired to make your own fairy home or garden. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 265 color images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4698-9 • hard cover • $24.99 Beardless Irises: A Plant for Every Garden Situation. Kevin C. Vaughn. This complete illustrated guide gives all the information you need to choose, grow, and appreciate the beardless iris—from basic planting information to help beginners, to the essential hybridizing info that horticulturists need. All five major groups are covered in detail: Siberian, Japanese, Pacific Coast Native, spuria, and Louisiana. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 166 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4906-5 • soft cover • $29.99 Geraniums: The Complete Encyclopedia. Faye Brawner. This beautiful and comprehensive volume on easy-to-grow geraniums (pelargoniums) provides a wealth of new information for hobby growers from all climates, including valuable tips on the challenges each region presents. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 490 color photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1738-5 • soft cover • $19.95 Heritage Gardens, Heirloom Seeds: Melded Cultures with a Pennsylvania German Accent. Michael B. Emery & Irwin Richman. Heritage gardens and heirloom seeds are joined at the hip, but previous books have separated them. This is the first holistic look at the most vibrant trends in contemporary horticulture. Lavishly illustrated, it is a how-to manual, a history, and a guide to sources, gardens, and historic landscapes. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 672 color and b/w images 272 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4863-1 • soft cover • $34.99 Olmsted Parks in New Jersey. Jeanne Kolva. A historic overview of the parks in New Jersey that the Olmsted landscape architects created primarily for three county park commissions. Illustrated with more than 200 historic and contemporary photographs, vintage postcards, and Olmsted sketches and plans, this survey chronologically details the development of each park or reservation as it was transformed from former farmland, swamp, forest, or previous park. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 205 images • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3872-4 • hard cover • $39.99 Holidays and Other Weird Events. Irwin Richman. Explore America’s best-loved “no work” days through 380 beautiful and fun postcard images from the early 20th century. They portray specific animals, children, flowers, and symbols that have come to identify each holiday, and some pretty “weird” events as well. Fascinating histories of each holiday are included. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 382 images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3362-0 • soft cover • $24.99 Delicious Christmas Decorations at Historic Houses and Your Home. Patricia Hart McMillan. Essential details from historic homes across the nation for creating colorful decorations for your entryways, consoles, mantels, bedrooms, dining rooms, and the kitchen using fruits and greens. Color photos showcase authentically made and faux botanical decorations, with instructions for drying your own fruit. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 75 color images • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3726-0 • hard cover • $19.99 The Art of Garden Design in Italy. H. Inigo Triggs. Study great gardens in Rome, Florence, Milan, and visit the Vatican, royal palaces, and secluded cloisters at the turn of the century with one of Britain’s most important architects. Inspiration for anyone planning an estate garden and an indispensable reference for historians. Size: 9" x 12" • 156 b/w photos & 94 line drawings • 272 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2666-0 • hard cover • $49.95 Christmas at Historic Houses: 2nd Edition. Patricia Hart McMillan and Katharine Kaye McMillan. In this second edition, see how Christmas is celebrated in some of the thirty specially decorated houses from across America. Engaging text and over 420 color photos provide the history, customs, and traditions of these historic homesteads. Both magnificent estates and simple residences offer a variety of styles, tastes, and ideas to inspire your own celebrations. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 449 color photos • Index • 224 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4690-3 • hard cover • $45.00 Spanish Gardens & Patios. Mildred Stapley Byne and Arthur Byne. This book offers a multitude of ideas in the forms of architecture, hardscaping, and landscaping. It is also a wonderful tour of historic gardens, including the Alhambra, and gardens of notables including the Duke of Medinaceli, the Duke of Alva, Seville, and the Marques de Viana, Cordova. Regions covered include Granada, Ronda, Las Ermitas, Sierra de Cordova, and Majorca. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 194 images • 272 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2834-3 • soft cover • $29.95 Christmas at America’s Landmark Houses. Patricia Hart McMillan & David Strahan. Three-hundred and sixty-three gorgeous, inspiring images provide leisurely looks at historic house interiors magically decked out for Christmas. Some houses' Christmas decorations are period correct; others are joyfully au courant. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 363 color images • 256 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4996-6 • hard cover • $45.00 39 40 HOLIDAYS • PETS • BUSINESS & LEGAL • NATURAL HISTORY: BIRDS Thanksgiving: An Illustrated History. John Wesley & Sandra Lynn Thomas. Foreword by Daniel Zimmer. The oldest American holiday is Thanksgiving, with nostalgic memories of family gatherings set around the dining room table. See how illustrators have portrayed this day of thanks through the years. More than 700 illustrated newspapers, magazine covers, postcards, and prints trace this holiday’s history. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 737 color images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3829-8 • soft cover • $29.99 37¢ a Fart and other Infamous Animal Stories. Henry Harvey. The stars of 37¢ a Fart and other Infamous Animal Stories aren’t heroic animals. They fart, they play you for a sucker, they hump your leg, they get sick, and sometimes die. These 44 bittersweet and pee-in-your-pants-funny stories are about re al creatures. Illustrated with 60 charming illustrations, this is a warm, candid, and entertaining book for all pet owners and animal lovers. Size: 6" x 9" • 63 b&w illustrations • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4064-2 • hard cover • $16.99 BUSINESS & LEGAL Christmas Through the Decades. With Revised Prices. Robert Brenner. A chronological illustrated history of how people decorated and celebrated for Christmas. Many antique ornaments from German origins project various customs. Includes newly revised price guide! Size: 9" x 12" • 500 photos Price Guide/Index • 256 pp. ISBN: 0-88740545-2 • hard cover • $69.95 Green Business: The Five Elements of an Environmentally Responsible Company. A. K. Townsend. This groundbreaking book details why businesses are choosing to become more environmentally friendly. It provides many examples of companies that have chosen to be greener and the benefits they have enjoyed. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 180 color photos • 256 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2503-5 • hard cover • $29.95 Colonial Law in America. Robert M. Reed. Forty lashes for committing adultery? Children taken away for being unruly? Loss of an ear for stealing? These were the harsh punishments doled out for such crimes in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Accompanied by 30 images, more than twenty-five “crimes” are covered in this view of law and justice in the thirteen original colonies. Size: 6" x 9" • 30 images • Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3780-2 • soft cover • $16.99 NATURAL HISTORY: BIRDS Northern Goshawk, the Gray Ghost: Habits, Habitat, and Rehabilitation. Scott Rashid. The Northern Goshawk is a large and powerful bird of prey capable of catching and killing pheasants, grouse, and rabbits. Read firsthand accounts of the species' fearless hunting prowess and find out how injured birds are rehabilitated. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 122 color& b/w images • 112 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4990-4 • hard cover • $34.99 PETS Cooking for Dogs: New Recipes from Dog’s Deli®. Friederike Friedel, with photos by Thomas Schultze. Spoil your canine companion with homemade muffins, bisquits, elaborate feasts, and much more. More than twenty of the latest doggy delicacies. Treat your pooch to healthy, all natural snacks and meals that are easy to make and even easier to watch disappear. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 70 color photos • 80 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3642-3 • soft cover • $12.99 Baking for Dogs: The Best Recipes from Dog’s Deli. Friederike Friedel. With photographs by Thomas Schultze. More than twenty new baking recipes for our four-footed friends. The recipes, despite their delicious sounding names, use natural, healthy ingredients and are dog-tested! Following the kitchen-proven recipes is child’s play and lots of fun. Spoil your darling with the best recipes from Germany’s renowned dog-cake bakery Size: 8 1/4" x 9 1/4" • 71 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3248-7 • soft cover • $12.99 Business Ecology: Why Most Green Business Practices Don’t Work...and What to Do About It. Amy K. Townsend, Ph.D. Learn green business practices that can improve environmental performance. The author suggests a new set of ecologically based principles that companies can embrace in their journey to sustainability. Size: 5 1/4" x 8 1/2" • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3302-6 • soft cover • $24.99 Turning Eighteen and the Law: A Complete Guide to your New Rights and Responsibilities. Fredric J. Friedberg. Illustrations by Joy Friedberg. Systematically reviews the legal environment teenagers face in the United States upon their eighteenth birthday. Complete with illustrations and cautionary “busted” anecdotes that present relevant legal topics such as shoplifiting, drug use, contracts, employment, automobiles, the Internet, and more. upon their eighteenth birthday. Ideal for teens, parents, and educators. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 44 illustrations • 128 pp. PROFESSIONAL soft cover • $24.99 Trade Edition: ISBN: 978-0-7643-3608-9 Professional Edition: ISBN: 978-0-7643-3617-1 Ambassador Dogs. Lisa Loeb. Dogs are ambassadors to the world and our own local communities. They come to serve and love us as only they know how. In 24 delightful and inspiring stories, discover the remarkable connection between dogs and humans, from service dogs that make life easier for those in need to the much-loved household pet. Size: 6" x 9" • 175 illustrations • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4468-8 • hard cover • $19.99 The Real Ryman Setter: A History with Stories from the Appalachian Grouse Covers. Walter A. Lesser and Lisa M. Weisse. This book explores the origins of the Ryman setter, George Ryman’s breeding program, what George Ryman’s setters were really like, and lays to rest pervasive myths regarding the development of Ryman setters, and English setters in general. Hunting stories provide valuable insights into the handling and training of setters and working them on grouse and woodcocks. Includes 67 Ryman setter pedigrees. Size: 7" x 10" • 208 illustrations • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4513-5 • hard cover • $34.99 Petscaping: Training and Landscaping with Your Pet in Mind. Scott Cohen & Carolyn Doherty. Through 170 images, you’ll be treated to residential landscape designs nationwide that feature “pet friendly” zones, including shade and sun areas, a pet shelter, an edible garden, and containment. The designs will inspire your own layout ideas. For landscapers, architects, and anyone who owns a pet, this book is a great resource and offers plenty of ideas for co-habitation. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 170 images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3854-0 • soft cover • $24.99 TRADE Surviving Your Deposition. Fredric J. Friedberg. An easy to read, concise, and helpful handbook for those who are facing a legal deposition. It takes them step by step through the process, from the basic ground rules to the follow-up. It covers the many “dos and don’ts” in plain language, and with the aid of humor explores the pitfalls and mistakes that you will face and how to avoid them. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 128 pp. soft cover • $24.95 Trade cover: ISBN: 978-07643-2681-3 Professional cover: ISBN: 978-07643-2674-5 PROFESSIONAL TRADE The Great Horned Owl: A Photographic Study. Scott Rashid. Through more than 130 images, take a look into the lives of the Great Horned Owl. Ranging between 18 and 24 inches tall and a wingspan of more than four feet, this very impressive and formidable bird is the largest owl found throughout most of North America. Explore their food habits, nest sites, how they raise their young, and rehabilitation of injured owls. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 112 illustrations • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4766-5 • hard cover • $34.99 An Illustrated Guide to the Common Birds of Cape Cod. Peter Trull, Illustrations by Catherine E. Clark. Includes 147 color illustrations of common Cape Cod birds and species accounts providing locations where many bird species may be found. The text provides advice on the best bird watching techniques and six field trips. The field trips focus on different environments and the bird species that populate them. Perfect for novice bird watchers. Size: 6" x 9" • 151 color illustrations • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3877-9 • soft cover • $19.99 Birds of Cape Cod & The Islands. Roger S. Everett. A field guide, travelogue, and photo-essay, this book features nearly 300 varieties of birds, both native and migratory, and some rare visitors from far-off lands, in their Cape and Islands habitats. The images reveal beauty, both in the birds themselves and the artistic eye of the photographer. For bird lovers, visitors to the area, and connoiseurs of fine wildlife photography, this will be is a welcomed treasure, enjoyed time and again. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 404 photos • 224 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2461-6 • hard cover • $45.00 Birds of Cape Cod & the Islands in Postcards. Roger S. Everett. Forty of the birds of Cape Cod, Nantucket, and Martha’s Vineyard, captured by noted bird photographer, Roger S. Everett, are gathered in this book of beautiful color postcards. Perforated, they can be detached and sent to friends (at 40 cents apiece they are a good bargain), framed and hung on your wall, or kept intact as a souvenir of your summer vacation. Size: 5" x7" • 40 5" x 7" postcards • 80 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2448-9 soft cover • $14.95 Visions: Earth’s Elements in Bird and Nature Photography. Kevin T. Karlson, Lloyd Spitalnik, & Scott Elowitz. A varied collection of more than 450 bird and nature photographs from ten wildlife photographers. Explore the elements of the planet (earth, fire, air, and water) through an assortment of exciting action and moody nature photographs that capture their essence. Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 460 color photos • 240 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4075-8 • hard cover • $50.00 NATURAL HISTORY: BIRDS The Nature of the Meadowlands. Jim Wright, The New Jersey Meadowlands Commission. The 30.4-squaremile New Jersey Meadowlands has transformed from ravaged landscape to a place where daily surprises and small miracles occur. From the days of the Lenape tribe and industrial pollution to a place where birds, Ospreys, ducks, and other wildlife call home, this is the story of a region's triumphant return. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 171 photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4186-1 • hard cover • $34.99 Inside A Bald Eagle’s Nest: A Photographic Journey through the American Bald Eagle Nesting Season. Teena Ruark Gorrow & Craig A. Koppie. Documents American Bald Eagles during nesting season, offering a rare glimpse into the behaviors of America’s national symbol as it prepares a nest, mates, lays eggs, and raises its young. Observe how eaglets grow from hatching to fledging and experience first flight. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 160 color images • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4464-0 • hard cover • $24.99 Complete Waterfowl Studies: Volume II: Diving Ducks. Bruce Burk. Volume II covers ducks of the deeper waters, often salty, who have marvelously adapted themselves to feeding below the surface, sometimes at incredible depths.Diving Ducks covers our ducks of the deeper waters, often salty, who have marvelously adapted themselves to feeding below the surface, sometimes at incredible depths.Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 107 color plates & 680 b/w illust. • 280 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-026-4 • hard cover • $39.95 Birds of Cape May, New Jersey. Kevin T. Karlson. Cape May, New Jersey, is one of the best bird-watching locations in the world. Exquisite photographs represent birds commonly seen here, with action and flight themes. Birds are shown in foliage appropriate to different seasons, with anecdotes and natural history in concise photo captions. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 446 color photos • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3534-1 • hard cover • $49.99 Small Mountain Owls. Scott Rashid. This guide provides detailed information and over 160 photos and drawings of four species of small mountain owls: the Flammulated Owl, Northern Pygmy-Owl, Northern Saw-whet Owl, and Boreal Owl. Detailed information about these owls includes their ranges, anatomy, coloration, vocalizations, ranges, courtship, nesting behaviors, egg laying, fledgling raising, hunting habits, diets, mortality, longevity, and more. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 166 images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3282-1 • hard cover • $39.99 Complete Waterfowl Studies: Volume III: Geese and Swans. Bruce Burk. Volume III covers our goose and swan species of North America, plus the nene goose of Hawaii, the barnacle goose of Europe, the beautiful little red-breasted goose and lesser white-fronted goose of Europe and Asia, and the mute swan, a native of Europe. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200 pp. • 53 color plates & 216 b/w illustrations ISBN: 0-88740-027-2 • hard cover • $29.95 New Jersey Birds and Beyond. Susan Puder. New Jersey offers ample viewing opportunities for birders, photographers, and nature lovers alike. 358 striking color images and delightful observations of over 180 bird species, along with other native flora and fauna. These photographs will give a sense of the great diversity in habitats and species that can be found in New Jersey all year round.Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 434 color photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4021-5 • hard cover • $34.99 The Traveling Nature Photographer: A Guide for Exploring the Natural World through Photography. Steven Morello. Over 220 color photos present stunning nature photography and the equipment used to capture it. This detailed reference is designed to prepare readers for photographic adventures in the wild. Learn to choose lenses, photograph local people, join a tour or go alone. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 222 color photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3055-1 • soft cover • $29.99 Waterfowl Illustrated. Tricia Veasey. A beautiful waterfowl source book for carvers, taxidermists, ornithologists, and waterfowl enthusiasts. Close-up photographs show detailed feather patterns, color, and species information. Full species descriptions accompany these beautiful and important illustrations. A state-by-state guide for observing the waterfowl in natural habitats includes wildlife refuges, zoos, and other preserves. Size: 9" x 12" • Index • 296 pp. 364 color plates/476 b/w photos ISBN: 0-916838-89-7 • hard cover • $45.00 Birds & Marshes of the Chesapeake Bay Country. Brooke Meanley. A remarkably diverse population of bird life, migratory and indigenous, lives in the region. It is one of the finest locations on the eastern seaboard for observing wild birds. Among the cattail and wild rice are the imperiled canvasback, the boat-tailed grackle, the secretive king rail, the fragile egret, and the evasive snowy owl Illustrated with photographs and line drawings, this book is indispensable to bird watchers and conservationists in the region. Size: 6" x 9" • 95 b/w photos, 7 illustrations, 1 map • Index • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-207-4 • soft cover • $12.99 The Birds We Live With. Catherine E. Clark. The avian creatures that populate our backyards, forests, and seashores in nearly 200 drawings and paintings, with observations about the birds and their habits and on the process of creating the paintings. Will encourage the reader to take a look out their windows, to stroll in a field, and, perhaps, to take some small action to save what they see. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 209 color & b/w illustrations • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3260-9 • hard cover • $24.99 Geese: A Pictorial Study. Tricia Veasey. This useful reference presents over a hundred full-color photographs of the common Canada Goose, the Cackling Goose, Richardson’s Goose, and the Brandt in natural positions. A photographic study of structural details, feather patterns, colors, and body forms of geese as they appear in both land and water locations. Size: 9" x 6" • 123 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-117-1 • soft cover • $9.95 Birdlife at Chincoteague and the Virginia Barrier Islands. Brooke Meanley. The chain of islands along the Eastern shore of Virginia exist today pretty much as they must have in pristine times and has the richest assortment of bird life in the Middle Atlantic states. Includes 200 species of shorebirds, seabirds, and marsh birds that attract bird-watchers to the area. This book deals with the nearly 200 species of shorebirds, seabirds, and marsh birds that have attracted bird-watchers to the area since the late 1800s. Size: 9" x 6" • 88 b/w photos, 17 illustrations, 2 maps Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-257-9 • soft cover • $7.95 Favorite Songbirds. Roger S. Everett. 120 full-color photographs of exquisite beauty, Favorite Songbirds offers images of the birds we know and love the best: cardinals, chickadees, goldfinches, robins, and orioles. These are the birds that inhabit our yards and neighborhoods. They also are favorite subjects of painters and carvers, who will welcome this collection of clear accurate images.Roger’s work has graced the pages of some of the nation’s leading nature magazines and has been sought after by collectors. Now you may share in its beauty. Size: 9" x 6" • 120+ color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-151-1 • soft cover • $12.95 Mallards: A Pictorial Study. Tricia Veasey. This handy book is a comprehensive photographic study with over 150 full-color photos of mallards from diverse regions in many natural environments and body positions. Most of the ducks shown are wild, but some are penned. Size: 9" x 6" • 166 color photos • 128 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-116-3 • soft cover • $14.95 Birds of Coastal South Carolina. Roger S. Everett. Birds along the South Carolina shore displayed in beautiful, full color images. Organized by habitat, the various species are shown in yards, gardens, woodlands, beaches, and nature reserves. While not a field guide, it will aid dedicated birders and casual visitors to see the aviary that surrounds them. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 276 color photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2845-9 • hard cover • $29.95 Wading and Shore Birds: A Photographic Study. Roger S. Everett. One of New England’s foremost bird photographers presents here for the first time a study of wading and shore birds, with over one hundred full-color pictures. The pictures delight the eye while providing an important resource for naturalists, artists, carvers, and taxidermists. Over 38 varieties of shore and wading birds are shown, most in several poses and perspectives. Roger Everett’s photographs, the results of his keen eye for beauty, his technical brilliance, and his appreciation of the wonder of these small creatures, are available in book form for all to share. Size: 9" x 6" • 110 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-88740-132-9 • soft cover • $9.99 Wading and Shore Birds of the Atlantic Coast. Roger S. Everett. The Atlantic coastand, is part of a major flyway for migrating birds, and an important destination for birdwatchers. Noted bird photographer Roger S. Everett has selected his best for this book of postcards. Perforated, they can be detached and sent to friends, framed and hung on your wall, or kept intact. This is also the perfect gift for the bird enthusiast or collector of wildlife photography. Size: 5" x 7" • 40 5" x 7" postcards • 80 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2447-0 • soft cover • $14.95 Complete Waterfowl Studies: Volume I: Dabbling and Whistling Ducks. Bruce Burk. A comprehensive, in-depth study of North American waterfowl. This study is covered in three lavishly illustrated volumes. Volume I covers our most-colorful group of waterfowl: ducks of the ponds, lakes, and rivers. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 94 color plates & 481 b/w illustrations • 240 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-025-6 • hard cover • $35.00 Canvasbacks: A Pictorial Study. Tricia Veasey. The excellent color photos of these interesting varieties of waterfowl in their natural settings provide study material for bird enthusiasts, artists, and all manner of hobbyists who need factual visual material in their work. Size: 9" x 6" • 120+ color photos • 96 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-154-6 • soft cover • $12.95 Wood Ducks: A Pictorial Study. Tricia Veasey. A close look at wood ducks with over 120 color photographs depicting them in various poses and settings. This joins Tricia Veasey’s series of bird studies photographed in their natural habitats. Size: 9" x 6" • 120+ color photos • 96 pp. I SBN: 0-88740-155-4 • soft cover • $12.95 41 42 NATURAL HISTORY: MARINE LIFE • OTHER WILDLIFE • GEOLOGY • FOSSILS NATURAL HISTORY: MARINE LIFE Butterflies of Delmarva. Elton N. Woodbury. Field guide to butterflies on the Delmarva Peninsula, with 132 color photographs. Learn the anatomy, metamorphosis, habitats, enemies, longevity, and migration of butterflies. Differences in color or wing patterns between the sexes are illustrated to aid in identification. Hints for photographing butterflies and attracting them to your garden also included. Size: 4 1/2" x 7 3/8" • 132 color photos, 9 illus., 1 map, 2 tables • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-453-5 • soft cover • $12.99 Collector’s Guide to Crawfordsville Crinoids. William W. Morgan. The book provides the new or advanced collector or the student of invertebrate paleontology with a concise but in depth understanding of the Mississippian Age crinoids found at Crawfordsville, Indiana. The information provided will enable the reader to understand the geological history, the classification, and the features which differentiate the crinoid species found at this locality. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 97 color & 14 b/w photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4604-0 • soft cover • $19.99 Closer to the Great Whales. Peter Trull. Over 50 color photos depict whales in their natural habitat. Learn behavior, external anatomy, and physical features. Includes the Humpback, Baleen, Minke, Finback, and the rarely seen Right whales. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 117 photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3507-5 • soft cover • $12.99 Chesapeake Bay Nature of the Estuary: A Field Guide. Christopher P. White. Drawings by Karen Teramura. The most important field marks of more than 500 species are shown in 350 superb pen-andink drawings, which make this benchmark work as beautiful as it is useful. The book is designed as a user-friendly introduction to the natural history of the Chesapeake Bay. Size: 6" x 9" • 396 illustrations, 4 maps, 6 charts Glossary/Index • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-351-4 • soft cover • $14.99 Paleozoic Fossil Plants. Bruce L. Stinchcomb. Over 670 color photos reveal the Paleozoic plants that covered the earth from 500 to 260 million years ago. Included in this millennia spanning volume are plant fossils from the Devonian, Carboniferous, and Permian. Marine plants also make their appearance in the world during this period, as do various puzzling fossil tracks and burrows previously thought to be marine plant fossils. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 673 color photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4327-8 • soft cover • $29.99 Whales and Seals: Biology and Ecology. Pierre-Henry Fontaine. With new data and 678 color diagrams and illustrations, this book presents a detailed picture of the lives and environments of whales and seals is provided, including chapters on anatomy, physiology, and the ecology of whales and seals. The interaction of man with these marine animals is also explored, as is their paleontology. Size: 6" x 9" • 678 color images • 448 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2791-0 • soft cover • $34.95 The Assateague Ponies. Ronald R. Keiper. In 1965 twenty-one ponies were released into the northern portion of Assateague Island, within the Assateague Island National Seashore, where their numbers have risen gradually and the animals have flourished—free to roam, forage for their own food and water, and live and reproduce as they choose. These feral horses were studied and photographed over a ten-year period. In this book, Keiper presents the fascinating results of his investigations. Size: 6" x 9" • 29 b/w photos & 1 map Index • 104 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-330-9 • soft cover • $8.75 The Gray Curtain: The Impact of Seals, Sharks, and Commercial Fishing on the Northeast Coast. Peter Trull. Discover, through informative text and 120 vivid images, the relationship between commercial fishing, expanding gray seal populations, and great white sharks along the beaches of Cape Cod and the northeast coast. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 121 color photos 80 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4947-8 • soft cover • $12.99 Underwater Photography: A Guide to Capturing the Mysteries of the Deep. Trent Burkholder. A guide to underwater photography written in simple language, covering the technical, mechanical, and compositional factors. View 120 beautiful color photographs and 18 instructional images illustrating the successful use of the techniques described. A must have for any scuba enthusiast, aspiring underwater photographer, or ocean lover. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 138 color images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4234-9 • hard cover • $34.99 Dangerous Marine Animals That Bite, Sting, Shock, or Are Non-edible. 3rd Edition. Bruce W. Halstead, M.D. Learn to identify the dangerous marine animals, their noxious effects, treatment of ailments resulting from them, and how to avoid mishaps. 200+illustrations showing animals in natural habitats. Practical handbook for sailors, marine biologists, ecologists, naturalists, physicians, students, and scuba divers. Size: 6" x 9" • 120 color & 21 b/w photos, 87 color & 82 b/w illus., 4 maps • Index • 288 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-474-0 • soft cover • $24.95 NATURAL HISTORY: OTHER WILDLIFE Chesapeake Wildlife: Stories of Survival and Loss. Pat Vojtech. Historical data used to tell the story of wildlife of the Chesapeake region and how close mankind came to eliminating forever many beautiful wildlife species, including skins, furs, feathers, and even live animals taken for granted today. Relates the struggle to bring wildlife species back from the brink of extinction. Mirrors society’s impact on wildlife worldwide. Size: 9" x 12" • 188 color photos • 168 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-536-5 • hard cover • $34.95 Amphibians and Reptiles of Delmarva. 2nd Edition. James F. White, Jr., Amy Wendt White. This field guide explains the 73, highly diverse species of amphibians and reptiles of the Delmarva peninsula that divides north and south geographic sections of the Atlantic coast. Learn their life history, behavior, and distribution. Useful to students, naturalists, and professionals.Outstanding color plates aid in identifying the species. Size: 4 1/4" x 7 3/8" • 96 color photos, 90 illus., 2 maps, & 2 tables • Glossary/Index • 292 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-596-9 • soft cover • $14.95 Naturalist on the Nanticoke: The Natural History of a River on Maryland’s Eastern Shore. Robert A. Hedeen. The Nanticoke River, flowing thirty-six miles to the Chesapeake Bay, is surrounded by mosquito-ridden, low-lying marshland. Its natural history and ecology have given rise to fascinating stories and legends that are shared here. Size: 6" x 9" • 18 illustrations, 1 map Index • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-467-2 • soft cover • $14.95 Chesapeake Waters:: Four Centuries of Controversy, Concern, and Legislation. 2nd Edition. Steven Davison, Jay Merwin, John Capper, Garrett Power, Frank Shivers. Public attitudes about the health of the bay, from 1607 to the close of the 20th century, reveal wide-ranging measures that influenced how people use the water. Complex programs are clarified, placed in historical context, and shown to have improved the quality of the bay. Size: 6" x 9" • 8 illustrations, 35 b/w photos, 3maps • Index • 288 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-501-3 • hard cover • $29.95 NATURAL HISTORY: GEOLOGY Maryland’s Geology. Martin F. Schmidt, Jr.. Explains geological processes and how they created Maryland’s beautiful land forms, including sandy beaches, flat fields of the Coastal Plain, rolling hills and tumbling rivers, and mountainous terrain in the west. Describes patterns of settlement, farming, mining, manufacturing, and transportation that are results of the unique underlying structures. Diagrams and maps clarify the text. Size: 6" x 9" • 55 diagrams & 15maps Index • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3593-8 • soft cover • $24.99 NATURAL HISTORY: FOSSILS World’s Oldest Fossils. Bruce L. Stinchcomb. Covers the earliest fossil record of life from strata called Precambrian and Cambrian by geologists. Illustrated and discussed are structures formed by very primitive photosynthetic life forms, Cambrian trilobites, problematic fossil-like objects, and fascinating paleontological “puzzles.” Includes collector information, glossary, value ranges. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 509 color photos Price Guide • 160 pp.•ISBN: 978-0-7643-2697-4 • soft cover • $29.95 Paleozoic Fossils. Bruce L. Stinchcomb. The rich fossil record of the Paleozoic Era (545 to 300 million years ago) illustrated with 650 high quality color photos and detailed with a very readable text. The photos show the fossil remains of the earth’s early animals and plants. A great book for fossil hunters of all ilks interested in early remnants of life. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 659 color photos Value Guide • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2917-3 • soft cover $29.95 More Paleozoic Fossils. Bruce L. Stinchcomb. Over 840 Paleozoic specimens are provided, organized by biologic (taxonomic) position. Discover the sponges, archaeocyathids (reef builders), cnidaria, worms, brachiopods, bryozoans, mollusks, arthropods, echinoderms, and chordates that populated the oceans and inhabited the land from 535 to 235 million years ago. This is the period when clear evidence for plants and animals appears in hard rock. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 848 color photos 160 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4030-7 soft cover • $29.99 Mesozoic Fossils I: Triassic and Jurassic Periods. Bruce L. Stinchcomb. Over 400 color photos present the fossilized plant, animal, and avian life from the Mesozoic era. Presented along with dinosaur fossils large and small, are collectible Triassic and Jurassic period ammonites, belemnites, crustaceans, insects, Araucarian conifers, cycads, and crinoids. Dinosaurs tracks, “stomach stones,” and coprolites are shown, too. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 415 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3163-3 • soft cover • $29.99 Mesozoic Fossils II: The Cretaceous Period. Bruce L. Stinchcomb. Over 500 photos show the fossils of the Cretaceous Period, the last period of the Mesozoic Era, dating from 120 to 67 million years ago, including ammonites, belemnites and other fossil mollusks, a variety of plants, well-preserved arthropods such as crabs and insects, turtles, crocodiles, and dinosaurs. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 516 color photos • Price Guide • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3259-3 • soft cover • $29.99 Cenozoic Fossils 1: Paleogene. Bruce L. Stinchcomb. Over 370 color photos detail the fossil record of the early Cenozoic Era–the Age of Mammals–from small sea creatures to the lumbering rhinoceros and rare fossilized bats. Included are fossils from famous sites including Florissant, Colorado; Grube Messel, Germany; the Green River Formation; and the Oligocene White River Group. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 371 color photos • Price Guide • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3424-5 • soft cover • $29.99 NATURAL HISTORY: FOSSILS • METEORITES • MINERA LS Cenozoic Fossils II: The Neogene. Bruce L. Stinchcomb. 560 color photos and engaging text reveal the Miocene, Pliocene, Pleistocene, and Holocene Epochs and the fossils associated with them, ranging from plants, mollusks, and sharks to insects, mammoths, and mastodons. This is the age when familiar plants and animals arise. Early human tools are included. Current value ranges of the fossils are included. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 560 color photos • Price guide • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3580-8 • soft cover • $29.99 The Collector's Guide to Herkimer Diamonds. Michael R. Walter. 210+ vivid color images of Herkimer diamond specimens, associated minerals, and field shots illustrate the informative text. This text includes the most recent scientific information regarding Herkimer diamonds' geological and mineralogical history, where these brilliant quartz crystals can be found, descriptions of historic locations, and the inclusion of noteworthy peripheral localities. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 219 color & 7 b/w photos 96 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4710-8 • soft cover $19.99 Collector’s Guide to the Garnet Group. Robert J. Lauf. This book explains how garnet minerals are formed and the unique conditions that create the rarer garnet species. It covers the chemistry, structure, and taxonomy of the minerals of the garnet group. Detailed entries for each mineral provide locality information and full-color photos that show what good specimens look like and which minerals are found with them. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 129 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4003-1 • soft cover • $19.99 Jewels of the Early Earth: Minerals and Fossils of the Precambrian. Bruce L. Stinchcomb. The fossils and minerals associated with the first two billion years of earth’s history. The geology of shield areas and their associated rocks and minerals, along with pegmatite and pegmatite minerals, those attractive minerals and crystals like emerald and aquamarine, are explored. Perfect for anyone who is passionate about geology and paleontology. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 659 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3880-9 • soft cover • $29.99 Gems & Minerals. Dr. Andreas Landmann. More than 150 photos with descriptions provide an overview of minerals from all parts of the world and relate how minerals originate, how they are found, and what significance they had in ancient times. Learn to identify the stones, including quartz, feldspar, beryl, tourmaline, corundum, diamond, garnet, spinel, fluorite, precious metals, and more. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 166 color photos • 180 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3066-7 • hard cover • $29.99 Collector’s Guide to Granite Pegmatites. Vandall T. King. Granite pegmatite crystals have long been admired by gem and mineral collectors as a source of fine specimens and gem materials. 209 color photos and authoritative text provide a thorough discussion of granite pegmatites. The chapters cover pegmatite forms and distributions, interior structures, crystal, mineral, and gem pockets, and references for further study. Examples are from North America as well as worldwide. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 209 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3578-5 • soft cover • $19.99 NATURAL HISTORY: METEORITES Meteorites. Bruce L. Stinchcomb. Over 500 color images and engaging text provide insight into these interesting and informative collectibles from “out of this world.” Meteorites link back to the early stages of the Milky Way galaxy. Readers can explore metallic, stony-iron, and stony meteorites, meteorite falls, Northwest Africa meteorites, and rare meteorites. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 511 color photos • Price Guide • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3728-4 • soft cover • $29.99 NATURAL HISTORY: MINERALS Collectors' Guide to the Amphibole Group. Robert J. Lauf. Find out how the amphiboles are organized and named, and how to relate obsolete names to currently-accepted ones. Over 135 full-color crystal images help the reader visualize the important structural features that define amphiboles and control their physical properties. Also: locality information and identification photos. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 144 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4870-9 • soft cover • $19.99 Stromatolites: Ancient, Beautiful, and Earth-Altering. R. J. Leis, Bruce L. Stinchcomb, Illustrations by Terry McKee. A look at 3.5 billion years of stromatolites, structures produced by primitive life forms living over vast spans of geologic time. Stromatolites and cyanobacteria were responsible not only for fossils & for the introduction of free oxygen into the planet's atmosphere. A non-technical account, along with 636 images. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 636 color photos • Index 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4897-6 • soft cover $29.99 Collector’s Guide to the Axinite Group. Robert J. Lauf. Over 90 color photos provide examples of good specimens of axinite minerals. This concise monograph provides a timely review, including an explanation of the chemistry and taxonomy of the group and an illustration of the crystal structure and the morphologies of real crystals. Detailed entries for each mineral provide information on notable localities and full-color photos wherever possible. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 97 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3216-6 • soft cover • $19.99 Collector’s Guide to the Beryl Group. Robert J. Lauf. This book explains how beryl is formed and the unique conditions that create fine aquamarines and emeralds. It covers the chemistry, structure, and taxonomy of the minerals of the beryl group. Detailed entries for each mineral provide locality information and full-color photos that show what good specimens look like and which minerals are found with them. An extensive bibliography is provided for further study. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 103 color & 2 b/w photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3878-6 • soft cover • $19.99 Collector’s Guide to the Epidote Group. Robert J. Lauf. Over 90 color photos display epidote group minerals, well known to collectors for their rich colors. The text provides a review of all presently known species, along with detailed entries for each of the eighteen minerals, and extensive locality information. This book will be of interest to those interested in developing a better understanding of silicate minerals. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 92 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3048-3 • soft cover • $19.99 Collector's Guide to the Zeolite Group. Robert J. Lauf. With 250 color photos and detailed text, this book explains how zeolite minerals are formed and the conditions that create the beautiful crystals. It covers the chemistry, structure, and taxonomy of the zeolite group minerals. Detailed entries for each mineral provide locality information and full-color photos that show what good specimens look like and which minerals are found with them. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4675-0 • soft cover • $19.99 Collector’s Guide to the Feldspar Group. Robert J. Lauf. How feldspar minerals are formed and the conditions that create the striking colors of amazonite, sunstone, and labradorite. It is illustrated with over 100 color photos and covers the chemistry, structure, and taxonomy of the minerals of the feldspar group. Detailed entries for each mineral provide locality information. The photos show what good specimens look like and which minerals are found with them. An extensive bibliography is provided for further study. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 107 color & 2 b/w photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4329-2 • soft cover • $19.99 Mineral Treasures of the Ozarks. Bruce L. Stinchcomb. Over 500 images represent the collectible minerals of the western Ozarks tristate district and Missouri’s Viburnum Trend. Barite and Fluorite as well as a variety of colorful copper, cobalt, nickel, and iron minerals grace the pages of this book, as do various forms of calcite and quartz. The text explores the mineral localities and depositions found in the Ozarks. This unique book is a must for anyone fascinated with the earth’s natural beauty. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 521 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4715-3 • soft cover • $29.99 Collector’s Guide to Fluorite. Arvid Eric Pasto. Over 140 full-color photos present fluorite in a fascinating array of colors. The extensive text provides references to fluorite’s habits, associated minerals, availability, and locations where spectacularly large specimens are found. Learn information for the hobby collector or rock hound, as well as technical information for those who want to understand fluorite in greater depth. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 143 color photos, 10 illus. • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3193-0 • soft cover • $19.99 Collector’s Guide to the Mica Group. Robert J. Lauf. A thorough review of the mica group, includes examples recently described. 115 color photos and electron micrographs illustrate the informative text, which provides a detailed entry for each mineral, including information on where each is found. This fascinating guide is for those interested in minerals. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 115 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3047-6 • soft cover • $19.99 Collector’s Guide to the Pyroxene Group. Robert J. Lauf. Over 115 color photos display pyroxene group minerals in all their forms and colors. The informative text provides an introduction to their chemistry and taxonomy, formation and geochemistry. A detailed entry for each mineral includes color reference photos. This book is essential for every mineral collector. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 116 color & 5 b/w images • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3404-7 • soft cover • 19.99 Introduction to Radioactive Minerals. Robert J. Lauf. A systematic overview of the mineralogy of uranium and thorium, generously illustrated with nearly 200 color photos and electron micrographs of representative specimens. It covers the history of the discovery of radioactive elements, the geochemical conditions that produce significant deposits of minerals and their major occurrences arranged geographically. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 196 color & b/w photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2912-8 • soft cover • $29.95 The Collector’s Guide to Silicate Crystal Structures. Robert J. Lauf. Over 140 color photos, diagrams, and incisive text reveal crystal structures, habits, names, and changing family relationships of silicate crystals. Provides an introduction to crystallography, current classification of silicate structures, and reviews orthosilicates, disilicates, chain silicates, sheet silicates, and framework silicates. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 142 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3579-2 • soft cover • $19.99 Collector’s Guide to Quartz and Other Silica Minerals. Robert J. Lauf. This book explains how silica minerals are formed and the unique conditions that create the rarer species. It covers the chemistry, structure, and taxonomy of quartz, opal, and the silica minerals that are stable at high temperatures or pressures. Detailed entries for minerals provide locality information and over 130 color photos show what good specimens look like and which minerals are found with them. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 136 photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4161-8 • soft cover • $19.99 43 44 NATURAL HISTORY: MINERALS • THE WORLD • WOMEN • HISTORY: BIOGRAPHY • GENERAL • SIDESHOWS Collector's Guide to the Three Phases of Titania: Rutile, Anatase, and Brookite. Robert J. Lauf. Over 100 color photos display three of the common titanium dioxide minerals: rutile, anatase, and brookite, along with a variety of interesting mineralogical phenomena. The informative text lists the classic localities for these popular minerals and describes both their fascinating diversity of forms and such phenomena as oriented growth, twinning, and pseudomorphism. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 107 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3268-5 • soft cover • $19.99 Global Thirst: Water and Society in the 21st Century. John R. Wennersten. An environmental historian turns an unflinching eye on today’s global water problems, critically analyzing pollution, drought, dying rivers, and the privatization of water utilities. He also offers commentary on what kinds of sustainable water options we should be pursuing in the 21st century. Size: 6" x 9" • 12 b/w & color images • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3973-8 • hard cover • $24.99 Collector’s Guide to the Tourmaline Group. Robert J. Lauf. Over 120 photos show each tourmaline mineral in its geological context. The text explains the chemistry and taxonomy of the group, the environment in which tourmalines form, provides a detailed entry for each mineral including locality information and full-color photos showing good specimens and which minerals one are associated with them. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 129 color & 1 b/w photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3775-8 • soft cover • $19.99 Close Quarters: A Woman’s Guide to Living and Working in Masculine Environments. Captain Tuuli Messer-Bookman. Delightful and gritty advice to women. The author’s first-hand experience can help women work smoothly in close quarters, such as law enforcement, firefighting, any aspect of the maritime industry, construction, forestry, and the military. It applauds the merits of being a “lady,” not just a woman, no matter what the setting. Size: 6" x 9" • 23 line drawings • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3631-7 • soft cover • $14.99 Collector’s Guide to the Vesuvianite Group. Robert J. Lauf. Over 90 full-color photos of vesuvianite show what good specimens look like and what minerals one might expect to find associated with vesuvianites. Detailed text explains the chemistry and taxonomy, discusses ongoing research into problems such as color, structure, and optically anomalous crystals, and important localities. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 97 color photos, 4 illus. • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3215-9 • soft cover • $19.99 An Illustrated History of Hairstyles: 18301930. Marian I. Doyle. Illustrates how everyday men, women, and children wore their hair. Demonstrates the common use of supplemental hairpieces, and illustrates the popular Grecian coiffures, center parts, French twists, and bobbed hair. Informative and easy-to-use. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 23 color & 465 sepia & b/w photos • Index • 176 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1734-2 • hard cover • $39.95 WOMEN HISTORY: BIOGRAPHY The Life and Times of Mary Vaux Walcott. Marjorie G. Jones. The watercolors of Philadelphia Quaker Mary Morris Vaux Walcott (1860-1940) comprise a significant catalog of North American wildflowers. Catapulted to the highest levels of society and national politics by a late and bold marriage, her story affords insights into the transformative times in which she lived. Size: 6" x 9" • 22 color & b/w images • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4972-0 • hard cover • $24.99 Local Heroes: Portraits of American Volunteer Firefighters. Ian Spanier, Marek Fuchs, Florian Bachleda, & Grace Martinez. Firefighters protect our communities, risk their lives, and give up their free time when the alarm sounds. This collection of intimate photographic portraits and brief biographies of firefighters around the country will leave you inspired and thankful for these local heroes. Size: 12" x 12" • 69 images • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4150-2 • hard cover • $45.00 17 Women Who Shook the World. Preethi Burkholder. In this motivational and historical book, discover how you can master the inner game of success. Read about 17 successful women such as Susan B. Anthony, Marie Curie, Amelia Earhart, Suze Orman, Eleanor Roosevelt Mother Teresa, and Oprah Winfrey. Like the women showcased, build your own Global Positioning System (GPS) for success. Size: 6" x 9" • 20 b/w photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4141-0 • soft cover • $19.99 Collecting Fluorescent Minerals. Revised and Expanded 2nd Edition. Stuart Schneider. Over 850 beautiful color photos illustrate how fluorescent minerals look under UV and day light. Minerals include Aragonite, Celestine, Feldspar, Microcline, Picropharmacolite, Quartz, Spinel, Smithsonite plus many more from the US, Canada, Mexico, Greenland, Italy, Sweden, and other places. Includes advice on caring for, collecting, and displaying minerals. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 870 photos • 208 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3619-5 • soft cover • $29.99 The Life and Times of Lilian J. Rice: Master Architect. Diane Y. Welch. Award-winning author Diane Y. Welch resurrects the story of architect Lilian J. Rice, retelling the life and times of this controversial woman. Eleven of Rice’s homes are listed on the National Register of Historic Places, more are county landmarks, and several garnered her honor awards from the American Institute of Architects. Size: 7" x 10" • 94 color & b/w images • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4958-4 • hard cover • $34.99 Classic Beauty: The History of Makeup. Gabriela Hernandez. This colorful reference book chronicles historic trends for the eyes, lips, and face, and offers in-depth aesthetic reviews of each decade from the 1920s to today. Over 430 images, timelines, and detailed vintage color palettes show the diverse definition of beauty and the evolution of cosmetics from ancient times. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 359 color & 74 b/w images 224 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3690-4 • hard cover • $49.99 The World of Fluorescent Minerals. Stuart Schneider. A sweeping survey of the fluorescent minerals of the world shown both in daylight and under the ultraviolet light. Written for the collector and the merely curious, this pictorial reference will capture your attention with its 825 color photos and informative text. It is an essential source for enjoying and identifying fluorescent minerals. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 825 color photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2544-2 • soft cover • $29.95 Nature’s Ambassador: The Legacy of Thornton W. Burgess. M. Christie Palmer Lowrance. With historical pictures and engaging text, this book presents an in depth overview of Thornton Burgess, children’s author and conservationist. Read about his life and legacy from 1874 to present and how his books continue to impact society today starting with his first release Old Mother West Wind. Size: 6" x 9" • 35 color & 128 b/w images • 320 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4445-9 • hard cover • $24.99 Graphic History of Antisemitism. Jerome J. Forman. American and European antisemitism is exposed in a unique collection of postcards, letters, newspapers, advertisements, and cartoons captured in 276 photos. The text explores the motives and rationales for creating and purchasing these dangerous items. Antisemitism is the most vicious and longest lasting of bigoted human beliefs. Its consequences have been fatal for millions. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 213 color & 63 b/w photos 144 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4617-0 • hard cover • $39.99 The Collector’s Guide to the Minerals of New York State. Dr. Steven C. Chamberlain and Dr. George W. Robinson. The first New York mineralogy text in over 35 years presents detailed information about the most important mineral localities of interest to mineral collectors. It includes the significance, collecting history, geology, origin, and important minerals for collectors incorporating the latest research and nomenclature. Localities are organized by how they occur. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 153 color photos, 1 chart • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4334-6 • soft cover • $19.99 THE WORLD Flags of the World. Revised & Expanded 2nd Edition. K.L. Jott. This revised and expanded second edition features updated facts and flags for 219 nations and more than 100 flags of international organizations, including the UN, the EU, and the Red Cross. Each of the 326 flag’s historical background and significance are recounted, along with explanations of its colors and symbols. This resource book is for anyone with a passion for international affairs or world history. Size: 6" x 9" • 330 color photos • 148 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4111-3 • hard cover • $19.99 HISTORY: GENERAL Fraternally Yours: Identify Fraternal Groups and Their Emblems. Peter Swift Seibert. A look at the rich and diverse heritage of American fraternal societies from the late 1800s through present times. Focusing upon larger organizations, this book covers the basic symbols and emblems of groups such as the Freemasons, Odd Fellows, Redmen, Knights of Columbus, Elks, Knights of Pythias, and even the Ku Klux Klan. Size: 6" x 9" • 163 color images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4060-4 • hard cover • $19.99 Ku Klux Terror: Birmingham, Alabama from 1866-present. Michael Newton. Everything you need to know about the bloody history of the Ku Klux Klan in Alabama, from its inception in 1866 to its current abominations, is here. The Klan’s most devastating hate crime of that era, the deadly bombing of Sixteenth Street Baptist Church, remained technically unsolved until 1977. Even today, the KKK and its evil philosophy endure. Size: 6" x 9" • 71 b/w photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4364-3 • soft cover • $16.99 HISTORY: SIDESHOWS How We Lived: Everyday Furniture, Fashions, & Settings 1880-1940. Peter Swift Seibert. What did normal farm, town, and city dwellers really look like between 1880 and 1940? This extensively illustrated book looks at the homes, occupations, pastimes, and transportation. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 27 color, 10 b/w, & 219 sepia photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1743-1 • soft cover • $29.95 Freaks of Sideshow and Film. Mary Brett & Stevan Gould. The true biographies of over 150 of the top sideshow freaks of yesteryear, plus the history of the circus and sideshow. Also, a look behind the scenes at the banner artists, gaff artists, photographers, and showmen who made the freak show as American as apple pie. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 663 color and b/w images • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4845-7 • hard cover • $34.99 HISTORY: SIDESHOWS • MOTION PICTURES • MUSIC & MUSICIANS • THE OLD WEST • LOGGING Midget Exhibit: Images from the Heyday of Dwarf Display. Mary L. Martin and Tina Skinner. P. T. Barnum introduced a real-life Tom Thumb in the 1800s, spawning a huge movement of midget exhibits. Explore this little world in postcard mementoes from an era when the unabashedly curious feasted their eyes on the unusual. Size: 6" x 6" • 22 color & 93 b/w photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2114-5 • hard cover • $14.95 The Early Years of Rhythm & Blues. Alan Govenar. Benny Joseph made his living as a professional photographer in Houston’s black community. Joseph photographed everything from teen hops to speeches by civil rights leaders Martin Luther King, Jr., and Thurgood Marshall to popular recording artists of the day, including B.B. King, Mahalia Jackson, Buddy Ace, Della Reese and more. Size: 9" x 12" • over 120 b/w & color photos • 112 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1983-3 • soft cover • $29.95 Cowboys. John Eggen. In 1903, Frank Sherman photographed a cattle roundup, including a surprise visit from President Theodore Roosevelt, to make postcards for his souvenir shop in Colorado Springs. Here are his images preserved on glass negatives all these years later. Enjoy authentic views of the cowboys. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 100 photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-436-7 • soft cover • $19.95 Pickled Punks and Girlie Shows: A Life Spent on the Midways of America. Rick West. Take a strange and wonderful trip through behindthe-scenes tales of life in the sideshow. The strange, the bizarre, the unusual are all here along with rare images of two-headed cows, a Bigfoot creatures, pickled punks, showgirls, humongous hogs, 3,500-pound steers, and more. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 210+ color & b/w images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3703-1 • soft cover • $24.99 Ghosts and Ballyhoo: Memoirs of a Failed L.A. Music Journalist. Thomas Wictor. A chronicle of Thomas Wictor’s ten years in the Los Angeles music industry and his quest to free himself from the past. Thomas Wictor’s experiences include multiple failures across multiple spectra and an endless series of coincidences that always returned him to the notion that there is a Plan. Written with profane humor and no self-pity, it includes previously unpublished articles, excerpts from interview transcripts, personal correspondence, and photos. Size: 6" x 9" • 59 photos • 272 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4338-4 • soft cover • $19.99 Harvey Caplin’s Real Cowboys & the Old West. Abbie Caplin. Photographer Harvey Caplin recorded ranch life in the American West from the 1940s to the 1980s, capturing magnificent landscapes and picturesque people. See 173 of his beautiful images and revel at the grandeur of the land and drama of its life. Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 173 b/w photos • 176 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-3434-4 • hard cover • $39.99 HISTORY: MOTION PICTURES Hollywood Celebrates the Holidays: 1920– 1970. Karie Bible & Mary Mallory. Marvelously illustrated with more than 200 rare images from the silent era through the 1970s, this joyous treasure trove features film and television’s most famous actors and actresses celebrating the holidays in lavishly produced photographs. Size: 7" x 10" • 221 color & b/w photos • 192 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4964-5 •hard cover • $29.99 Hollywood Café: Coffee with the Stars. Steven Rea. Enjoy nostalgic photos of screen icons from the Silent Era through the eighties, making and drinking their cups of joe, java, pour-overs, and percolated brews. The dream cast includes Marilyn Monroe, Humphrey Bogart, Audrey Hepburn, Charlie Chaplin, Clara Bow, Lucille Ball, Sammy Davis Jr., Elvis, Sinatra, and more! Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 180 b/w photos • 192 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4989-8 • hard cover • $29.99 The Good, the Tough & the Deadly: Action Movies & Stars 1960s–Present. david j. moore. This massive study on action movies and stars from around the world is filled with over a thousand in-depth movie reviews and 70 exclusive interviews that cover every action star who's crossed over from the world of martial arts, sports, professional wrestling, and stunt work. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 773 color images • 560 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4995-9 • hard cover • $45.00 Nashville Steeler: My Life in Country Music. Don Davis, as told to Ruth B. White. This true account of the rise of country music is told by a 1940s’ band musician, Don Davis, who became a music business executive and worked with all the Grand Ole Opry stars. View 100 photographs showing real people, places, and instruments that have become country music legends. Size: 7" x 10" • 100 b/w images • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4279-0 • soft cover • $19.99 A People and Their Music: The Story Behind the Story of Country Music. John Rice Irwin. Meet the Carter family, Jack Jackson, Bob Douglas, Grandpa Jones, Bashful Brother Oswald, Mac Wiseman, Earl Scruggs, Raymond Fairchild and other greats, and learn their touching personal stories. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 190 b/w photos • 208 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0942-0 • soft cover • $29.95 Musical Instruments of the Southern Appalachian Mountains. John Rice Irwin. Brings to life the distinctive “bluegrass” music made for hundreds of years with dulcimers, violins, jew harps, mouth bows, and such from the Appalachian mountain areas. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 132 illus. • 108 pp. ISBN: 978-0-916838-80-5 • soft cover • $9.99 Pawnee Bill’s Historic Wild West: A Photo Documentary of the 19011905 Show Tours. Allen Farnum. Amazing images taken on tour by cowboy/amateur photographer Harry Bock. Offers Western, historical, and tent show buffs a visual look back in time. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 155 photos • Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-437-5 • soft cover • $19.95 Cowgirls: Early Images and Collectibles. Revised and Expanded 2nd Edition. Judy Crandall. The saga of the American cowgirl, unlike that of the cowboy, is not well-chronicled, but her history is as appealing as it is colorful. Three dimensional collectibles, rodeo lore, and biographical accomplishments of these extraordinary women is presented for the first time in a cohesive format. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 314 photos • 112 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2238-9 • soft cover • $24.95 Stagecoach: Rare Views of the Old West, 1849-1915. Sandor Demlinger. Vintage photographs explore stagecoaches, the horse drawn wagons, the towns, and the frontier people with first-person narratives. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 283 photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2124-2 • soft cover • $24.95 HISTORY: THE OLD WEST World Gone Wild: A Survivor’s Guide to Post-Apocalyptic Movies. david j. moore. Foreword by Vern. Containing over 800 movie reviews, 60 exclusive interviews with filmmakers and actors who’ve made films in the genre, and a vast subgenre index, World Gone Wild chronicles humanity’s struggles through nuclear war, global natural disasters, and the zombie apocalypse in film. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 427 color photos • 544 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4587-6 • hard cover • $34.99 HISTORY: MUSIC & MUSICIANS Blues Hands. Joseph A. Rosen. Through captivating images of hands of blues musicians, this book conveys the strength, beauty, diversity, depth and power of the Blues, the root of all American music. Includes noted music personalities, from B.B. King and Buddy Guy to James Brown and Gary Clark, Jr. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 88 photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4963-8 • hard cover $29.99 No Greater Calling: A Chronological Record of Sacrifice and Heroism During the Western Indian Wars, 1865-1898. Eric S. Johnson. Even as the American Civil War ended, violence continued in the West. Native Americans, pushed ever westward by the encroachment of civilization, fought back, making war upon settlers, the infrastructure, and the economy. This comprehensive book explores the role of the U.S. Army in resolving the issues on the frontier, and lives of over 1,200 men who died in service to their country. Size: 7" x 10" • 300+ b/w images • 400 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4255-4 • hard cover • $39.99 Whips of the West: An Illustrated History of American Whipmaking. David W. Morgan. From homemade horsewhips to fancy carriage whips, braided leather straps have worked to move livestock forward. Illustrated inventions that have revolutionized the whipmaking industry are covered and analyzes important points in American history. Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 307 illustrations, 100+ b/w photos • 168 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-589-1 • soft cover • $12.95 The West that Was. John Eggen. Images taken from the original glass negatives made in the early 20th century, these photos give an unprecedented look at life on the ranch and trail. Authentic people doing their rugged jobs and living free on the range. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 106 photos • 184 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-330-1 • hard cover • $29.95 Early Logging Tools. Kevin Johnson. Over 330 photos display collectible logging equipment, including axes, saws, filing tools, springboards, oil bottles, undercutters, wedges, marlin spikes, drag saws, and chainsaws. Historical photos show loggers at work. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 333 color & 12 b/w photos • Price Guide • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2740-7 • soft cover • $29.95 HISTORY: LOGGING 45 46 HISTORY: LOGGING • MINING • FARMING • UNDERTAKING This Was Sawmilling. Ralph W. Andrews. The true story of the triumphant growth and promise of the sawmill industry is shown with superb photography and told with exciting text. Anecdotes of the men who transformed logs into the building materials of a nation is augmented with thorough research, bringing to life the industry in the early 1900s. The reader takes a step back in time, as the history of the industry which has gone on continuously since 1825 is brought to life. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 240 photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-88740-594-5 • soft cover • $15.99 Glory Days of Logging. Ralph W. Andrews. Chronicles logging in the Northwest U.S. and Canada. This book contain the best photographs of a dozen famous collections: Davis and Benson rafts, river drives, hand logging spar topping big wheels in the pine, saw mills of 1890 to 1915, historical ox teams, tractors, blumes. In this chronicle of the Big Woods, bunk house ballads, humorous sketches and eyewitness accounts of work and life in the tall uncut as well as the rich photographs help the reader to actually feel the old logging atmosphere. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 213 photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-88740-593-8 • soft cover • $15.99 This Was Logging: Drama in the Northwest Timber Country. Ralph W. Andrews. Visit the Pacific Northwest’s “Big Woods” with the superb work of timber photographer Darius Kinsey. Comprising more than 200 views, the author dramatically recalls lumbering’s great days. Then the story continues into the “highball” days, the high production period with the steel tower skidders and miles of steel rigging. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 199 b/w photos • 157 pp. ISBN: 978-0-88740-035-3 • soft cover • $14.99 Timber: Loggers Challenge the Great Northwest Forests. Ralph W. Andrews. Photos transport the reader into the former world of logging. The greatest stand of Douglas fir timber in existence lured Poles, Finns, Swedes, and Norskies out of the Midwest to help build the West Coast cities. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 171 b/w photos Index • 182 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-036-1 • soft cover • $12.95 Redwood Classic. Ralph W. Andrews. A memorial to the magnificent natural redwood Sequoia trees in California, which today number only a fraction of the groves of 125 years ago through outstanding, sometimes even haunting, photographs by Ralph Andrews. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 239 b/w photographs • 174 pp. ISBN: 978-0-88740-049-0 • soft cover • $14.99 Logging Long Ago: Historic Postcard Views. Mary Martin, Edward Thompson & Tina Skinner. Follow the history of logging as it unfolds across the United States, from the virgin forests of the east, to the towering redwoods of the West Coast. Historic photos, many hand tinted, capture the early woods, woodsmen, and logging machines. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 278 color, 63 b/w images • Price Guide • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2619-6 • soft cover • $19.95 Cut & Run Logging. Mike Monte. Between the 1880s and 1940s, the wooded landscape in the northern Great Lakes region of America was irreversably and completely changed, along with the society and ecology. Meet the lumberjacks, river pigs, and railroad loggers. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 168 b/w photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-1529-9 • soft cover • $19.99 Aerial Firefighting. Wolfgang Jendsch. The aircraft used around the globe to fight forest and open-range fires are presented here in over 400 color photos, many showing them in action. Includes airtankers, firefighting helicopters, transports, and direction and command planes. The text provides tactical descriptions of actions taken in the field. Size: 9" x 12" • 415 color photos • 352 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3068-1 • hard cover • $39.99 This Was Wheat Farming. Kirby Brumfield. The lore of the harvest is the keynote of Brumfield’s presentation. He approaches this vast subject with considerable facility lifting farming right out of the soil into fascinating history, with accent on the Northwest. Wheat in the Northwest? Yes, it’s all here, acres of it in Oregon, Washington, and Idaho, all graded and sacked. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 293 vintage photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0188-8 • soft cover • $19.95 HISTORY: MINING Mine to Mill: History of the Great Lakes Iron Trade. Phillip J. Stager. The history of the iron ore trade on the Great Lakes, from 1900 to 1980, is perhaps best related in visual form. Historians and enthusiasts alike can now learn about this important part of our country's industrial heritage in nearly 300 views of the mines, railroads, loading docks, and ships of the Great Lakes through the medium of the picture postcard. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 321 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4767-2 • hard cover • $29.99 Mine to Mill: History of the Great Lakes Iron Trade: From Sault Ste. Marie to the Lower Lake Ports. Phillip J. Stager. Book one ended at the international locks at Sault Ste. Marie; this picks up at the Soo and proceeds to the Lower Lake ports on Lakes Erie and Michigan. Explore the wide variety of shore-based machinery for unloading iron ore and loading coal for the return to the Upper Lakes. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 323 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4901-0 • hard cover • $29.99 This Was Mining in the West. David W. Pearson. The real lives of the brave ‘49ers of the California Gold Rush are exposed and followed through the expansion of mining to other states and to silver, and copper. Significant mines in eleven western states are discussed, including their dates of operation and production records. Mining stock certificates, currency, and newspapers from the day are also shown, along with antique mining tools. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 225 photos • 166 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-933-4 • soft cover • $24.95 Antique Mining Equipment & Collectibles. David W. Pearson & Ron Bommarito. Mining’s fascinating and dangerous nature is reflected in the text and over 450 color photographs of specialized tools and artifacts. Thirty categories, from advertising and assay equipment to surveying equipment and tokens, chronicle old mining methods. This is an important and valuable reference for all concerned. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 459 color prints Price Guide • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1495-5 • soft cover • $29.95 HISTORY: FARMING Yesterday’s Farm Tools & Equipment. Irwin Richman and Michael Emery. 100s of old farm tools and equipment from America’s past. Major chapters cover haying, grains, tobacco, orchards, poultry, dairy, horses and mules in farm practices. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 614 images • 208 pp. ISBN:978-0-7643-3603-4•hardcover•$39.99 Living Crafts, Historic Tools: The Craftspeople and Collections of the Landis Valley Museum. Michael Emery and Irwin Richman. This book celebrates the hand tool as a medium of expression and salutes those who wield it with skillful pride. Each tool was a beautiful, clever marriage of form and function, uniquely forged and perfectly suited for its purpose. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 592 images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4297-4 • soft cover • $29.99 The Farm: An American Living Portrait. Joan and David Hagan. Beautiful images capture glimpses of everyday chores, the bountiful land, the unique and varied architecture, and the lives of the people, animals, and crops they support. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 225 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-259-3 • soft cover • $29.95 The Big Book of Flax: A Compendium of Facts, Art, Lore, Projects and Song. Christian and Johannes Zinzendorf. Learn the fascinating story of the flax to linen process in history, legend, song, crafts, lesson plans, and recipes. With 414 images, this comprehensive book offers suggestions for flax projects, collecting flax-related tools and clothing, and planting and harvesting flax. Size: 9" x 12" • 414 images • 240 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3715-4 • hard cover • $59.99 Linen: From Flax Seed to Woven Cloth. Linda Heinrich. Follow the saga of this remarkable fiber from seed to woven fabric. Learn about flax cultivation, processing and spinning, natural and synthetic dyeing, and weaving and finishing linen cloth. 233 color and 156 black-and-white photos and drawings reveal the characteristics of linen and emphasize its practical use throughout history. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 233 color photos 156 b/w photos & drawings • Index • 232 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3466-5 • hard cover • $49.99 HISTORY: UNDERTAKING Stiffs, Skulls & Skeletons: Medical Photography and Symbolism. Stanley B. Burns, MD and Elizabeth A. Burns. This is an intriguing and comprehensive exploration of the skeleton and the dead body through more than 400 rare photographs. In this work, Dr. Burns reveals the nineteenth-century fascination with the dead body and body parts. The classic visual iconography of postmortem, dissection, and bone photography is presented and expanded to include early autopsy images and X-ray studies. Size: 12" x 12" • 450 photos • 328 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4746-7 • hard cover • $75.00 • Schiffer LTD Cemetery Gates: Death and Mourning Through the Ages. Corvis Nocturnum. A study of death and mourning around the globe and through the ages. Examine death, its significance in religious and ethnic views, cultural myths, and its use in art and literature throughout the ages. Find out how different religions and ethnic groups understand death, the mourning that accompanies it, and the implications that people have given it. Size: 7" x 10" • 150 color images • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3787-1 • soft cover • $24.99 The Upside of Undertaking. Catherine Olen. Ever wonder what goes on behind closed doors at your local cemetery or funeral home? You won’t want to put down this delicious collection of real-life tales of mortuary experiences. Read hilarious stories of the dead and living that will keep you laughing for hours. Size: 6" x 9" • 20 b/w illustrations • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3586-0 • soft cover • $12.99 HISTORY: LINCOLN & U.S. PRESIDENTS • U.S. CIVIL WAR• TRANSPORTATION Postmortem Collectibles. C. L. Miller. Intended to be intriguing but not morbid, this book takes readers on an amazing journey through past, present, and evolving postmortem practices. A remarkable array of collectible items includes embalming products and instruments, photos of funeral homes and funeral processions, promotional materials, postcards, and original postmortem photographs. Text covers caskets, floral arrangements, burial garments, mourning etiquette, and more. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 198 color photos, 135 b/w photos • Price Guide/Index 160 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1330-4 • soft cover • $29.95 LINCOLN & U.S. PRESIDENTS Abraham Lincoln: An Illustrated Biography in Postcards. James D. Ristine. Abraham Lincoln’s life story is told from childhood and young adulthood to becoming a businessman, soldier, surveyor, lawyer, politician, and eventually the 16th president of the United States. The author’s unique use of more than 250 postcards illustrates Lincoln’s story. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 270 postcards • Price Guide/ Index • 144 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2857-2 • soft cover • $24.95 Lincoln’s Funeral Train: The Epic Journey from Washington to Springfield. Robert M. Reed. The Lincoln Funeral Train traveled nearly 1,700 miles through eastern and mid-America with the remains of President Abraham Lincoln. This captivating account documents its journey through more than 440 communities in seven states on the way to bury the President, using photographs and historical accounts. There were funerals in 11 major cities and ceremonies in hundreds of others. Size: 7" x 10" • 131 illustrations • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4594-4 • hard cover • $39.99 Collecting Lincoln. Stuart Schneider. Look at Abraham Lincoln through others’ eyes, seeing history in an entirely different light. While historical text details what Lincoln thought or did and how he planned his actions, the collector of Lincoln holds tangible items, revealing how society saw or portrayed the president. 950 photos present a multi-faceted look at Abraham Lincoln and how society still reveres him more than 100 years after his death. Includes artifacts, pictures, coins, and much more. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 950 photos • Value Guide 288 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0270-1 • hard cover • $69.95 Meet the Presidents. Walter Eckman. Get to know the Presidents of the United States, from George Washington to Barack Obama. Visit the only surviving residence of James Polk in Columbia, Tennessee, or the Lyndon Baines Johnson ranch near Johnson City, Texas. Divided into three geographical regions, these presidential sites reflect the lifestyles and economic status of our country’s leaders. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 418 b/w & color images • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3838-0 • hard cover • $29.99 The 1924 Coolidge-Dawes Lincoln Tour. Larry Krug. A caravan highlighting the 1924 presidential campaign of Calvin Coolidge, and his running mate, Charles G. Dawes, was a political masterpiece for its day. See first-hand eyewitness accounts of the Coolidge-Dawes Lincoln Tour and 140 vintage photographs and political artifacts. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 141 illustrations • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2763-6 • soft cover • $29.95 HISTORY: U.S. CIVIL WAR Frank Leslie’s Illustrated Famous Leaders and Battles of the Civil War. This 19th century concise history of the American Civil war is illustrated with 740 wood cuts. Include portraits of political and military leaders, famous forts, pivotal battles and naval engagements, military encampments, and major events. These images were created by a corps of war artists employed by Frank Leslie for his illustrated newspapers. Size: 11 3/4" x 16" • 740 b/w illustrations • Indexes • 544 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3996-7 • hard cover • $99.99 Lincoln’s Senior Generals: Photographs and Biographical Sketches of the Major Generals of the Union Army. Tom Glass. Lincoln appointed 133 Major Generals to lead the union army. Their photographs and biographical sketches are provided in this candid view of the union war effort and its high command.. Featured here are rare cartes de visite (CDV), as well as other rare period images. Size: 6"x9" • over 250 b/w images • 400 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4035-2 • hard cover • $59.99 The Paranormal Presidency of Abraham Lincoln. Christopher Kiernan Coleman. From his early youth to the very day of his death, Abraham Lincoln was visited by premonitions and visions of the future. He had an innate faith in prophetic dreams, omens, and other paranormal phenomena. View highlighted features of Abraham Lincoln and his presidency not otherwise seen in standard portraits of our sixteenth president. Size: 6" x 9" • 28 b/w images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4121-2 • soft cover • $16.99 Camp William Penn: 1863-1865. Donald Scott, Sr. Located just outside of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, Camp William Penn was the largest and first Civil War facility to exclusively train black soldiers. Almost 11,000 soldiers trained there, many runaway or ex-slaves, forming 11 regiments that were involved in major battles and actions during the war. When America’s very existence was threatened, the warriors and freedom fighters from Camp William Penn were a major factor in the Union’s victory. The complete story is told here. Size: 6" x 9" • 130+ b/w images • 384 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4253-0 • hard cover •$29.99 Where the Presidents Were Born: The History & Preservation of the Presidential Birthplaces. Louis L. Picone. From George Washington to Barack Obama, this book provides the history and preservation efforts of the birthplace of every American president, visitor information, and personal observations. From the grand monuments of Lincoln and Buchanan to the simple roadside markers for Harrison and Taylor, these places all have fascinating stories to tell. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 65 color images • Index • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4079-6 • soft cover • $29.99 Firestorm at Gettysburg: Civilian Voices June-November 1863. Jim Slade & John Alexander. From one of the most pivotal events of the American Civil War, Gettysburg civilians recount the battle. Accounts gleaned from diaries, letters, newspapers, interviews, and books. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • over 160 b/w photographs • 192 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0618-9 • hardcover • $39.95 The United States Presidents Illustrated. Robert M. Reed. This comprehensive volume includes all 44 American presidents, from George Washington to Barack Obama. Concise text highlights their lives, each political climate, and the times in which they lived. 475 Illustrations include postcards, engravings, newspapers, product premium cards, trading cards, magazine illustrations and official White House photographs. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 475 photos • Index • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3280-7 • soft cover • $24.99 Chesapeake Bay in the Civil War. Eric Mills. A rich panorama of fascinating Civil War history, this is the story of gunboats and smugglers, privateers and street-brawlers—the chronicle of mighty armies and ironclads, shoreline artillery and tidewater guerillas, blockade-running oystermen, and the unsung sailors of the Potomac Flotilla. This is the story of the Chesapeake Bay in the Civil War. Size: 6" x 9" • 35 b/w photos, 56 illustrations & 5 maps Index • 328 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3592-1 • soft cover • $29.99 Colonels in Blue: Union Army Colonels of the Civil War. Roger Hunt. A series that features the colonels of the Union Army in the Civil War. Most of them were citizen soldiers from a wide variety of backgrounds. Motivated by patriotic enthusiasm and personal ambition but often lacking any real military expertise, they nevertheless offered their services in defense of the Union. Through photos and biographical sketches their lives are now being remembered. Vol.1: The New England States - Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, Vermont Size: 8.5"x11" • over 430 bw photos • 288pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1290-1 • hard cover • $59.95 Vol.2: New York Size: 8.5"x11" • over 640 bw photos • 288pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1771-7 • hard cover• $59.95 Soldiers at the Doorstep: Civil War Lore. Larry S. Chowning. During the Civil War, significant events were going on in the lives of those who stayed behind to keep the home together. Areas in the South were behind enemy lines, and the people dealt with the threat of Union soldiers arriving on their doorsteps. This was a heartbreaking and emotional time for those on both sides. While these particular chronicles are southern, the same sort of narrative could have come from people in Pennsylvania, where southern troops roamed. Size: 6" x 9" • 33 b/w photos • Index • 142 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-519-8 • hard cover • $19.95 In the Saddle: Exploits of the 5th Georgia Cavalry During the Civil War. Timothy Daiss. In the Saddle is the story of a memorable Civil War unit. The unit distinguished itself in battle from the coasts of Florida, Georgia and South Carolina, to the pathos and drama of the Atlanta battles, and in harassing Sherman’s blue hosts. The story is told using narratives, military sketches, and letters of members of the 5th Georgia. Supplemented with vintage photographs and drawings, In the Saddle offers rich and rewarding reading. Size: 6"x 9" • over 30 photos, line art • 152pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0972-2 • hard cover • $29.95 Their Horses Climbed Trees: A Chronicle of the California 100 and Battalion in the Civil War, from San Francisco to Appomattox. Larry Rogers & Keith Rogers. This book tells the little known story of the five hundred volunteers from California known as the “California Hundred and Battalion,” who fought in the East during the Civil War years 1863-1865 as a part of the Second Massachusetts Volunteer Cavalry Regiment. Size: 6"x 9" • 20 bw photos • 480pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1391-6 • hard cover • $35.00 Civil War Re-enactment. David and Joan Hagan. For novice and historian alike, the human drama of the Civil War is brought alive through study, folk skills and stories, and re-living the events of a hundred and thirty years ago. David and Joan Hagan portray this drama through their poignant pictures taken during re-enacted battles. Size: 8.5"x11" • over 290 color photos • 112pp. ISBN: 0-88740-949-0 • soft cover • $19.95 HISTORY: TRANSPORTATION Iron Trails of North America : 1978-2008. Robert W. Burns. See and read about modern trains that captivate onlookers and the new railroad companies, including the famous Santa Fe Railway to CSX and ALCO lines, that crossed North America in the last thirty years. Over 450 color photos show engines and trains in use at breathtaking locations across the continent. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 453 color photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3262-3 hard cover • $49.99 47 48 HISTORY: TRANSPORTATION • TRANSPORATION CALAMITIES • CAMPING & RVS• GENERAL INTEREST • GAMES, PUZZLES & ACTIVITIES HISTORY: CAMPING & RECREATIONAL VEHICLES Fast Trains Worldwide. Thomas Estler. The quest for greater speed is almost as old as the railroad itself. In the 19th and in the first half of the 20th centuries, notable things were being done under the slogan “Speed is the key.” This book outlines the history of high speed locomotives, from more than 20 countries representing Europe, Asia, Australia, and the United States, and is essential for the train and railway aficionado. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 151 color images • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4447-3 • hard cover • $29.99 Camper & RV Humor: The Illustrated Story of Camping Comedy. John Brunkowski & Michael Closen. This book tells the story of camping and RVing through humor and comedy, and does it through colorful picture postcards. Over 230 photos of more than 290 separate illustrated postcards from the early 1900s to the present are covered–most dating from the 1900s to the 1950s. The cards come from the US, Canada, England, France, Germany, Netherlands, and more. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 215 color and 17 b/w photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4705-4 • hard cover • $24.99 Baldwin Locomotives. 100s of detailed etchings and diagrams of this illustrious firm’s locomotives, complete with detailed descriptions of the locomotives, parts, and construction direct from the company that produced them. Founded in Philadelphia in 1831, the Baldwin Locomotive Works was known for their 2-8-2 Mikado locomotives. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • Over 200 images • 328 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3376-7 • hard cover • $39.99 KOA and the Art of Kamping. John Brunkowski & Michael Closen. The first book about Kampgrounds of America and the artwork the organization commissioned. Each original work of art is related to camping and RVing, and includes paintings, sculptures, drawings, photographs, and other forms. All of the artwork is housed in the company’s Art of Kamping Gallery. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 225 color & 5 b/w photos • 104 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4520-3 • hard cover • $29.99 Sailing Fascination. Heinrich Hecht. Text by Hans-Harald Schack. Sailing competitions fascinate professional photographer Heinrich Hecht, whose work over twenty years (1984 to 2008) is presented here. 12 chapters show SAILING highlights of the sport: the sail, speed, dinghies and keelboats, crew, regattas, F A S C I N AT I O N Heinrich Hecht sailors, wind, waves, and light. Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 300+ color images • 264 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4268-4 • hard cover • $50.00 Text by Hans-Harald Schack Schiffer Great American Schooner Yachts. Rudolph Arp. The greatest classic American schooner yachts built in the U.S. and how their designers influenced their beauty and technical innovations. This will be a resource for designers of these vessels, historians, and shipping enthusiasts. Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 389 color & b/w photos • Index • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4089-5 • hard cover • $49.99 HISTORY: TRANSPORTATION CALAMITIES Smashups: The Hazards of Travel. Robert C. Reed. An intriguing iconography of travel accidents of all genres—air, highway, railway, and water-wrecks involving trucks, buses, cars, light planes, jetliners, seaplanes, freight trains, and ships. Over 180 photographs. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 186 b/w photos • 176 pp.• ISBN: 0-7643-0766-5 • soft cover • $19.95 Train Wrecks: A Pictorial History of Accidents on the Main Line. Robert C. Reed. American railroad history is filled with accounts of misadventure. Steam boilers blew up. Bridges collapsed under the weight of heavy engines. Locomotives crashed head-on because of signal failures. Passenger cars derailed, often with dire results. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 298 b/w photos • 184 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-0136-0 • soft cover • $19.99 Crash! Travel Mishaps and Calamities. Robert Reed. With over 150 photos, this book captures on film wrecks and crashes of all kinds: air, highway, railway, and water as well as accidents involving trucks, buses, cars, light planes, jetliners, seaplanes, freight trains, and ships. Pore over the photographs and captions and experience the thrill of danger in the comfort and safety of your own home. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 182 b/w photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0813-0 • soft cover • $19.95 Ready to Roll: The Travel Trailer in America. Arrol Gellner and Douglas Keister. Over 260 color photos capture these ingenious homesaway-from-home. Includes details of the travel trailer’s rise, which was fueled by improvements in both automobiles and roadways. Included are many classic examples of travel trailers over the decades, include Hammer Blow’s honeymoon trailer, the Zeppelin-shaped Road Chief, the iconic Airstream, and more. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 263 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4644-6 • hard cover • $34.99 Airstreams: Custom Interiors. David Winick. Details of David Winick’s re-creations of custom-built Airstream home trailers that date from 1948 to 2007, including his 75th Anniversary Bambi Airstream. The challenge of creating functional and beautiful small spaces in which to live helped drive the restoration work, making living spaces that reflect the Airstream design. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 212 color photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3539-6 • soft cover • $29.99 Airstream Memories. John Brunkowski & Michael Closen. Airstream travel trailers, with their shiny bullet-shaped aluminum design, have been the most recognized RVs in the world for over 80 years. This unique book is the first-ever to tell the Airstream story through 100s of collectibles and memorabilia in over 370 photos. Includes Airstream history, advertising, rallies, international connections, look-a-likes, art, and humor. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 372 photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4163-2 • soft cover • $24.99 Amateur Radio Goes Camping & RVing: The Illustrated QSL Card History. John Brunkowski & Michael Closen. Over 250 pictures document the practice of amateur radio enthusiasts who took their radio equipment camping and RVing and distributed QSL cards and postcards containing graphic images of their tents and RVs. Covers such topics as tenting, travel trailers, truck campers, motor coaches, mobile homes, and more. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 230 color & 36 b/w photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4529-6 • soft cover • $19.99 Pictorial Guide to RVing. John Brunkowski and Michael Closen. RV history from the early 1900s through the 1970s told With 350 photos of postcards and an engaging text. Topics illustrated include early car and cycle camping, RV campgrounds, travel trailers, Airstreams, mobile homes, motorized RVs, roadside RV scenes, amateur radio and RVing, and RVing humor. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 350 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3546-4 • soft cover • $24.99 Hello Mother, Hello Father: Celebrating Summer Camp. Daniella K. Garran. Celebrate the experiences of millions of campers, providing a transformative life event for children and adults alike for the past 150 years. However, as you will read, all these camps share one important goal: the education and growth of children. Size: 12" x 9" • 303 photos • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4645-3 • hard cover • $39.99 GENERAL INTEREST Rhymes of Early Jungle Folk: A Replica of the 1922 Edition Featuring the Poems of Mary E. Marcy with Woodcuts by Wharton Esherick. The Wharton Esherick Museum, Mary E. Marcy, Wharton Esherick. This true-to-theoriginal new edition of a controversial 1922 children's book features 73 dynamic, whimsical woodcut illustrations, the first woodcuts American craftsman Wharton Esherick produced. The illustrations frame poems that introduce children to the principles of evolution, a radical topic then 3 years before the Scopes "Monkey" trial. Size: 6" x 9" • 73 b/w woodcut illus • 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4937-9 • hard cover • $19.99 Into the Pensieve: The Philosophy and Mythology of Harry Potter. Patrick McCauley. This book takes a look at the arc of the storyline in Harry Potter, digging below the surface to explore ethical, mythological, and religious meanings in J.K. Rowling's best-selling series. This analysis shows while the book is about Harry's destiny, it also gives the reader a sense of his own fate. Size: 7" x 10" • 12 color images • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4945-4 • hard cover • $24.99 American Coasters: A Thrilling Photographic Ride. Thomas Crymes. One coaster enthusiast’s photographic journey across the country in search of the next great thrill. From Massachusetts to Florida, from New Jersey to California, here are more than 100 different roller coasters from 21 different parks in 12 states, as well as nearly 40 featured coaster profiles. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 285 photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4158-8 • hard cover • $34.99 No Lumps, Thank You. A Bra Anthologie. Meg Spielman Peldo. This is an uplifting and entertaining photographic collection of playful brassieres created from a wide and wild variety of common objects. From Nest Enhancement, two bird nests adorned with delicate flowers and string, to Hot Ta-tas, colorful Mexican bowls filled with peppers sporting braided green onion straps, artist Meg Spielman Peldo creates images that appeal to both sexes and virtually all age groups. Size: 10" x 9" • 30 color photos • 72 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4193-9 • hard cover • $24.99 GAMES, PUZZLES & ACTIVITIES SumSearch. Jonathan Meck. Challenge yourself with numeric puzzles in SumSearch, a modern twist on the classic word search. Featuring 100 puzzles of escalating difficulty, use addition and perseverance to find all combinations within the puzzle that add up to the goal number. Try to find them all! Size: 6" x 9" • 100 black & white puzzles • 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4880-8 • soft cover • $9.99 Kansuko: A New Game Based on Classic Sudoku. Jonathan Meck. Kansuko, the latest twist on the popular Sudoku number game, combines logic and reasoning with simple addition to create an all-new and exciting type of puzzle that challenges and stimulates your mind. Using just the numbers 1 through 9, fill in the empty squares in the three 3 x 3 grids and the sum column to complete the puzzle. Size: 6" x 9" • 114 puzzles • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4203-5 • soft cover • $9.99 GAMES, PUZZLES & ACTIVITIES • FISHING The Uncolored Book for You to Color. Matt French. This 80-page coloring book will both delight and entertain. Drawn in pen and ink, these “uncolored” images for your kids to color will open their imagination and inspire their own creativity. Children will love it and even adults will get into the action trying to decipher all the little details in each of the drawings. Young Adult/Teens: Ages 13-18. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 80 b&w illustrations • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4087-1 • soft cover • $12.99 Falvey’s Guide to Fishing Long Island. Kevin Falvey. The most comprehensive how-to/where-to fishing book you’ll find, focusing on New York’s popular saltwater species and the tactics, tackle, rigging, lures, and baits used to target them. Includes secret tricks of the trade; custom-marked charts detailing hotspots in Long Island’s sounds, bays, and ocean; species-by-species “crib sheets”; and an illustrated knot tying guide. Size: 6" x 9" • 117 b/w images • 232 pp. ISBN: 978-0-9787278-2-6 • soft cover • $19.99 The Journey Coloring Book. Adrienne Trafford. A coloring extravaganza created from The Journey Oracle, enjoy hours of coloring fun with 46 pretty drawings for long-time coloring! Interesting artwork with color suggestions on back cover! Not only for children, teens and adults will enjoy coloring, too! Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 46 b/w art images • 48 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3784-0 • soft cover • $9.99 Rudow’s Guide to Modern Jigging: • Inshore • Offshore • Species-Specific. Lenny Rudow. Jigging may be an ancient technique, but it’s also the hottest, newest way to fish. Thanks to advances in tackle technology and the development of new methods like speed jigging, meat jigging, and yo-yoing, today you can target everthing from panfish to pelagics - with light tackle that’s comfortable to use even on the biggest fish. Size: 6" x 9" • 49 b/w images • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-9787278-7-1 • soft cover • $19.99 FISHING Saltwater Tales: Offshore, Bay, and Surf Fishing Adventures with Proven Tips and Techniques for the Saltwater Angler. John Unkart. For years, fishermen have relied on John Unkart to help them catch more fish. Learn professional fishing strategies while embarking on entertaining saltwater journeys that are seeded with tips, tricks, and information that will help everyone become a better fisherman—from the beginner to the seasoned angler. Size: 7" x 10" • 179 b/w & color images • 208 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4902-7 • soft cover • $24.99 Rudow’s Guide to the Mid Atlantic: Coastal Bays & Ocean. Lenny Rudow. Comprehensive howto/where-to fishing book covering coastal bay, inlet, inshore, and offshore angling from New York to North Carolina. Includes more than 300 hotspots (some with GPS coordinates); in-depth look at sportfish found in the Mid Atlantic and information on when, where, and how to catch them; details on tackle and tactics, and how and when to employ the most effective methods of fishing. Size: 6" x 9" • 103 b/w images • 265 pp. ISBN: 978-0-9787278-0-2 • soft cover • $19.95 Basic Fishing Lure Carving. Greg Hays. In 220 detailed color photos, this book takes you through every step necessary to create a working broke back fishing lure. Every tool needed is listed, every technique employed is described, including painting instructions. The book includes a pattern for the lure and illustrated instructions on assembling a box for lure storage. A gallery featuring a variety of lures is also provided. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 242 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2505-1 • soft cover • $14.95 Vintage Fishing Reels of Sweden. Daniel Skupien. Comprehensive guide to forty years of collectible Swedish-made reels with background information on every manufacturer and every production model made between 1940 and 1980. It includes baitcasters, spinning, and fly reels. Includes over 675 color photos, vintage advertisements, and patent drawings, plus a guide to current values.There are several international collector clubs dedicated to the Ambassadeur alone, and many models bring top dollar at the auction block. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 678 color photos • Price Guide • 208 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1602-8 • hard cover • $39.95 Collectible Fishing Reels. Carl Caiati. This book surveys basic fly, casting, bait casting, spinning, and spin casting reels produced in America and Europe during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Over 180 photos and drawings display reels produced by J. C. Conroy & Company™, William Mills™, Julius Von Hofe™, and the Kentucky reel smiths B.F. Meek & Sons™ and B.C. Milam™. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 4 color & 184 b/w photos • Price Guide • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1767-9 • soft cover • $29.95 Voices of the Chesapeake Bay. Michael Buckley. Photography by David W. Harp. Features interviews of people who live, work, and play on the Chesapeake Bay. Radio host Michael Buckley brings us a fascinating collection of these interviews in written form. A view of the Chesapeake through which we see history, ecology, economy, and how they intertwine with the human soul. Size: 6" x 9" • 52 b/w photos • 464 pp. ISBN: 978-0-9787278-5-7 • soft cover • $19.95 ISBN: 978-0-9787278-8-8 • hard cover • $29.95 Rudow’s Guide to Rockfish. Lenny Rudow. This book will help you catch more and bigger striped bass (rockfish). Understand factors that have an effect on the way you fish: tidal patterns, water quality, sun and moon, weather changes, etc. Learn major tactics used by recreational and professional anglers, and find which is most effective - when, where, and why. Discover top 10 hotspots for catching stripers. Size: 6" x 9" • 43 b/w images • 208 pp. ISBN: 978-0-9787278-3-3 • soft cover • $19.95 Folk Art Fish Decoys. Donald J. Petersen. Decoys made earlier in the century as well as examples of contemporary design, and the background of their Minnesota makers. The construction and special attributes of fishing decoys are discussed in detail and information is also provided on spear makers and the varying designs of their spears, jigging sticks, and decoy boxes. A price guide completes the work. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 558 photos • Price Guide • 240 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0053-9 • hard cover • $59.95 Offshore Pursuit: A Complete Guide to Blue-water Sport Fishing. John Unkart. Revised & Expanded 2nd Edition. This expanded second edition has bonus chapters on rigging techniques and deep dropping, information you need to catch big game fish offshore. Experience what ultimate sport fishing has to offer: Surface eruptions on trolled baits, rods bent in half, drags screaming, and adrenaline pumping. From rigging techniques to fighting trophy fish, it’s all in this book. Size: 6" x 9" • 129 b/w photos & diagrams • 232 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4308-7 • soft cover • $19.99 A Tale of Two Rivers. Ronald F. Lasko. An intimate portrait of fly fishing on Cape Cod’s Quashnet and Mashpee rivers, seeking the unique species of Sea Run Brook Trout that once inhabited many locations. In 50 color photos, watercolor illustrations, and engaging text, presented here is a unique blend of the author’s personal experience and the romance of fly fishing. Size: 7" x 10" • 56 color images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4440-4 • hard cover • $34.99 Vintage Folk Art Fishing Lures and Tackle. Jeff Kieny. Over 700 color photos and fascinating text focused on vintage and contemporary folk art lures, largely from the first half of the 20th century. See lures by folk artists, fisherman modified factory lures, folk art tackle, and contemporary artists. The text assesses an individual lure’s quality, condition, authenticity, and value. This book is a treasure for fishermen and folk art collectors, displaying lures from both known and anonymous makers. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 718 color photos • 240 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3694-2 • hard cover • $49.99 Flounder: Fishing Tactics and Techniques. Keith Kaufman. Tackle, tactics, and techniques of the masters are exposed. Learn how, when, and where you can boost your catch rate. Examine drift fishing, trolling, jigging, and several secret techniques. Explore how and when to choose one type of bait over another, the most effective lures in each fishing situation, and top flounder hotspots. Size: 6" x 9" • 115 b/w images • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-9787278-4-0 • soft cover • $19.95 Rudow's Guide to Fishing the Chesapeake. Lenny Rudow. Specific bay sport fish and the most effective methods of catching them during each phase of the season are discussed on a fish-by-fish basis. Modern and traditional tackle and rigs used. If you want to boost your catch rate, this book is for you. Size: 6" x 9" • 18 b/w photos, 4 illustrations 30 maps • 318 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-568-6 • soft cover • $14.99 Modern Sharking. Mark Sampson. Captain Mark Sampson has stood watch over chum lines, ran shark tournaments, worked with biologists, chased IGFA records, and guided thousands to shark encounters. Here, he shares the knowledge and experience that allowed him to guide enthusiasts to 17 IGFA world records for sharks. Sampson examines how to chum, rig for, bait, hook, land, clean, cook, or release. Size: 6" x 9" • 122 b/w photos • 264 pp. ISBN: 978-0-9787278-6-4 • soft cover • $19.95 Fisherman’s Knots and Nets. Raoul Graumont & Elmer Wenstrom. Professional and novice fishermen alike can learn to make hundreds of ties and bends to connect line to hooks, leaders, lures, nets, traps, and seines. The veteran fisherman will find it an indispensable reference tool. Whether you fish for fun or to make a living, this is a valuable addition to your tackle box. Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 565 illustrations, 1 b/w photo • Index • 208 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-024-7 • soft cover • $8.95 Fish & Fowl Decoys of the Great Lakes. Donna Tonelli. Fine decoys and calls from the Great Lakes region, in over 1100 color photographs, with original vintage black and white photos, and a price guide. Includes pieces ranging from the finest museum-quality artifacts to collectibles that are more likely to turn up at a local auction. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 1100+ color & b/w images Price Guide • 288 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1643-5 • hard cover • $69.95 Top of the Line Fishing Collectibles. Donna Tonelli. Here are some of the best high quality fishing collectibles illustrated with nearly 400 color photos, plus vintage photographs from an era when sport fishing was young. Included are fish decoys, lures, ice fishing equipment, reels, advertising, and related folk art. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 396 photographs Value Guide/Index • 176 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0209-4 • hard cover • $39.95 49 50 FISHING • PARANORMAL & GHOSTLY PHENOMENA My Life Pile: A Compilation of Stories from the Lifetime of a Hunter/Gatherer. Vic Berg. This book tells of the self-centering effects of living within nature while hunting and fishing, written by an outfitter and guide with 50 years experience. Learn a lifetime’s worth of outfitter’s secrets, along with unusual nature facts and proven hunting/fishing strategies. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 49 color & 4 b/w images • 160 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4518-0 • soft cover • $19.99 Dead Whispers: Ghostly EVPs. A. E. Angel. Journey through a haunted past with an all-female paranormal investigation team, Whaling City Ghosts, to explore an audio fortress of ghosts at over 8 locations. Take an adventure like no other, and listen to the dead whispers of the past with an enclosed CD. When a ghost asks, “Who are you?” could it be talking to you? Size: 6" x 9" • 60 b/w images • CD • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4236-3 • soft cover • $19.99 America’s Historic Haunts. Linda Zimmermann. Tour guide detailing haunted history of all 50 states and Washington, D.C., with over 155 haunted locations. Includes visitor information for a fascinating tour of historic haunts across the U.S. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 147 b/w & color photos • Index • 336 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3700-0 • soft cover • $29.99 Grim Shadows Falling: Haunting Tales from Terrifying Places. Benjamin S. Jeffries. 31 grim tales that are dark, scary, and infinitely unsettling as well as soaked with blood, death, and the horror of unspeakable tragedy. Haunts, murders, and legends include historic research, investigations, interviews, and evidence collected. Tales from U.S., Japan, UK, and China. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 47 b/w photos • 192 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4708-5 • soft cover • $24.99 EVP: Electronic Voice Phenomenon: Massachusetts Ghostly Voices. Mike Markowicz. Read 15 ghost investigations covering Massachusetts, from historic Salem to Plymouth. Listen to 80 real ghost voices on the accompanying CD. Decide for yourself if recorded evidence supports religious beliefs that there is life after death. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 30 b/w photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3359-0 • soft cover w/ CD • $19.99 Travelogue of Horror. Tony Urban. A horror-themed travelogue covering horror movie filming locations, famous graves, UFO crash sites, mythical monsters, and more. Over 70 color photos and text take readers to sites from Friday the 13th, Silence of the Lambs, The Evil Dead and over 20 additional films. The book also includes information on serial killer’s houses, ghost and vampire graves, and infamous haunted locations. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 90 color photos • 128 pp.ISBN: 978-0-7643-4598-2 • hard cover • $24.99 Tales from Beyond: Deadly Fortune, The Attic, Unbreakable. Kevin Herren and Jim O'Rear. Tales From Beyond is an audio drama featuring three true stories relating to strange phenomena and unexplained happenings. Performed by name actors Robert Picardo, Daniel Roebuck, Betsy Rue, Jim O’Rear, Kyle Hebert, and Mary Elizabeth McGlynn. Volume I. Size: 9" x 6" • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4762-7 • boxed set • $19.99 Psychic Pets: Solving Paranormal Mysteries. Dinah Roseberry. Learn animal communications and ghost hunting skills for talking to pets and ghost animals. Laugh, cry, and be creeped out as you follow the antics of this author-turned-animal communicator. Farfetched? No; you can do it, too! Let her show you how! Size: 9" x 6" • 91 b/w images • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3398-9 • soft cover • $12.99 Paranormal Unwrapped. Shannon Sylvia and Katie Boyd. Follow famous ghost hunter Shannon Sylvia (formally of Ghost Hunters International) and international demonologist/occult specialist Katie Boyd, as they journey through an in-depth look inside the world of the paranormal. Follow the hunt for ghosts, aliens, and favorite supernatural creatures, such as the Chupacabra, Mothman, and Bigfoot. Learn the signs of alien abduction, study crop circles, and identify various alien ships. Size: 6" x 9" • 28 b/w images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4125-0 • soft cover • $16.99 “Tails” of the Afterlife: True Stories of Ghost Pets. Peggy Schmidt. Learn how departed animals communicate with their owners. Highlights true “tails” about animals that have visited their owners from the afterlife. For anyone who has ever loved an animal, these stories will produce a roller coaster of emotions and the belief that their “heart animal” will always be there for them—even after leaving this world. Size: 6" x 9" • 43 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3253-1 • soft cover • $12.99 Eerie America: Travel Guide of the Macabre. Eric R. “Corvis Nocturnum” Vernor & Kevin Eads. With 150 images, addresses, and directions, go state-by-state to tour the macabre side of the United States. Journey to haunted old battleships, abandoned prisons, creepy lunatic asylums, the Amityville Horror House, the Winchester House, museums such as Edgar Allan Poe’s home, New Orleans Voodoo Museum, and the Lizzie Borden Bed and Breakfast. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 150 photos • Index • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4469-5 • soft cover • $24.99 Ghosts in the Cemetery: A Pictorial Study. Stuart L. Schneider, Photography by Rebecca Benjamin. The question always asked of spirit photographer Rebecca Benjamin is: Are the photographs real? The answer? Yes! Now you, too, can view 70 ghostly visitors and read the historic accounts. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 70 color photos • 136 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2988-3 • soft cover • $19.99 Animals Impacting the World. Dinah Roseberry and Mary Gasparo. Contains 33 stories, instructions for becoming an animal communicator, information for pendulum healing, and pet grieving. Visit with wolves, a llama, cats, dogs, a rabbit, butterflies, and more as two animal communicators lead the way. Size: 6" x 9" • 60 color images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4237-0 • soft cover • $16.99 Ghosts of the Revolutionary War. Christopher E. Wolf. The Revolutionary War has sparked legends, ghost stories, and tales of haunted battlefields. Explore the ghostly side of the fight for American independence with stories collected for the first time in one volume, from all thirteen of the original American colonies that rebelled against England. Size: 6" x 9" • 57 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3494-8 • soft cover • $14.99 Ghosts in the Cemetery II: Farther Afield. Stuart Schneider. Travel to ancient cemeteries of the U.S. and France after dark to meet night spirits who reside there. Captured digitally, at sundown, sun up, and by the light of a full moon, their beauty and eeriness is astounding. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 96 color photos • 96 pp. • ISBN: 978-07643-3590-7 • hard cover • $24.99 Haunted Closets: True Tales of “The Boogeyman.” Katie Boyd. Enter the world of “The Boogeyman” who abides in closets everywhere. Learn myths from around the world. Discusses sleep disorders, portals, vortexes, doorways to the boogeyman’s realm, paranormal cases, serial murderers, and the movies. Maybe you should keep your closet door closed as you read this ... Size: 6" x 9" • 31 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3474-0 • soft cover • $14.99 Shaker Spirits, Shaker Ghosts. Thomas Lee Freese. Read interviews about true ghostly tales from Pleasant Hill, KY and White Water, OH. Singing is heard in the Meeting House, children are scared from the graveyard, Shaker figures walk the village lane, Shaker ghosts enter guest rooms and first hand encounters are candidly reported. Size: 6" x 9" • 58 b/w and color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3989-9 • soft cover • $19.99 Ghost Hunters’ Tool Kit. Dinah Roseberry. Photography by Stuart Schneider. Includes four 22-card decks slanted to ghost investigation and paranormal studies. Get more information from clients, find the right team members, and make EVP sessions more successful. Includes dowsing rods. Try starting your own paranormal team with this easy-to-use kit! Size: 11 3/4" x 6" • 88 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3912-7 • boxed set • $34.99 World War II Ghosts: Artifacts Can Talk. Richard J. Kimmel. 52 World War II artifacts are investigated via historical information, pendulum dowsing, psychometry, electronic voiceprints, and psychic intervention. Renowned psychic Jane Doherty, Shamanic Journeyer and Reiki Master Lisa Palandrano, and New Jersey Ghost Organization psychic Maryanne Vasnelis join forces with the author/sensitive to prove that these artifacts can talk. Size: 6" x 9" • 52 b/w photos • 192 pp.ISBN: 978-0-7643-3159-6 • soft cover • $14.99 PARANORMAL & GHOSTLY PHENOMENA Haunted Highways and Ghostly Travelers. Christopher E. Wolf. Journey across the miles to encounter haunted streets and highways, railways and bridges, and even the friendly skies! Included are streets, roads, highways, bridges, trains, planes, ships, stagecoaches, tunnels, mazes, hitchhikers, lighthouses, and more. Size: 6" x 9" • 54 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3895-3 • soft cover • $19.99 Ghostly Beacons: Haunted Lighthouses of North America. Therese Lanigan-Schmidt. Grisly tales of disastrous deaths, unsolved murders, lost loves, and horrible storms. For all who love lighthouses or goosebump adventures. Size: 6" x 9" • 33 photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-1114-7 • soft cover • $14.99 PARANORMAL & GHOSTLY PHENOMENA • UFOS • ZOMBIES • CRYPTOZOOLOGY • VAMPIRES Ghost and Shamanic Tales of True Hauntings. Bety Comerford. Experience 12 interesting and frightening ghost hunts to find out why ghosts exist and wander the earth, how some people are more likely to be haunted than others, and what to do if you become a haunted person. Read about a boy haunted by British soldiers, a curse on a colonial farmhouse, a spirit who won’t leave until her head is returned, and more. Size: 6" x 9" • 28 b/w images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4128-1 • soft cover • $16.99 Lost in the Darkness: Life Inside the World’s Most Haunted Prisons, Hospitals, and Asylums. Benjamin S. Jeffries. Take a personal tour of 29 of the world’s most haunted prisons, hospitals, and asylums. Learn the personal stories of the patients and prisoners who called these places home, the chilling histories of these monuments to suffering, and gain a unique insight into the reasons their spirits remain behind. Images by author and 16 prominent photographers. Size: 7" x 10" • 66 b/w & color photos • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4319-3 • soft cover • $19.99 Creepy Colleges and Haunted Universities: True Ghost Stories. Cynthia Thuma & Catherine Lower. College ghosts are a little like college mascots – just about every school has one and they add a dash of spice to the college experience. This book includes a directory of ghosts, spirits, specters, and apparitions who haunt educational institutions. More than 140 eerie experiences with the afterlife. Size: 6"x 9" • 23 b/w photos •Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1805-5 • soft cover • $9.95 Eerie Encounters in Everyday Life: Angels, Aliens, Ghosts, and Haunts. Thomas Freese. Storyteller Thomas Freese travels across the US collecting true tales from folks experiencing the world of strange, up close and personal. 108 incredibly creepy stories involving some very strange beings and places: shape shifting creatures, Sasquatch, haunted castles, a return from the dead, fairies, a samurai ghost, photographs of spirits, a chat with a dead dad, revenge from the grave...and more! Size: 6" x 9" • 28 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4504-3 • soft cover • $16.99 UFOS Alien Arrival: Salvation or Destruction. Michael FitzGerald. Sightings, contact, and abduction cases are all considered as well as a detailed study of the evidence for life on other planets and, in particular, Mars and on the Moon. The search for extraterrestrial life and attempts to communicate with it, coverups, conspiracies, doomsday scenarios, the possibility that UFO activity represents an attempt to encourage us to work together for the salvation of our planet. Size: 6" x 9" • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4763-4 • soft cover • $16.99 UFO and Alien Management: A Guide to Discovering, Evaluating, and Directing Sightings, Abductions, and Contactee Experiences. Dinah Roseberry. Bring the memories of an incident to the light of day via new visualization techniques. Revisit abduction experiences, discover if you've had an encounter, but have forgotten it, or if there has been contact of which you are unaware, and more. Size: 6" x 9" • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4606-4 • spiral bound • $12.99 A Silent Invasion: The Truth About Aliens, Alien Abductions, and UFOs. Reverend Debra Marshall. This comprehensive study includes 110 interpreted images and information that is Spirit Guide-assisted, as well as from the author’s own experiences. How can our world be so rich in its bio-diversity, its people so varied in appearance and customs? Are the Nazca Lines related to alien visitation? Are aliens, cryptids, and animal/human mutilation cases related? Size: 6" x 9" • 110 color images • Index • 136 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4609-5 • soft cover • $16.99 ZOMBIES THE UFO Phenomenon: Should I Believe? Robert Davis. Evidence, new perspectives, and detailed analysis, make this a thought-provoking study for those at every level of knowledge and belief. Learn about pilot and astronaut UFO experiences, strange encounters with UFOs, alien abductions, official government and military declassified UFO documents, and future directions and research needed to better understand the phenomenon. Size: 6" x 9" • 208 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4764-1 • soft cover • $16.99 Zombie Nation: From Folklore to Modern Frenzy. Eric R. Vernor. Go on a hunt for the facts, folklore, and fiction about zombies from the 1800s to popular culture. Zombie-related research, interviews, themed goods, movie and TV stories, and other mania culture features. Learn to use makeup to become a zombie! All in all, it’s a good day to be undead. Size: 6" x 9" • 80 b/w & color images • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4450-3 • hard cover • $19.99 Scary Urban Legends. Tom Baker Illustrated by John C. Eng. Urban legends are stories that make the rounds at high school hangouts and college dorms, camping trips and late night sleepovers, offices and water coolers. Experience the horror of lurking killers, lonely ghosts, and attacks from insects that seem to come from the pit of some forgotten nightmare. And who knows? It all might be true! Size: 6" x 9" • 22 b/w illustrations • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3587-7 • soft cover • $14.99 Military Response to UFO Activity. Stephen Cox. Take an in-depth look at the US Government’s reactions to UFO phenomena since 1947. Find out what happens when military aircraft fire upon a UFO and whether these aircraft are a threat to our national security. Be there with military and civilian pilots, military personnel, and others who have had encounters with UFOs. Approach the threshold of the unknown. Size: 6" x 9" • 26 b/w images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4062-8 • soft cover • $16.99 Seeking Bigfoot. Michael Newton. Examination of Bigfoot, focusing on reports and sitings, hoaxes, hunters, and more in North America. Covers 47 U.S. locations and 6 Canadian provinces in the years 2000-2014. Read about the creature's portrayal in modern media and advertising. Size: 6" x 9" • 82 b/w & color photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4843-3 • hard cover • $24.99 SPI: The Case of the Dark Shadow. T. J. Bonham. The Shadow Paranormal Investigators battle a sinister dark shadow threatening harm to ghost hunter Ellie Hunter. Things become more menacing when the shadow ruthlessly stalks Ellie’s father, who is serving with the military in Afghanistan. And now her father is missing in action under strange circumstances. Will the skills of the Shadow Paranormal Investigators be enough to save the day? Maybe not… Size: 6" x 9" • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4132-8 • soft cover • $12.99 UFO Conspiracy. Carmen McLaren. The US Government has hidden the proof of the existence of UFOs since 1947. Read the evidence showing that they consider them real. Over 250 sightings included by the most reliable witnesses ever assembled will help you see that UFOs exist and the government knows it! Size: 7" x 10" • 352 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3893-9 • soft cover • $29.99 Werewolves: Myth, Mystery, and Magick. Katie Boyd. Enter the world of the werewolf, where superstition abounds and shape shifting is possible! Find out what to do if you or a friend turns into a werewolf or other were-beast. Learn the differences between Therianthropy and Lycanthropy, discover the different illnesses that could cause you to think your a werewolf. Size: 6" x 9" • 34 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3907-3 • soft cover • $16.99 Haunted Asylums. E. R. Vernor. Take a ghostly tour of the asylums that were intended to help the mentally ill but only contributed to their affliction. Learn the history behind the infamous Riverside patient Mary Mallon, aka “Typhoid Mary.” Get spooked by the foreboding buildings at Danvers State Hospital and 55 other places from around the country. Size: 7" x 10" • 118 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4147-2 • soft cover • $19.99 UFOs Above the Law: True Encounters with Law Enforcement. Frank Soriano & Jim Bouck. A collection of UFO reports from law enforcement officers and other government officials that prove that UFOs are not only real, but are here in mass. Experience abductions, learn investigative procedures, read transcripts of radio chases, track strange lights, and investigate things that most people would run from! Size: 6" x 9" • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3920-2 • soft cover • $19.99 I Think My House is Haunted! Joanne Emmons. If you think your house may be haunted, you’re not alone. Learn how to tell if your house is haunted, what ghosts are and why they are, what to expect from a paranormal investigation team, and what to do if your house really is haunted. An essential guidebook for anyone who thinks they may be sharing their home with the paranormal. Size: 6" x 9" • 40 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4136-6 • soft cover • $19.99 Evolutionary UFOlogy. Jordan Hofer. Foreword by Butch Witkowski. Never-before-heard speculations and hypotheses to answer questions surrounding Gray aliens’ evolution and interference with the human race. Explore speculations from the perspective of evolutionary biology and Darwinism–you may be startled to find that the Grays and humans are competing organisms locked in a galactic struggle for existence. Size: 6" x 9" • 18 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4505-0 • soft cover • $16.99 CRYPTOZOOLOGY VAMPIRES Vampire Evolution: From Myth to Modern Day. E.R. "Corvis Nocturnum" Vernor & L.E. Carruba. Vampires are folkloric creatures who live off the blood of the living and have been recorded in nearly every culture around the world since the beginning of man. This work traces the evolution and popular culture surrounding the vampire today. Size: 6" x 9" • 61 b/w & color images • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4841-9 • hard cover • $24.99 Find more Paranormal & UFO titles in the regional section, beginning on page 60. 51 CHILDREN'S BOOKS Introducing cing Schiffer PLUSH TOYS $12.99 ea. NATURE STORIES ...................................................52 HISTORICAL STORIES ............................................54 GENERAL INTEREST ...............................................54 MIDDLE READERS..................................................56 REGIONAL INTEREST .............................................56 BUILDING KITS .......................................................58 CRAFTS & ACTIVITIES ............................................59 NATURE STORIES The Angry Little Puffin. Timothy Young. The story of a puffin who is upset that he’s mistaken for a penguin. He reaches the last straw, gets angry and explains the differences between penguins and puffins .A young girl explains why puffins are her favorite. 18 colorful spreads showing children what frustration and feeling alone looks like from the outside and how to get over anger. Early readers: Ages 5-8 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 18 color illustrations • 40 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4805-1 • hard cover • $16.99 Where Did All the Water Go? Carolyn Stearns. Illustrated by David Aiken. One morning, all one could see on western shore of the Chesapeake Bay was mud. “Where did all the water go?" The answer is in this charming story about natural phenomenon that occurs on the bay. Middle Readers: Ages 7-10. Size: 9" x 9" • 25 color illustrations • 30 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-506-8 • hard cover • $12.95 The Tale of Strawberry Snow. P. L. Caudle. Illustrations by Frank H. Simmonds, IV. A white pony with fabulous red freckles, Strawberry Snow is new to the world in this charming story about making new friends. Illustrated with crisp and colorful digital images and told in rhyming meter, follow Strawberry Snow as she learns important life lessons and the power of friendship. Grades Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 23 color illustrations • 48 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4076-5 • hard cover • $16.99 Song for Papa Crow. Marit Menzin. When Little Crow gets his wish to sing like the other birds, he makes some friends and learns a valuable lesson about the power of his own voice. Paired with colorful collage illustrations, this inspirational story is complemented by fun facts about North American birds and their sounds. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 8 1/2 “ x 11" • 28 color images • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4131-1 • hard cover • $16.99 In Mouse’s Backyard. James Nardi. Discover the natural world like never before with this very close look at Mouse’s backyard, where every square foot is rich with life and energy. A combination of colorful illustrations, photographs, and images from an electron microscope reveal the cells that form all creatures great and small. See how these microscopic building blocks are precisely arranged in lovely plants and living things. Middle Readers: Ages 8-12. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 157 illustrations • 40 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3833-5 • hard cover • $16.99 Squirrel Rescue. Jennifer Keats Curtis. Illustrated by Laura Jacques. A baby squirrel that has fallen out of his nest suddenly interrupts a spring game of catch. Knowing what to do, the two boys demonstrate how to handle the furry mammal properly and what to do when they find the squirrel’s sibling. Placing them safely in a box, the two boys retreat to the house so as not to scare the mother away while she recovers her babies. Middle Readers: Ages 8-12. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 18 color illustrations • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4246-2 • hard cover • $16.99 CHILDREN’S BOOKS: NATURE STORIES 53 Chickadee & The Whale: A Baby Chickadee’s Adventure. Catherine E. Clark. A baby Humpback Whale befriends a small songbird when he wanders away from the safety of the forest and finds himself in danger over the open ocean. This story introduces a variety of wildlife, told in a way that will delight and educate. Ages 5-8. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 40 full color illustrations • 40 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2950-0 • hard cover • $16.95 The Turtle Tank. Kristina Henry. Illustrations by Laura Ambler and Amanda Brown. Written in haiku and illustrated in 16 bold color images, this wonderful children’s story encourages exploration, discovery, and wonder. This story inspires children to discover all their worlds together, including the beautiful world outside and the world at home. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 16 color photos • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3843-4 • hard cover • $16.99 Toulouse: The Story of a Canada Goose. Priscilla Cummings. Illustrated by A. R. Cohen. One October day a young Canada goose became separated from his family on his first migration south. He and a lost snow goose became special friends for life. Their love story will be treasured by children and adults alike. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 19 color illustrations • 30 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3692-8 • hard cover • $9.99 Mother Monarch. Mindy Lighthipe. 23 colorful illustrations and a friendly text tell the story of the Monarch butterfly’s lifecycle from the mother laying eggs, to a hatching caterpillar, to pupating into a chrysalis, and a new generation and its migration South. The Monarch butterfly and the host plant, Milkweed, is emphasized. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 23 color illustrations 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3400-9 hard cover • $19.99 The Fish Tank. Kristina Henry. Illustrated by Laura Ambler & Amanda Brown. With twenty color illustrations and haiku poetry for text, this book describes life in the tropical fish tank and explores the concept of living together peacefully and happily. Meet goldfish, tetra, tiger barbs, angelfish, and snails, tropical fish in many shapes, colors, and sizes. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 20 color photos • 48 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3706-2 • hard cover • $16.99 Rosie’s Posies. Marcy Dunn Ramsey. Rosie discovers the magic of gardening through choosing seeds, planting, fertilizing, and nurturing flowers and vegetables. Picture Book: Ages 0-6. Size: 9" x 9" • 79 color illustrations • 34 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-472-6 • hard cover • $14.95 Quiet Please—Eaglets Growing. Carolyn Stearns. Illustrated by David Aiken. A boy watches a pair of eagles nesting near his school and wonders what will happen to them when the land is sold for development. Children and adults join forces to ensure the eagles can keep their nesting site. Children learn that their voice can be heard. Middle Readers: Ages 8-12. Size: 7" x 10" • 23 color illustrations • 30 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-541-9 • hard cover • $11.95 Beyond the River. Alex Miller. Caroline Miller, illustrator. You and your children will enter a new world and live an adventure with an unlikely explorer. Through this story, your children will be encouraged to realize the potential within themselves and learn that chasing dreams and exploring life’s questions lead to wonderful and surprising answers. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 30 color illustrations • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3741-3 • hard cover • $16.99 Osprey Adventure. Jennifer Keats Curtis. Illustrated by Marcy Dunn Ramsey. A boy and his U.S. Fish and Wildlife biologist father save osprey chicks and adults from certain death by trash, fishing lines, and other ropes in their nests. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 9" x 9" • 22 color illustrations • 30 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3684-3 • hard cover • $13.99 The Silly Looking Thing. Eva M. Sakmar-Sullivan. Itsy-Bitsy boy frog discovers that just because someone looks a little different than you, doesn’t mean you can’t be friends – or at least give the friendship a chance. You just might be surprised or shocked at what you find out! Little frog was! Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 7" x 10" • 33 color illustrations • 40 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4144-1 • hard cover • $16.99 Saving Squeak: The Otter Tale. Jennifer Keats Curtis. Illustrations by Marcy Dunn Ramsey. Informative true story that teaches young readers about the lives of otters. A young human hero, Braden, discovers Squeak, an orphaned baby otter, in the park. Squeak now reside at the Calvert Marine Museum, in Solomons Island, Maryland. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 30 color illustrations 32 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3588-4 hard cover • $14.99 Broken Wings Will Fly. Mick Blackistone. Illustrated by Jennifer Heyd Wharton. Sally is in a wheelchair as a result of a car accident. Her dog, Tucker, finds a duck with a broken wing. These two unlikely friends teach Sally, with help from others, a determination to succeed and with lots of hard work that miracles can happen. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 8" x 9" • 15 color & 17 b/w illustrations 32 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-87033-439-9 • hard cover • $10.95 Baby Blue Has the Blues. K. I. AlGhani. Illustrations by Haitham Al-Ghani. Baby Blue longs to be included among the other creatures of the ocean, but is shunned because he is ‘different.’ However, when danger lurks in the form of a predatory shark, the fish learn an important lesson about accepting and embracing each other’s differences while Baby Blue realizes it’s okay not to be like everyone else. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 16 color images • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3732-1 • hard cover • $16.99 Otter Lee Brave. Rena Cherry Brown. Illustrated by Mikaila Maidment. Lee, a young otter, loses his mother and finds himself in a rescue aquarium where he meets a bully, must trust human beings, survives a catastrophe, and, by recalling his mother’s lessons, makes a tough decision that ultimately changes his life. Otter facts make this a great book for the classroom. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 30 color illustrations 48 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4155-7 hard cover • $16.99 Jemma’s Got the Travel Bug. Susan Glick. Illustrations by Kelli Nash. Jemma, a young diamondback terrapin, leaves her quiet cove and ventures into the open waters of the Chesapeake Bay. Away from home, she encounters the dangers that threaten the diamondback terrapin. This illustrated, action-filled story is perfect for children. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 16 illustrations • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3632-4 • hard cover • $14.99 Bertie Bumble Bee: Troubled by the Letter “b". K.I. Al-Ghani. Illustrated by Haitham Al-Ghani. Bertie Bumble Bee's problem identifying the letters b and d leads to him becoming the victim of the class bully. Mummy Bumble’s intervention prevents Bertie from developing a school phobia. Her simple exercises solve his confusion, making him “alphabet smart." A phonics program and 14 color illustrations are included. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 14 color illustrations • 44 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3993-6 • hard cover • $16.99 The Rat Tank. Kristina Henry. Illustrations by Laura Ambler and Amanda Brown. Written in haiku poetry and illustrated in 18 bold color images, this memorable tale is all about friendship and sharing. Children learn the values of cooperative play and shared adventures, which lead to strong friendships. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 18 color photos 40 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3842-7 hard cover • $16.99 It’s Up to You, Griffin. Susan T. Pickford. Illustrated by Marcy Dunn Ramsey. Teaches about Groundhog Day. A groundhog chooses to awaken the other animals to welcome spring. When it ventures out on a sunny day in late winter, it encounters a horrible site in the snow. Not wanting to anger Mother Nature, it gets up its nerve and runs into Spring. Picture Book: Ages 0-6 Size: 9" x 9" • 25 color illustrations • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-446-7 • hard cover • $10.95 Ronnie Raven Recycles. K.I. Al-Ghani. Illustrated by Haitham Al-Ghani. Sixteen illustrations bring this tale of exploring the importance of recycling to life. Ronnie, a young raven who has grown too big for the family nest, is encouraged to make his own nest. Ronnie decides to use human trash to build his home. Ronnie learns appropriate recycling methods, and so will your child. Ages 5-8. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 16 color images • 44 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3840-3 • hard cover • $16.99 Sam: The Tale of a Chesapeake Bay Rockfish. Kristina Henry. Illustrated by Jeff Dombek. A carefree rockfish (striped bass) loves to eat the trash people toss from a bayside restaurant. After it has grown fat, the fish gets stuck. Then a fisherman catches him. The fish begins to worry. Picture Book: Ages 0-6. Size: 7" x 10" • 17 color illustrations • 30 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3823-6 • hard cover • $10.99 How the Oysters Saved the Bay. Jeff Dombek. Oysters Chester and Meredith have a big problem. They realize that pollution in the water of the Chesapeake Bay is making the underwater grasses sick. The peaceful habitat of so many is at stake! Can they possibly clear up this murky problem with the help of all their saltwater friends? Ages 5-8. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 35 mixed media illus. • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4283-7 • hard cover • $16.99 54 CHILDREN’S BOOKS: HISTORICAL STORIES • GENERA L INTEREST HISTORICAL STORIES Captain John Smith’s Big and Beautiful Bay. Rebecca C. Jones. Illustrated by Linda Shute. The true story of Captain John Smith’s exploration of the Chesapeake Bay, with a touch of humor provided by the diverse wildlife that live in and around the bay. Beautifully illustrated, this exciting story is an excellent resource for kids learning about John Smith, the Chesapeake Bay’s history and ecology, and their state’s history. Middle Readers: Ages 7-10. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 23 color images • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3869-4 • hard cover • $14.99 Pilgrim Village: A Thanksgiving Diorama. Kevin Ludgate. Enjoy hours of fun with your children coloring and cutting out these Thanksgiving characters and buildings. With easy, step-by-step instructions, you will be transported to another time as you create your own village with both Native Americans and Pilgrims. A fun and educational activity that adults and children of all ages can enjoy. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 16 b/w images • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3563-1 • soft cover • $9.99 The Boy Who Saved the Town. Brenda Seabrooke. Illustrated by Howard M. Burns. Barnaby’s tree climbing leads him to a brilliant idea to outwit the British in the War of 1812. This story is a great morale booster for children and a pleasure for them to share with their parents. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 7" x 10" • 16 color illustrations • 30 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-405-4 • hard cover • $8.95 The Biggest (and Best) Flag That Ever Flew. Rebecca C. Jones. Illustrated by Charles Geer. A flag “gallantly streaming" over Fort McHenry in Baltimore in 1812 is one Caroline made with her mother. Francis Scott Key saw it in “the dawn’s early light" when he wrote the National Anthem. This true story features a girl who was part of history. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 7" x 10" • 16 color illustrations • 30 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-440-5 • hard cover • $8.95 The World Turned Upside Down: Children of 1776. Ann Jensen. Illustrated by Marcy Dunn Ramsey. Five children and their parents were a part of events from 1776 to that created a new nation in America. Experience life during the Revolutionary War, with the Continental Army, and in the streets of Annapolis. Middle Readers: Ages 10-13. Size: 7" x 9" • 16 b/w illustrations, 2 maps • Glossary/Index • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-534-1 • soft cover • $9.95 Buried Treasure, a Pirate’s Tale. Carroll Harrison Kehne, Jr.. Pirates! Picaroons! Scallywags! Captain John Bloodsworth, a pirate, plunders ships and buries the treasure.Then he battles with the local Indians. Will the treasure ever be found? Middle Readers: Ages 7-10. Size: 9" x 9" • 19 color illustrations • 34 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-601-0 • hard cover • $12.95 Pirates of the Delaware. Rupert Sargent Holland. Pirates, conspiracy, highway robbers, and other sinister forces confront a young law clerk in Philadelphia smitten by a beautiful French noblewoman. Travel back to 1793 for action packed adventure that takes young readers back, following our noble hero’s misadventures as he falls in among a decidedly wrong crowd. Middle Readers: Ages 10-13. Size: 6" x 9" • 4 b/w illus. • 320 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2487-X• soft cover • $14.95 Mystery of Mary Surratt: The Plot to Kill President Lincoln. Rebecca C. Jones. Mary Surratt was convicted and hanged for her alleged part in the assassination of Abraham Lincoln. Students can develop critical thinking skills as they decide for themselves whether Mary Surratt was guilty or innocent. Ages 10-13. Size: 7" x 9" • 33 b/w photos, 1 map • Index • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-560-0 • soft cover • $9.95 GENERAL INTEREST Kangaroo’s Out of this World Restaurant. Eva M. Sakmar-Sullivan. In 20 imaginative, lively drawings and entertaining text, this story encourages children to discover the unique gift they each possess and can use for the good of others. Kangaroo whimsically illustrates how she transcends her feelings of sadness and worthlessness by “finding her own bliss." At the advice of the wise old koala, she does what she loves to do most of all: she jumps. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 20 color images • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4519-7 • hard cover • $14.99 Four Little Witches. T. J. Perkins, Illustrated by Eimi Pinero. Four tiny elemental witches help the earth thrive, but, when disaster strikes, they must come together to protect the planet, helping to heal it and keep it alive. Through 18 charming spreads, enjoy this playful way to learn about the elements—earth, air, water, and fire—and how they help us. Size: 5" x 6 1/2" • 18 color spreads • 40 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4943-0 • hard cover • $12.99 Lobsters on the Loose. Jennifer Ginn. Illustrated by Eric T. Krackow. A routine trip to the grocery store becomes an amazing adventure as a brave young boy helps the lobsters in the seafood department make a great escape. But can they get back to the sea? Follow the lobsters on a fun-filled journey that culminates with a celebration in the sea. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 50 color illustrations • 48 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3826-7 • hard cover • $16.99 The Future Architect's Handbook. Barbara Beck. Young readers discover how architects work by examining "Aaron the Architect’s" four drawings (Site Plan, Floor Plan, Section and Elevation) for his own home. They also learn about design techniques, building components, and architectural styles. Freehand drawings illustrate the text and inspire readers to apply these lessons to their own designs. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 51 b/w illustrations • 48 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4676-7 • soft cover • $16.99 Are You Sure that Was a Rabbit? Clay Harper & Jas Ingram. Tag along on a nature walk that the students of Ms. Gwinn’s class take through more than 25 beautiful illustrations. Your kids will learn about organic gardening, recycling, global warming, and the variety of animals that aren’t rats that also live in the city. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 26 illustrations • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4007-9 • hard cover • $12.99 Don’t Be a Schwoe: Manners. Barbara E. Mauzy. Having good manners is an integral part of being a decent human being. With colorful images, this book explores difficult concept in a humorous, but effective way, as children read about simple issues they encounter on a daily basis such as eating politely, covering a sneeze, and speaking with kindness.Ages 5-8. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 60 color illustrations • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3428-3 • hard cover • $14.99 The Lollipop Monster. Eric T. Krackow. Monsters in the land of Monstoria did not get along with each other as well as they should. Just because they were bigger, large monsters were always mean to little monsters that lived in fear of being chased and bullied. This all changed when Larry the Lollipop Monster, a large monster, decided to stick up for the little monsters. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 63 color illustrations • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3773-4 • hard cover • $16.99 Don’t Be a Schwoe: Embracing Differences. Barbara Mauzy. Children today need to learn to embrace the differences in others in order to be well adjusted and happy in society today. This charming book takes on the tricky topic of accepting and even embracing differences in a humorous but effective way through this simple but engaging story told in rhyme. By the end of the final rhyme “Don’t Be a Schwoe" will become a catch phrase for acceptance. It’s easy. It’s fun. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 40 color illustrations • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3566-2 • hard cover • $16.99 Don’t Be a Schwoe: Fitness. Barbara E. Mauzy. Illustrated by Bob Stuhmer. Schwoes can be teeny or tall, big or small, but Franklin is the largest of them all! Overweight, his self-esteem droops lower than the many chins that hang from his jowls. Franklin loves to eat! After an informative, cautionary trip to the doctor, he resolves to get fit and healthy—with just one chin. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 49 illustrations • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4295-0 • hard cover • $16.99 Beetle Boddiker. Priscilla Cummings. Illustrated by Marcy Dunn Ramsey. Beneath the back steps, by a rock in the shade, Beetle Boddiker lives in the house that he madte. A jumble of sticks and a tumble of leaves, It’s a simple bug house. But don’t step on it, please! Beetle Boddiker is a tiny beetle who rarely leaves home. But one day he needs to be brave and venture forth across the great jungle of a lawn and the ocean of rocks in the driveway to visit his brother, Nevins, who lives in a rusty tin can across the street. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 9’ x 9" • 23 color illustrations • 30 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-602-7 • hard cover • $13.95 The Lollipop Monster Meets Clem the Klutz. Eric T. Krackow. Larry the Lollipop Monster and friend Zabby meet an energetic monster named Clem. He is a spirited character who gets a little “klutzy" when he’s excited. Accompanied by bright, beguiling illustrations, the Land of Monstoria learns the value of forgiveness, of respecting each other’s differences, and to celebrate the uniqueness of every monster. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 67 color illustrations • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4287-5 • hard cover • $16.99 The Lollipop Monster's Christmas. Eric T. Krackow and Heather M. Krackow. Larry the Lollipop Monster is celebrating Christmas with friends when he discovers Walter, a lonely monster, crying in the woods. Larry invites him to celebrate with the gang, and Walter discovers the true meaning of Christmas. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 67 illustrations • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4743-6 • hard cover • $16.99 Bill the Snowman. Eric T. Krackow. Join Bill the Snowman as he ventures out into the forest on Christmas Eve to cut down a tree, not realizing that the tree was a home for a bluebird and her eggs. Hoping to make up for what he has done, Bill finds a creative way to solve the problem, making it a special Christmas for them all. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 63 color illustrations • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3219-7 • hard cover • $16.99 CHILDREN’S BOOKS: GENERAL INTEREST Have an Abominably Good Day. Eric T Krackow. After Hannah and her brother, Billy, have a misunderstanding, Hannah ends up in tears and heads into the woods outside of town to be alone. She runs into Abe, an Abominable Snowman who is also feeling lost on this particular Christmas Eve. wTogether they have an adventure, become friends, and discover a few truths about friendship, decisions, and the love of family and friends. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 128 color illustrations • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3496-2 • hard cover • $16.99 Christopher Wren: Avian Architect. Tina Skinner, illustrated by LouLou. Learn about architectural style coast to coast in a childishly delightful book that is a blast of color from front to back. Expose your child to concepts of classic design as diverse as Georgian Revival and log cabin, Art Deco and Arts & Crafts. This is a book you’ll want to read aloud together time and again. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 31 color illustrations • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3169-5 • hard cover • $15.99 Camp ABC: A Place for Outdoor Fun. Zora Aiken and David Aiken. Illustrated by David Aiken. Whether camping with a tent in the middle of a forest or enjoying a full-service RV resort bordering a beach, camping activities will satisfy any child’s curiosity. Presented in an alphabet format, simple rhymes and fullpage illustrations suggest fun and adventurous camping activities, from bird watching to hiking and fishing and kayaking. Picture Book: Ages 0-6. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 22 color illustrations • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4423-7 • hard cover • $16.99 Big Billy and the Ice Cream Truck that Wouldn’t Stop. Joe Consiglio. Illustrations by Joe Simko. When the world’s most evil sinister and wicked ice cream truck driver races past the children of Sweet Street, Big Billy marshals their forces to confront the villain. Armed with bikes and bravery, the children turn the wheels on the driver with an unexpected act of kindness that changes everything. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 26 color illustrations • 48 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4067-3 • hard cover • $16.99 Evi, My Little Monkey : A Good Night Book for You and for Grown-ups, Too. Neithard Horn. Visit the lush, nighttime jungle with little EviMonkey as she embarks on a journey to explore her world. Presented in cartoon-style narrative panels with guiding captions, the intricate and richly colored artwork invites children to use their imaginations. Children are encouraged to fill in the story and verbalize their visual impressions as they describe and interpret the pictures. Picture Book: Ages 0-6. Size: 9" x 12" • 34 color illustrations • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3827-4 • hard cover • $16.99 All About Boats: A to Z. David and Zora Aiken. Illustrated by David Aiken. An alphabet book with a nautical focus, All About Boats A to Z teaches young children the purpose of the many things they see while boating. Each featured word is described by a short verse and a colorful illustration. Picture Book: Ages 0-6. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 32 drawings • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4184-7 • hard cover • $14.99 The Evil Mailbox and the Super Burrito. Garry Wagner-Robertson. Illustrated by Connie Wagner. When a seemingly normal and harmless mailbox is brought to life by a scientist and a boring menu item takes on a life of its own, the result is a riveting tale of danger, excitement, friendship, and a furry mailbox. Middle Readers: Ages 8-12. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 94 color images • 96 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3856-4 • hard cover • $16.99 Mommy’s New Tattoo: A Bedtime Story for People. Levi Greenacres. Mommy’s New Tattoo is the story of a young girl who visits a tattoo shop for the first time with her mother, who is getting a tattoo. The story examines the mother’s reason for getting tattooed and the lasting consequences of wearing and displaying body art. All ages. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 15 color illustrations • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4389-6 • hard cover • $16.99 My Father Flies. Jennifer Ginn. Illustrated by David Kramer. India, Africa, Australia, and a host of countries come to life as a devoted dad travels the globe and recounts tales of his adventures for his young son. Each country’s customs, cultures, and attractions are explored as the boy’s father circles the earth and then takes a return trip to his most favorite spot—home by his son’s side. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 30 color illustrations • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4385-8 • hard cover • $16.99 First Sail. Richard Henderson. Teaches fundamentals of sailing with beautiful illustrations and labeled drawings, includes nautical terms, channel markers, buoys, safety equipment, knots, clouds & weather, anchoring, maneuvering sails, and crew overboard procedures. Middle Readers: Ages 7-13. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 40 color illustrations • 42 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-442-9 • hard cover • $15.95 Willie the Taxi Cat. Eva M. Sakmar-Sullivan. Willie the Taxi Cat drives here and drives cool critters and carousing creatures everywhere! Learn to count and identify like sounds by riding in Willie’s Taxi with 10 different animal species. Through 12 colorful animated illustrations, children can explore the sounds of language while learning to count from 1 to 10. Picture Book: Ages 0-6. Size: 7" x 10" • 26 illustrations • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4436-7 • hard cover • $16.99 Captain Tugalong. Dee Cache. Illustrated by Howard M. Burns. The tugboat, Captain Tugalong, teaches the sailboat, Sun Dancer, about boating safety, including equipment, rules, and emergencies at sea. Picture Book: Ages 0-6. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 34 color illustrations • 30 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-87033-515-0 • hard cover • $12.95 Beep Beep Goes the Bus Driver. Vincent Scala. Have you ever taken a trip with a dinosaur, a fish, or a ballerina bear? If not, then this is the bus for you! Our friendly bus driver takes us to places that your ordinary bus has never been before. Hop on board, you’re in for one adventurous ride. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. • Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 15 color illustrations • 32 pp. • ISBN: 978-07643-4493-0 • hard cover • $16.99 Double-Talk: Word Sense and Nonsense. Zora & David Aiken. Illustrated by David Aiken. Double-Talk: Word Sense & Nonsense invites children to explore homophones and shows them that words can be fun. Pairs of deliberately ambiguous words are presented in rhyming verse and illustration across thirteen double-page spreads. On each spread, the words may sound the same, but they are used to describe two very different images. Picture Book: Ages 0-6. • Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 32 color illustrations • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3962-2 • hard cover • $14.99 Suppose. Susan Wigden. Illustrated by Marcy Dunn Ramsey. Suppose you made young ones laugh with rhymes that fueled in them a fundamental love of books and reading. Suppose that experience assisted in bringing about a monumental change in the next generation’s view of reading. Suppose paints reading as an adventure, with imaginative verse and fun-filled images that will have children and parents laughing together. Picture Book: Ages 0-6. Size: 9" x 9" • 17 color illustrations • 30 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-566-2 • hard cover • $11.50 Change the World Before Bedtime. Mark Kimball Moulton, Josh Chalmers, and Karen Good. Written in simple, engaging rhyme, this story takes an inspirational look into how the little things in life can help change the world in a big way. Through 18 stunning illustrations, children will read about eating right, cleaning up the Earth by recycling and conserving, helping the sick and those less fortunate, and working in a group to make bigger miracles. Even an ordinary kid can be a superhero before bedtime! Early reader–ages 5-8. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 18 color images • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4238-7 • hard cover • $16.99 Daylight Moonlight. Matt Patterson. Daylight Moonlight is a visually engaging book that provides a unique way for children to learn about the animals that populate different habitats by day and night. Patterson has painted 22 scenes total, in the forest, desert, underwater, seashore, wetlands, grasslands, mountains, public parks, and even your own backyard. Picture Book: Ages 0-6. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 24 illustrations • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4282-0 • hard cover • $16.99 Monkey of the Month. Adam Kramer. Illustrated by David Kramer. A young boy unexpectedly receives a most peculiar gift on his birthday–a one year-membership to the “Monkey of the Month Club." He is very confused by this odd gift, until, month-by-month, monkeys and their primate cousins start appearing at his door. While a house full of monkeys, chimps, orangutans, and gorillas, all unique in their own way, sounds like a lot of fun, membership does have some drawbacks. Grades Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 31 color illustrations • 40 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4156-4 • hard cover • $16.99 Busy Bodies: Play Like the Animals. David & Zora Aiken. Illustrated by David Aiken. Encourage children to get outside for some fresh air and exercise as this book shows them how to play like animals. Children often mimic the actions of their own pets; Busy Bodies expands that tendency, inviting children to pretend to be animals and hop, run, or leap like rabbits, deer, or frogs.Picture Book: Ages 0-6. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 32 color illustrations • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3832-8 • hard cover • $14.99 A to Z: Pick What You’ll Be. Zora & David Aiken. Illustrated by David Aiken. This ABC book will give job ideas to young readers, and it will expand their vocabulary. A selection of jobs—two for each letter of the alphabet—is presented in whimsical sketches of children at work. From astronaut to zoologist, short verses hint at a job description in a rhyming scheme that children will love to repeat.Grades Picture Book: Ages 0-6. • Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 30+ color illus. • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3701-7 • hard cover • $14.99 Bugs in Shoes. Beth Wilder.ugs In Shoes is a rhyming book with drawings of child-like “bugs" wearing a lively assortment of shoes and clothing. Designed to help children visually associate the written word with specific articles of clothing. Captures a child’s attention with snappy sing-song rhymes. And lest we all forget, bugs wear wonderful shoes! Picture Book: Ages 0-6. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 29 color illustrations • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3967-7 • hard cover • $14.99 55 56 CHILDREN’S BOOKS: GENERAL INTEREST • MIDDLE READERS • REGIONAL INTEREST They’re Coming! Timothy Young. They’re Coming! From dark, dusty tombs to deep, forgotten forests, strange creatures, spooky creeps, and frightful fiends that haunt your nightmares are coming! But why? Tension builds and builds through 16 eerie paintings, mounting horribly until a surprising fun reveal at the end of the book. Created in a wonderfully creepy style using silhouetted characters against misty, moonlit backgrounds. Picture Book: Ages 0-6. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 16 color illustrations • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4225-7 • hard cover • $16.99 Halloween Sleepwalker. Thomas Freese & Fran Riddell. Around the fireside, Shelby Sherman Sanford’s family talks about their Halloween fears. They confess their frights, but Shelby says he is not afraid of anything! Later that night, it seems Shelby gets his chance, as he finds himself in a neighbor’s corn field where he encounters a young witch who gives him the “second sight" of ghosts and monsters to begin his adventure. But is this a dream? Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 33 color illustrations • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4399-5 • hard cover • $16.99 Shadows on My Wall. Timothy Young. The street lights make shadows on Kevin’s wall! In those shadows, he sees monsters, dragons, and all sorts of frightening creatures. Does he let them scare him or does he find imaginative ways of dealing with these creepy shadows? Children will learn from Kevin’s experience how to deal with their own shadowy fears. Illustrations also show how you can create your own shadow figures! Picture Book: Ages 0-6. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 15 color images • 40 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4224-0 • hard cover • $16.99 Into the Pumpkin. Linda Franklin. Follow various “Halloween" characters as they prepare to celebrate this mystical holiday—pumpkins, witches, bats, ravens, black cats, scarecrows, spiders, ghosts, and more. Shall they have their party in the graveyard or the pumpkin patch? Should they dress up or simply go as themselves? Middle Readers: Ages 7-10. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 24 drawings • 48 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4183-0 • hard cover • $16.99 I Hate Picture Books. Timothy Young. Max hates his picture books and he’s throwing them all away. But he soon learns just how invaluable imagination is and has a change of heart. Find out why in this outrageous book that both pokes fun at and celebrates many of the classics of children’s literature. Join writer and illustrator Timothy Young for this irreverent and humorous story. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 17 color illustrations • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4387-2 • hard cover • $16.99 The Legend of Papa Balloon. C.R. McClure. Illustrated by Steven Kernen. A mysterious man magically appears in a land where the people have grown to be divided and are in need of greater understanding and empathy for each other. It’s the perfect book for any parent who wants their children to learn about treating the traditions and points of view of others with respect. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. • Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 31 drawings • 40 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4410-7 • hard cover • $16.99 Shirley’s Cakes. Ambur Lowenthal and Joe Werner. 1 cup sugar, sifted; 1/2 teaspoon spice; 2-3 tablespoons everything nice… Little girls may be made of sugar and spice and everything nice, but Shirley can’t stand cake! Will she ever find a cake she loves? Join Shirley as she takes her future into her own hands, tries something new, and bakes a cake from scratch. Beautifully illustrated and containing recipes for cake and frosting, this amusing tale will entice your sweet tooth. Middle Readers: Ages 8-12. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 26 illustrations • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4005-5 • hard cover • $12.99 Mosey’s Field. Barbara Lockhart. Illustrated by Heather Crow. Mosey has a napping place in the middle of a corn field. Mosey’s Field illuminates the beauty of the rural landscape, the change in seasons, and the progression of agricultural methods. When the field is prepared for the summer’s crop of corn, Mosey can’t find his spot. As the corn grows and the field changes, so do Mosey’s adventures. Will he ever find his favorite nap location? Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 23 color illustrations • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4388-9 • hard cover • $16.99 The Visit: The Origin of The Night Before Christmas. Mark Kimball Moulton. Illustrated by Susan Winget. Here, in verse and accompanied by over 50 richly detailed illustrations, is the story of the writing of the classic poem “The Night Before Christmas." It is based upon the history of the poem as passed down through the generations of the Moore family and told to the author by Dinghy Sharp, great-great-granddaughter of Clement Moore. All ages. Size: 9" x 9" • 53 color images • 54 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4575-3 • hard cover • $16.99 MIDDLE READERS Grandpa’s Basement. Corinne M. Litzenberg. A heartwarming tale relating how a grandson learns more than decoy carving from his grandfather. Learn about valuing family and elders, and showing care and respect for others, the importance of a clean environment, and wonders of the natural world. Middle Readers: Ages 10-13. Size: 8 1/2" x 11"• 29 color illustrations• 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2720-9• hard cover • $14.95 Oyster Moon. Margaret Meacham. Illustrated by Marcy Dunn Ramsey. A blend of history and mystery in the late 1800s at the peak of the Oyster Wars in Maryland. A 14-year-old girl and her twin brother are featured. Middle Readers: Ages 10-13. Size: 6" x 9" • 10 illustrations • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-459-7 • soft cover • $9.95 Freestyle. Monica S. Baker. Join Mitchell Burke, a 13-year-old boy from Maryland, who stumbles into a dream portal that transports him to the 1820s, where he faces Patty Cannon, the legendary and ruthless slave kidnapper. Mitch tries to lead a normal life, but his nights are interrupted by dangerous adventures in his dreams and mysterious connections between Patty Cannon and his family. Learn how Mitch builds a stronger bond with this father, a reservist on active duty in the Middle East; resolves conflict; and experiences the truth about slaves crossing to freedom in Pennsylvania before the Civil War. Middle grades–ages 10-13. Size: 6" x 9" • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3538-9 • hard cover • $14.99 Autumn Journey. Priscilla Cummings. Cover Illustration by Doron Ben-Ami. Will Newcomb and his family move to Grampa’s farm . A hunting trip makes him realize he is torn about killing a beautiful Canada goose. It is the tale of love keeping a struggling family together, in the face of hard times. Middle Readers: Ages 10-13. Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 120 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-606-5 • soft cover • $12.95 The Misadventures of Dreary & Naughty. John LaFleur & Shawn Dubin. Book one in the Dreary & Naughty series introduces the gothic characters Dreary, the son of the Grim Reaper, and Naughty, the daughter of the Devil, who are sent by their parents to attend high school with mortal children to learn about humanity–and how “inhuman" high school years can be. Young Adult/Teens: Ages 13-18. Size: 6 1/2" x 5" • 32 b/w illustrations • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4494-7 hard cover • $14.99 Dreary & Naughty: Friday the 13th of February. John LaFleur & Shawn Dubin. Dreary and Naughty’s sophomore book is perfect for, but not just for, Valentine’s Day. A tale of true love and true friends unfolds, as the friendship of the otherworldly duo is tested by the trials and tribulations of this cardstock holiday. Young Adult/Teens: Ages 13-18. Size: 6 1/2" x 5" • 36 b/w illustrations • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4495-4 • hard cover • $14.99 Dreary & Naughty: The ABCs of Being Dead. John LaFleur & Shawn Dubin. In the third installment in the series, Dreary and Naughty confront their futures, weighing their own interests and dreams with their parents’ expectations. A perfect read for anyone trying to answer questions about what they’re going to do with their lives. Young Adult/Teens: Ages 13-18. Size: 6 1/2" x 5" • 40 b/w illustrations • 72 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4496-1 • hard cover • $14.99 The Sweet Rot. Joe Simko. 46 color illustrations explore the world of Pollilop Drop in this sugar-rush-of-a-quest tale. Encounter unusual characters, including shy guitarist Pukeboy. A sweet treat for graphic novel and underground art enthusiasts, and anyone interested in popular culture and the illustrator’s art. Young Adult/Teens: Ages 13-18. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 46 • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3406-1 • hard cover • $16.99 The Sweet Rot, Book 2 : Raiders of the Lost Art. Joe Simko. Join little rot-rocker Pukeboy and graffiti artist Gumshoe in this second book from The Sweet Rot series as they search for Gumshoe’s missing paintings. This lost art quest leads our two heroes through the vividly lush town of Pollilop Drop encountering a fresh new batch of little rotters. Young Adult/Teens: Ages 13-18. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 44 color illustrations • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3828-1 • hard cover • $19.99 The Sweet Rot, Book 3: The Purple Meltdown. Joe Simko. Panic envelops Pollilop Drop when Mystic Miz, using her crystal ball, foresees a purple apocalypse sweeping through the town. As she hurries to warn the other little rotters of this forthcoming purple meltdown, a few of the kids give their own interpretations of what this violent violet vision could be. Young Adult/Teens: Ages 13-18. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 15 color illustrations • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3977-6 • hard cover • $19.99 REGIONAL INTEREST Chesapeake Play Day. Zora and David Aiken, Illustrated by David Aiken. Two puppies leave the family farm for a day of play in Chesapeake country. Depite many promising opportunities, the fun they seek eludes them. Finally, the tired pups return to the farm and are surprised to find a yard full of fun. There really is no place like home. Early Readers: Ages 5–8. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 33 color illustrations • 32 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4883-9 • Binding: hard cover • $14.99 Olly Explores 7 Wonders of the Chesapeake Bay. Elaine Ann Allen, Illustrated by Kelli Nash. Olly's adventures throughout the Chesapeake Bay help to bring the importance of the Bay and its ecosystem to life for all ages. The colorful pages feature fun-to-know facts about the landmarks that parents and kids will see in their travels. Early Readers: Ages 5–8. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 17 color illustrations • 32 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4938-6 • Binding: hard cover • $16.99 CHILDREN’S BOOKS: REGIONAL INTEREST The Honey Boat. Polly Burroughs, color illustrations by Garrett Price. A lady garbage collector driving a boat? Yes, that’s Ellie, a salty Yankee in Edgartown Harbor. When she doesn’t appear one morning, her friends worry, and when people get sick, even the Mayor takes up the search. What they learn is that garbage can pollute a harbor and conservation begins with boat owners properly depositing trash. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 6 3/4" x 8 1/2" • color illustrations • 48 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3121-3 • hard cover • $14.99 Sauncey and Mr. King’s Gallery. Clara Ann Simmons. Illustrated by Charles Geer. Between 1821 and 1842, painter Charles Bird King made portraits of 143 Indians. In this fictionalized account, Sauncey, an eight-year-old free black, lives in Mr. King’s house with her mama, Mr. King’s cook. One day the yard boy tells Sauncey that he has just been down on Pennsylvania Avenue and has seen Indians. Her mama says that Mr. King is going to paint their pictures. Later, when everyone is out, Sauncey answers a knock on the door—Indians! Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 7" x 10" • 15 color illustrations • 30 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-498-6 • hard cover • $10.95 The Sand Lady: A Cape May Tale. Corinne M. Litzenberg & Bari A. Edwards, Illustrator. A little girl and a magical sand lady travel through time, back to Cape May, New Jersey, in 1912! Also featured are a Cape Island map, over twenty watercolor illustrations, a glossary, and a timeline. Additionally, an integrated extension activities guide is available for the classroom. Middle Readers: Ages 8-12. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 27 color images • 32 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2479-9 • hard cover • $14.95 The Sand Lady: An Ocean City, Maryland, Tale. Corinne M. Litzenberg. Travel back in time with the magical Sand Lady to experience the city in the early 20th Century. See the Atlantic and Plimhimmon hotels, ride the carousel at Trimper’s Luna Park, and more. Middle Readers: Ages 8-12. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 41 color illus • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2684-4 • hard cover • $14.95 The Secret of Heron Creek. Margaret Meacham. Illustrated by Lynne N. Lockhart. An exciting tale about two boys and a lovable sea monster. When a cruel man plots to trap and sell the monster, the boys make a plan to save their friend. The nighttime operation that William and Tommy undertake to save their friend will thrill readers young and old Middle Readers: Ages 8-12. Size: 6" x 9" • 10 illus. • 136 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-414-6 • soft cover • $7.95 While a Tree Grew: The Story of Maryland’s Wye Oak. Elaine Rice Bachmann, for the Friends of the Maryland State Archives. Illustrated by Kim Harrell. While a Tree Grew takes young readers on a journey through time with Maryland's most famous tree, the great Wye Oak, by tracing the tree's history from when it was a seedling to its fall during a storm in 2002. While a Tree Grew gives a new generation a glimpse into this venerable Maryland icon and the 460 years of history that surrounded it.<br> Preschool to grade 2 Size: 9" x 9" • 16 color illustrations • 30 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3686-7 • hard cover • $10.99 Grandfather’s Secret. Lois Szymanski, illustrated by Kelli Nash. When Charley’s grandfather died, his old houseboat comes to the family marina on Kent Island, Maryland. Dad is angry at the condition of the boat and the fact that his father has squandered away his jewel collection. When the spirit of Grandfather appears and asks him to retrieve three items, Charley complies, even though he doesn’t know the worth or meaning of his mission. What he uncovers is surprising proof of the depth of Grandfather’s secret. Middle Readers: Ages 8-12. Size: 6" x 9" • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3535-8 • soft cover • $12.99 Boomer Explores Annapolis. Angelique Clarke. Illustrated by Jim Hunt. Through 15 colorful images, accompany Boomer on his daylong adventure and learn the history behind the city’s many historic sites, including the State House and Charles Carroll House. Beautifully illustrated, this book is a great educational tool for teachers and parents and a great keepsake for any child. They’ll be laughing and bouncing around with Boomer all the way home. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 15 color illustrations • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4008-6 • hard cover • $12.99 Courageous Women of Maryland. Katherine Kenny and Eleanor Randrup. Ideal for the classroom, this educational book offers brief biographies and commentary on important women from Maryland’s past and present. This book takes a look at each woman’s achievements and the courageous choices they made to realize success. Middle Readers: Ages 10-13. Size: 6" x 9" • 14 b/w photos • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3541-9 • soft cover • $19.99 Leonard Calvert and the Maryland Adventure. Ann Jensen Illustrated by Marcy Dunn Ramsey. Leonard Calvert, from England, led colonists to Maryland and became the first governor. He faced fierce Indians, unfriendly Virginia fur traders, and plundering pirates who wanted to chase him out of Maryland and take the colony away from the Calverts. This book takes a look at each woman’s achievements and the courageous choices they made to realize success. Middle grades–ages 10-13. Size: 7" x 9" • 12 illus., 1 map Glossary/Index • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3685-0 • soft cover • $9.99 Counties of Central Maryland. Elaine Bunting & Patricia D’Amari. Illustrated by Marcy Dunn Ramsey. Teaches wildlife, plants and history in four counties and the “fascinating folks" who live there. Middle Readers: Ages 10-13. Size: 7" x 9" • 38 illustrations & 2 maps Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-503-7 • hard cover • $19.95 The Chester Town Tea Party. Brenda Seabrooke. Illustrated by Nancy C. Smith. Amanda Wetherby was nine years old in May of 1774, when the people of Chester Town, Maryland voted not to buy, sell, or use tea. Amanda was very unhappy not to have tea to drink with meals. The next day, her brother, George, swaggered off to a “tea party just for men." Amanda decided she would go too, and get some of that tea to wash down the dust. And if the party is for men only—why, she would dress as a boy! So, she becomes part of an event that is still celebrated each May in modern Chestertown. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 7" x 10" • 12 color illustrations • 30 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-422-1 • hard cover • $8.95 Finding Birds in the Chesapeake Marsh: A Child’s First Look. Zora Aiken. Illustrated by David Aiken. Focusing on the marshland of the Chesapeake and its tributaries, a book about commonly found birds and the beauty of the marsh itself. Can spark a lifelong appreciation for birds and their surroundings. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 9" x 9" • 15 color illustrations • 30 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-533-4 • hard cover • $11.95 Chesapeake Bay Walk. David Owen Bell. Illustrated by Jennifer Heyd Wharton. Introduction to plants and animals in and around the Chesapeake Bay’s shoreline habitats: beach, mudflat, pier, marsh, and shallows. See soft-bellied bullies & crabs older than dinosaurs. Features the food chain in a way easy for this age group to understand and a tour of the changing seasons. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 9" x 9" • 24 color illustrations • 30 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-507-5 • hard cover • $12.95 Rambling Raft. Lynne & Barbara Lockhart. Illustrated by Lynne Lockhart. A little blue and yellow raft intended as a birthday present for a waterman’s son has adventures on a river. Will it find its way home? Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 9" x 7 1/2" • 26 color illus. • 30 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-392-7 • hard cover • $7.95 Counties of Maryland’s Lower Eastern Shore. Elaine Bunting & Patricia D’Amario. Illustrated by Marcy Dunn Ramsey. Examine basic facts about the four counties’ history, geography, climate, plants, animals, education, religion, and sites of interest. Middle Readers: Ages 10-13. Size: 7" x 9" • 36 illustrations, 2 maps Index • 168 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-555-6 • hard cover • $19.95 Beddy Bye in the Bay. Priscilla Cummings. Illustrations by Marcy Dunn Ramsey. The creatures of the Chesapeake Bay come to life in this delightful, informative story about how and where they sleep. Herons, crabs, clams, turtles, and fish each find a different place to rest in the water and along the shore, and even oysters sleep in their own “beds." Once heard, this charming poem will be asked for every night. Beddy bye! Picture Book: Ages 0-6. Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 32 color illustrations • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3450-4 • hard cover • $14.99 Counties of Northern Maryland. Elaine Bunting & Patricia D’Amario. Illustrated by Marcy Dunn Ramsey. Descriptions of four counties’ geography, climate, plants, animals, and history through stories about their growth, government, towns, churches, education, and places of interest. Line drawings, “Fun Facts," and “Not-so-fun Facts" keep students involved with the subject. Middle Readers: Ages 10-13. Size: 7" x 9" • 42 illustrations, 2 maps Index • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-520-4 • hard cover • $19.95 Chesapeake ABC. Priscilla Cummings. Illustrated by David Aiken. “From “A is for anchor" to “Z is for a zephyr" the sights, sounds, and feel of the Bay come through to the youngest of readers. Whimsical drawings by David Aiken illustrate the verses about Chesapeake animals and things. Picture Book: Ages 0-6. Size: • 9" x 9" • 43 color illustrations • 30 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-525-9 • hard cover • $11.99 Counties of Southern Maryland. Elaine Bunting & Patricia D’Amario. Illustrated by Marcy Dunn Ramsey. The earliest settlement of Maryland occurred in 1634, as Europeans led by Leonard Calvert came with hope of religious freedom and economic opportunity. Includes history, climate, geography and wildlife stories of three counties with illustrations, line drawings, “Fun Facts," and “Not-so-fun Facts." Middle Readers: Ages 10-13. Size: 7" x 9" • 35 illustrations, 2 maps • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-535-8 • hard cover • $19.95 Chesapeake 1-2-3. Priscilla Cummings. Illustrated by David Aiken. Children learn to count with rhymes about life on the bay. “One girl went to fish, two ospreys fly high, ..." and the pages grow more crowded as readers approach “ten." Then see the numbers once again. The clever method and whimsical drawings will delight youngsters. Picture Book: Ages 0-6. Size: 9" x 9 “ • 19 color illustrations • 30 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-542-6 • hard cover • $11.95 57 58 CHILDREN’S BOOKS: REGIONAL INTEREST • BUILDING KITS Chesapeake Rainbow. Priscilla Cummings. Illustrated by David Aiken. Rhyming lines help young children learn their colors and facts about the Chesapeake Bay. A bright and wonderful companion to the popular books Chesapeake ABC and Chesapeake 1-2-3. Picture Book: Ages 0-6. Size: 9" x 9" • 17 color illustrations • 30 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-556-3 • hard cover • $11.99 Meet Chadwick and His Chesapeake Bay Friends. Priscilla Cummings. Illustrated by A. R. Cohen. Preschoolers and early readers will enjoy the rhyming story and colorful pictures in this introduction to Chadwick the Chesapeake Bay blue crab and his many friends: Bernie the Sea Gull, Toulouse the Canada Goose, Matilda Egret, Hector Spector the Jellyfish, Orville Oyster, and others. Picture book–ages 0-6. Size: 9" x 9" • 15 color illustrations • 30 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3822-9 • hard cover • $11.99 Chadwick the Crab. Priscilla Cummings. Illustrated by A.R. Cohen. A blue crab and its wide circle of aquatic friends yearn for adventure and the crab wants to be a star at the aquarium. This is the story of how one little crab realizes a very big dream. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 7" x 10" • 16 color illustrations • 30 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-347-7 • hard cover • $8.95 Mallory the Forgetful Duck. Elaine Allen. Illustrations by Kelli Nash. Mallory, a forgetful Mallard duck, can’t find her nest. She stumbles upon the nests of several other birds in her quest to find it, but soon discovers that her own nest is different from all the rest, and that her own eggs are more beautiful than any others. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 17 color illustrations • 40 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4069-7 • hard cover • $16.99 Olly’s Treasure. Elaine Ann Allen. Illustrated by Kelli Nash. Olly loves cleaning the water in the Chesapeake Bay where he lives with all his friends. But when Olly spies a sunken ship just beyond the oyster reef, he decides to explore the wreck to see if there is treasure on board. What is treasure without a friend to share it? Journey under the Chesapeake Bay with Olly and find out why Olly’s oyster reef is all the treasure he needs. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 16 color illustrations • 40 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3772-7 • hard cover • $16.99 Olly the Oyster Cleans the Bay. Elaine Ann Allen. Illustrated by Kelli Nash. An oyster wanted to settle down with a minnow fish friend to help clean their habitat, the Chesapeake Bay. Learn how they succeeded. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 7" x 10" • 15 color illustrations • 30 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-603-4 • hard cover • $13.95 Chadwick’s Wedding. Priscilla Cummings. Illustrated by A. R. Cohen. Wedding shells are ringing! Chadwick the Crab is getting married, and everyone is preparing for the big event! Esmerelda is choosing her bridesmaids. Baron von Heron is writing the ceremony. But Chadwick has second thoughts and his bride disappears. The wedding is off and the search is on. Only then does he realize how much he loves his bride. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 7" x 10" • 16 color illustrations • 30 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-390-3 • hard cover • $8.95 Awesome Chesapeake: A Kid’s Guide to the Bay. David Owen Bell. Illustrated by Marcy Dunn Ramsey. Stimulates elementary and middle school children’s interest in the bay by introducing them to the creatures and plants around the bay’s 2,500 square miles. Middle Readers: Ages 10-13. Size: 6" x 9" • 92 color illustrations • 42 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-605-8 • hard cover • $11.95 Chadwick Forever. Priscilla Cummings. Illustrated by A.R. Cohen. Chadwick the Crab and Bernie the Sea Gull are worried that they’re going to lose a good friend forever. Hester, a Delmarva fox squirrel, has discovered a book telling her she is on the endangered species list. Not only that, a mysterious monster is lurking around Shady Creek. All this happens just when Chadwick and Esmerelda are getting ready to welcome their family home. Early reader–ages 5-8. Size: 8 1/2’ x 11" • 24 color illustrations • 30 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3691-1 • hard cover • $8.99 Secret of Belle Meadow. Mary McVicker. Illustrated by Marcy Dunn Ramsey. A mystery set in a small town in Virginia and an old farm plantation. A 13-year-old girl finds an old diary that hints of valuables hidden at the plantation during the Revolutionary War. Her search teaches about genealogy, antiques, local history, and archeology as she approaches discovery. Middle Readers: Ages 7-13. Size: 6" x 9" • 13 illustrations • 152 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-554-9 • soft cover • $9.95 Chadwick and the Garplegrungen. Priscilla Cummings. Illustrated by A.R. Cohen. What is that awful green and purple gunk bubbling up in the normally blue waters of the Chesapeake Bay? Chadwick the Crab and his friends—quiet Orville Oyster, shy Belly Jeans the Flounder, Dr. Mallard (that old quack), stately Baron Von Heron, and others—call the unsightly stuff garplegrungen (it rhymes with dungeon). Although they don’t know what the garplegrungen is, they decide to find out and get rid of it once and for all. Early Readers: Ages 5-8. Size: 7" x 10" • 17 color illustrations • 30 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-377-4 • hard cover • $8.95 The True Story of Miracle Man. Lois Szymanski. Visitors to the Chincoteague Wildlife Refuge often stop to admire the majestic and powerful Chincoteague Pony stallion known as Miracle Man. But this island favorite wasn’t always a dominant herd sire. Here’s the story of the orphaned foal found near death on Assateague Island, and of the little girl whose faith and dedication helped the tiny pinto colt survive. All ages. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • illustrated • 48 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4420-6 • soft cover • $14.99 The Chadwick Coloring Book. Priscillia Cummings. Illustrated by A.R. Cohen. Since the publication of Chadwick the Crab, tens of thousands of children have come to know and care about the engaging creatures that inhabit Shady Creek, a tributary of the Chesapeake Bay. This coloring book offers youngsters the chance to become even more involved with Chadwick and his friends. Picture book–ages 0-6. Size: 9" x 12" • 33 b/w illustrations • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-389-7 • soft cover • $3.95 The True Story of Sea Feather. Lois K. Szymanski. A family travels to Chincoteague Island, Virginia, to see the annual wild pony penning auction. One daughter, Shannon, has saved her money and hopes to buy a pony. Events transpire unexpectedly and end happily for all. Shannon learns that in life, you get what you give. Middle Readers: Ages 7-13. Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 20 color photos • 48 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3609-6 • soft cover • $14.99 Santa Claws: The Christmas Crab. Priscilla Cummings. Illustrated by Marcy Dunn Ramsey. Travel beneath the Chesapeake Bay, where Spud, a feisty young blue crab, hates to nap. Waking his underwater friends, Spud launches a rollicking Christmas Eve party that is interrupted by an unexpected traveler in need of Spud’s help. Can Spud help bring Christmas to the Bay? Preschool to grade 2. Size: 9" x 9" • 23 color illustrations • 30 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3687-4 • hard cover • $10.99 The True Story of Quintilius. Lois Szymanski. Caroline has worked hard and saved all her money to buy the wild Chincoteague Pony foal whose photo she has fallen in love with, but now, at 'pony penning," the saltwater cowboys have labeled her foal to be returned to the island. Can things be turned around so she can bring her foal home? Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 34 color photos • 48 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4709-2 • soft cover • $14.99 Wild Colt. Lois Szymanski. Illustrated by Linda Kantjas. Light, rhyming verses and beautiful oil paintings lead you through a wild Assateauge colt’s experiences, from his coastal habitat to being rounded up for the famous wild pony auction at Pony Penning on Chincoteague Island. Educators can bring the wild colt experience into the classroom with the included wildlife identification guide, discussion topics, and facts about wetlands. Picture Book: Ages 0-6. Size: 7" x 10" • 18 color illustrations • wildlife identification guide • 40 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3975-2 • hard cover • $16.99 Out of the Sea, Today’s Chincoteague Pony. Lois Szymanski. Out of the Sea, Today’s Chincoteague Pony conveys the indomitable spirit and strength for survival that defines the Chincoteague ponies. These wild ponies’ spirit and instinct for survival continue to affect families who come to Chincoteague State Park. True account of the strong bond of friendship that impacted the author’s life and can still develop for those who buy these ponies at the yearly roundup. Middle Readers: Ages 8-12. Size: 9" x 9" • 44 color photos • 56 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-595-2 • soft cover • $14.95 Chincoteague Pony Identification Cards. Lois Szymanski. Photography by Linda Kantjas. Learn specific details about the wild Chincoteague Ponies on Assateague Island with Chincoteague Pony Identification Cards. Take these 75 cards with you when you visit the island to identify the ponies in person. Each card features a photo of both sides of the pony for identification purposes as well as the pony’s name, gender, birth year, and a brief description. All ages. Size: 5 3/8" x 3 7/8" • 75 identification cards ISBN: 978-0-7643-4453-4 • boxed set • $19.99 Chincoteague Pony Identification Cards: Set 2. Lois Szymanski. Get to know each Chincoteague Pony in the wild herds on Assateague Island by collecting and trading the second set of popular Chincoteague Pony trading cards. Each pony has a name and a story and a look of his or her own. Learn their personal information and markings, and when you visit the island, take your cards along so you can identify them in person. Size: 5 1/8 x 3 9/16 x 1 5/16 • 75 identification cards ISBN: 978-0-7643-4714-6 • boxed set • $19.99 Once a Pony Time at Chincoteague. Barbara & Lynne Lockhart. Illustrated by Lynne Lockhar. When the elderly Mr. and Mrs. Emory went to the beach at Chincoteague, they learned that the annual Pony Penning and Firemen's Carnival was soon to occur. They returned to enjoy the events and Mrs. Emory bought some raffle tickets, hoping to win a foal. If she did, she told Mr. Emory, they'd bring the small pony home and their grandchildren could help care for it. What happens next will beguile children and their parents and grandparents alike. Preschool to grade 2 Size: 9" x 7 1/2" • 18 color illustrations • 30 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3816-8• hard cover • $9.99 Majesty from Assateague. Harvey Hagman. Illustrated by David Aiken. A determined boy and a wild horse from Assateague Island coming together leads to friendship, opportunities, and a promising new life for both. Ages 8-12. Size: 7" x 9" • 19 b/w photos, 1 map • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-552-5 • soft cover • $8.95 BUILDING KITS Shaker Village. Edmund V. Gillon, Jr. Children and adults alike will enjoy this cut and assemble Shaker village. Six architectural models in H-O scale, printed on heavy stock in full color: a great round stone barn, four-story brick communal dwelling, schoolhouse, gambrel-roof church, laundry, and privy. The buildings represent the nucleas of an agrarian village typical of the Shaker communites in the early 19th century. Middle Readers: Ages 8-12. Size: 9" x 12" • 6 cut-out models • 46 pp. ISBN: 978-0-88740-077-3 • soft cover • $9.99 CHILDREN’S BOOKS: CRAFTS & ACTIVITIES • CHILDREN'S DECOR An Early New England Seaport. Edmund V. Gillon, Jr. Typical buildings of late 18th and early 19th century New England seaports in a cut-and-assemble form that will be loved by adults and children. It contains ten architectural models in H-O scale, printed in full color on sturdy stock. The authentic buildings represent types that existed in waterfronts of New England seaports. Size: 9" x 12" • 40 photos • 56 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-063-9 • soft cover • $5.95 Making Bows with Children. Wulf Hein. If you want to build yourself a real bow, here is where the adventure begins! Learn how to build 2 different bows, arrows, bowstrings, and a quiver with step-by-step instructions. This well-illustrated book also takes you on a brief excursion through the history of this ancient implement. Building your own set is just the beginning of your adventure. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 265 photos & drawings • 208 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4442-8 • hard cover • $34.99 Saltbox House: Color ’n Build Activity Playset. Build and color a Saltbox House from printed, pre-cut, sturdy art board. The house measures approximately 7 1/2" wide x 9 1/4" long x 8" high and sits on its own platform. Inside is a staircase and loft; outside is a fence, deck, 4 dogs, a doghouse, two chairs, and garden plants ready to personalize. Middle Readers: Ages 8-12. Size: 9" x 12" box • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3443-6 • boxed kit • $14.99 Windmills Activity Book. James E. Owens. This activity book provides hours of fun and education with 48 drawings of windmills from around the world to color. The historic mills were built in the 1700s and 1800s. Many of the mills have been restored for visitors today. Learn a little history for each mill in the United States, Belgium, France, the Netherlands, Ireland, England, Portugal, and Greece. Middle Readers: Ages 8-12. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 51 b/w drawings • 56 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3455-9 • soft cover • $6.99 Victorian Doll House. This classic, Victorian cottage. It is easily assembled and measures 13 1/3" tall, 6 3/4" x 9 1/2" from the base. Create your own beautiful color scheme for both its interior and exterior. Made of sturdy, thick board, this dollhouse folds flat back into its own box, and can be used again and again or preserved for future generations to come. Ages 8-12 • Size: box: 9" x 12" x 1 3/4" ISBN: 978-0-7643-2956-2 • boxed kit • $14.95 U.S. Life Saving Coloring Book. James E. Owens. The history of the nation’s Life Saving Service comes alive in this 50-page coloring book. Children can color the pages while learning about the first effort to aid shipwrecked sailors and the fate of ships like the HMS Somerset or Bellamy’s pirate ship Wydah. Middle Readers: Ages 8-12. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 48 drawings • 50 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3483-2 • soft cover • $6.99 CHILDREN'S CRAFTS & ACTIVITIES The Uncolored Book for You to Color. Matt French. This 80-page coloring book will both delight and entertain. Drawn in pen and ink, these “uncolored" images for your kids to color will open their imagination and inspire their own creativity. Children will love it and even adults will get into the action trying to decipher all the little details in each of the drawings. Young Adult/Teens: Ages 13-18. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 80 b&w illustrations • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4087-1 • soft cover • $12.99 Soap Carving for Children of All Ages. Howard K. Suzuki. Bar soap provides a wonderful carving medium for children or adults to learn and teach basic carving techniques. Starting with directions for making safe and simple wooden carving tools, basic soap-carving techniques are shown with step-by-step color photos. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 195 color photos • 48 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-0859-8 • soft cover • $12.99 Carving in Soap: North American Animals. Howard K. Suzuki. Advanced methods of making multiple-bar soap carvings of selected North American mammals. Beautiful color photographs and the text move step-by-step through the carving of eight animals: a bear and cub, wolf, cougar, prairie dog, harp seal, killer whale, and otter. Art, natural history, and environmental issues are integrated into the instructions for a super learning experience. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 262 color photos 8 patterns • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1292-8 • soft cover • $12.95 Soap Carving Ocean and Coral Reef Creatures. Howard K. Suzuki. Over 270 color photos and 53 patterns show how to carve twelve sea creatures, including the clownfish, starfish, octopus, seahorse, penguin, orca, sperm whale, sea otter, manatee, queen angelfish, sea lion, and beluga. Carvers will produce soap carvings in low and high relief and from fused raw material. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 273 color & 53 b/w images • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2754-4 • soft cover • $12.95 ABC's of Boating Terms. Dee Cache.This book will have kids coloring their way to learning about boating. It teaches confusing terms boaters use in an easy-to-understand and fun way. This great educational tool for boating families with elementary and middle school-aged children is something the whole family can share. It is a perfect gift for all boat owners. Picture book–ages 0-6. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 32 b&w drawings • 32 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3982-0 • soft cover • $6.99 Kinder Gardens: Games and Adventures. Lisa Ely & Michael Glassman. Kinder Garden shows adults and children how gardening is a great form of exercise that will help kids learn about good healthy eating and building brain muscles by stimulating all the senses. Includes over 25 games for fun-in-the-sun gardening days to play along with Karden®, the puppet pal. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3811-3 • soft cover • $12.99 CHILDREN'S DECOR Kid’s Decor: Interior Inspirations, Infants through Teens. Tina Skinner. Study more than 200 inspiring designer rooms that will help you and your family create the perfect place for your children, be they brand new babies or budding teens. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250+ color photos • Resource Guide • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1613-3 • soft cover • $24.95 Children’s Rooms: From Newborns to Teens. Tina Skinner, Melissa Cardona, and Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price. Hundreds of exciting and innovative ideas for decorating your child’s personal space, presented in gorgeous color imagery. Visit dozens of designer rooms. Also includes contacts for manufacturers. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200+ color photos • Resource Guide • 144 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2147-1 • soft cover • $24.95 Nursery Décor. E. Ashley Rooney, with Jo Ann Alston. Twenty-five design professionals display a variety of looks for fun, age-appropriate children’s rooms that can be easily updated with new design themes over time. Included are nurseries, toddler rooms, and play rooms that feature a range of sizes, colors, and styles. With more than 200 color images, inspiration boards, and sketches, this is an ideal book for expecting parents and growing families. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 210 color images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4301-8 • soft cover • $24.99 FOLLOW US ON SOCIAL MEDIA SCHIFFERPUBLISHING Kinder Gardens: Growing Inspiration for Children. Michael Glassman & Lisa Ely. Join Kinder, a puppet pal who teaches a bucket-load of fun activities that encourage experimentation in the garden. Fun projects include turning umbrellas, rain boots, and old toys into gardens. Learn where vegetables come from, then grow your own. Nearly 200 color photos bring the book to life, and start your children on their own horticultural adventure. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 198 color photos & drawings • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3453-5 • soft cover • $12.99 Kinder Gardens: Autumn Fun. Lisa Ely & Michael Glassman. With a little planning and a bunch of fun ideas, you can extend your gardening season and exploration into the autumn. Karden® is there waiting to make garden glove puppets and garden art brushes, go on a scavenger hunt, or play garden tic tac toe. With over thirty projects, the possibilities are endless! Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 235 color images • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3853-3 • soft cover • $16.99 59 SCHIFFERPUBLISHING SCHIFFERBOOKS SCHIFFERBOOKS 60 REGIONAL NEW ENGLAND......................................................60 THE MID-ATLANTIC ...............................................67 THE SOUTH ............................................................81 THE MIDWEST .......................................................87 THE SOUTHWEST ..................................................90 THE WEST ..............................................................94 NEW ENGLAND MAINE • NEW HAMPSHIRE • VERMONT • MASSACHUSETTS • RHODE ISLAND • CONNECTICUT NEW ENGLAND: SCENES New England Lighthouses: Famous Shipwrecks, Rescues, & Other Tales. Allan Wood. Immerse yourself in New England’s maritime history through true tales of historic shipwrecks and heroic rescues. From Connecticut to Maine, 36 stories tell also of the Flying Santa, miracle baby rescues, and paranormal activity. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 111 color & 48 b/w images • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4078-9 • soft cover • $29.99 New England’s Natural Wonders: An Explorer’s Guide. John S. Burk. New England’s landscape offers a remarkable array of natural diversity in a compact geographic area. From the alpine mountains and expansive lakes to hidden old-growth forests, gorges, and bogs, revel in the beauty of it all through nearly 200 color photographs. More than 100 of the region’s most unique natural areas are featured. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 193 color images • Index 176 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3983-7 • hard cover • $34.99 Along Route 7: A Journey Through Western New England. Stephen G. Donaldson. Over 330 color photos capture the broad scope of Route 7. Travel through Connecticut, Massachusetts, and Vermont, to visit historical homes, farms, churches, universities, & public buildings. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 339 color photos 224 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3372-9 hard cover • $45.00 Coastal Garden Plants: Maine to Maryland. Roy L. Heizer. Photography by Nancy Heizer. In this informative book, over 400 color photos taken in natural settings around the northern coastal region allow readers to see the flora in the garden. While this book contains historical, mythological, and original tales about garden plants of the northern coastal region, with a cross reference names index, this book is also a quick reference guide. Size: 6" x 9" • 431 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4402-2 • soft cover • $24.99 New England: Four Seasons of Wonder. Michael J. McCormack. Over 380 color photos reveal the varied terrain, history, culture, and renowned weather of New England. This book binds these diverse elements together, highlighting the region’s spectacular four season climate. The four seasons of New England are explored from the well known locations to the out of the way places of gentle beauty. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 388 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4441-1 • hard cover • $34.99 PUERTO RICO .......................................................100 MEXICO ................................................................100 IRELAND ...............................................................102 THE UNITED KINGDOM .......................................102 INTERNATIONAL ..................................................102 NEW ENGLAND: ARCHITECTURE Architectural Details from Old New England Homes. 3rd Edition. Stanley Schuler. Over 350 color and black-and-white photographs show the various architectural styles of old New England homes with special attention to the details. A supporting text explains the history and significance of the style. Architectural drawings provide close-up views. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 350+ photos • Index • 176 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0981-1 • soft cover • $29.95 New England’s Architecture by Wallace Nutting. Tina Skinner & Tammy Ward. For the first time, the lavishly illustrated series of “Beautiful" books for the New England states, has been combed for the best examples of historic architecture, sketched and photographed by Wallace Nutting. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 351 b/w photos & line drawings • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2654-7 • soft cover • $29.95 Old New England Homes. 2nd Edition. Stanley Schuler. Colonial, Georgian, Federal, and Victorian homes presented with an informative text and 245 color photos. Various aspects and angles of the buildings are shown, in addition to the beautiful frontal views. Floor plans are given for many of the homes, making this new edition an important book for architects and home owners alike. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 438 photos • Index • 224 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0995-1 • hard cover • $35.00 NEW ENGLAND: MAINE NEW ENGLAND: STORIES, LORE, & HISTORY The Shaker Legacies: Hancock and Mount Lebanon. Joseph R. Votano. In a beautiful combination of old and new images, together with fascinating text, the progressive voices of the Shakers and their lasting impact on America come to life. The book covers the past and present of the Shaker society, focusing on two villages: those at Hancock and Mount Lebanon. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 180 color & b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4933-1 • hard cover • $34.99 Curious Creatures of New England. Christopher Forest. New England’s history is explored through 40 stories of people’s experiences, both earthly and supernatural, with wild creatures of unknown origin in the backwoods and hillsides. From the White Mountains, to the lakes of the Massachusetts, to the coasts of Maine, and Southern New England, tales abound of the odd, the strange, and the sublime. Size: 6" x 9" • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4466-4 • soft cover • $19.99 Abandoned Villages and Ghost Towns of New England. Thomas D’Agostino. Abandoned villages hold mysteries that only ghosts can reveal. Read accounts of forgotten places, such as flooded Flagstaff, Maine; cursed Dudleytown, Connecticut; and Massachusetts’s Dogtown Common, a village of witches, werewolves, and ghosts. Whether you decide to explore these or just read about them, you will not forget the people who made them history. Size: 6" x 9" • 45 b/w photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3076-6 • soft cover • $14.99 Spooky Creepy New England. Karen Mossey. This book offers experience to actual ghost investigations through old colonial homes and notoriously famous haunted locations in historic New England. Step into a private home where the owner hears the voice of an unseen child cry out for “Mommy." Prepare to be frightened as you read about the janitor at the Wilton Theater who sees an apparition of a man in a tall hat walking the aisle. Hear the talkative ghosts at the Hills Cemetery. Over 20 ghostly tales. Size: 6" x 9" • 42 b/w photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3540-2 • soft cover • $14.99 New England’s Scariest Stories and Urban Legends. Summer Paradis and Cathy McManus. Illustrations by Wayne Bud Ridsdel. Journey through New England’s darkest places and read 22 of its scariest stories and urban legends. See the grave of Midnight Mary and the Desert of Maine and judge for yourself if their curses are real. Learn about Champ, the legendary lake monster of Lake Champlain, from a fisherman who found himself thirty feet from the beast, and more. Size: 6" x 9" • 73 color images • Index • 144 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4122-9 • soft cover • $16.99 Spooky Creepy New England 2. Karen Mossey. Journey through supernatural Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Connecticut, and Maine to experience 20 real encounters with ghosts and phantasms. Within these pages visit ghostly homes, haunted shipwrecks, businesses, and famous spooky historical places, as you witness paranormal situations that defy rational explanation.You are sure to experience some of the spookiest and creepiest encounters from New England in this spooky second volume. Size: 6" x 9" • 35 photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4502-9 • soft cover • $14.99 Gone But Not Forgotten: New England’s Ghost Towns, Cemeteries, & Memorials. Summer Paradis & Cathy McManus. New England has a long, rich history that can be experienced by visiting historic locations, abandoned villages, monuments, and cemeteries that cover the region. Here are 36 locations, along with a handy pictorial guide with visitor information, detailed directions, 180 color photographs, and history from across NH, MA, ME, CT, RI, and VT. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 180 color images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4552-4 • soft cover • $24.99 Pirate Ghosts and Phantom Ships: Haunts of New England's Shorelines. Thomas D'Agostino. Read the tales of Captain Kid, Blackbeard, Anne Bonney, Black Bellamy, and other burley buccaneers who haunt New England's land and seas. Learn about Goat Island, where wraiths of hanged pirates rise up seeking vengeance. Hear the Isles of Shoals phantom dory’s oars, as it slowly rows in search of its next victim. Ghostly ladies mourn the passing of some of the most ruthless characters history can name. Size: 6 x 9 • 19 b/w photos • Index • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2744-5 • soft cover • $14.95 New England Graveside Tales. T. M. Gray. Explore tales of legendary creatures that haunt New England forests, lakes, sea, and sky. Learn of blazing beaches and strange objects raining down from the heavens. Relive the terror of killer storms, tornadoes, and deadly infernos. The region has played host to cryptid creatures like sea monsters, Bigfoot, satyrs, thunderbirds, and more. From frozen human hibernation to spontaneous human combustion, New England is “where it's at!" Size: 8 1/2 x 11" • 34 b/w images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3447-4 • soft cover • $19.99 More New England Graveside Tales. T. M. Gray. This second volume of New England’s Graveside Tales, presents a dark cavern of mystery. Includes historic hauntings, ghosts, UFOs, witchcraft persecutions, vampires, and places to visit—if you dare. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 45 b/w photos • Index 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3585-3 • soft cover • $19.99 Campfire Tales: New England. E. Ashley Rooney. With over 300 years of battles, witches, haunted inns, and curses, it is no surprise that New England has more than its share of eerie events and spooky happenings. Here find 50 campfire tales that were part of New England’s heritage. Featured are tales from Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, and Vermont.These stories, and many more, will send chills down your spine…so don’t let your campfire go out!Size: 6" x 9" • 21 b/w photos • Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4290-5 • soft cover • $16.99 Lost Loot: Ghostly New England Treasure Tales. Patricia Hughes. Learn about the lost pirate riches of Captain Kidd, Blackbeard, Edward Low, and other dastardly buccaneers. Consider hidden treasures in the Appalachian, Longfellow, White, and Green Mountains...and how you might find the loot. Read further to unmask the mystery, intrigue, treasure, and ghosts of northern New England! Size: 6" x 9" • Index • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2816-9 • soft cover • $14.95 More Lost Loot: Ghostly New England Treasure Tales. Patricia Hughes. Stories of lost treasure sites in Rhode Island, Connecticut, and Massachusetts. Explore supernatural history that abounds in this region. Visit ghost towns, lost Native American villages, forgotten mines, and valuable gem discoveries. Pirates were welcome, and the legends suggest they left their loot behind.But beware, black dog guardians, wildmen, and pirate ghosts protect these treasures from ever being found. Yo Ho.Size: 6" x 9" • 40 b/w photos • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3627-0 • soft cover • $19.99 Treasure Wreck: The Fortunes & Fate of the Pirate Ship Whydah. Arthur T. Vanderbilt II. When the pirate ship Whydah went down in a violent storm just off the coast of Massachusetts in 1717, she took a treasury of stolen gold and jewels. Here is the story of this plunder, of the pirates who amassed this horde during one legendary year upon the Spanish Main, and the tragedy of their loss upon the shoals of Cape Cod. It is updated to cover salvage efforts still underway in the Whydah’s deep-sea grave. Size: 6" x 9" • 16 b/w photos • Index • 188 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2739-1 • soft cover • $19.95 NEW ENGLAND: ARTS & CRAFTS Indian Basketry of the Northeastern Woodlands. Sarah Peabody Turnbaugh & William A. Turnbaugh. 500+ vivid photographs and engaging discussion recognize a long-overlooked basketmaking tradition. Authors feature woodsplint and sweetgrass basketry from Southern New England / Long Island, Northern New England / Canadian Maritimes, Upper New York State, and the Great Lakes. The craft that brought Eastern Algonquians and Iroquoians through generations of turmoil continues today with talented artisans. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 470 color & 35 b/w photos 176 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4729-0 • hard cover • $49.99 100 Artists of New England. E. Ashley Rooney. Oil paintings, glass and metal sculptures, and woodworks survey the work of New England artists. While they offer a fresh look at the region’s mountain vistas, fishing villages, and magnificent coastline, they also venture into the more contemporary, avant garde realms of art. Features 100 artists and 590 images. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 567 color & 30 b/w photos 224 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3665-2 • hard cover $45.00 Old New England Splint Baskets and How to Make Them. John E. McGuire. Beautiful color photographs of antique New England baskets inspire readers to adapt the step-by-step instructions to create three new baskets: a round, rectangular, and square-to-round basket with traditional techniques. A unique chapter on the old tools and molds is fascinating reading to all who enjoy antique baskets. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 100s of photos & drawings 100 pp. • ISBN: 0-88740-045-0 • soft cover $14.95 MAINE: SCENES Maine Memories: A Vintage Picture Postcard Tour. John Brunkowski & Michael Closen. With 350+ card images, this book presents the first-ever vintage picture postcard tour of the State of Maine. Topics of interest include harbors, ships, lighthouses, bridges, churches, towns, lakes, wildlife, camping, and much more. Every postcard is described by a caption that concludes with the estimated value of the card. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 285 postcard images • Price Guide • 128 pp ISBN13: 978-0-7643-4846-4 • Binding: soft cover • $24.99 Maine: Out & About. Antelo Devereux, Jr. In 220 vibrant images, tour the vast Maine landscape. From Eastport to Jackman, from Kittery to Madawaska, covering an area greater than the other five New England states combined, the photographs artfully capture sights and scenes that speak to the character of Maine. Also included are a few bits of wry, New England humor among the images. Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 232 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3492-4 • hard cover • $39.99 Maine Coast Perspectives. Antelo Devereux, Jr.. A grand tour the Maine coast, including Bath, Wisscaset, Boothbay Harbor, Southport, Damariscotta, Pemaquid, Waldoboro, Friendship, Port Clyde, Rockland, Rockport, Camden, Isleboro, Bayside, Belfast, and Searsport, with many points between. It offers landscapes, seascapes, architecture, and monuments that make this area special. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 148 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3015-5 • soft cover • $9.99 Greetings from Bar Harbor. Mary L. Martin and Karen Choppa. Images from the elegant Gilded Age, when Bar Harbor was a summer playground for high society. First-hand accounts from that period are sprinkled throughout. Tourists and postcard collectors will find it an enjoyable and valuable resource. Size: 9" x 6" • 147 color images • Price Guide • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2975-3 • soft cover • $19.99 61 62 NEW ENGLAND: MAINE • NEW HAMPSHIRE • VERMONT • MASSACHUSETTS Maine’s Waterfalls: A Comprehensive Guide. Patricia Hughes. Waterfalls are magical. Their volume and thunderous echoes provide places of wonder and spiritual well being. Handy guide and directions to 177 waterfall sites in Maine. Includes star ratings for beauty, accessibility and hiking. Travel through sixteen Maine counties to discover the waterfalls that shaped Maine. Size: 6" x 9" • 31 color photos • Index • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3113-8 • soft cover • $14.99 Haunted New Hampshire. Thomas D’Agostino. New Hampshire is a state rich with history-some of it haunted. Explore the tales of ghosts and haunts in towns such as Alton, Dover, Franconia, Litchfield, Nashua, Portsmouth, and West Chesterfield that will leave your senses tingling as you explore the ghostly side of New Hampshire. Size: 6" x 9" • 56 b/w photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2573-6 • soft cover • $14.95 MAINE: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY VERMONT: ARTS & CRAFTS UFOs Over Maine: Close Encounters from the Pine Tree State. Nomar Slevik.Maine's contemporary UFO and alien activity. Tales of alien abductions, UFO confrontations with the military, strange lights in the sky, and other startling encounters. Over 20 stories and numerous sightings reported by Mainers between the years 2000 and 2013 of strange extraterrestrial encounters. The strangeness of Maine’s Ufology will creep into your subconscious, but it will fascinate you as well. Size: 6" x 9" • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4623-1 • soft cover • $14.99 Strange New Hampshire. Renee Mallett. Part unusual history book, part offbeat travel guide. Visit odd tourist attractions, such as America's Stonehenge and the haunted High Hut of the state's tallest mountain. Whether you are on the trail of Marie Antoinette’s lost diamond necklace or looking for the strange Blue Lady specter haunting one of Wilton’s cemeteries, be prepared to shiver as you read about New Hampshire’s weirder side. Size: 6" x 9" • 45 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3475-7 • soft cover • $14.99 Ghosts of Maine. T. M. Gray. Join in the fun of ghost hunting as you travel through the paranormal hotspots of Maine! A ghost handbook for visiting haunted places. Over 100 spine-tingling tales of ghostly Maine! Size: 6" x 9" • 54 b/w photos • Index • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2827-5 • soft cover • $14.95 Manchester Ghosts. Renee Mallett. Come visit Manchester, New Hampshire—you’ll see children playing ball, people jogging by, and a host of pious nuns and monks. It all seems pretty wholesome, until you realize that the people you’re seeing are ghosts! This book will give you a different perspective of the history and culture of New Hampshire’s Queen City, a ghostly one. Size: 6" x 9" • 37 b/w photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2650-9 • soft cover • $14.95 MAINE: ARTS & CRAFTS Rug Hooking In Maine: 1838-1940. Mildred Cole Peladeau. Maine’s rug hooking tradition, including Waldoboro rugs, is explored, the myth of Acadian rugs is explained, and Edward Sands Frost’s well-known preprinted burlap rug patterns of the mid-19th century are discussed at length. Covers rugs created throughout Maine and eastern Canada. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 267 color photos • Index 192 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2882-4 • hard cover • $39.95 NEW HAMPSHIRE: SCENES New Hampshire: An Autumn Sojourn. Ken Paulsen. Tour rural New Hampshire, the Granite State, through more than 170 beautiful scenes during the spectacular fall season. Four chapters focus on the quintessential New Hampshire experience, covered bridges and other conveyance structures, glorious waterfalls, and scenes from around the state. Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 176 color images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3870-0 • hard cover • $34.99 Greetings from Manchester: Postcards from New Hampshire’s Queen City. Mary L. Martin & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price. Manchester, the “Queen City" of New Hampshire is the state’s largest city. Over 300 vintage hand-tinted postcards will take readers on a journey through the streets of old Manchester and beyond. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 334 images • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2558-2 • soft cover • $24.95 NEW HAMPSHIRE: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Ghost Quest in New Hampshire. Beckah Tolley, Raven Duclos, & Katie Boyd. Follow New Hampshire's premier paranormal investigative group, Ghost Quest, as they uncover spirits, demons, and ghostly history in this haunted state. Learn to conduct your own searches! Size: 6" x 9" • 42 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2886-2 • soft cover $14.95 Haunted Vermont. Thomas D’Agostino & Arlene Nicholson. Vermont is rich with ghost stories and legends including tales of frozen citizens, ghost ships, weird creatures lurking in the forests, and strange organ sounds emanating from beyond. From Brattleboro to Burlington and beyond, there is more than just everyday roaming ghosts Covers locations from 30 Vermont towns with turn by turn directions. Size: 6" x 9" • 64 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3749-9 • soft cover • $19.99 Ghosts of Portsmouth, NH. Renee Mallett. Share a drink with ghostly patrons of Molly Malone’s, the Portsmouth Brewery, and AK’s Bar and Bistro. Catch a performance at the Portsmouth Music Hall-just don’t complain about a phantom blocking your view of the stage. Discover which are glowing tombs at Point of Graves and South Cemeteries. Over 50 haunted locations presented. Size: 6" x 9" • 42 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3161-9 • soft cover • $14.99 VERMONT: SCENES Decoys of Lake Champlain. Loy S. Harrell. Individual decoy carvers, from past to present, located around Lake Champlain are listed alphabetically. Each carver is briefly discussed and examples of their work are shown. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 311 color & b/w photos Index • 136 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-075-2 • hard cover • $35.00 MASSACHUSETTS: SCENES 101 Things to Do In Martha’s Vineyard. Gary J. Sikorski. A colorful photographic guide featuring 101 of the most popular sights and activities on Martha's Vineyard: sight-seeing suggestions, helpful information, interesting descriptions, and useful tips. Written from a local's perspective that will help you make the most of your summer vacation. Size: 10" x 7" • 231 color photos • 152 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4953-9 hard cover • $29.99 Meet Me in My Cape Cod Kitchen: Recipes for Seaside Living. Linda Maria Steele. With more than 60 delicious recipes, celebrate good food shared with family and friends, inspired by life on the beach. With food photography and inspiring Cape Cod landscapes, chapters focus on baked goods such as cakes, cookies and quick breads, as well as appetizers, entrees, salads, and summertime drinks. Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 75 color images • 96 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4984-3 • hard cover • $24.99 Timeless Crossings: Vermont’s Covered Bridges. Michael J. McCormack. The rural landscape of Vermont seen through 293 colored images of its covered bridges. More than 100 bridges are shown crossing over and through open mountain pastures, dense forests, centuries’ old farms, picturesque villages, pristine rivers, and dazzling waterfalls. GPS coordinates provided for each bridge. Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 293 color images • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3830-4 • hard cover • $34.99 Central Massachusetts Perspectives. John S. Burk. Rich in both natural and human history, the Valley region of western and central Massachusetts is home to some of New England’s most scenic rivers. Discover the picturesque Mohawk Trail region, the Wild and Scenic Westfield River, the historic Connecticut River Valley, and the expansive waters and wildlife of the Quabbin and Wachusett Reservoirs. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 155 color & b/w photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4704-7 • hard cover • $24.99 Greetings from Burlington, Vermont. Mary L. Martin & Dinah Roseberry. Burlington’s past comes alive displayed in over 240 precious views of hand-tinted and sepia-toned postcards, spanning the late 1800s through the 1940s. The Lake Champlain waterfront is spectacular. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 244 postcard images Price Guide • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2632-5 • soft cover • $24.95 Cape Cod Wide. Arthur P. Richmond. Wide-angle views of beautiful Cape Cod will take you back to seaside scenes, fabulous sunsets, and your favorite harbors and lighthouses. This oversize edition provides a beautiful medium for the art of panorama depiction perfected by this talented Cape photographer. Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 79 color photos • 208 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2776-6 • hard cover • $39.95 VERMONT: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Greetings from Rutland, VT: Heart of the Green Mountains. Debby Dubay. Discover the charming town of Rutland, Vermont, through 205 antique postcards. Tour the Rutland Downtown Historic District and learn how Rutland became a world producer of marble. Great souvenir for residents, tourists, history buffs, and post card collectors. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 247 images • Price Guide, Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3730-7 • soft cover • $24.99 Harbors of Cape Cod & The Islands. Arthur P. Richmond. For visitors to Cape Cod & the Islands and their quaint harbors, this is an essential reference book. Filled with spectacular photography and wide-angle views, it takes you to the waterways and ports from Buzzards Bay and Sandwich to the tip of Provincetown, 56 picturesque harbors in 19 towns and villages are portrayed. A helpful geological history is included. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 649 color photos • 208 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3007-0 • hard cover • $39.99 NEW ENGLAND: MASSACHUSETTS Cape Cod Perspectives. Douglas Congdon-Martin. For millions of people the Cape is a sun-drenched oasis, surrounded by the beauties of the ocean and bay, and filled with charming vistas of sand and surf, quaint villages, living history, and natural sanctuaries. This book captures many of those places. The wonderful color photographs are reminders of days spent in her towns and on her shores. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 102 color photos • 80 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2766-7 • soft cover • $9.95 Cape Cod Puzzle: 500 Pieces. Challenge yourself with a puzzle showing the beach, surf, and blue sky in a harbor scene straight off Cape Cod, Massachusetts. The perfect rainy day project, this 500-piece puzzle is a wonderful keepsake from a favorite vacation retreat. You’ll want to hang it when it’s done so you can recall summer all year long. Puzzle Size: 18" x 24" • ISBN: 978-07643-2774-2 • Box • $14.95 Cape Cod Memories: An Illustrated History in Postcards. Mary L. Martin & Karen Choppa. Vintage postcards, from the early 1900s through the 1950s, display carefree times in the Cape’s small towns, quiet beaches, and bustling harbors. Size: 11" x 8-1/2" • 247 vintage postcards Price Guide • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2389-x • soft cover • $24.95 The Cape Cod National Seashore: A Photographic Adventure & Guide. Christopher Seufert. A photographic adventure through the most beautiful spots in the Cape Cod National Seashore, on land and by airplane in 126 color photos. Wide-angle views of the seashore's wildlife, coastal sunsets, historic sites, and pristine landscapes await you including Ballston Beach, Provincelands, Fresh Brook, Pleasant Bay, and Nauset Marsh. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 126 color photos • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3995-0 • hard cover • $24.99 Cape Cod & the Islands Reflections. Christopher Seufert. Over 200 color photos provide a unique perspective on life in and around Cape Cod, Massachusetts. Enjoy colorful tours of Provincetown, Orleans, Brewster, Eastham, Chatham, Harwich, Falmouth, Sandwich, Dennis, Barnstable & the Islands, including the beautiful beaches of Cape Cod, wildlife refuges, harbors, lighthouses, lobster shacks, architectural gems, & more. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 202 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3405-4 • hard cover • $24.99 Cape Cod Nights: A Photographic Exploration of Cape Cod and the Islands After Dark. Timothy Little. From the recognizable Bourne and Sagamore bridges, to rarely seen broken down docks and piers reaching out from the sands of Provincetown, this book chronicles Cape Cod in a way that few people stop to notice. Explore the “dark side" of Cape Cod and the Islands in the first book devoted exclusively to the area as seen after nightfall. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 225 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4293-6 • hard cover • $29.99 Cape Cod and the Islands: Where Beauty & History Meet. Kathryn Kleekamp. Original art by the author and rare historic photos accompany an informative text, capturing the nature of Cape Cod, Nantucket, and Martha’s Vineyard. They bring to life those who farmed the land, fi shed the seas, captained the schooners, or waited for a loved one’s return. Historical vignettes, beautiful illustrations, and traditional Cape Cod recipes. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 159 photos & illus. • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3317-0 • hard cover • $29.99 Wild Cape Cod: Free by Nature. John & Pamela King. This book seeks to provide the reader with a rare Cape visitor experience—to imagine Cape Cod before human habitation by witnessing its vibrant wild flora and fauna. The story of Wild Cape Cod is told through dramatic photographic images of migratory birds, marine animals (including whales), and various sea and land animals from across the animal kingdom. With all of the locations listed in geographical order, it is possible to walk, bike, and drive the Cape, seeing everything conveniently and simply.Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 230 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4197-7 • hard cover • $29.99 Provincetown Perspectives. Arthur P. Richmond. Sights and memories of the town at the tip of Cape Cod are brought together in this beautiful book. Here are the stunning beaches, with warm bayside water, and the historic coastline where the Pilgrims landed in 1620. Over 100 color images capture the charm, and excitement of P’town and its surroundings. A visual guide book for your visit and a perfect souvenir . Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 206 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2959-3 • soft cover • $9.99 Provincetown Discovered. Edward V. Gillon. A photographic record capturing some of New England’s best seascapes and architecture. Many charming eighteenth-century Cape Cod houses and splendid Greek Revival homes of the 1850s to 1900, plus churches, commercial buildings and farm-related structures are shown with excellent detailed pictures. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 124 b/w photos • 127 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-061-2 • soft cover • $12.95 Cape Cod and the Islands from Above. Spencer Kennard and Richard Kelsey. Enjoy Cape Cod, Nantucket, and Martha’s Vineyard from the air where their natural beauty is depicted spectacularly here in 158 color images. Familiar harbors and shorelines are featured in over 60 years of aerial views. Every Cape Cod visitor will appreciate this collection. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 158 color images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3043-8 • hard cover • $39.99 In My Footsteps: A Cape Cod Travel Guide. Christopher Setterlund. Take a trip around Cape Cod with a 12th generation Cape Codder as your tour guide. The places visited will take the reader deep into the soul of this beautiful peninsula. Walking in the author’s footsteps is as close to becoming a “local" as a visitor can get. Size: 6" x 9" • 362 color photos & maps • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4209-7 • soft cover • $16.99 Tours of Cape Cod. Andrew G. Buckley. Take 6 excursion trips on Cape Cod. See the densely-built downtowns, bike the trails of Chatham, walk along the canal, and drive to the Outer Cape, Route 6A, and more. Enjoy 214 beautiful color images of Buzzards Bay Railroad Bridge, National Marine Life Center, Joseph Jefferson Windmill, Briggs-McDermott House, Alonzo Booth Blacksmith Shop, Jonathan Bourne Historic Center, Dexter’s Grist Mill, and others that will convince you to get some sand in your touring shoes! Size: 9" x 6" • 214 color photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3023-0 • soft cover • $19.99 ISBN: 0-88740-963-6 • soft cover • $12.95 Hydrangeas: Cape Cod and the Islands. Joan Harrison. Over 340 striking color photos introduce readers to the quintessential flower of the Cape and the Islands, the hydrangea. This book inspires as it captures the beauty of hydrangeas used both outdoors and indoors, including appearances in wedding bouquets. Hydrangeas grace gardens throughout the region from early spring’s climbing hydrangeas to the rich burgundy flowers of late fall. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 341 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4055-0 • hard cover • $24.99 63 Farms of Cape Cod. Stephanie Foster. Explore the diversity of farming, from produce and livestock to a local vineyard, cranberry bogs, oyster flats, as well as lavender, horse and holly farms. A tips section offers advice on growing, cooking and planting from the people who know best, and contact information about each of the 28 farms is provided. The book connects us with our cultural heritage and offers a peek at a green way of life. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 266 color photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4432-9 • hard cover • $24.99 Martha’s Vineyard Perspectives. Arthur P. Richmond. Martha’s Vineyard, the idyllic island off the coast of Cape Cod, is captured in nearly 140 picturesque images of both the common vistas and extraordinary scenes. This photographic tour is a wonderful remembrance for all who have visited Martha’s Vineyard. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 138 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3834-2 • soft cover • $9.99 Martha’s Vineyard Wide. Arthur P. Richmond. Magnificent 120-degree panoramas capture the white sandy beaches, historic cottages, secluded bays, light houses, and national parks of Martha’s Vineyard. Includes Vineyard Haven, West Chop and Edgartown Lighthouses, Chappaquiddick Island, Cape Poge, and Oak Bluffs. Use these vibrant photographs as your guide to the islands. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 168 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3555-6 • hard cover • $45.00 Martha’s Vineyard Houses and Gardens. Text by Polly Burroughs, Photography by Lisl Dennis. Outstanding private homes and gardens of Martha’s Vineyard in this classic work, expanded with new pictures and commentary. Vineyard homes, from Edgartown mansions to Gay Head beach cottages, and gardens, from perennial border to wildflower meadow are featured here, with hundreds of stunning, full-color photographs. Size: 12" x 9" • 350 color photos • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2752-0 • hard cover • $39.95 In Every Season: Memories of Martha’s Vineyard. Phyllis Méras. Illustrated by Thomas H. Cocroft and Robert E. Schwartz. An affectionate look at the natural beauty of Martha’s Vineyard, a prized vacation retreat since the Civil War. The author writes of walks around the island today and reminisces about her childhood summers on Martha’s Vineyard. Her essays are complemented by 67 pen and ink drawings. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 67 b/w images • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4095-6 • hard cover • $16.99 Nantucket Memories: The Island as Seen through Postcards. Laszlo F. Nagy. 270 color photos illustrate postcards from Nantucket Island, including rare examples. Renowned for its pre-Civil War era structures, many of which are captured in these postcards, Nantucket's history, lighthouses, and the leisurely life and pastimes have always made a trip to the island worthwhile. Postcards prices are found in the captions. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 270 color photos • Price Guide • 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3211-1 soft cover • $24.99 South Shore Wide. Arthur P. Richmond. The South Shore of Massachusetts is shown in breathtaking panoramic images. From Quincy to Plymouth and Hingham to Foxboro, over 250 magnificent 120-degree images capture the region’s beloved scenes, Quincy Bay and the beaches and harbors along the coast leading to the Cape Cod Canal. Experience classic charm of old New England and and explore hidden views along little-traveled country roads. Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 254 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3184-8 • hard cover • $39.99 64 NEW ENGLAND: MASSACHUSETTS Boston: Past & Present. Mary L. Martin and E. Ashley Rooney. Experience Boston, Massachusetts, through over 470 vintage postcards and current photos of one of America’s favorite tourist cities. See The Old State House and the new, vibrant skyline; the old Public Garden and the new skating rink; statues of Revolutionary heroes and the famous mallard family in the Boston Commons. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 215 color and 99 b/w photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3058-2 • soft cover • $24.99 Lexington to Concord: The Road to Independence in Postcards. E. Ashley Rooney & Mary L. Martin. The Battle Road between Lexington and Concord, Massachusetts, is where, in 1775 Paul Revere made his famous ride and the first shots of the American Revolution were fired. Later, this was a center of intellectual life. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 306 vintage postcard images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-07643-2698-1 • soft cover • $24.95 The Charles River: A History of Greater Boston’s Waterway. Ted Clarke. This book tells of the Charles River’s historic role as a major source of waterpower, transportation, and recreation for the 23 towns and cities along its route. The story of this living landmark of the Greater Boston area includes many notable American figures and the modern conflict between man and nature. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 143 color & b/w images • 144 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4154-0 • hard cover • $24.99 Worcester, Massachusetts: “The Heart of the Commonwealth". Debby DuBay. Worcester is a historic city with many cultural and industrial firsts, including Whitney’s cotton gin, Howe’s sewing machine, and Hawes’s folding machine. 284 lively, color postcard views and modern photos tell Worcester’s story. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 284 color photos • Price Guide/Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3138-1 • soft cover • $24.99 Boston Wide. Arthur P. Richmond. Over 130 panoramic photographs bring Boston to life, from views of the lighthouses in the outer harbor it takes a virtual tour of Boston sights Boston, including historic forts, Harborwalk, world-class museums, cultural sites, and architectural landmarks steeped in history. This is a photographic extravaganza, an essential book for all who treasure the Boston experience. Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 164 color photos Index • 160 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3273-9 • hard cover • $39.99 Berkshires: Past and Present. Mary L. Martin & E. Ashley Rooney. Tour the Berkshire Hills and travel along the Mohawk Trail; delight in the sounds of the Tanglewood Music Center; and visit landmarks such as Hancock Shaker Village, the town of Lenox, and Jacob’s Ladder. More than 350 color images explore the history of the Berkshires. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 288 color images Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3133-6 • soft cover • $24.99 Boston Below. Joseph R. Votano and Karen E. Hosking. In over 145 photos and text, this book explores the Boston subway system, its riders, stations, and rarely seen train maintenance. The MBTA represents the city’s arteries with 28 underground and 80 above ground stations through which 720,000 people move daily. This book is a fascinating visual journey through one of the nation’s oldest subway systems. Size: 12" x 9" • 150 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4542-5 • hard cover • $39.99 Cambridge, Massachusetts: Past & Present. Mary Martin and E. Ashley Rooney. Over 250 vintage postcards show the growth of Harvard Square from sleepy village to contemporary city. Harvard Square, and the city of Cambridge by extension, still retains many historic buildings and churches and its student population with all its associated, diverse, cosmopolitan attractions. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 271 color photos • Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2810-7 • soft cover • $24.95 North Shore Wide: The Panoramas of Arthur P. Richmond. Arthur P. Richmond. Panoramic photography of North Shore, Massachusetts, captures 120-degree views. Favorite vistas are beautifully exposed, including Rockport from seawall to seawall, beaches from Revere to the play lands in Salisbury. Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 115 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2860-2 • hard cover • $39.95 Greetings from Salem. Mary Martin & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price. Vintage postcards from the 1900s to the 1950s take readers to Gallows Hill, the House of Seven Gables, the Peabody Essex Museum, and much more take readers back in time. Learn about the Salem Witch Trials, and see courthouse where the accused were tried and the summit of Gallows Hill where the guilty were hanged. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 326 postcard images • Price Guide • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2602-3 • soft cover • $24.95 MASSACHUSETTS: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Haunted Massachusetts. Thomas D’Agostino. Massachusetts, the birthplace of America, is home to some of the most fascinating haunts in the world. 41 towns and cities hold legends and mysteries that stretch beyond the imagination. Ghosts watch ancient inns in Concord and Charlemont. The unearthly shrieks of a banshee in Marblehead chills those who must endure its curse. Size: 6" x 9" • 48 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2662-2 • soft cover • $12.95 Joseph Lincoln’s Essential Cape Cod Reader. Author Joseph C. Lincoln helped define The Cape in over 40 novels, and many more poems and short stories that were translated into many languages. This collection of 22 poems, seven short stories, and a novel touch the heart of Lincoln’s work. Size: 6" x 9" • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2453-5 • soft cover • $14.95 Three Centuries in a Cape Cod Village: The Story of Chatham. Chatham Historical Society . This illustrated book of essays and articles paints a vivid portrait of life in Chatham, Massachusetts, beginning with the first settler William Nickerson. Relive the saga of the ship Rover, the story of the patriotic Young family during the American Revolution, and the mariners of the 19th century. Published by the Chatham Historical Society. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 107 illustrations • Index • 184 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4118-2 • hard cover • $34.99 Sea Level Rising. William Sargent. The story of this seemingly microcosmic event, the sea breaking through a spit of land at Chatham, Massachusetts, destroying several homes. But it is not unique. As many as 200 other American coastal communities will face similar problems as their barrier beaches break down over the next twenty years. Sea Level Rising is a clarion call for these other coastal communities to prepare for the chronic effects of global warming. Size: 6" x 9" • 35 b/w photos • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3261-6 • soft cover • $19.99 Boston’s Haunted History: Exploring the Ghosts and Graves of Beantown. Christopher Forest. Boston has plenty of legends and ghost stories. From war-torn lovers, to vengeful pirates, to wandering travelers and even a few famous authors, you’ll learn why Boston’s history has never truly vanished. Size: 6" x 9" • 12 b/w photos • Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2874-9 • soft cover • $12.95 Spooky Creepy Boston. Nicholas Goodwin. Boston after dark is the town that scared and repulsed Edgar Allan Poe, inspired H.P. Lovecraft, and brought the hunting of witches and the murder of hapless innocents to American shores. Welcome to Boston’s eerie environs, and watch out for stranglers. Size: 6" x 9" • 36 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3612-6 • soft cover • $14.99 Cambridge, Massachusetts: Ghosts, Legends, Lore. E. Ashley Rooney. Learn about the many ghosts and legends of Cambridge, Massachusetts. Thrill to a game of Hide and Seek with a ghost in red velvet. Marvel at the ambition of East Apthorp, who haunted students for years, Harry Widener, who still haunts his library, and the birth of forensic science. Size: 6" x 9" • 23 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3255-5 • soft cover • $14.99 A Collector’s Guide to Salem Witchcraft & Souvenirs. Pamela E. Apkarian-Russell; photography by Christopher J. Russell. 300 years of Salem, Massachusetts’ past, concentrating on the infamous witch trials held here in the 17th century. Tourist purchases have helped to create a photo album of printed images and a treasure trove of souvenirs showing famous witches and the historic sites. Size: 6" x 9" • 300 color photos • Price Guide • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0425-9 • soft cover • $19.95 North Shore Lore: Stories of the Massachusetts Coast. Ted Clarke. The history, geography, and people of the North Shore come to life in this easy-reading book of over 35 stories for the region northeast of Boston and south of New Hampshire, including many lesser-known, but charming, inlets, placid pools, and stirring basins.Also find Salem’s witchcraft trials, the East India Trade, the retreat of the British when they came to search for arms, the contributions of Thomas Watson, and more. Size: 6" x 9" • 46 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4506-7 • soft cover • $16.99 North Shore Spirits of Massachusetts. Christopher Forest. Discover a witch who once helped colonists and strange sightings of a sea monster that have been reported off the coast of Gloucester and Nahant. Meet the ghosts that haunt some of the most famous places in Salem, including the House of Seven Gables. Size: 6" x 9" • 18 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3291-3 • soft cover • $14.99 Lost History of the North Shore: Little Known Tales From Massachusetts. Christopher Forest. The North Shore of Massachusetts has historic sites, pristine beaches, hallowed halls, Salem witches, famous pirates, and creative inventors. Explore the little-known history that makes the North Shore great. Size: 6" x 9" • 30 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3568-6 • soft cover • $14.99 Lexington, Bedford, and Concord: Ghosts, Legends, and Lore. E. Ashley Rooney. Blending legend and history, step back in time to when the first “shot heard round the world" began the American Revolution. Follow ghostly footsteps at Munroe Tavern and Colonial Inn where people feel an unknown presence in the mist. Meet the witch of Shawsheen who saved a sickly town from death. These stories will chill you. Size: 6" x 9" • 32 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3115-2 • soft cover • $14.99 NEW ENGLAND: MASSACHUSETTS 65 Ghosts of the Bridgewater Triangle. Christopher Balzano. The Bridgewater Triangle has been a haven for the unexplained with sightings of weird animals, UFOs, ghosts, and unmarked, strange government vehicles. Now, for the first time, the full light of research is brought to this understudied aspect of the Triangle, including the examination of classic hauntings, as well as urban legends told for years as true stories. Size: 6" x 9" • 27 b/w photos • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3006-3 • soft cover • $14.99 The Cape Cod House. Stanley Schuler. Designed for those who may wish to build their own Cape Cod home, here are many variations of the basic floor plan. Shows the nearly limitless possibilities. Includes tiny single style Cape Cod house to double, triple, modified, and “modern" interpretations.16 pages in color, and drawn plans show it in its various stages – from the tiny half Cape of long ago to the modern house with wings that may stretch to a total length of 100 feet and more. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 174 photos • Index • 144 pp. ISBN: 0-916838-63-3 • hard cover • $25.00 Painted Ladies: Balusters & Columns. Robert and Lynn Gatchell. 605 color images show the creative ways balusters and columns were used to enhance homes in historic Oak Bluffs and Martha’s Vineyard, Massachusetts. Restorers of old homes, preservationists, students of architecture, and admirers of Victorian style will find this a valuable resource and use these photos to restore, preserve, or even recreate. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 605 color images • Photo Index • 160 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3045-2 • soft cover • $29.99 Hockomock: Place Where the Spirits Dwell. Peter Tower. The untold, true story of the area of southeastern Massachusetts that has become infamous worldwide for paranormal activity, from its beginnings to the 1970s and 1980s. This engaging storytelling technique combines in-depth research of the area’s history with narrative vignettes and firsthand interviews from people that have seen UFOs, Bigfoot, and mystery creatures, and experienced other unexplained events there. Size: 6" x 9" • 4 illustrations• 248 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4515-9 • soft cover • $19.99 The Evolution of the Cape Cod House: An Architectural History. Arthur P. Richmond. Detailed history of one of America’s most popular architectural styles. The story starts in rural England where yeomen and tradesmen built their small one to one-and-a-half story timber framed cottages. The This study is complete with 600+ images detailing interiors and exteriors. A must for anyone interested in architecture, Cape Cod, and the most admired of American homes. Size: 9" x 12" • 680 photos & illustrations • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3848-9 • hard cover • $50.00 Painted Ladies: Corbels & Gingerbread. Robert & Lynn Gatchell. More than 600 color images showcases the wide variety of architectural styles and influences that encompasses small “tent like" cottages known as the Painted Ladies in and around Martha’s Vineyards. The photos provide an opportunity to study the intricate patterns carpenters used with little material and equipment. Dark Woods: Cults, Crime, and the Paranormal in the Freetown State Forest. Christopher Balzano. This is the first account of how its darker side connects hauntings with violent crime and local cults. Many come here to enjoy the beauty of Freetown State Forest; these are the stories of those who cannot leave. Size: 6" x 9" • 19 b/w photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2799-5 • soft cover • $14.95 Barns of Cape Cod. Joan Dillon. Over From Provincetown to Woods Hole, barns in the English and New England styles dot the landscape of Cape Cod’s fifteen townships. 340 color photos display barns in the English and New England styles that dot the landscape of Cape Cod’s fifteen townships, including many detail shots. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 342 color photos • 176 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2564-7 • hard cover • $39.95 Gingerbread Gems: Victorian Architecture of Oak Bluffs. Arthur P. Richmond. Stroll Martha’s Vineyard and view cozy Victorian cottages featuring bright colors, welcoming porches, and sumptuous decoration. Delight in architectural details, many designed by the prolific S.F. Pratt. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 379 photos • 208 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2682-0 • soft cover • $29.95 Berkshire Ghosts: Legends and Lore. E. Ashley Rooney. History melts into the present in the lovely Berkshire Hills of western Massachusetts, but it is an uncomfortable present. 15 haunting ghost tales, 7 frightening legends, and 9 stories from generations past! Size: 6" x 9" • 22 b/w photos • Index • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2797-1 • soft cover • $14.95 Massachusetts Lighthouses and Lightships. Arthur P. Richmond. Enjoy fascinating facts and more than 800 images, both current and historic, of the lighthouses that mark the shores of Massachusetts (exclusive of Cape Cod and the Islands). An indispensable addition to the lighthouse enthusiast’s library, and a delight for anyone who enjoys coastal Massachusetts. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 876 color & b/w images • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4853-2 • hard cover • $45.00 Cottages of Oak Bluffs: 20 Postcards. Arthur P. Richmond. Charming and historic gingerbread-style cottages in Oak Bluffs, Massachusetts. Inviting front porches, ornate trims, and blossoming flowerboxes on these distinguished Martha’s Vineyard homes appear here in twenty dynamic postcards. Cards can be displayed in a standard frame, detached and mailed to friends, or kept in this book as a souvenir. Size: 7" x 5" • 20 color postcards ISBN: 978-0-7643-2683-7 • soft cover • $9.95 Massachusetts Lighthouses Past & Present. Arthur P. Richmond. More than sixty Massachusetts lighthouse stations that have been found along the coast from Fall River in the south to Salisbury in the north. The lighthouse station locations are identified using navigational charts and their characteristics, including date established, tower structure, optics, fog signals, and many more significant topics are presented in a straightforward table format. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 454 images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4305-6 • hard cover • $34.99 Barns of the Berkshires. Stephen G. Donaldson. 123 full-page color photos and a detailed text trace the rich visual tapestry created in the bucolic countryside of the Berkshire hills and its many historic barns. The history of barn building and subsequent development of barn architecture in the region spans over 250 years. The photos, both detailed and in the distance, capture the rustic beauty of the barns in every season. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 126 color photos • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3223-4 • hard cover • $24.99 MASSACHUSETTS: ARCHITECTURE Contemporary Boston Architects. E. Ashley Rooney with Gary Johnson and Maryann Thompson. Discover a wealth of ideas and design strategies from over 20 architectural firms that will help you understand design processes, methods, and techniques in new ways. Over 400 beautiful images showcase their works. Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 404 color photos 240 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4221-9 hard cover • $50.00 United by Design: Homes of Cape Cod, Martha’s Vineyard, and Nantucket. Loryn Wilson Schiffer. Foreword by John R. DaSilva, AIA. Discover a diverse selection of beautiful Cape Cod, Martha’s Vineyard, and Nantucket area homes from a dozen of the top architects practicing in this region. With more than 40+ projects, this design book features homes that range from traditional shingle style to very modern in design, and from modest cottages to grandiose estates. Size: 11 3/4" x 14" • 400 b/w & color images • 248 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4112-0 • hard cover • $75.00 Saltbox and Cape Cod Houses. 2nd Edition. Stanley Schuler. From its origins on Cape Cod, Massachusetts, in the seventeenth century, this charming and practical style of house has been transplanted and modified to accommodate varying life styles from as far away as Hawaii. Examples of old traditional styles and newer adaptations. The sensible, two-story floor plans of these New England types have endeared them to home builders since the 1600s. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 276 photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0998-6 • hard cover • $29.95 Cape Cod Lighthouses and Lightships. Arthur P. Richmond. Step back in time and observe the lighthouses and lightships that marked the shores and guided mariners through the dangerous waters surrounding Cape Cod and the islands. This comprehensive book has more than 500 images and a visitor’s guide. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 316 color, 200 b/w photos • 256 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3545-7 • hard cover • $45.00 Lighthouses of Cape Cod & The Islands. Arthur P. Richmond. Forty views of the lighthouses of Cape Cod, Martha’s Vineyard, and Nantucket. Active lights and inactive lights are presented as beautiful color postcards. Perforated, they can be detached and sent to friends (at 40 cents apiece they are a good bargain), framed and hung on your wall, or kept intact as a souvenir of your summer vacation. Size: 5" x 7" • 40 color postcards • 80 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2460-8 • soft cover • $14.95 Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 606 color images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3046-9 • soft cover • $29.99 MASSACHUSETTS: ARTS & CRAFTS Nantucket Portrait: Fun & Games with the Super Rich...The Birth of Hard-Edge Realism. James H. Cromartie as told to J.W. Nostrand. The story of artist Jim Cromartie in the first person, tracing the trials and joys of the struggle to find his style and acceptance in the world. Size: 12" x 9" • 95 images • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3112-1 • hard cover • $49.99 The Watch at Peaked Hill: Outer Cape Cod Dune Shack Life, 1953–2003. Josephine Breen Del Deo. Fifty years of living in dune shacks at the tip of Cape Cod, describing the idyllic life, but also the struggle to maintain that life. The history is brought to life, populated with the interesting, often eccentric characters who lived on the dunes. Size: 7" x 10" • 97 color & b/w images • 224 pp • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4978-2 • hard cover • $34.99 66 NEW ENGLAND: MASSACHUSETTS • RHODE ISLAND • CONNECTICUT Perspectives on the Provincetown Artist Colony. Deborah Forman. Provincetown, a microcosm of American art of the last century, is a community of artists who played vital roles in American art movements. In two rich volumes, Deborah Forman traces the history of these artists from 1899, when Charles Hawthorne opened his Cape Cod School of Art, through the struggles among the traditionalists, impressionists, and modernists. Exploring the camaraderie and influences within the artist colony, she continues the story into the present. Size: 9" x 12" • 325+ color and b/w images • each volume, 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3682-9 • Two volume hard cover box set • $125 • Schiffer LTD 100 Boston Painters. Chawky Frenn. 100 Boston Painters celebrates the wide-ranging talents, approaches, and personalities of the vibrant world of Boston arts. A labor of love by George Mason University Art Professor Chawky Frenn, this exciting new book features the work of 100 Boston painters selected by an extensive review of Boston arts both past and present. Includes works of realism, expressionism, and abstraction from well-known and upcoming artists. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 480+ images • 232 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3976-9 • hard cover • $45.00 100 Boston Artists. Chawky Frenn. This survey of 100 artists, including 463 color photos, features works ranging from large installations to hand-carved figures and from holographic images to carefully choreographed moving sculptures. The text includes an introductory essay from art critic Debbie Hagan and brief statements from each of the artists about their works. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 463 color photos • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4403-9 • hard cover • $45.00 RHODE ISLAND: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Rhode Island’s Spooky Ghosts and Creepy Legends. Katie Boyd. Rhode Island, famous for beautiful harbors and lavish abodes, has restless ghosts that lurk in dark corners of mansions, universities, inns, swamps, and woods. Discover four famous vampires and view never-before-released photos inside a vampire crypt. See an 1800s vampire-killing kit. Demonologist and Paranormal Investigator Katie Boyd seeks the truth behind some of Rhode Island’s most famous legends and hauntings. Size: 6" x 9" • 68 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3388-0 • soft cover • $14.99 Haunted Rhode Island. Thomas D’Agostino. Here are tales of hauntings, vampires, mysterious cairns, wailing brooks, and floating coffins encountered throughout Rhode Island. Long dead sailors prowl lonely docks, departed schoolmasters seek their charges, phantom girls giggle in a state park, ambushed soldiers of centuries past scream, and more. Size: 6" x 9" • 62 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2350-4 • soft cover • $12.95 CONNECTICUT: SCENES Contemporary Cape Cod Artists: People and Places. Deborah Forman. Contemporary Cape Cod artists go beyond the landscape for inspiration. They are inspired by people in their insightful portraits; by the dynamic activity of figures; by the calm of a still life; and by the fascination of an interior view. Deborah Forman interviewed forty-five artists, representing a spectrum of mediums and styles, who shared with her their inspirations and approaches, their personal lives, and their art. Size: 12" x 9" • 390 color photos • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4722-1 • hard cover • $59.99 Contemporary Cape Cod Artists: Images of Land and Sea. Deborah Forman. Cape Cod has been attracting artists to this grand land and its spectacular seas for more than a century. Fifty Cape Cod artists, including Anne Packard, Salvatore Del Deo, Bao Lede, Tabitha Vevers, and Carmen Cicero, represent a spectrum of styles and media, including paintings, sculpture, and photographs, are influenced by the glories of nature and find mood or mystery in the landscape, within a frame of reference of life on Cape Cod. Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 349 color photos • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4451-0 • hard cover • $59.99 Contemporary Cape Cod Artists: On Abstraction. Deborah Forman. 45 Cape Cod artists working in abstraction tell their stories. Based on her interviews, Deborah Forman writes about the artists' inspirations and approaches. Together with the more than 400 images of art, the essays give insight into the creative talents of the artists and provide an understanding of abstract art in relationship to art history. Size: 12" x 9" • 401 images • 208 pp. • 978-0-7643-4865-5 • hard cover • $59.99 Folk Art of Cape Cod and the Islands. Jeanne Marie Carley. In over 560 color photos, this book recounts the histories of the entrepreneurial people of Cape Cod, Martha’s Vineyard, and Nantucket, as told through the folk art they produced from the 18th to the 20th centuries. Among these items are paintings, maritime art, trade figures, carousel art, wood carvings, weathervanes, religious art, textiles, and gravestones. Size: 9" x 12" • 567 color photos • 304 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4526-5 • hard cover • $75.00 Lightship Baskets of Nantucket. Rev. and Expanded 2nd Edition. Martha Lawrence. The history and makers of highly prized, distinctive, old Nantucket Lightship Baskets chronicled with many color photos that detail construction and show beautiful examples. Includes what to consider when evaluating antique and contemporary baskets, plus step-by-step, illustrated instructions for making your own Nantucket basket. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • over 115 photos Price Guide • 120 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0891-2 • soft cover • $24.95 RHODE ISLAND: SCENES Lighthouses and Lightships of Rhode Island: Past and Present. Arthur P. Richmond. Historic, hand-tinted imagery of Rhode Island’s beautiful State Capitol, Roger Williams Park, and Narragansett Bay illuminate the heritage of Providence. Over 300 vintage, hand-tinted postcards transport readers to through the first half of the 1900s. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 254 color & 86 b/w images • 144 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4782-5 • hard cover • $34.99 Postcards of Providence. Mary L. Martin & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price. Through more than 300 images feature over thirty lighthouse stations from Watch Hill, near the Connecticut border in the south, to the inner harbor of Providence. They’re described using navigational charts and their characteristics, including date of establishment, tower structure, optics, and fog signals. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 319 postcard images • Price Guide /Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2475-6 • soft cover • $24.95 Connecticut by Bicycle: Fifty Great Scenic Routes. Frederick John Lamp. This is the first full-color guide to the state of Connecticut by road bike for the moderate-level rider. The book covers six diverse geographical regions of Connecticut in fifty rides. Each ride is represented by a four-page spread with color photographs of the sights, a narrative description, a map, and a concise cue sheet with directions and mileage. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 160+ color images • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3794-9 • hard cover • $39.99 CONNECTICUT: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Brass Valley: The Fall of an American Industry. Emery Roth II. In this ode to Connecticut's Naugatuck River Valley, vibrant photos and moving poetry relate the region's legendary industrial history. This elegy captures glowing metal flying at the Ansonia foundry in its final days and abandoned opera houses and train tracks, vestiges of a dying infrastructure and American way of life. Size: 12" x 9" • 236 color photos • 240 pp ISBN13: 978-0-7643-4930-0 • Binding: hard cover • $45.00 Connecticut’s Seaside Ghosts. Donald Carter. Tour Connecticut’s most fascinating seaside hauntings. Nearly 400 years of spirited tales are covered within, from the ghostly legacy of colonial witchcraft trials to cursed pirate gold, from spectral voices at haunted battlefields to ghost ships that sail stormy skies. There is treasure and much more to entice you along the haunted seaside of Connecticut, but be prepared to be chilled. Size: 6" x 9" • 65 b/w photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3000-1 • soft cover • $14.99 The Newport Naval Training Station: A Postcard History. Federico Santi. The development of the Newport Naval Training Station, still in use as Naval Station Newport and The Navy War College, waxed and waned with political forces and both world wars. Postcards and other artifacts document physical changes over time, activities of enlisted trainees, and images of stationed ships, creating a detailed history. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 215 images • 80 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4323-0 • hard cover • $19.99 Connecticut Lore: Strange, Off-Kilter, & Full of Surprises. Zachary Lamothe. From tales of its haunted history, curious encounters, and forgotten places, Connecticut is “full of surprises" and worth investigating whether you’re a local or an out-of-towner. Visit abandoned Norwich State Hospital and Daniel’s Village, hear stories of demonic possessions, and discover the mysteries of Plum Island and the lore of Pirate treasure and witchcraft. Size: 6" x 9" • 36 color images • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4315-5 • soft cover • $16.99 Newport Mansions: Postcards of the Gilded Age. Federico Santi and John Gacher. Vintage images show the fabulous mansions, the beautiful beaches, and the elegant shopping areas. See how the new “American royalty" spent their leisure time and their wealth. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 189 color & 14 b/w images • Price Guide • 112 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2497-7 •soft cover • $24.95 Connecticut Ghosts. Elaine M. Kuzmeskus. Explore 31 of Connecticut’s most haunted sites along with a clairvoyant with firsthand knowledge of the spirits. This spectral tour includes the former residences of Mark Twain and Harriet Beecher Stowe, Old New-Gate prison, and a cursed and abandoned town. Size: 6" x 9" • 32 b/w photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2361-X • soft cover • $9.95 NEW ENGLAND: CONNECTICUT • MID-ATLANTIC: NEW YORK CONNECTICUT: ARCHITECTURE Early Domestic Architecture of Connecticut. J. Frederick Kelly. Details house plans, framing, roofs, masonry, windows, entrances, paneling, mantels, cupboards, stairs, and more from houses built during the early 1600s through the 1800s. Line drawings of moulding details. This wonderful and exhaustively researched book is an invaluable tool for anyone researching, restoring, or duplicating homes built in the New England states from the early 1600s through the 1800s. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 193 b/w photos & 242 line drawings • 230 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2664-6 • soft cover • $29.95 Tobacco Sheds of the Connecticut River Valley. Darcy Purinton & Dale F. Cahill. Over 200 color photos provide a detailed look at tobacco sheds in the Connecticut River Valley. Get a unique look at tobacco sheds from a historical, personal, and agricultural perspective. Text explores the construction and unique features of tobacco sheds and how some have been transformed, given new life and new uses. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 225 color photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3204-3 • hard cover • $34.99 Tobacco Sheds: Vanishing Treasures in the Connecticut River Valley. Dale Cahill and Darcy Cahill. This important book systematically catalogues tobacco sheds from Putney, Vermont to Portland, Connecticut. The photographs capture the beauty of these unique farm buildings and serve as a valuable record for these endangered barns. The text offers the agricultural history of each town, helping to connect sheds to their own unique region of New England. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 280 color photos • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4326-1 • hard cover • $24.99 Gingerbread Gems of Willimantic, Connecticut. Michele Palmer, photography by Lori Garris. From tiny cottages to grand mansions, these examples of Carpender Gothic, Queen Anne, Stick Style, Italianate and Second Empire architecture have made Willimantic, Connecticut famous. Over 175 color images display the high Victorian houses. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 178 color photos Index • 112 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2603-1 • soft cover • $19.95 CONNECTICUT: ARTS & CRAFTS Connecticut Decoys. Henry C. Chitwood, with Thomas C. Marshall and Doug Knight. One of the most comprehensive studies ever written on Connecticut working decoys with over 400 photos. A table of carvers is followed by a detailed text covering the decoys produced by over 82 carvers, discussions on factory decoys, shore birds, and descriptive decoy features. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 406 photos, 2 maps Index • 192 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-104-X • hard cover • $45.00 Quilts and Quiltmakers Covering Connecticut. The Connecticut Quilt Search Project. Over 145 outstanding and diverse quilts from Connecticut, dating from the pre-Revolutionary War era to the mid-20th century. Includes stories of the quiltmakers, historical background, and an extensive bibliography. A must for students of quilt history, women’s studies, textile enthusiasts, and lovers of American history. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 278 color photos Index • 176 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1472-6 • soft cover • $29.95 MID-ATLANTIC NEW YORK • NEW JERSEY • PENNSYLVANIA • DELAWARE • MARYLAND • WASHINGTON, DC • WEST VIRGINIA • VIRGINIA MIDDLE ATLANTIC: ARTS & CRAFTS 67 Lost Loot III: New York, New Jersey, and Pennsylvania. Patricia Hughes. In this third book beckoning readers to search for historic lost loot, journey to New York, New Jersey, and Pennsylvania to learn about Native American villages, lost mines, pirate booty, ghosts, curses, monsters, dangers, and more. Take the journey to find the loot, but always walk into the adventure with both eyes wide open! Size: 6" x 9" • 140 b/w images • Index • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4134-2 • soft cover • $19.99 NEW YORK: SCENES 100 Plein Air Painters of the Mid-Atlantic. Gary Pendleton. Over 400 color photos of paintings by contemporary, living plein air landscape artists. It includes a history, in words and pictures, of painting in the Mid-Atlantic. A fine introduction to regional painters, it has a broad appeal to anyone who loves landscape painting, representing some of its most talented practioners. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 577 color photos • 240 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4619-4 • hard cover • $50.00 100 Artists of the Mid-Atlantic. E. Ashley Rooney, with Foreword by Charles Yoder. With oil, glass, multi-media, metal, and other materials, 100 contemporary artists explore the rich imagery created by the culture, society, history, and environment of the American Mid-Atlantic region. 480+ images display strong, exciting, and passionate works in this region with a long tradition of American artistry. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 585+ color images • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3734-5 • hard cover • $45.00 MIDDLE ATLANTIC: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Paranormal Petersburg, Virginia, and the Tri-Cities Area. Pamela K. Kinney. Travel to Petersburg and surrounding areas of Colonial Heights, Hopewell, Prince George, Dinwiddie, and nearby Ettrick-Matoaca, Enon, and Chester to discover what spirits, monsters, UFOs, and legends await the unwary. Hauntingly active as they share space with the living, the dead refuse to give up their undead residency. Size: 6" x 9" • 58 color images • Index • 192 pp ISBN13: 978-0-7643-4942-3 • Binding: soft cover $16.99 Supernatural Mid-Atlantic. Laurie Hull. Visit over 100 paranormal public places, people, and “things" in Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Maryland, Delaware, and Virginia. Haunted towns, curses and jinxes, sacred stones, devilish destinations, and more will scare and surprise you as you experience the Mid-Atlantic through encounters with the supernatural. Information and contact details as well as a listing for ghost tours in the region. Size: 6" x 9" • 82 b/w images • Index • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4119-9 • soft cover • $19.99 Decoys of the Mid-Atlantic Region. Henry A. Fleckenstein, Jr. Bird decoys of the American Mid-Atlantic region shown in clear photographs and historical facts that help date hand-made decoys of antique and modern origin. There is an explanation of how weights are used, how condition affects value, suggestions on repairing decoys, a complete list of makers, and recommended reading. After a full discussion of the decoys, Mr. Fleckenstein includes suggestions on repairing decoys, a complete list of makers, and recommended reading. Size: 7" x 10" • 750+ birds illustrated Index • 256 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0597-2 • soft cover • $24.95 Mid-Atlantic UFOs: High Traffic Area. Gerard J. Medvec. During a one-year period, as reported from only two of the many info-gathering organizations, there were 1,729 UFO sightings for the U.S. Mid-Atlantic region. Over 80 true encounters: alien abductions, a mass fleet sighting, advanced extraterrestrial technology, and more, coming from earnest eyewitness accounts. Includes full-length, never-before-published stories of UFO encounters in NY, PA, NJ, DE, MD, DC,VA, & WV. Size: 6" x 9" • 2 b/w images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4507-4 • soft cover • $16.99 Greetings from Buffalo, New York. Anita Yasuda. Photographs and postcards are combined to create this book of memories of Buffalo, New York a city that has it all: lakeside pathways to bike or stroll, stunning architecture, proximity to camping and hiking areas, and hospitality. They are part of what makes Buffalo and its surrounding area a city for all seasons. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 238 color images Index • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2888-6 • soft cover • $19.95 Greetings from Niagara Falls: Wish You Had Been Here. Jessie Turbayne. Tour the picturesque Niagara Falls and see images such as the “Maid of the Mist" steamer passing the American Falls. Over 100 early hand-colored cards and photographic views yields a unique glimpse of Niagara Falls during the first half of the twentieth century. . Size: 9" x 6" • 123 color / 3 b/w photos • 112 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2801-5 • soft cover • $19.95 Greetings from Ithaca. Mary Martin & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price. Vintage images from the 1900s to the 1940s showcase famous spots, including Cornell University, Ithaca College, the Clinton House, Taughannock Falls, and Buttermilk Falls State Park. Travel outside Ithaca for a trip to the majestic Taughannock Falls, hike in Buttermilk Falls State Park, or cheer the Cornell Crew Team to victory from the shores of Cayuga Lake.Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 255 postcard images • Price guide/Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2563-9 • soft cover • $24.95 Historic Hudson Valley: A Photographic Tour. Nancy de Flon and Anton de Flon. With passion and expertise, the history, infrastructure, architecture, and natural beauty of the Hudson Valley are exposed. From mansions to stone Huguenot houses and Dutch farm buildings, through mountains, meadows, forests, rivers, and streams, this combination of outstanding photos, historical facts, and practical guide will serve your every traveling need. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 211 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4416-9 • hard cover • $29.99 Saratoga Springs: A Brief History in Postcards. Mary Martin & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price. Journey back to the 1900s -1950s when this was America’s premier resort. Includes The Grand Union Hotel, Saratoga Spa, Congress Park, Saratoga Springs Race Course, and Saratoga Battlefield. Size: 9" x 6" • 165 postcard images Price Guide • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2594-9 • soft cover • $19.95 These Hamptons. Phillip Andrew Lehans. In 186 color photos, this book provides a portrait of the famed East End of Long Island. The coalescence of varied photographic media, techniques, and subject matter create a dynamic representation of the lifestyles and landscape of the Hamptons’ year-round culture. Size: 11 3/4" x 11 3/4" • 186 color photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4331-5 • hard cover • $50.00 68 MID-ATLANTIC: NEW YORK Suburban Classic. Patrick Jackson. The exclusive suburban communities in Connecticut, New York, and New Jersey that New York commuters call home are as special in their exquisite beauty and style as the metropolis itself. Here are thirty-four of the most exceptional and unique small towns around New York and the homes, many belonging to celebrities, and land that make them vastly popular tourist destinations. Three states and five million people are represented in this deeply reflective work. Size: 9" x 12" • 723 color photos • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4486-2 • hard cover • $60.00 Ghosts of Buffalo. Tim Shaw. The Spirits do not rest easily in Buffalo, NY. Lost cemeteries, Native American witchcraft, ghostly hitchhikers, canal brawlers, hidden passages, murder, as well as miraculous healings are all part of the legends and fascinating tales of the old Nickel City! Size: 6" x 9" • 61 color photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3894-6 • soft cover • $19.99 Fright to the Point: Ghosts of West Point. Major Thad Krasnesky. The United States Military Academy at West Point houses more than cadets; there are ghosts aplenty to stir your imagination and peak your curiosity about the country’s oldest continuously running military school. This collection of 13 spooky ghost stories is focused on apparitions that make their home at West Point right along with the living souls who march the halls of patriotism everyday. Written and researched by a Military Intelligence officer. Size: 6" x 9" • 20 b/w images • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3918-9 • soft cover • $19.99 New York: Wish You Were Here. Diana Krause Oliver. Take a journey through Manhattan neighborhoods with this colorful collection of New York images, and learn about the history that shaped the City of New York before the 21st century. This entertaining walk down memory lane has 190 pages chock full of color images; perfect for new New Yorkers and old New Yorkers alike. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 1,073 images • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4589-0 • hard cover • $34.99 Spirits and Death in Niagara. Marcy Italiano. Take a ride over the Niagara Falls to discover outlandish stories with frightening outcomes. Learn about sacrifices to an evil god, and Devil’s Hole. Meet the dish-throwing ghost at the Olde Angel Inn and Robert Parson, who hung over the edge of the Falls, only to die after his rescue. The Falls have a secret and scary way of calling, and those who answer the call are never disappointed. You won’t be either. Size: 6" x 9" • 57 b/w photos • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2965-4 • soft cover • $14.99 Hudson Valley Haunts: Historic Driving Tours. Linda Zimmermann. Covers 165 miles from Rockland County to Saratoga Springs and 42 historic haunted locations. Visit haunted houses that line the streets of the old Dutch settlements in New Paltz and Hurley, see a misty figure at Sickletown Road Cemetery, and consider the mystery of the remains of an Indian girl at the Van Wyck Homestead. Size: 6" x 9" • 78 b/w photos • Index • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3173-2 • soft cover • $16.99 The Collector’s Guide to the Minerals of New York State. Dr. Steven C. Chamberlain and Dr. George W. Robinson. The first New York mineralogy text in over 35 years presents detailed information about the most important mineral localities of interest to mineral collectors. It includes the significance, collecting history, geology, origin, and important minerals for collectors incorporating the latest research and nomenclature. Localities are organized by how they occur. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 153 color photos, 1 chart • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4334-6 • soft cover • $19.99 Spooky Hudson Valley. Marianna Boncek. Meet the ghost of Anna Dorthea Swarts who was savagely dragged to her death by an enraged master. Visit historic Hugenot Street, where every house is haunted—from a vicious “Axe Man" to a headless woman who wanders the streets. Read the elegy of Maria Deyo, who calmly murdered her three children and killed herself. Size: 6" x 9" • 65 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3384-2 • soft cover • $14.99 Windows on Central Park: The Landscape Revealed. Betsy Pinover Schiff. A unique perspective on the 843acre Central Park, viewed exclusively from windows and terraces on all four sides and during all four seasons. The book includes quotes by sixteen notable individuals about their experience looking down from their windows to the Park, including Giorgio Armani, Candice Bergen, Paul Goldberger, Evelyn Lauder, Donald Trump, and Elie Wiesel. Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 143 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3835-9 • hard cover • $45.00 Greetings from Brooklyn. Randall Gabrielan. Relive the early days of Brooklyn through 329 postcard and contemporary images. See where popular seashore recreation began at Coney Island, stroll through Prospect Park, cross the Brooklyn Bridge, and tour the smaller residential neighborhoods of Flatbush. A great resource for residents, historians and educators. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 362 b/w & color images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3852-6 • hard cover • $29.99 NEW YORK: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY UFOs Over Long Island, New York. Joseph Flammer. New York State is one of the most famous and influential places on the planet, so it should come as no surprise that it has a rich UFO history. From important government military intelligence and commercial airline reports to downtown sightings of flying saucers on Broadway, UFOs have been witnessed by some of the most credible people in history. Size: 6" x 9" • 10 b/w photos • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2974-6 • soft cover • $16.99 Empire State Ghosts: New York Legends and Lore. E. Ashley Rooney. Read a colorful and horrific history of Peter Stuyvesant, the French and Indian War, and 9/11. Meet pre-Revolutionary ghost Jane McRea, the headless soldier of Fort Niagara, the spirit of Grace Brown of Big Moose Lake, and those who haunt Boldt Castle, Kings Park State Hospital, and West Point. Meet a few monsters, too: Champ, Bigfoot, and, of course, the Headless Horseman. Pull up a chair and delight to fascinating tales of New York. Size: 6" x 9" • 22 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3418-4 • soft cover • $14.99 Gone Missing in New York. Marianna Boncek. Explore this painful epidemic through individual stories of the missing and their families; among them a 22-month-old baby and a noted judge. Sections include unidentified missing human remains found in New York State, investigation procedures, and the pros and cons of hiring a private detective or a psychic. Perhaps one of these touching accounts will offer hope that someone, somewhere, might have the missing piece to one of these devastating puzzles and help bring any one of these missing persons home. Size: 6" x 9" • 73 b/w & color images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3837-3 • soft cover • $19.99 Rochester Haunts: A Ghost Hunting Guide. Dwayne Claud. Read about a black mass at the Childtime Learning Center that knocked down the children’s cubbies and dark-hooded individuals that hold rituals at Mount Hope Cemetery. Visit a spirit at Farmer’s Tavern and Inn that chases away guests, and encounter moving shadow figures in the basement of the Main Street Armory. This guide will take you on a journey of the undead that you won’t soon forget. Size: 6" x 9" • 30 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3208-1 • soft cover • $14.99 Haunted Finger Lakes. Dwayne Claud. Tour the Finger Lakes region in New York State with over 50 haunted locations, including personal experiences and investigations. Listen to unexplained noises at the Bristol Town Hall, view photographs that change, taken at Woodlawn Cemetery in Canandaigua, and see a mirror that reflects ghosts at John Cuddleback’s Antique Store. Size: 6" x 9" • 37 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3358-3 • soft cover • $14.99 Ghosts of Southern Tier, NY. Dwayne Claud. Take a driving tour of over 50 haunted locations throughout New York State’s southern counties. A blend of history, legend, and hauntings are experienced with paranormal investigators as your guides. New tales of spectres and paranormal investigations. Come along as the author uncovers the truth about hauntings and introduces you to new tales of specters and phantoms from the country hillside. Are you ready for the journey? Size: 6" x 9" • 34 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3497-9 • soft cover • $14.99 Ghosts of NY’s Capital District: Albany, Schenectady, Troy & More. Renee Mallett. Covers Albany, Schenectady, Troy, Saratoga Springs, and the smaller communities in between. Take a ride on Lincoln’s ghost train that charges through Albany each April. Find out why the Men in Black menaced the residents of Scotia for four years. Size: 6" x 9" • 31 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3292-0 • soft cover • $14.99 Seeking Ghosts in the Warwick Valley: 60 Personal Accounts. Donna Reis. 60 chilling firsthand encounters and a guide for spirit chasers looking for haunted sites to visit. Size: 6" x 9" • 22 images • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1740-7 • soft cover • $14.95 Ghosts of New York City. Therese Lanigan-Schmidt. The busy metropolis of New York, so rich with history and life, is also home to some of the creepiest and spookiest ghosts around. Discover the restless spirits who inhabit historic landmarks, private mansions, hotels, bars, restaurants, shops, and even public parks. Size: 6" x 9" • 68 photos • 224 pp. • Index ISBN: 978-0-7643-1714-9 • soft cover • $12.99 Ghosts of Manhattan. Tara Leigh Parks. Manhattan beckons people from all over the world, including the dead. Read about the ghosts of struggling artists, musicians, and painters, including Mark Twain, Sarah Bernhardt, Janis Joplin, Jimi Hendrix, Tennessee Williams, and Edie Sedgwick–who still frequent the Chelsea Hotel. These stories and more await you. Size: 6" x 9" • 19 b/w photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3073-5 • soft cover • $12.99 UFOs Over New York: A True History of Extraterrestrial Encounters in the Empire State. Preston Dennett. New York State has a rich UFO history. From important government military intelligence and commercial airline reports to downtown sightings of flying saucers on Broadway, UFOs have been witnessed by some of the most credible people in history. So search the skies with us in this comprehensive history of UFOs Over New York; if you dare. Size: 6" x 9" • 10 b/w photos • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2974-6 • soft cover • $16.99 MID-ATLANTIC: NEW YORK Ghosts, Ghouls, & Monsters of Long Island. The Paranormal Adventurers Joseph Flammer and Diane Hill. The Paranormal Adventurers blaze a new path to Long Island’s most perplexing paranormal mysteries: ghosts, ghouls, and monsters. These stories are written in an in-depth investigative reporter’s style. Flammer and Hill supply useful informatio Size: 6" x 9" • 64 b/w images • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4126-7 • soft cover • $16.99 Long Island’s Most Haunted: A Ghost Hunter’s Guide. Joseph Flammer & Diane Hill, The Paranormal Adventurers. Pursue a headless ghost at Lakeview Cemetery in Patchogue Village that chases girls! Feel the penetrating eyes and see the deathly white face of a phantom lurking in the shadows of Houdini’s grave. Get ready for the ghosts of Sweet Hollow Road in Melville as they float around you in the pitch black night on this lonely country road! Size: 6" x 9" • 61 b/w photos, 12 illustrations • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3293-7 • soft cover • $14.99 Spooky Creepy Long Island. Scott Lefebvre. Take a tour of the myths, legends, and ghost stories of spirited Long Island, including the infamous Amityville where murder and mayhem shocked a small town; abandoned and haunted lunatic asylums, the historically chilling witchcraft trials, creepy lighthouses, and the many "Mary" hauntings. Shudder as you read over 35 haunting tales of Long Island’s supernatural history. Size: 6" x 9" • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2814-5 • soft cover • $12.95 Long Island’s Most Haunted Cemeteries. Joseph Flammer & Diane Hill, The Paranormal Adventurers. Venture into the paranormal and pursue the ghosts of Long Island’s most haunted cemeteries. Join the search for ghosts in historic graveyards to unlock the secret of what lies beyond the grave. Size: 11" x 8 1/2 “ • 134 color photos & illustrations • Index • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3589-1 • soft cover • $24.99 NEW YORK: ARCHITECTURE Lighthouses of New York. Rick Tuers. Superb photographs and graphics illustrate fascinating historical facts about heroic rescues, heartwarming stories about keepers and their families, engineering and construction details, lost beacons, and travel information. This is a complete guide to New York State’s 69 lighthouses. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 352 color images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2692-9 • soft cover • $29.95 Catskill Resorts: Lost Architecture of Paradise. Ross Padluck. Once the most famed resort destination of the world, the Catskills, New York’s bygone “Borscht Belt" district, helped shape American culture and history. Through 363 images, take a trip back in time to relive the stories behind their theaters and nightclubs, the lavish lobbies, and the vacuous dining rooms. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 217 color & 163 b/w images • Index • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4317-9 • hard cover • $34.99 Decorative Architectural Ironwork. Diana Stuart. Historic exterior designs of architectural ironwork on display in the five boroughs of NYC in 400 color photographs, with background information and the location of each piece included in captions. Includes iron fences, gates, newel posts, balustrades, and much more. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 400 color photos • 160 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2192-7 • hard cover • $39.95 Door Jams: Amazing Doors of New York City. Allan Markman. On the winding “Door Tour," hitting every stop from hip Williamsburg to the elegant Sutton place, the soul of New York City is revealed through this most unlikely medium. The remarkable row house doors, warehouse gates, extravagant entryways, and even construction sites documented here represent the people, culture, and attitude of New York City. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 341 color photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4491-6 • hard cover • $39.99 NEW YORK: ARTS & CRAFTS 100 New York Calligraphers. Cynthia Dantzic. Encompassing a wide range of calligraphy in many languages and hands, or styles, this book presents a visual treasury of works by 100 contemporary scribes, all of whom were either born in New York or studied or worked in the city. Size: 9" x 12" • 629 color images • 240 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4898-3 • hard cover • $50.00 Timeless: Photographs by Kamoinge. Edited by Anthony Barboza & Herb Robinson, Co-edited by Vincent Alabiso, Foreword by Quincy Troupe. The oldest collaborative group of photographers in the nation, Kamoinge offers over 280 stunning photos here, from portraits to landscapes, interspersed with insights from its 30 members. Kamoinge, founded in 1963 at the height of the American Civil Rights Movement, continues today to chronicle the prejudices and truths in society. Size: 9" x 12" • 288 b/w and color photos • 384 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4974-4 • hard cover • $60.00 Living in the Chelsea Hotel. Linda Troeller. Built in 1883, the Hotel Chelsea in NYC quickly became the most famous and notorious hotel in the world. From day one, it has been a center of artistic and bohemian activity. This book unpacks suitcases of memories with atmospheric photographs of residents and guests from the past 20 years. Size: 7" x 10" • 76 color images • 144 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4985-0 • hard cover • $34.99 Briefly Seen—New York Street Life. Harvey Stein. Harvey Stein documents the iconic areas of Midtown/ Downtown Manhattan in 172 beautiful black and white photographs taken over 41 years from 1974 through 2014. The energetic crowds that flock to these neighborhoods are depicted to reflect the vigor and power of New York street life. Size: 12" x 9" • 172 b/w photos • 184pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4979-9 • hard cover • $45.00 Harlem Street Portraits. Harvey Stein, with essays by Herb Boyd Miss Rosen. Harlem Street Portraits documents the humanity and spirit of the people of Harlem in 164 beautiful black and white photographs taken over 22 years from 1990 to 2012. The images are mostly close up portraits that reveal the friendliness and warmth of this city’s inhabitants, the vibrant and bustling vitality of the area, and the changing nature of the neighborhood. Size: 12" x 9" • 164 b/w photos• 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4487-9 • hard cover • $45.00 Coney Island: 40 Years. Harvey Stein. Over 200 black and white photos tell the tale of New York’s Coney Island amusement park over the last 40 years. Coney Island provides a sense of adventure, escape from daily worries, and much pleasure, whether riding the jarring Cyclone roller coaster, walking the boardwalk, viewing the Mermaid Parade, or just sunbathing on the beach. Size: 12" x 9" • 214 b/w photos • 240 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3796-3 • hard cover • $49.99 New York Burlesque: Photogrpahs by Roy Kemp. Roy Kemp. Roy Kemp's previously unpublished portfolio presents nearly forty dancers performing in an authentic burlesque setting in 1950s New York. This nostalgic collection includes more than 200 never-before-seen black and white photographs of well-known dancers, including Tempest Storm and Princess Domay, as well as dozens of other sultry performers, quite famous in their heyday. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 250 color & b/w photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4687-3 • hard cover • $34.99 Abandoned NYC. Will Ellis. Ellis captures the lost and lonely corners of the United States’ most populous city with 200 images of New York’s most incredible abandoned spaces. Uncover the city’s forgotten history through its crumbling institutions, defunct military posts, abandoned factories, railroads, schools, and waterways, and witness a seldom seen and rapidly disappearing New York City landscape. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 215 color photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4761-0 • hard cover • $34.99 Blood and Beauty: Manhattan’s Meatpacking District. Pamela Greene. The Meatpacking District, famous today for glitz and glamour, used to be known for blood, muscle, and sweat. Pamela Greene’s photographs are an elegy to a lost world of working class work, and an ode to artists of fashion, beauty, style-and play-who have tried to replace it. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 120 color photos • Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3884-7 • hard cover • $34.99 100 New York Photographers. Cynthia Dantzic. An extensive review of the great range of contemporary New York photographers and their widely diverse, surprisingly divergent, images. It presents an overview of the work of a great variety of individuals, their subject matter and even philosophies - their very definitions of photography, darkroom and digital. Their photographs have been seen in publications, galleries, and museums from 1937 to the present day. Size: 9" x 12" • 442 color and b/w photos • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3340-8 • hard cover • $59.99 100 New York Painters. Cynthia Maris Dantzic. Presents an overview of styles, mediums, subjects, even philosophies of art found in galleries, museums, and artists’ studios of present-day New York. Features well-known artists as well as those less celebrated but no less deserving of attention. Brief biographical sketches accompany each artist’s work. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 408 color & 17 b/w photos • 224 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2543-4 • hard cover • $39.95 Fresh Paint: NYC. Billy Schon. This unique book provides a ten-year tour of New York City graffiti captured on walls, trucks, and subway cars. Works range from traditional tags to modern “production" walls by graffiti crews X-Men, KD, 156, RIS, AOK, TC-5, FAME CITY, COD, XTC, TFP, MCI, IF, DYM, 718, TD4, SMART, TATS CRU, GFR, and AKB. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 405 color photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3495-5 • hard cover • $34.99 New York City Graffiti: The Destiny Children. This true story and retrospective of The Destiny Children (TDC) graffiti crew documents their works from 1985 to 2000. See more than 500 works including burners on handball courts, tractor trailer pieces, and subway top to bottoms. Rare action shots and personal accounts complete the journey. Size: 9" x 12" • 480+ color photos • 344 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3720-8 • hard cover • $50.00 • 69 70 MID-ATLANTIC: NEW YORK • NEW JERSEY Morris Park Crew: The Official History. John F. Lorne. The stories behind the Morris Park Crew (MPC) with never-before-published photos, oral histories from MPC members, and details on the 2009-2010 MPC revival. Starting in 1977, when founding members Slip, Wedge, and Speed started the crew, this account continues with details of how Cap 1 took over and led the crew down its unforgettable path in the 1980s. Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 402 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4157-1 • hard cover • $34.99 Don1: The King from Queens: The Life and Photos of a NYC Transit Graffiti Master. Louie Gasparro. The Italian-American rock and roller who wrote “DON 1 MAFIA" blasted onto New York City’s graffiti scene like a meteorite out of nowhere, but for years DON1 has lived in obscurity. Here are nearly 200 never before seen graffiti photos and an even rarer glimpse at work from DON1’s black book. Size: 12" x 9" • 222 b/w & color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4500-5 • hard cover • $29.99 NEW JERSEY: SCENES Pinelands: New Jersey’s Suburban Wilderness. Albert D. Horner. Home to many rare and endangered flora and fauna and a 17 trillion-gallon aquifer, the Pinelands National Reserve is New Jersey's largest natural resource and needs to be preserved for future generations. This monograph is the product of a nine-year journey though the Pinelands, undertaken to record its beauty and uniqueness. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 84 color photos •144 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4881-5 • hard cover • $35.00 Beneath the Garden State: Exploring Aquatic New Jersey. Herb Segars. Over 230 color photos present a view into the strange and beautiful marine animals found in the Atlantic waters off New Jersey, as well as shipwrecks and artificial reefs. You will be fascinated by a myriad display of marine animals captured in thirty years of photography. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 235 color photos 144 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4109-0 • hard cover • $29.99 From the Platform: Subway Graffiti, 1983-1989. Paul Cavalieri. In the early ‘80s, graffiti writer Paul Cavalieri, who writes “CAVS," was drawn to the colorful tags on trains and started learning train schedules so he could snap works by many writers of the time. This is a compilation of more than 300 photographs of subway graffiti from 1983 to 1989, when the MTA announced that its fleet was entirely graffiti-free. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 325+ color photos • 176 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-3723-9 hard cover • $34.99. Naturally New Jersey: A Visual Journey Through New Jersey’s Parks and Preserves. Larry Zink. From High Point State Park to Victorian Cape May, New Jersey has a varied and interesting landscape. Stunning shorelines and mountain forests are waiting to be explored and enjoyed. This book presents a photographic journey, in 80 stunning images, through the state’s parks, highlighting the natural wonders of the most densely populated state in the country. Size: 9" x 12" • 80 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3997-4 • hard cover • $34.99 New York Subways and Stations: 1970-1990. Tod Lange. See 1970s and 1980s New York through the attitude and reputation of its transportation system. Tod Lange, artist and subway archivist, presents more than 150 images of his favorite train lines, graffiti painted cars, stations, subway yards, and work equipment that defined one of New York’s bygone eras. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 150 color photos • 208 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3849-6 • hard cover • $39.99 The Great Swamp: New Jersey’s Natural Treasure. Steven Richman. Wonderful photographs explore 7,500-acres of natural preserve in north-central New Jersey, capturing the diversity of the landscape and natural inhabitants of this Garden State treasure. The Great Swamp plays host to nature lovers via hiking trails, boardwalks, and blinds. Also, there are horseback riding trails, limited road access, many education programs, and bird and wildlife sanctuaries Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 274 color photos • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2822-0 • soft cover • $19.95 New York Subway Graffiti. Tod Lange. An informative, nostalgic look at the graffiti years of the New York subway system. It includes the work from the 1970s, ‘80s and ‘90s artists BLADE, GHOST, SENT, REAS, VEN, WOLF, and STRIDER, as well as many lesser known “underdogs," with personal accounts of their art and adventures. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 237 color photos 160 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3339-2 • soft cover • $29.99 Plainfield, New Jersey’s History & Architecture. John Grady & Dot Pollard. Tour homes in Plainfield, New Jersey, many of which have sheltered several generations. Images of brick, wood, and stone buildings and their occupants relate the city’s heritage. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 318 color images Index • 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-76432915-9 • hard cover • $29.99 Tattooing New York City: Style and Continuity in a Changing Art Form. Michael McCabe. From the birthplace of the electric tattoo machine, artists have helped to define technical and artistic values intrinsic to the art form. Colorful interviews and images make this a fascinating glimpse into New York’s unique tattoo culture. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 358 photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1388-6 • soft cover • $29.95 New York City Horsepower: An Oral History of Fast Custom Machines. Michael McCabe. The stories behind NYC car and motorcycle builders, filled with passion, creativity, and highspeed thrills. Interviews with nearly 40 legendary custom builders and young builders offer unique access to their lives in garages and workshops. Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 796 b/w & color images • 304 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3961-5 • hard cover • $50.00 Princeton: History and Architecture. Marilyn Menago. Take a pictorial tour of Princeton and experience the charm and uniqueness of its history and diverse architecture. This book explores the landmark sites where history was made and greatness launched, and catalogs the city’s rich architectural heritage. Princeton represents the quintessential small-town America that has all the features for success: history, architecture, premier education, shopping, and ideal neighborhoods. Size: 8-1/2" x 11" • 303 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2626-4 • hard cover • $29.95 Middletown: Monmouth County, New Jersey. Randall Gabrielan. This area of New Jersey was settled in 1665, making it one of earliest neighborhoods on the East Coast of America. Maritime trade, railroads, and political divisions have left their marks on this place during many phases of development. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 366 color photos Index • 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2918-0 • soft cover • $24.99 Monmouth County: Past and Present. Randall Gabrielan. Tour beautiful Monmouth County, New Jersey, and see how it has evolved and developed from the early 20th century to today. With more than 400 images, comparative views show old landscapes and streetscapes from the Raritan Bayshore to the Atlantic Shore and Inner and Western Monmouth. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 420 images • Index • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4474-9 • soft cover • $24.99 Hoboken: History & Architecture at a Glance. Randall Gabrielan. Through 386 images, see how Hoboken evolved from a port and rail center to an industrial power with ethnic neighborhoods. Visit Stevens Institute of Technology, City Hall, historic religious institutions, and the St. Louis Condominiums.This keepsake is a must for history lovers, residents, and tourists.Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 296 color images & 113 b/w images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3652-2 • hard cover • $29.99 Changing Jersey City: A History in Photographs. Cynthia Harris & Leon Yost. Step back in time to learn how Jersey City has evolved since the seventeenth century. More than 350 color images provide a tour of Newark Avenue, the Junction, Greenville, Journal Square. Read about the people and places that made Jersey City famous. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 350 color images 144 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3363-7 soft cover • $29.99 Jersey City: A Monumental History. Randall Gabrielan. Here is an illustrated view of Jersey City, New Jersey, presented with the viewpoint that history is always happening. With the help of over 340 color and black photographs and other media, the history and development of eight geographic sections of the area are illuminated. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 346 b/w & color images 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2638-7 • soft cover • $24.95 Long Branch, New Jersey: Reinventing a Resort. Randall Gabrielan. With 344 color images, tour historic Long Branch and learn what made this city great and how it evolved over the years. Travel from Branchport to Elberon and the beachfront to Hollywood. Stroll through Seven Presidents Oceanfront Park and view Franklyn Cottage, St. James Chapel, and Monmouth University. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 344 color images Index • 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3366-8 • soft cover • $24.99 Picturing Long Beach Island, New Jersey. Glenn D. Koch. Over 490 color and black and white postcards and vintage photographs present the history and structures of the island, from 1890s -1980s. Stroll the Beach Haven boardwalk, watch the Pound Fishermen hauling in their nets, cross the wood-planked causeway, and walk the streets of Barnegat City. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color & 241 b/w photos Price Guide • 208 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2705-6 • hard cover • $39.95 Greetings from Ocean Grove, New Jersey. Chris Flynn. Displayed in over 275 precious views of hand-tinted and sepia-toned postcards from the late 1800s through more modern times, Ocean Grove’s history comes alive. Travel within its three natural water borders, the Atlantic Ocean, Wesley Lake, and Fletcher Lake to view the Asbury Park boardwalk, the first railroad station, and other spectacular images. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 279 postcard images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2627-1 • soft cover • $24.95 MID-ATLANTIC: NEW JERSEY Tuckerton, New Jersey, and Surrounding Areas. Marilyn & Daniel Melega. Over 280 photos of postcards and memorabilia illustrate the history of the seaport town Tuckerton, New Jersey, her splendid buildings present and long gone and the bone-jarring antics that took place at the Tuckerton and Manahawkin automobile racetracks. Local residents fill in the details of Tuckerton’s history. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 285 color photos • Price Guide • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3411-5 • soft cover • $24.99 Atlantic City: 1854-1954: An Illustrated History. Fred & Susan Miller. Look back at Atlantic City’s exciting 100 years and its development into a tourist destination. More than 250 color images show the city’s evolution into a popular vacation spot and former home of the Miss America Pageant. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 275 illustrations Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3187-9 • soft cover • $24.99 The Story of Storybook Land. Tina Skinner. Storybook Land, near Atlantic City, New Jersey, is a wonderful little treasure you’ll want to share. Storybook Land lives on as one of America’s few remaining family-owned amusement parks. Each page of this book promises to evoke shared memories of moments in the enchanted little woods. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color & b/w photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2957-9 • soft cover • $19.95 New Jersey’s Southern Shore: An Illustrated History from Brigantine to Cape May Point. Susan Miller. Tour New Jersey’s southern shore including Atlantic City, Cape May, Wildwood, Ocean City, Stone Harbor, Avalon, Sea Isle, Margate, Ventor, and Brigantine through 268 color postcards. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 268 color images Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3009-4 • hard cover • $29.99 Ocean City, N.J.: An Illustrated History. Susan Miller. Beautiful imagery from the past and present will take you past the arcades, thrill rides, souvenir shops, and the candy and popcorn stops that have become hallmarks of this summer resort. This is a must-have souvenir for all who are enamored of Ocean City and its many charms. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 265 color & b/w postcard illustrations • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2709-4 • soft cover • $19.95 The Ocean City Boardwalk: Twoand-a-Half Miles of Summer. Dean Davis. Beautiful imagery from the past and present will take you past the arcades, thrill rides, souvenir shops, and the candy and popcorn stops that have become hallmarks of this summer resort. This is a must-have souvenir for all who are enamored of Ocean City and its many charms. Size: 11" x 8-1/2" • 218 color photos • 112 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2455-1 • hard cover • $19.95 Wildwood’s Neon Nights & Motel Memories. Robert O. & Melinda M. Williams. Wildwood, New Jersey, is a Doo Wop seashore destination for adventure with thrilling rides, bright neon signs, fancy motels, and a good time. This book is a trek through the decades (1960s to the present) that stops a dozen times at memorable places. Meet colorful people who have added significantly to its style, evolution, preservation, and restoration. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 220 color photos • Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643- 3479-5 • soft cover • $24.99 Sea Isle City Remembered. Mike and Marie Stafford. Over 175 images show New Jersey’s Sea Isle City’s evolution from inlet to bedroom beach community. Relive days spent fishing off the Ocean Pier and taking rides at the Amusement Parlor. Trace the beginnings of the Airdome, Windsor Hotel, and the Kozy Korner Coffee Shoppe. See how Sea Isle City became a popular beach community. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 191 illus. • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3126-8 • soft cover • $19.99 Wildwood Moments: New Jersey’s Beloved Boardwalk. Dean Davis & Ian Mark Smith. Preserves favorite beach vacations at southern New Jersey’s historical resort town in over 150 detailed photographs. Recall attractions, including the Giant Wheel ferris wheel, the famous Wildwood Motel, sunrises, sandcastles, and sealife on beachscapes that keep tourists coming back year after year. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 150 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2967-8 • hard cover • $19.99 My Cape May. Mark Malacavage. Regarded as the nation’s oldest seaside resort, Cape May is a popular tourist destination today, but for countless visitors and year-round residents it is a place that “speaks to your soul." A collection of over 230 color images provide a visual journey through the town, the beaches, and the bayside. Size:91/8"x81/8"•230colorphotos•160pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4470-1 • hard cover • $29.99 Cape May Perspectives. Jack & Oleta Neith. Cape May, one of America’s most popular vacation destinations, comes alive through 132 color images featuring the award-winning beach and the Victorian era architecture. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 132 color images • Index • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3504-4 • soft cover • $9.99 Cape May Walking Tours. Michele Paiva. This guide provides five unique short tours that are easy to walk. Readers find entertaining information and eclectic stops through 126 color photos and detailed prose. Go from Cape May Point, where you can search for Cape May diamonds, down Lover’s Lane, to Congress Hall and the Henry Sawyer Inn. Everyone will enjoy these tours. Size: 6" x 9" • 126 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2946-3 • soft cover • $12.95 Cape May Puzzle: 500 Pieces. A great swath of beach, surf, and sky surrounds the beloved Cape May Lighthouse in New Jersey, recalling a favorite summer scene. The perfect rainy day project, this 500-piece puzzle is a great keepsake from a favorite vacation retreat. You’ll want to hang this when it’s done so you can recall summer all year long. Puzzle Size: 18" x 24" ISBN: 978-0-7643-2725-4 • box • $14.95 Greetings from Cape May. Tina Skinner. Historic postcards of the great Victorian hotels, the U.S. Naval Training Station, the Emlen Physick Estate, the sinking ship Atlantus, and more. Imagery and text trace this wonderful town’s story, from nostalgic, sepia-toned past through its renaissance as one of East Coast’s most popular, and distinctive historic resort towns. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • Price Guide • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2678-3 • soft cover • $19.95 Cape May Postcards. Victorian architecture, quaint streets, and beautiful beaches have made Cape May, New Jersey, a top tourist attraction for over a century. Forty full-color postcards capture the charm and essence of this picturesque town. Keep it as a souvenir book, detach and mail the postcards, or show them off in standard 5" x 7" frames. At forty cents per card, you won’t find a better deal. Size: 7 1/4" x 5" • 40 color postcards ISBN: 0-7643-2305-9 • soft cover • $14.95 Cape May Point: Three Walking Tours of Historic Cottages. Joe Jordan. Three walking tours encompass more than 70 of Cape May Point’s earliest buildings, each illustrated in full color with descriptions of their architectural features, and an illustrated glossary. Size: 6" x 9" • 132 color & b/w photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2108-0 • soft cover • $14.95 Cape May Point: The Illustrated History from 1875 to the Present. Joe Jordan. Learn about the grand hotels, disastrous fires, President Harrison’s scandal, religious revivals and camp meetings, the Country Club, and, of course, the devastating storms. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 202 b&w photos & illustrations • index • 144 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1830-6 • hard cover • $24.95 NEW JERSEY: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY New Jersey UFOs. Gerard J. Medvec. Discover “Close Encounters of the Fifth Kind," (human-initiated, conscious, and voluntary alien contact), hybrid relationships, near mid-air collisions with alien ships, and more from heartfelt eyewitness accounts. Read contemporary stories of UFO experiences, including implants, alien crafts, and romantic proposals from part-humans. Size: 6" x 9" • 17 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4622-4 • soft cover • $16.99 Cape May Haunts: Elaine's Haunted Mansion and Other Eerie Beach Tales. D. P. Roseberry with Psychic Laurie Hull. Nestled at the sourthern tip of New Jersey, beautiful Cape May is the perfect historical backdrop for some very ghostly haunts! Meet talkative ghosts at Elaine's Haunted Mansion and learn the heartwarming story of a child ghost who lingers with today's patrons. Visit a speakeasy ghost from another era at the Queen Victoria Bed and Breakfast. These and other ghostly Cape May beach tales will chill you to the bone! Size: 6" x 9" • 41 b/w photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2821-3 • soft cover • $14.95 New Jersey Haunts. Elias Zwillenberg. Explore legends, myths, ghost stories, and haunted locations that have kept New Jerseyans awake at night for generations. Walk the halls of Ringwood Manor, home to ancient energies for improving health and a ghost with unfinished business. Spend time at Lake Hopatcong where a ghostly Indian chief still protects his people and may answer your call, if you beckon. From the famous Jersey Devil to the nearly-lost-to-time Paulinskill Viaduct troll, get ready for a feast for your soul. Size: 6" x 9" • 40 b/w photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3532-7 • soft cover • $14.99 Haunted Bordentown, New Jersey. Arlene S. Bice. History has left its imprint on Bordentown and its past has returned to us in the form of ghosts. Is the ghost of Clara Barton supervising the cleaning of her school house? Who is the crying woman in the secret room at the Quaker Meeting House on Farnsworth Avenue? And will the ghost of a man beaten to death in the Old Stone Shanty ever find peace? Discover the paranormal truths of Bordentown. Size: 6" x 9" • 7 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2859-6 • soft cover • $14.95 Ghosts of Central New Jersey: Bizarre, Strange, and Deadly. Richard J. Kimmel. Tour Central New Jersey’s myths, legends, and happenings! Includes the haunted Circle Player’s Theater, Al Capone, and the “MOB" era. Cringe at bloody murders and killer Harry Asay’s spirit at the Burlington County Prison Museum. Visit the infamous Marlboro Psychiatric Hospital where shadow people and screams of the dead are commonplace. Central New Jersey is a cauldron of paranormal activity! Size: 6" x 9" • 80 b/w photos • Index • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3442-9 • soft cover • $14.99 71 72 MID-ATLANTIC: NEW JERSEY • PENNSYLVANIA Folklore of The New Jersey Shore: History, the Supernatural, and Beyond. Richard J. Kimmel and Karen E. Timper. Extending along the Eastern coast of the state, the Jersey Shore is filled with folklore and strange happenings. Discover how historical events here may have given birth to legend. Slip into your swimsuits, don your backpacks, climb into your automobile, or mount your bicycle and visit the Folklore of the New Jersey Shore! Size: 7" x 10" • 87 color images • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4127-4 • soft cover • $24.99 Lifeguards of the Jersey Shore. Michael Fowler, Bernard A. Olsen, Edward Olsen. The compelling story of how and why modern ocean lifeguarding emerged on the New Jersey shore is told through 298 rare, unpublished, primary source photographs and fascinating text. A state-wide perspective of beach patrols, from Sandy Hook to Cape May, emerges. Lifeguard gear, from then and now, reflects how technology has enhanced ocean rescue’s effectiveness. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 167 color and 131 b/w photos • Index • 128 pp.ISBN: 978-0-76433491-7 • soft cover • $24.99 The Roaring ‘20s at the Jersey Shore. Karen L. Schnitzspahn. Enjoy the high living and style that characterized life for the wealthy. Learn the history of tourism during the 1920s on the New Jersey shore, through 276 postcards, vintage photos, and fascinating accounts of real-life experiences of the day. Includes Sandy Hook, Cape May, Atlantic City, Bay Head, and the Bayshore area. Take an insightful journey back in time to the popular places that remain favorites today. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 276 color photos • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3218-0 • hard cover • $24.99 Stars of the Jersey Shore: A Theatrical History. Karen Schnitzspahn. This unique book spotlights dozens of the stars from the 1860s to the 1920s, including Maggie Mitchell, Lillie Langtry, Nate Salsbury, Lillian Nordica, and Robert B. Mantell, to name just a few. Count Basie and Arthur Pryor were among the musicians, celebrities, and vaudevillains in these seashore communities. Overviews of the Jersey shore theaters, Broadway tryouts, and technologies that changed entertainment are discussed at length. Size: 6" x 9" • 149 color photos • Index • 208 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2719-3 • soft cover • $19.95 NEW JERSEY: ARCHITECTURE Olmsted Parks in New Jersey. Jeanne Kolva. A historic overview of the parks in New Jersey that the Olmsted landscape architects created primarily for three county park commissions. Illustrated with more than 200 historic and contemporary photographs, vintage postcards, and Olmsted sketches and plans, this survey chronologically details the development of each park or reservation as it was transformed from former farmland, swamp, forest, or previous park. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 205 images • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3872-4 • hard cover • $39.99 Cape May Lighthouse. David Biggy. Cape May’s favorite beacon shines brightly in 90 picturesque scenes. Trace the history of how the lighthouse came to be and the danger that mariners faced as they tried to navigate around the shoals off of Cape May Point. See why the tower has been a popular landmark for more than 150 years. This will be a great souvenir of your visit to the shore, celebrating the distinctiveness, longevity, and charm of the Cape May Lighthouse. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 90 color images • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3800-7 • soft cover • $9.99 Barnegat Lighthouse Perspectives. David Biggy. Over 100 color images provide views of New Jersey’s Barnegat Lighthouse and surrounding scenery in every season. Lighted for the first time on January 1, 1859, Barnegat Lighthouse has endured fierce storms and the threat of erosive conditions at “Breakers Inlet" over its 150-year history. The text provides an engaging history of this important lighthouse. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 106 color photos • 80 pp.ISBN: 978-0-7643-3454-2 • soft cover • $9.99 Touring New Jersey’s Lighthouses. Mary Beth Temple and Patricia Wylupek. Plan your adventure, from the Sandy Hook lighthouse in the north (the nation’s oldest beacon) to popular tourist destination Cape May Point on the southern tip of the state. A general history of lighthouses, and a thoroughly researched overview of the each light. If you have already visited some or these lights, this book will serve as a great memento. If you’ have yet to discover these proud sentinels, this book will help you plan an adventure. Size: 6" x 9" • 67 images • 96 pp ISBN: 0-7643-2093-9 • soft cover • $9.95 Signs of Lancaster County: A Photographic Tour of Amish Country. Tana Reiff. Through 240 color images, the signs seen all over the countryside of Lancaster County, Pennsylvania, tell a story of the area’s long history, deep religion, and remarkably traditional rural culture. Photography buffs, historians, tourists, and locals will enjoy this unique tour of Amish Country. Size: 11’’ x 8 1/2’’ • 240 color images • 112 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4873-0 • soft cover • $19.99 Gingerbread Gems: Victorian Architecture of Cape May. Tina Skinner & Bruce Waters. Gorgeous examples of Carpenter Gothic, Gothic Revival, Italianate, Second Empire, Edwardian, American Bracketed Villa, and Stick Styles are found in Cape May, N.J. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 150 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1971-X • soft cover • $19.95 Pittsburgh: A Renaissance City. Michael P. Gadomski. Through 163 stunning photographs, celebrate Pittsburgh’s heritage, beauty, and diversity. Visit popular landmarks, such as Heinz Hall Plaza, Allegheny County Courthouse, and Carnegie Mellon University, the original Primanti Bros. restaurant, and much more, and discover for yourself why Pittsburgh is a city for the twenty-first century. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 164 color images • 112 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4923-2 • hard cover • $19.99 Cape May’s Gingerbread Gems. Tina Skinner & Bruce Waters. Sixty-five color images of summer cottages and guesthouses: a treasured souvenir of New Jersey’s southern cape, and an indispensable reference for Victorian Era architecture and exterior ornamentation. Examples of Carpenter Gothic, Gothic Revival, Italianate, Second Empire, Edwardian, American Bracketed Villa, and Stick Styles are presented, with work by architects Frank Furness, Samuel Sloan, and Stephen Decatur Button. This selection of summer cottages and guesthouses was drawn from one of the greatest collections of late 19th century buildings in the United States. Size: 5 7/8" x 5 7/8" • 65 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2126-9 • hard cover • $9.95 Doorways of Cape May. Tina Skinner & Melissa Cardona. Charming color photos welcome you to explore some of the town’s most picturesque and historic doorways. Size: 6" x 9" • 65 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2161-7 • hard cover • $9.95 Gingerbread Gems: of Ocean Grove, NJ. Tina Skinner. Explores Ocean Grove, N.J., listed by the National Register of Historic Places as the richest concentration of Victorian architecture in the nation. Over 200 pictures of seaside cottages and hotels festooned with scrollwork in high Victorian fashion. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 226 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2394-6 • soft cover • $24.95 NEW JERSEY: ARTS & CRAFTS New Jersey Decoys. Henry A. Fleckenstein, Jr. Covers more than 700 different New Jersey ducks, geese, and shorebird decoys. The book covers the New Jersey coast on the east from Point Pleasant to Cape May and includes the makers and decoys from the Delaware River as the western boundary. Size: 8 1/2’’ x 11’’ • 539 photos Index • 272 pp. ISBN: 0-916838-75-7 • hard cover • $37.50 PENNSYLVANIA: SCENES Philadelphia Perspectives. Antelo Devereux Jr. This brief travelogue gives readers a whirlwind tour of the rich sights of Philadelphia, including everything from the "most historic square mile" in the country to one of the world's largest urban parks and the contemporary realms of sports and, of course, cheesesteaks. Size: 9 1/8’’ x 8 1/8’’ • 120 color images • 80 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4844-0 • hard cover • $16.99 The Poconos: Pennsylvania’s Mountain Treasure. Michael P. Gadomski. Covering parts of six counties – Monroe, Pike, southern Wayne and Lackawanna, northeastern Carbon, and eastern Luzerne – this book celebrates the Pocono Mountains region while uncovering lesser-known, but exceedingly scenic, locations to explore. With nearly 400 images, it is a great keepsake for residents and tourists alike. Size: 9"x 12" • 398 color images • 208 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4924-9 • hard cover • $34.99 Small Town Pennsylvania. Dennis Wolfe. Travel to Pennsylvania's small towns and get acquainted with the lesser-known, but no less interesting, side of the Keystone State. Along the way, you'll find "Muffler Men," a lighthouse in the forest, jumping fish, roadside art, dazzling views, and Friday Night Football. This photographic journey is both delightful and educational. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 517 color images • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4176-2 • hard cover • $34.99 Life in the Keystone State. Dennis Wolfe. From whitewater thrills in Ohiopyle State Park, to the tranquility of a quiet Sunday afternoon in Towanda, from an encounter with Witchcraft Road to the All-American Spirit of a Fourth of July parade in Waynesboro, this book takes you to every corner of Pennsylvania. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 507 color images • Index • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4354-4 • hard cover • $34.99 Reserves of Strength: Pennsylvania’s Natural Landscape. Michael P. Gadomski. Pennsylvania contains some of the most unique and pristine natural and wild areas in the northeastern United States. Through magnificent nature photography, see the diversity of nature that awaits visitors at locations as diverse as the tidewater of the Lower Delaware River and the old-growth forests that support trees that were alive when Columbus first landed in the New World. Size: 9" x 12" • 300+ color photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4422-0 • hard cover • $34.99 Monuments and Memorials of Philadelphia. Allan M. Heller. Philadelphia is known as the City of Brotherly Love and nothing symbolizes this more clearly than the city’s historic and artistic landmarks. 130 monuments and memorials are showcased by 170 candid photographs displaying specific categorized descriptions and locations of Philadelphia, e.g. Fairmount Park, Chinatown, Independence Mall, Penn’s Landing, Center City, and more. Size: 9" x 6" • 170 color photos • Index • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4223-3 • soft cover • $19.99 MID-ATLANTIC: PENNSYLVANIA 73 Philadelphia Originals. Joseph Glantz. A unique and entertaining exploration of the city’s style and traditions through various professions: law, commerce, science, art, film, music, sports, cuisine, and humor. Explore the story of Philadelphia by exploring its ties between people, places, and things past and present. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 239 photos • 304 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3338-5 • soft cover • $34.99 Chester County Perspectives. Antelo Devereux. The 130 color photographs form a memorable journey through the countryside, artfully capturing bits and pieces of its history, and giving glimpses of its present-day character. Size: 8 1/4" x 9 1/4" • 129 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3312-5 • soft cover • $9.99 Bridges of Lancaster County Postcards. Bruce M. Waters. Twetny-five color postcards show the historic covered bridges of Lancaster County, Pennsylvania, in every season. The images and text are arranged in five groups, creating five separate regional tours. Providing GPS coordinates for each bridge makes every bridge easy to find using a GPS satellite navigation device. If you prefer, you may also use a local tour map of course. Size: 7 1/2" x 5" • 32 color postcards • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4672-9 • soft cover • $9.99 FDR Skatepark: A Visual History. A visual history of the world’s largest DIY skateboard park, this book contains photos from over 25 contributors, from amateurs with disposable cameras to professional photographers, documenting the park’s 15+ year history. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 138 b/w & color images • 168 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-76434110-6 • hard cover • $34.99 Greetings from Pottstown. Patricia Wanger Smith. With Gen. Washington’s occupation of Valley Forge Park, Pottstown and its surrounding townships have been on the historical front lines for many decades. Now, that history is remembered through 368 color postcard images. Ringing Rocks Park, Pottsgrove Manor, the Schuylkill River are some of the landmarks prominently featured. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 368 color images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2986-9 • hard cover • $29.99 Lancaster County: Out and About. Patti Thompson. This Lancaster County photography book captures the people and places in day-to-day scenes. See the Amish as you never have before and visit the popular landmarks the Central Market the Strasburg Railroad, and the many covered bridges. More than 200 images capture the steadfast beauty of the area in all seasons. Size: • 11 3/4" x 9" • 233 color images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3923-3 • hard cover • $29.99 Philadelphia Area Cemeteries. Allan M. Heller. Tour the cemeteries of Pennsylvania’s three original counties (Philadelphia, Delaware, and Chester). This fascinating guide includes twenty maps providing locations for twenty burial grounds. Ghostly tales. Size: 6" x 9" • 149 b/w photos; 20 color maps • 192 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2222-2 • soft cover • $12.95 Allentown Remembered. Myra Yellin Outwater & Robert Bungerz. A nostalgic look back at the city’s “Golden Age," from the late 1890s through the 1950s. Over 360 images of vintage postcards and memorabilia bring this exciting time in Allentown’s history to life. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 398 color & 75 b/w images • Price Guide • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2750-6 • soft cover $24.95 Faces of Lancaster County. Bruce M. Waters. Foreword by Rodney & Jeralyn Fenstermacher. Art photography provides 145 rarely seen candid views of Amish life in Lancaster County, Pennsylvania. See the Amish at work and play, socializing in their traditional society. The powerful images speak for themselves, giving you a professional photographer’s view of their compelling world. Enjoy–and share–this unusual look into the unique world of Amish life. Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 145 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3707-9 • hard cover • $29.99 West Chester: Six Walking Tours. Bruce E. Mowday. Uncovers the history of significant sites, and accompanying photographs make the town come to life. Six tours reveal over 75 sites. Maps for each tour help readers navigate this southeastern Pennsylvania town. The perfect memento for lovers of history, architecture, and small-town living. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 152 color photos, 6 maps • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2500-0 • soft cover • $19.95 Bucks County, Pennsylvania. Kathryn Finegan Clark. Journey to Bucks County, Pennsylvania, for a personal, intimate picture of a community that’s known throughout the world for its natural beauty and nurturing of the arts. Explore remnants of the county’s 330-year history through 191 images and story-essays, showing how the present has roots in the past – how the old becomes new. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 191 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4025-3 • hard cover • $29.99 West Chester History: A Review in Early Postcards. William Schultz & Robert Sheller. Nearly 275 postcard views offer the opportunity to see how things have changed. This is a unique look into the past that will excite residents and visitors alike. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 272 color photos Price Guide • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2707-0 • soft cover • $24.95 Pennsylvania German Farms, Gardens, and Seeds. Irwin Richman. Over 320 photos depict the long-established Pennsylvania German farms of Lancaster County, Pennsylvania’s, Landis Valley region, including historic farmsteads, barns, and flower and vegetable gardens. Information on obtaining heirloom plants. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 240 color & 72 b/w photos Index • 160 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2546-9 • soft cover • $29.95 Lancaster County, Pennsylvania, Postcards: Featuring the Collection of the Landis Valley Museum. Irwin Richman. The history of Lancaster County, Pennsylvania, visually presented through the words and old photographs, advertising pieces, and postcards. Learn its history and traditions in rural settings and progressive towns where the future is part of the past. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 356 color photos • Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2970-8 • hard cover • $29.99 The Brandywine. Henry Seidel Canby. Illustrated by Andrew Wyeth. Narrative describes the cultural history of this small waterway in eastern Pennsylvania and Delaware where the Swedes built log cabins, William Penn’s Quakers settled, the du Ponts came to Wilmington, and more. Size: 5" x 8" • 22 line drawings • Index • 285 pp. ISBN: 0-916838-06-4 • soft cover • $12.95 Lancaster County Reflections. Scott D. Butcher. The historic County of Lancaster, Pennsylvania is home to a large historic district and is as a popular destination for the arts. More than 100 color photographs include views of covered bridges, Amish buggies, historic churches, contemporary landscapes, and more. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 114 color photos 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3584-6 • hard cover • $24.99 The same great book, presented two ways. Explore the tourist-magnet town of Intercourse, Pennsylvania, in full color. Images of Intercourse. Size: 9" x 6" • 69 color photos • 48 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2014-9 • soft cover • $9.95 Chester County Out & About. Antelo Devereux, Jr. Take a photographic journey around picturesque Chester County, Pennsylvania – a place famous for its history and beauty. Over 220 colorful images offer glimpses of the county’s life and spirit today, as well as reminders of its colorful past. Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 225+ color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3625-6 • hard cover • $45.00 • Schiffer LTD Bridges of Lancaster County. Bruce M. Waters. 226 color photos show the historic covered bridges of Lancaster County, Pennsylvania, in every season. The images and text are arranged in five groups, creating fi ve separate regional tours. Providing GPS coordinates for each bridge makes every bridge easy to find using a GPS satellite navigation device. If you prefer, you may also use a local tour map of course. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 219 color photos • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3427-6 • hard cover • $24.99 York: America’s Historic Crossroads. Scott D. Butcher. York has been has been at the crossroads of American history for over 265 years. The façades of York tell stories about early settlement, the fight for independence, economic prosperity, decline, and rebirth. Here, enjoy beautiful photographs and stories that showcase the charm and wonder of a small-town growing into a metropolis of historic relevance. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 315 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3012-4 • hard cover • $29.99 Faces of Lancaster County Postcards. Bruce M. Waters. Thirty-two art photography postcards of rarely seen candid views of Amish life in Lancaster County, Pennsylvania. The powerful photography speaks for itself and gives you a professional photographer’s view of their compelling world. See the Amish at work and play, socializing in their traditional society. The powerful images speak for themselves, giving you a professional photographer’s view of their compelling world. Size: 7 1/2" x 5" • 32 color postcards • 32 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4671-2 • soft cover • $9.99 Images of Intercourse, PA. Size: 9" x 6" • 69 color photos • 48 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1998-1 • soft cover • $9.95 74 MID-ATLANTIC: PENNSYLVANIA Portrait of Historic Carlisle, Pennsylvania, & The Cumberland Valley. Stacy L. Breon. More than 200 color photos trace the town’s founding and the events that shaped it while offering a peek at life in surrounding communities. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color images • Index 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4314-8 • hard cover • $24.99 UFOs Above PA. Gerard J. Medvec and Mark Sarro. Alien abductions, wild, silent spacecrafts, and magical extraterrestrial technology all come together through eyewitness accounts! Read new, never-before-told sagas of sightings told in a short-story format to enflame the imagination and satisfy the intellect. Feel the wonder, terror, and revelation of folks seeing objects and beings from other planets. Size: 6" x 9" • 28 b/w images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4292-9 • soft cover • $16.99 Brandywine Valley Ghosts: Haunts of Southeastern Pennsylvania. Laurie Hull. Tour the Pennsylvania Brandywine Valley’s most fascinating haunts, including private homes, offices, restaurants, and a battlefield. Spend time with a Revolutionary War sentry in Concord Township, on duty for over 200 years. Visit Edgmont where a lonely child spirit reaches out for the comforting hand of an adult. Learn what caused a building inspector to flee from a site in Thornton without stopping to collect his tools. Size: 6" x 9" • 28 b/w photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3041-4 • soft cover • $12.99 Pirates of the Delaware. Rupert Sargent Holland. Pirates, conspiracy, highway robbers, and other sinister forces confront a young law clerk in Philadelphia smitten by a beautiful French noblewoman. Travel back to 1793 for action packed adventure that takes young readers back, following our noble hero’s misadventures as he falls in among a decidedly wrong crowd. Size: 6" x 9" • 4 b/w illus. • 320 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2487-X • soft cover • $14.95 Ghosts of Valley Forge and Phoenixville. D. P. Roseberry. Explore sixty ghostly accounts of creepy places, non-living people, and paranormal activity near historic Valley Forge and Phoenixville. Meet General “Mad Anthony" Wayne, the ghosts of the Phoenixville Public Library, and the celebration of the 1950s horror film, The Blob, at the Blobfest of Phoenixville. Size: 6" x 9" • 24 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2633-2 • soft cover • $14.95 Philadelphia Haunts: Eastern State Penitentiary, Fort Mifflin, & Other Ghostly Sites. Katharine Sarro. Read stories brought to life during contemporary visits, including encounters at Eastern State Penitentiary where whispers from the famed Cell Block 12 were caught on tape. At Fort Mifflin, visions of bloody men of the Revolutionary time are seen and their agonizing cries are heard. Watch where you walk in Philadelphia; there may be a spirit or two strolling next to you! Size: 6" x 9" • 34 b/w photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2987-6 • soft cover • $14.99 Haunted Lehigh Valley. Kenneth Biddle. Meet a mysterious pipe-smoking man at Wydnor Hall Inn, then help keep the Union and West End Cemetery beautiful with the “Lady in the Blue Dress." Sit down for a good meal at the White Palm Tavern, and perhaps the ghost of Emma will bring you a drink. The ghosts await you! Size: 6" x 9" • 73 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3389-7 • soft cover • $14.99 Faces of the Susquehanna: A Photographic Study of Natural Reflections. Stephen W. Pidcock. The Susquehanna River takes on a life of its own in this photographic study of rock and water reflections. With a “verti-zontal art" approach to the images, more than 240 color photographs show the beautiful scenery, details of rocks, plants, and shapes, and colors of the seasons. Size: • 11" x 8 1/2" • 212 color images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3931-8 • hard cover • $29.99 Philadelphia’s Haunted Historic Walking Tour. Cynthia Bracelin. Visit 19 of Philadelphia’s most haunted locations. With concise background information for each location and stories of both historic and contemporary ghosts, you will view the City of Brotherly Love like never before. Pull-out map included. Size: 6" x 9" • 38 b/w photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4437-4 • soft cover • $16.99 Amish Folk Tales & Other Stories of the Pennsylvania Dutch. C. Eugene Moore. Get to know Lancaster County’s Amish through amusing and entertaining folk tales and legends. Seven stories highlight their traditions and customs and those of other Pennsylvania Dutch. A great souvenir for tourists, local residents, and historians. Size: 6" x 9" • 30 color images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3809-0 • soft cover • $16.99 Greetings from Pittsburgh. Robert Reed. More than 300 vintage postcards from the 1900s to the 1960s provide a nostalgic tour of skyscrapers, churches, Union Station, busy Fifth Avenue, and much more. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 313 color photos Price Guide • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2599-X • soft cover • $24.95 Philly’s Main Line Haunts. Laurie Hull. Find out what lurks in the lagoon at Westminster Cemetery. Meet the ghosts of Harriton House and specters that haunt the General Wayne Inn. Walk the haunted halls of higher learning at Bryn Mawr College. And don’t be surprised if you find a ghost as you travel from one place to another along the Main Line suburban area. Size: 6" x 9" • 56 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3181-7 • soft cover • $14.99 Turkey Hill — A Family Vision. Turkey Hill Dairy. Reveals the story behind a small Lancaster County, Pennsylvania dairy’s growth from family farm to major manufacturer of ice cream and refrigerated teas. Enjoy nostalgic photographs from the past and colorful images of the present. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 52 color & 64 b/w images • 64 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2532-9 • soft cover • $16.95 Supernatural Pennsylvania. Laurie Hull, Psychic Medium. What’s so spooky and creepy about Pennsylvania? Everything! From prehistoric rock formations to modern superhighways, the landscape of the Keystone State is an eerie one. Ghosts of murderers, maids, Major Generals and even a monster or two are among the beings you may encounter in these 39 stories. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 100 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3606-5 • soft cover • $24.99 Ghosts of West Chester, Pennsylvania. Mark Sarro. Take a ghostly tour of West Chester, Pennsylvania, to learn the myths, legends, and stories of ghosts that haunt this historic town! Read local ghost stories and join a paranormal research team on investigations of poltergeist, residual, and intelligent activity. Delve into the dark side of West Chester, but be prepared to be scared long into the night. Size: 6" x 9" • 41 b/w photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2996-8 • soft cover • $14.99 Ghostly Connections: Pennsylvania’s Lower Susquehanna Valley. Steve McNaughton. Pennsylvania’s Lower Susquehanna Valley is no stranger to the existence of ghosts, angels, and elementals. Learn what elementals are and what they are responsible for in nature. See evidence of ghosts, angels, and elementals. Size: 6" x 9" • 63 b/w photos • Index • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3717-8 • soft cover • $16.99 Strange Pennsylvania Monsters. Michael Newton. The most complete and accurate survey of unknown creatures in the Keystone State, based on decades of cryptozoology research. No other volume compares with this work for thorough, documented treatment of a fascinating subject.From giant snakes and soaring “thunderbirds" to Bigfoot, alien big cats, and cougars that defy official claims of their extinction, to sea-serpents playing hide-and-seek with ships along the coast, this book has something for every fan of cryptozoology and paranormal creatures.Size: 6" x 9" • 47 b/w photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3985-1 • soft cover • $19.99 Chester County Historical Society. Peter B. Schiffer. A guide to the Chester County, Pennsylvania, Historical Society’s library, museum, and houses. This historic region west of Philadelphia was settled by Quakers and is a cradle of American folk art, decorative arts, farming, and industry. Size: 6" x 9" • 93 b/w photos • 69 pp. ISBN: 0-686-70341-3 • soft cover • $3.50 Spooky York, Pennsylvania. Scott D. Butcher and Dinah Roseberry. Take a ghostly tour of York, Pennsylvania, to learn about myths, legends, and ghosts that haunt this historic town! Included are ghosts at the Goodridge House, Crispus Attucks Learning Center, York Little Theater, the Strand Capitol, and more. Over 50 locations and stories! Size: 6" x 9" • 54 b/w photos • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3021-6 • soft cover • $14.99 Harrisburg: An Illustrated History in Postcards. Hon. Joseph H. Kleinfelter. The Pennsylvania capital city has dynamic architecture and a remarkable skyline, beautiful parks, and important transportation routes along the mighty Susquehanna River near the middle of the state. The scenes are portrayed on over 400 postcards of the 20th century. Includes a concise explanation of postcard history. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 406 color photos Index • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3166-4 • soft cover • $29.99 Gettysburg Perspectives. Scott D. Butcher. Over 140 eye-catching color photos and an engaging text reveal the beauty and history of Gettysburg, Pennsylvania, including sites such as Lincoln Square, the Lutheran Theological Seminary, Gettysburg College, historic houses and shops, the Gettysburg Hotel, the Soldier’s National Cemetery, and, of course, Gettysburg National Military Park. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 141 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3296-8 • soft cover • $9.99 PENNSYLVANIA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY MID-ATLANTIC: PENNSYLVANIA • DELMARVA• DELAWARE Ghosts of Hershey and Vicinity. Christopher E. Wolf. Explore the strange and shadowy side of Chocolatetown U.S.A. Meet the spirits of Milton S. Hershey and his wife Kitty who still check-in at The Hotel Hershey. Find out if Milton Hershey still strolls through Hersheypark at night and learn about the murderous secret of the “Blue Eyed Six" at Moonshine Church. Size: 6" x 9" • 48 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3285-2 • soft cover • $14.99 Historic Architecture of Pennsylvania. Scott D. Butcher. Pennsylvania buildings, from Adams, Cumberland, Dauphin, Lancaster, Lebanon, and York Counties, showcase excellent examples of Colonial, Early Republic, Victorian, and twentieth-century architectural movements. Includes three dozen styles as well as a variety of building types, including farmers’ markets and train stations, all brought to life by more than 180 full-color photos. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 186 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4275-2 • hard cover • $34.99 The Pennsylvania-German Decorated Chest. 2nd Edition. Monroe Fabian. A classic, with more than 250 illustrations, this book is a visual feast of decorated chests. It is the preeminent encyclopedia of Pennsylvania German blanket chests. New color photography has been added for some of the original chests, and recent scholarship has produced some new information, attributions and other information. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 250 color & b/w photos 248 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2025-4 • hard cover $49.95 Haunted Gettysburg. Carol Starr and Mark Sarro. Gettysburg, Pennsylvania, is one of the most haunted places in the world. At the Jennie Wade house, meet an angry spirit in the basement who tries to keep people away. Learn about a negative spirit at The Soldiers Museum that had paranormal investigators chasing it through darkened hallways. Read these and many more new and haunting stories. Size: 9" x 6" • 60 color photos • 160 pp.ISBN: 978-0-7643-3310-1 • soft cover • $19.99 Historic Architecture Philadelphia: East Falls, Manayunk, and Roxborough. Joseph Minardi. The beautiful architecture and history of this dynamic region of Philadelphia, including East Falls, Manayunk, once known as the “Manchester of America," and Roxborough. The complete story is told here with full color and archival images. Size: 12" x 9" • 497 color and archival photos • 192 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4512-8 • hard cover • $50.00 Quilting Traditions: Pieces from the Past. Patricia T. Herr. Quilts made by Amish, Mennonite, and other Pennsylvania German groups, with contributions from the Scots-Irish Presbyterians and the English Quakers, in 225 gorgeous color photographs, enhanced by close-up details, tools, accessories, and the people surrounding their creation. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 225 photos Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1121-2 • soft cover • $29.95 Pennsylvania’s Adams County Ghosts: Gettysburg, New Oxford, Cashtown, and East Berlin. Steve McNaughton. Scores of ghosts roam battlefields, streets, homes, and businesses in Adams County, Pennsylvania. Meet Alice, the spirit of a little girl who appears at the Chestnut Hall Bed and Breakfast. Encounter a photogenic ghost in the basement of the Cashtown Inn. Hear about Jeremy’s tragic death and how his mourning father still walks the halls at the Farnsworth House. Size: 6" x 9" • 37 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3123-7 • soft cover • $14.99 Historic Architecture in Northwest Philadelphia: 1690 to 1930s. Joseph Minardi. A colorful and comprehensive look at the rich architectural history of Northwest Philadelphia and the Wissahickon Valley. From the colonial period to the 1930s, this architectural tour explores 450 structures, many still standing and well preserved, in the area from Wayne Junction in Germantown to Northwest Avenue in Chestnut Hill. Size: 12" x 9" • 744 photos • 272 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4198-4 • hard cover • $50.00 Amish Quilts of Lancaster County. Patricia T. Herr. Enjoy the bold design and glowing colors of Amish quilts, specifically the 82 Lancaster County, Pennsylvania, Amish quilts formerly known as the Esprit collection. This volume gives new insight into their beauty, using over 350 detailed color photographs and discussions of Amish culture, quilting patterns, materials, and construction. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 351 color photos Index • 176 pp. •ISBN: 0-7643-2017-3 • soft cover • $29.95 Franklin County Ghosts. Athena Varounis. See the ghost of a small child walking through the third-floor lobby of a dormitory complex at Wilson College and other haunting stories. Written by the FBI Agent who modeled the lead investigative role for the Silence of the Lambs, each location is presented from a historic and otherworldly perspective. Size: 6" x 9" • 67 b/w photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3257-9 • soft cover • $14.99 Historic Architecture in West Philadelphia, 1789-1930s. Joseph Minardi. A comprehensive look at the rich, classical architectural history of neighborhoods in and around University City and biographies of the architects who made it possible. In more than 500 images, see this area transition from humble beginnings to a streetcar suburb and haven for esteemed educational institutions. Size: 12" x 9" • 515+ color photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3771-0 • hard cover • $50.00 Quilts: The Fabric of Friendship. The York County Quilt Documentation Project & The York County Heritage Trust. 200 exquisite quilts-plus many family stories and local history behind them-provide a fascinating look at quilting traditions in York County, PA, from 1790 to 1950. Included are appliqué, pieced, and signature quilts, fads and novelties, and crib and doll quilts. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 235 color & 53 b/w photos • 160 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-1195-6 • soft cover • $29.99 Pittsburgh Ghosts: Steel City's Supernatural. Heather Frazier. Meet disappearing students and witness bursting light fixtures at Washington & Jefferson College. Phone calls from the dead prove that the Steel City is filled with ghostly phenomena. Hear an eerie dead child’s voice and ghastly growling noises at the St. Patrick’s Cemetery in Oakdale. See shadow figures at the psychiatric hospital in Bridgeville and read about Pittsburgh’s spookier side. Size: 6" x 9" • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2891-6 • soft cover • $12.95 Supernatural Pittsburgh and Its Suburbs. James F. Titus, Jr.. Pittsburgh’s legends are as varied as its many neighborhoods. They include adventures in abandoned houses, babies in peril, nightly bedside visitors, dogs giving warning, and communications from beyond the grave. Each eye-opening encounter will leave you staggering as you walk through the realm of the great unknown. Size: 6" x 9" • 31 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3439-9 • soft cover • $14.99 PENNSYLVANIA: ARCHITECTURE Early Domestic Architecture of Pennsylvania. Eleanor Raymond, A.I.A. Introduction by R. Brognard Okie. Beautiful examples of meeting houses, homes, barns, mills, spring houses, and other outbuildings in Pennsylvania. Heavy beams, stonework, and detailed paneling are shown. 25 pages of measured drawings detail cabinetry work and molding profiles. As a bonus for those hoping to restore such treasures, Raymond included 25 pages of measured drawings detailing cabinetry work and molding profiles. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 307 b/w photos & 25 illus. • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2590-6 • soft cover • $29.95 PENNSYLVANIA: ARTS & CRAFTS Arts and Crafts of Chester County, Pennsylvania. Margaret Berwind Schiffer. Included are old tombstone epitaphs, paintings, murals, needlework, furniture, fraktur, lamp shades, feather wreaths, and ceramics preserved in documents from this county settled early in Pennsylvania’s history. Size: 7" x 10" • 289 b/w photos • 285 pp. ISBN: 0-916838-35-8 • hard cover • $29.95 Amish Arts of Lancaster County. Patricia T. Herr. Introduction by Dr. Donald B. Kraybill. The Amish decorative arts shown in 328 color photographs and informative text. Featuring furniture, quilts, rugs, samplers, boxes, china, and toys made by the Amish for themselves. Dr. Kraybill introduces the history and interpretation of Lancaster County Pennsylvania Amish culture today. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 330 color photos Index • 160 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-0541-7 • soft cover • $29.95 Pennsylvania German Arts: More Than Hearts, Parrots, & Tulips. Irwin Richman. An intertwining of the arts and artifacts of both the traditional and the evolving worlds. Folk art and quilts are here, but so is the work of Precisionist painter Charles Demuth and Abstract Expressionist painter Franz Kline. Objects range from needlework, pottery, furniture, and glass to paper, paintings, and metals! The extensive historical text is illustrated with over 350 color photos. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 354 color photos Index • 144 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1245-6 • soft cover • $29.95 100 Artists of the Brandywine Valley. Catherine Quillman. Explore works and the lives of 100 contemporary artist from Pennsylvania's Brandywine Valley, including magic realists, impressionists, modernists, and more. With more than 400 images, the book features nationally known artists, graduates of the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts (the nation’s oldest art school), and self-taught artists who have built successful careers with compelling, story-filled paintings. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 450 color images • 256 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3674-4 • hard cover • $45.00 DELMARVA PENINSULA Exploring Delmarva: A Travel Guide from Cape Charles to Chesapeake City. Curtis J. Badger. Discover the Delmarva Peninsula through this new travel guide. Learn about the special kinship residents share as you tour historic Lewes in Delaware, St. Michaels in Maryland, Kiptopeke State Park in Virginia, and much more. An in depth “Best Places" list covers just about every activity. Size: 6" x 9" • 19 • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-633-1 • soft cover • $16.99 DELAWARE: SCENES Delaware Reflections. Scott D. Butcher. The essence of the Delaware coast is capture in over 240 of the author’s stunning photographs of Lewes, Rehoboth Beach, Dewey Beach, Bethany Beach, and Fenwick Island, as well as state parks at Cape Henlopen, Delaware Seashore, and Fenwick Island. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 242 color photos 128 pp.• ISBN: 978-0-7643-3200-5 hard cover • $29.99 75 76 MID-ATLANTIC: DELAWARE • MARYLAND Rehoboth Reflections. James Tigner, Jr.. Over 250 color photos display the pleasures, sites, and seashore vistas Rehoboth Beach, Delaware, offers. Captured in photos and text are Rehoboth’s boardwalk, hotels, shops, amusement places, and restaurants from which panoramic vistas of the oceanfront beckon. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 274 color photos 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3156-5 • hard cover • $19.99 DELAWARE: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY The Illustrated Delaware River: The History of a Great American River. Hal Taylor. The Delaware River defines not only the common borders of the states of Delaware, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and New York, but it's also shaped the entire United States. More than 140 original drawings and paintings, along with fascinating text, bring to life this great American waterway's heritage and history. Size: 6" x 9" • 140 color & b/w images • 288 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4932-4 • hard cover $24.99 Ghosts of Delaware. Mark Sarro and Gerard J. Medvec. This collection spotlights haunted tales from around the First State. Stories range from the strange and ghoulish, to the slap-stick comical. Urban legends are explored to determine if the hype is trustworthy - some remain unexplained, and a few are debunked as pure invention. Included are results from several firsthand “haunted investigations," with a surprise ending to one inquiry that nobody saw coming! Size: 6" x 9" • 59 b/w photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4139-7 • soft cover • $16.99 DELAWARE: ARCHITECTURE Colonial Architecture: Early Examples from the First State. George Fletcher Bennett. Details the influence of Dutch, Swedish, and English colonization on examples of colonial architecture built between 1660-1840. Frame, brick, and stone residences, churches, public buildings, and even outhouses are shown along with scores of architectural details. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 317 b/w photos, 40 illus. 224 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2510-8 • soft cover • $29.95 Chateau Country: Du Pont Estates in the Brandywine Valley. Daniel DeKalb Miller. Originally from France, the du Pont family settled in the Brandywine River Valley. Their first home had six rooms. One hundred years later, their largest house had 176 rooms and thiry-six servants on 2,300 acres of land. Chateau Country is an intimate, informative portrait of the houses built by this Delaware dynasty. Size: 9" x 12" • 174 b/w & color photos, 29 prints, 33 drawings • 272 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4415-2 • hard cover • $59.99 MARYLAND: SCENES Maryland’s Public Gardens & Parks. Barbara Glickman. Fifty-two of Maryland’s spectacular public gardens and parks are described, including their horticultural highlights and histories. Nearly 240 color photos accompany the narratives. Gardens include those that are at historic homes, from early settlements to plantations to Gilded Age mansions, as well as state parks and national forts and battlefields. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 239 color photos • 176 pp ISBN13: 978-0-7643-4920-1 • Binding: hard cover • $29.99 Maryland Landscapes. Kenneth Basile. Take a photographic journey across Maryland. From its beaches on the Atlantic coastline and the Chesapeake Bay in the summer to the vibrant fall colors of the mountains of western Maryland, 48 images provide a beautiful overview and an appreciation of the many interesting facets of this geographic region. Size: 6" x 6" • 48 color images • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4721-4 • hard cover • $9.99 The U. S. Naval Academy: In Postcards. Randall W. Bannister. U.S. Naval Academy as it was between 1900 and 1930, in 476 period postcard views that show how the campus, was transformed, befitting the country’s new global status as a maritime power. Admire naval ships on the Severn River and the uniformed men in training and sports activities. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 476 color photos • postcard values/Index • 196 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3108-4 • hard cover • $39.99 Greetings from Annapolis. Mary Martin & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price. Vintage postcards take readers on a journey here from the 1900s through the 1950s. See the State House, the Liberty Tree, St. John’s College, the Hammond-Harwood House, Peggy Stewart House, and more. Size: 9" x 6" • 151 postcard images Price Guide • 128 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2600-7 • soft cover • $19.95 Annapolis Reflections. James Tigner, Jr.. Over 240 color photos display views of sidewalk and harbor scenes, store fronts, houses, doorways, St. John’s College, and the well-known United States Naval Academy. This book provides both a visual tour and memorable souvenir of Maryland’s state capital. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 243 color photos 128 pp.• ISBN: 978-0-7643-3157-2 hard cover • $29.99 Baltimore: A History in Postcards. Mary Martin & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price. Over 200 vintage black and white and hand tinted postcards showcase some of the sights that have made Baltimore famous the world over. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 200+ vintage postcards Price Guide • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2489-6 • soft cover • $24.95 Havre de Grace: A Photo Album. Leon Nicholas Kalas. A virtual tour of picturesque Havre de Grace, Maryland, a charming town on the Chesapeake Bay. Local history and charm are preserved through Victorian homes, festivals, and antique shops. Over 200 color photographs will help you experience the unique character and natural beauty of Havre de Grace. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 222 color photos • Index • 80 pp.• ISBN: 978-0-76432863-3 • hard cover • $24.99 Greetings from Havre de Grace. David Craig & Mary L. Martin. The “Harbor of Hope" on the Chesapeake Bay documented in 265 postcard images from the early 20th century, including the famous “double-decker bridge," the Concord Point Lighthouse, and boating scenes. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 265 postcard images • 128 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2333-4 • soft cover • $24.95 Memories of Chesapeake Beach & North Beach, Maryland. James Tigner, Jr. Chesapeake Beach and North Beach were two of the most popular bay resorts for many years. Visitors from Washington D.C. and Baltimore poured into the towns each summer, transported by rail and steamboat service. other memorabilia.Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 234 color images • Price Guide • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2768-1 • soft cover • $24.95 Delaware and Maryland Beaches: 1905 - 1965. Lee Dixon. Through over 480 vintage postcards from the early 1900s into the 1960s, visit the historic coastal waters of Delaware and Maryland. Whether Ocean City, Rehoboth, St. Augustine, Bower’s, Lewes or Bethany beaches, people fell in love and made their way back again and again. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 488 postcards Price Guide • 176 pp.ISBN: 978-0-7643-2753-7 • soft cover • $29.95 Greetings from Ocean City, Maryland. Mary L. Martin & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price. Look back at favorite attractions like the Boardwalk, Fishing Pier, Atlantic Hotel, Ocean City Life-Saving Station, and nearby Ocean Downs Raceway, Frontier Town, and Assateague Island. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 200 postcard imag• 112 pp. ISBN: 9780-7643-2656-1 • soft cover • $19.95 City on the Sand: Ocean City, Maryland, and the People Who Built It. Mary Corddry. A group of businessmen held the grand opening of a five-story frame building called the Atlantic Hotel in 1875, and offered surrounding lots for sale at $25 each. An appealing portrait that explains this outstanding resort that has been a magnet to vacationers for more than a century. Size: 6" x 9" • 10 b/w photos, 22 illustrations • 2 maps • Index • 208 pp.• ISBN: 978-0-7643-3820-5• soft cover • $16.99 Eastern Shore Perspectives. Antelo Devereux, Jr. Over 130 color images propel the reader along a photographic journey along the coast: experience the sunrise along the water, wildlife in marshes where boats appear to be sitting on the grasses, picturesque colonial towns, fishing villages where harbors churn with crab boats, and beyond. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 141 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4446-6 • soft cover • $9.99 St. Michaels, Oxford, and the Talbot County Bayside. James Tigner, Jr. Tour the Maryland’s Talbot County via more than 255 vintage postcards. Stroll along Morris Street in Oxford and see Broad Creek as it used to be or ride the ferry to St. Michaels. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 68 color & 215 b/w illustrations • Price Guide • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2708-7 • hard cover $39.95 MARYLAND: STORIES, LORE, & HISTORY Ghosts of Maryland. Mike Ricksecker. Explore the supernatural history of Maryland through its countless ghost stories and legends. With over 100 ghost stories and an atlas to guide you, this comprehensive collection includes details unearthed for the first time in decades! Size: 6" x 9" • 55 b/w images • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3423-8 • soft cover • $14.99 In Search of Maryland Ghosts: Montgomery County. Karen Yaffe Lottes & Dorothy Pugh. Explore the haunted regions of Montgomery County, Maryland, and its surrounding area. Learn about the Headless Horseman that continues to terrorize visitors to the old railroad bridge; the poltergeist haunting the Madison House; the Tommyknocker at the Maryland Mine; and the farmer searching for his buried treasure. Are you brave enough to take this haunted journey back into time? Size: 6" x 9" • 58 photos & 8 maps • Index • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4010-9 • soft cover • $19.99 Ghosts and Haunted Houses of Maryland. Trish Gallagher. Illustrated by Howard Burns. A collection of twenty-five fascinating accounts of the supernatural from the flatlands of the Eastern Shore to the mountains of western Maryland. Meet legends including the infamous slave kidnapper, Patty Cannon, and the controversial Dr. Samuel Mudd. This book will entertain, amuse, and (just maybe) raise a few goose bumps. Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 8 b/w illustrations • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-382-8 • soft cover • $8.95 MID-ATLANTIC: MARYLAND • CHESAPEAKE BAY Maryland Lost and Found...Again. Eugene L Meyer. This tour across the Free State makes comment on the American landscape. Part love letter, part oral history, and part obituary, the book explores the people and places where life has made special contributions to America. From cities, waterways, farmland, and transportation routes come true stories of the state’s unique development. Size: 6" x 9" • 54 b/w photos • Index • 296 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-548-8 • soft cover • $15.95 Down on the Shore. Adele V. Holden. A true story that reveals a lifestyle among local blacks who meted out life in a society rigidly enforced by Shore whites; a way of life both humane and cruel. It recalls battles to fulfill goals instilled by parents who saw education as their children’s only chance in a segregated country. Conquering adversity, the poet/author chose a life devoted to teaching and equality. Size: 6" x 9" • 20 b/w photos • 248 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-547-1 • soft cover • $15.95 Lost Towns of Tidewater Maryland. Donald G. Shomette. Maryland’s pre-planned urbanization from 1668 to 1751 was doomed because it ignored natural realities. The true stories shared here relate not simple tales of buildings and wharves, but a history of people, both freemen and slaves, who lived, worked, defended, and died with them. Of 130 sites, less than 20 exist today. Size: 7" x 10" • 4 illus., 29 b/w photos & 13 maps Index • 384 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-527-3 • hard cover • $36.95 Memory of a Murder. Earl Staggs. A killer is leaving a trail of terror and death from Baltimore to Ocean City, and only one man can stop him. The man develops psychic powers that allow him to see things most people can’t. Twelve years later, his special sight opens the doorway to a man who begs for help, “I think I killed someone." Will the man’s visions lead to the killer? Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 272 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-604-1 • soft cover • $13.95 Maryland Loyalists in the American Revolution. M. Christopher New. Many Marylanders who would not engage in the movement for independence lost their homes and jobs, and some were banished to Nova Scotia. Some were ill-used by British commanders to fight England’s enemy, Spain, in Florida. This tragic chapter of American history should not be forgotten. Size: 6" x 9" • 10 illus., 4 maps • Index • 210 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-495-5 • hard cover • $26.95 Briar Patch: The Murder that Would Not Die. Donald Grady Shomette. The murder of two teenage girls remained unsolved with one false lead after another … until a surprising phone call was received more than 40 years later. Would it put an end to the crime dubbed “The Murder That Would Not Die"? Inspired by the 1955 Northwest Branch Park murder case in a peaceful Maryland suburb of Washington, D.C. Size: 6" x 9" • 288 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3782-6 • hard cover • $24.99 Maryland Folklore. George G. Carey. Tall tales, legends, folk heroes, and local characters relate traditions and history that often are taken for granted. Size: 6" x 9" • 6 b/w photos, 1 map • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3594-5 • soft cover • $12.99 Cal Ripken, Jr., Quiet Hero. 2nd Edition. Lois Nicholson. Baseball star Cal Ripken, Jr. is remembered for his early years in a baseball family through the minor leagues, two Most Valuable Player Awards, and record-setting achievements as the Baltimore Oriole’s superstar shortstop. Grades 4 to 8 Size: 6" x 9" • 50 b/w photos • Chronology/Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-481-8 • hard cover • $13.95 Baltimore Harbor Haunts: True Ghost Stories. Melissa Rowell and Amy Lynwander. Exposes 37 hauntings, from the ghost of a drowned boy in Canton to famous ghosts of Fort McHenry. Size: 6" x 9" • 68 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2304-0 • soft cover • $14.95 Spooky Creepy Baltimore County. D. P. Roseberry. Come closer to the flames as you read the contemporary haunts of Baltimore County, Maryland. Hear demons in an attic at a Harford Road residence, see shadow people in Perry Hall, and meet a murderous ghost in Middle River. These new and scary stories will have you reading into the night—or at least until the fire dies! Size: 6" x 9" • 14 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3254-8 • soft cover • $14.99 The Patapsco: Baltimore’s River of History. Paul J. Travers. This book narrates the Patapsco’s life story from the early Indian camps on its shores through the late twentieth-century revitalization of its harbor, a story that contains some of the most important and fascinating events of Maryland’s past. It follows a chronological order of historical highlights, allowing the reader to dip at will into the exciting blend of people, places, and events that have had such great impact on the state and the nation. Size: 6" x 9" • 9 b/w photos, 12 illustrations & 1 map Index • 238 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-400-9 • hard cover • $22.95 Maryland’s Eastern Shore: A Journey in Time and Place. John R. Wennersten. The region has been geographically isolated and socially unique in its language and customs in agriculture, seafaring, and race. Before accelerating change affects its transformation to modern standards, this book reflects the Eastern Shore’s unusual socio-cultural history through absorbing narrative and examples of its probable vanishing lifestyle. Size: 6" x 9" • 21 b/w photos, 1 map Index • 310 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-428-3 • hard cover • $23.95 From Maryland to Cooperstown: Seven Maryland Natives in Baseball’s Hall of Fame. Lois P. Nicholson. Chronicles the lives and careers of seven of baseball’s elite, beginning with Baltimore’s own Babe Ruth; Vic Willis; famed hitter “Home Run" Baker; William Julius “Judy" Johnson; Robert Moses “Lefty" Grove; Jimmie Foxx; and Al Kaline. Grades 4 to 8 Size: 7" x 9" • 39 b/w photos • Index • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-494-8 • hard cover • $19.95 Fighting for Fairness: The Life Story of Hall of Fame Sportswriter Sam Lacy. Sam Lacy, with Moses J. Newson. An outspoken advocate for equal opportunity, Sam Lacy spearheaded integration in major league baseball. He lived with sports heroes Jackie Robinson and Larry Doby, in the segregated accommodations to which they were relegated for years, despite their outstanding performances on the playing field. Size: 6" x 9" • 35 b/w photos • Index • 272 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-512-9 • hard cover • $29.95 Rex Barney's Thank Youuuu for 50 Years in Baseball from Brooklyn to Baltimore. Rex Barney, with Norman L. Macht. The man who threw faster than most and whose pitching career sped by quicker than his fastball. Barney became a legend as part of the most exciting era of the Brooklyn Dodgers, 1943 to 1951. Rex takes the reader into dugouts, clubhouses, and broadcast booths to meet managers, stars, and scrubinis. Size: 6" x 9" • 50 b/w photos & 2 illustrations • Index • 280 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-443-6 • hard cover • $19.95 From Colts to Ravens: A Behind-the-Scenes Look at Baltimore Professional Football. John F. Steadman. The tale of football in Baltimore; from the organization of the Colts in 1947, through the sale of the team to Bob Irsay in 1972, to the infamous trip out of the town under the cover of darkness in 1984, and finally the acquisition of a new Baltimore team, the Ravens, in 1996. Size: 6" x 9" • 68 b/w photos & 3 illustrations Index • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-497-9 • hard cover • $24.95 77 MARYLAND: ARCHITECTURE Annapolis Vignettes. Ginger Doyel. Annapolis, capital of Maryland and home of the U.S. Naval Academy, offers an architectural feast. Shows buildings representing every period in historical perspective and adds colorful facts to enhance appreciation of them. Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 113 b/w photos, 28 illustrations • 316 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-571-6 • soft cover • $24.95 A Guide to Baltimore Architecture. 3rd Edition. John Dorsey & James D. Dilts. Grouped by neighborhood, more than two hundred notable Baltimore buildings are pictured and described with commentary on their history and style. Photographs, maps, and tours as well as biographies of Baltimore architects. Size: 4 1/2" x 9" • 273 b/w photos & 30 maps • Glossary • 472 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-477-1 • soft cover • $24.95 Baltimore’s Cast-Iron Buildings & Architectural Ironwork. James D. Dilts & Catharine F. Black, editors. This celebration of a unique aspect of Baltimore’s architectural and industrial history, examines cast-iron buildings, showing how the material was fabricated and the buildings erected. The heavily illustrated, includes ironwork catalogs from the mid-1800s. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 4 color & 69 b/w photos/ maps • Directory of Buildings • 116 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-427-6 • soft cover • $29.95 Bodine’s Chesapeake Bay Country. A. Aubrey Bodine. Jennifer Bodine, editor. Aubrey Bodine’s photographs chronicled nearly every aspect of Maryland life on pages of the Baltimore Sun from 1924 to 1970. 286 digitally restored pictures are divided into five distinct areas: Baltimore and surrounds, Chesapeake Bay, Eastern Shore, Southern Maryland and Annapolis, and Western Maryland. Essays and captions convey Bodine’s unique observations in his own words. Size: 9" x 12" • 283 b/w photos • 168 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-562-4 • hard cover • $29.95 Bodine’s City: The Photography of A. Aubrey Bodine. Jennifer B. Bodine. A. Aubrey Bodine was a Baltimore Sunday Sun feature photographer for 43 years. These 154 images transcend their geographical bounds in Baltimore as Bodine’s subject matter varied wildly. He photographed people, animals, buildings, harsh weather conditions, textures, geometric patterns, and cityscapes. A. Aubrey Bodine devoted his life to elevating photography to an art form. Size: 9" x 12" • 154 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3844-1 • hard cover • $39.99 CHESAPEAKE BAY: SCENES Yesterday on the Chesapeake Bay. James Tigner, Jr. The story of the Chesapeake Bay told through 466 vintage postcards and other ephemera. See the Bay in the days before there were bridges. Travel by steamboat between Baltimore and Norfolk; go to bathing beaches in Maryland, then continue south to Virginia. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 204 color & 262 b/w photos • Price Guide • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2597-3 • hard cover • $39.95 The Best of Times on the Chesapeake Bay: An Account of a Rock Hall Waterman. Robert L. Rich, Jr.; lived by Captain Lawrence William Simns. Larry Simns has worked as a commercial fisherman in the waters of Maryland for nearly sixty years, serving as President of the Maryland Watermen’s Association since the 1970s. Here, find 65 stories that provide a funny, pointed, and candid portrait of his journey to lead independent, hard-charging commercial fishermen. Accompanied by pen and ink drawings by Anne Crane Harlan. Size: 6" x 9" • 42 illustrations • Index • 288 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4277-6 • soft cover • $19.99. 78 MID-ATLANTIC: CHESAPEAKE BAY Cities and Towns of the Chesapeake. Bill Cronin. This travel guide explores the rich Maryland history and local sites for 100 cities, towns, and villages on the Chesapeake Bay. Classic architecture, historic sites, restaurants, places to stay, marinas, and lists of local attractions are included. Maps and photographs provide a handy reference for fascinating day or weekend trips by highway or waterway. Size: 7" x 10" • 799 color images, 105 maps • Index • 288 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4463-3 • soft cover • $34.99 Fly Fishing the Tidewaters of Maryland’s Chesapeake Bay: A Calendar Year of Stories, Spots, and Recipes. Brett Gaba. Enjoy a thoughtful, rural, and down-to-earth portrait of Maryland’s Chesapeake Bay as seen by an avid fly fisherman. Each chapter is decorated with images of rich wood carvings by Danielle Spradley and vintage prints by A. Aubrey Bodine. The stories are punctuated with old wives’ tales and family recipes. Size: 6" x 9" • 37 b/w images • 256 pp ISBN13: 978-0-7643-4884-6 • Binding: hard cover $24.99 The James Adams Floating Theatre. C. Richard Gillespie. James E. Adams, a farmer from Michigan, both taught himself to be a circus aerialist and decided to build a showboat that brought excitement and entertainment to isolated towns up and down the American East Coast in early twentieth-century. Read the boat’s history from its inception to its demise twenty-seven years later. Size: 7" x 10" • 56 b/w photos, 5 maps Index • 304 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-416-0 • hard cover • $28.95 Steamboat Days on the Chesapeake: Betterton and Tolchester Beach. James Tigner, Jr.. Over 300 postcards and text present Maryland’s beach resorts, Betterton and Tolchester Beach. Their Victorian hotels were booked solid all summer, and Chesapeake Bay’s biggest and best-known amusement park brought excursion boats across the bay. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 328 images • Price Guide • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3109-1 • hard cover • $29.99 Chesapeake Crimes II. Donna Andrews & Maria Y. Lim, Editors. An eclectic mix of mysteries and murders, written by members of Chesapeake Sisters in Crime and other award-wining authors in mystery today. A must-read for anyone serious about murder mysteries. Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 168 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-582-2 • soft cover • $11.95 Powerboat Racing on the Chesapeake. William W. Mowbray. The drama of racing and the personalities of those involved are conveyed through first-hand experiences at regattas of limited, inboard racing classes of the American Power Boat Association (APBA) on the Chesapeake Bay for over thirty years. The appendix, listing boat names, owners, and classes, will be of interest to enthusiasts who follow their activities. Size: 6" x 9" • 60 b/w photos • Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-473-3 • soft cover • $16.95 Chesapeake Views. John Werry. Award-winning photographer John Werry draws upon his 40-year love affair with the Chesapeake Bay to inspire a book with more than 200 stunning photographs of Chesapeake Bay scenes. Included in this visual tour are images of spectacular wildlife, watermen making their living, working boats, and classic boats on the Bay. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 204 photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4070-3 • hard cover • $34.99 A Fright of Ghosts. Helen Chappell. A dead ex-husband drops in on his wife and assists a reporter in solving the mystery of Shellpile Island. Learn about a 300-year-old pirate, why the poverty-stricken residents all have new home additions and new trucks, and if the wife gets lured into a trap or gets out of this one alive. Size: 4 1/4" x 6 3/4" • 1 illus. • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-581-5 • soft cover • $9.50 Chesapeake Sails: A History of Yachting on the Bay. Richard Henderson. Trace the popularity of sailing yachts, their famous designers, and other pleasure boats on the Chesapeake Bay, including today’s regattas and one-design events,. Features hull-line sketches, sail-plan drawings, and full-sail photos of the particular beauty of sailing yachts and the special joy of yachting. Size: 8" x 10" • 139 b/w photos, 128 illus. 2 maps • Index • 304 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-514-3 • hard cover • $39.95 Just Passing Through. Mick Blackistone. Photographs by Marion E. Warren. Photographs by renown photographer, the late Marion Warren, and insightful poetry by award-winning author Mick Blackistone. Black and white imagery of moments in time of people and places of the Chesapeake Bay region come alive in this book, revealing the warmth and spirit of living that is timeless in today’s world. Size: 8 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 63 b/w photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3991-2 • soft cover • $14.99 Ghost Fleet of Mallows Bay and Other Tales of the Lost Chesapeake. Donald G. Shomette. After President Wilson issued a call to arms against Germany in 1917, the US began to build hundreds of merchant ships. The largest portion of that fleet came to rest on the muddy floor of Mallows Bay. Size: 6" x 9" • 71 b/w photos, 14 illustrations, 7 maps Index • 400 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-480-1 • hard cover • $29.95 Tidewater Triumph: The Development and Worldwide Success of the Chesapeake Bay Pilot Schooner. Geoffrey M. Footner. Pilot schooners of the bay built their legend in the 18th century as piloting and cargo ships. Variations of the “clipper" model of the Baltimore schooner continued the vessels’ reputation through the 19th century. Size: 8" x 10" • 129 b/w photos Glossary/Index • 310 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-511-2 • hard cover • $39.95 Chesapeake Almanac: Following the Bay through the Seasons. John Page Williams, Jr. Illustrated by Alice Jane Lippson. Fishing enthusiasts discover how to catch more bluefish or white perch; bird watchers and hikers learn when to look for ospreys and geese. Cruising sailors learn why a great blue heron stalks the shallows in summer; canoeists discover when to look for wild marsh flowers. Answers many naturalists’ questions and much more! Size: 6" x 9" • 16 illustrations Index • 248 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-449-8 • soft cover • $14.95 Chesapeake Legacy: Tools and Traditions. Larry Chowning . Chesapeake Bay watermen had to be self-sufficient just to take care of their basic needs and make their living on and around the water. Includes tales from the days of fishing under sail, reminiscences from women who survived in the waterman’s world, recipes for salting herring and cooking muskrat, and descriptions of distinctive fishing vessels from bygone eras. Size: 7" x 10" • 56 illustrations & 147 b/w photos 320 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3595-2 • soft cover • $29.99 Deadrise and Cross-planked. Larry S Chowning. Enjoy the history of wooden Deadrise boat building, highlighting its role in Chesapeake Bay culture and providing deep insight to the builders who created these works of nautical ingenuity. More than 150 photographs reveal the traditional watermen’s’ lifestyle. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 139 b/w photos, 1 drawing Index • 180 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-588-4 • soft cover • $34.95 Exploring the Chesapeake in Small Boats. John Page Williams, Jr. Descriptions of the bay’s waterways in relation to geology, ecology, and human history. Learn about water safety, boat selection, seamanship, motoring, rowing, paddling, and poling. Also a useful discussion of natural history gear, such as binoculars, field guides, cast nets, books, and maps. Size: 6" x 9" • 9 b/w photos & 9 maps Index • 200 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-429-0 • soft cover • $12.95 Shipwrecks on the Chesapeake: Maritime Disasters on Chesapeake Bay and its Tributaries, 1608-1978. Donald G. Shomette. Disasters that occurred on the bay and in its tidewater region over a 370-year period spawned tales of bravery, courage, fortitude, cowardice, stupidity, and ineptitude. Liberally illustrated, this book includes a detailed chronology of all known disasters on the bay. Size: 6" x 9" • 7 b/w photos, 33 illus. & 8 maps Index • 336 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3818-2• soft cover • $19.99 Schooner Sultana: Building a Chesapeake Legacy. Drew McMullen. Photographs by Lucian Niemeyer. Outstanding photographs provide an exciting visual presentation tracing the reproduction of the mighty Sultana (1767), from cutting lumber to sailing the bay. Size: 12" x 9" • 184 color photographs, 8 b/w illustrations, 3 maps • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-538-9 • hard cover • $35.95 Chesapeake Rumrunners of the Roaring Twenties. Eric Mills. Prohibition may have been the law of the land, but Chesapeake Bay country was awash in illegal alcohol. Marshes were teeming with hidden stills as bootleg liquor was smuggled throughout the waterways and adjoining countryside by daring men and the law. Read their tales. Size: 6" x 9" • 67 b/w photos, 1 map Index • 204 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-518-1 • hard cover • $25.95 Chesapeake Bay Log Canoes and Bugeyes. M. V. Brewington. Trace the history of the unique bay craft log canoes and bugeyes, through meticulous descriptions of their hulls, rigging, fittings, and specialized equipment. The plates give lines and sail plans for more than a score of specific vessels. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 158 b/w photos, illustrations 1 map • Index • 184 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-011-7 • hard cover • $35.95 CHESAPEAKE BAY: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Choptank Odyssey: Celebrating a Great Chesapeake River. Tom Horton, Photography by David W. Harp. This book of more than 150 vibrant photographs and seven essays depicts the natural history, human history, science, and culture of the Delmarva Peninsula’s largest river. Explore the Choptank River—from its beginnings at upstream springs and farm ditches to its broad estuary below Cambridge, Maryland—discover its inhabitants, and learn about the impact of human activity on the natural environment. Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 156 color photos • 160 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-5000-9 • hard cover • $34.99 MID-ATLANTIC • CHESAPEAKE BAY• WASHINGTON, D.C. Chesapeake Sailing Craft: Recollections of Robert H. Burgess. Robert H. Burgess. Edited by William A. Fox. A rare photographic record of 1925-1975 sailing craft, from log canoe to four-masted schooner. Vessels appear in all phases of their activities, including loading & unloading cargoes, under sail, in port & shipyard, details of rigging, fittings, decks, interior views, as powerboats, and as abandoned hulks. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 463 b/w photos • 324 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-572-3 • hard cover • $34.95 Harvesting the Chesapeake: Tools and Traditions. Revised and Expanded 2nd Edition. Larry S. Chowning. With 233 photos and sketches, this second edition represents the most comprehensive study of the Chesapeake Bay’s fisheries, but it is far more. It records the pictures and recollections of the homespun tales of the hardy men and women who have lived and worked along the shores of the nation’s largest estuary. Size: 7" x 10" • 233 b/w photos • Index • 304 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-634-8 • soft cover • $29.99 Chesapeake Bay Schooners. Quentin Snediker & Ann Jensen. Learn about this uniquely American vessel, from its European origins to the shipyards and waters of the bay. Size: 12" x 9" • 212 b/w photos Glossary & Index • 264 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-508-2 • soft cover • $34.95 Chesapeake Men: Sharing Stories & Memories. Don Parks. Meet eleven men of Maryland’s Eastern Shore who relied on the Chesapeake to make their livelihood. Experiencing devastating storms, misfortune, and harrowing escapes, their stories will both enlighten and entertain. By recounting their memories, they provide a deeper understanding of the Chesapeake. Size: 7" x 10" • 43 photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4461-9 • soft cover • $24.99 Chesapeake Bay Skipjacks. Pat Vojtech. The history of this specialized skipjack is presented primarily through the eyes of the men who lived on them. These men loved to sail and often risked their lives to harvest the Chesapeake’s most valuable crop—oysters. Documents the skipjack’s role in the oyster dredging industry, describing natural and manmade disasters that affected the trade Size: 8 1/2" x 11 • 83 color photos Vessel List/Index • 154 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-451-1 • hard cover • $29.95 Chesapeake Women: Their Stories — Their Memories. Don Parks. Meet eleven men of Maryland’s Eastern Shore who relied on the Chesapeake to make their livelihood. Experiencing devastating storms, misfortune, and harrowing escapes, their stories will both enlighten and entertain. By recounting their memories, they provide a deeper understanding of the Chesapeake and her people. Size: 7" x 10" • 67 color & 19 b/w images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4701-6 • soft cover • $24.99 Chesapeake Bay Buyboats. Larry S. Chowning. Meet workboat builders and the versatile boats’ owners, captains, and families who bought and sold goods and played aboard them. Illustrations are contributions of many who were directly connected to these distinctive boats. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 182 b/w photos & 12 illustrations Vessel list./Index • 272 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3702-4 • soft cover • $34.99 Pirates on the Chesapeake: Being a True History of Pirates, Picaroons, and Raiders on the Chesapeake Bay, 1610-1807. Donald G. Shomette. A dazzling array of swashbuckling pirates, picaroons, and sea rovers are pitted against the often feckless representatives of an outpost government authority in the Chesapeake Bay region. Pirates, picaroons, and sea rovers are pitted against the representatives of an outpost in the Chesapeake Bay region. It is a two hundred-year history that begins with the Virginia colony in 1609 and ends with the peaceful resolution of the Othello affair in 1807. Size: 6" x 9" • 39 illus., 1 map • Index • 252 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-607-2 • soft cover • $22.95 Chesapeake Steamboats: Vanished Fleet. David C. Holly. From the first steamboat on the bay in 1813 to the last in 1963, this account relates adventures and personalities of colorful dimensions. A particular highlight is the account of the steamer Columbus, built in 1828, that burned and sank in 1850 near the mouth of the Potomac River. A theme of ghostliness runs through the pages. Size: 6" x 9" • 18 illustrations, 8 b/w photos 6 maps • Index • 320 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-455-9 • hard cover • $29.95 The Watermen of the Chesapeake Bay. 2nd Edition. John Hurt Whitehead, III. Some days the watermen keep you in stitches with tall tales and keen wit. Other days you learn something from them about equipment depreciation or the migratory habits of the blue crab. One thing’s for sure–you’ll never be bored. Size: 9" x 12" • 191 color photos • 168 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-374-3 • hard cover • $34.95 Gunning for Sea Ducks. George Howard Gillelan. Birds provide fast, challenging shooting, and, after it’s over, delectable eating. Details about the birds, where they may be found, what type of shooting equipment to use, how to lay out decoys, and, how to prepare the birds for delightful dining. Size: 6" x 9" • 20 b/w photos & 12 illustrations • Index • 140 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-386-6 • hard cover • $14.95 The Outlaw Gunner. Harry M. Walsh. The colorful story of the market gunners, guides, and outlaws who were engaged in the art of wildfowling, both legal and illegal. More than 150 of the most unusual and rare photographs show the men with their guns, boats, and traps in action. The market gunning paraphernalia looks strange and fearful, for it was devastatingly efficient and deadly. Size: 7" x 10" • 5 illus., 148 b/w photos • Index • 192 pp.• ISBN: 978-0-87033-609-6 • soft cover • $19.95 CHESAPEAKE BAY: ARCHITECTURE Dancing with the Tide: Watermen of the Chesapeake. Mick Blackistone. As few sons and daughters follow the footsteps of their parents today, the people who can convey the traditions of the watermen is quickly diminishing. Engaging photographs highlight this documentary of a year in the life of the harvesters of the Chesapeake Bay. Size: 6" x 9" • 64 b/w photos • Index • 280 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-532-7 • hard cover • $24.95 Lighting the Bay: Tales of Chesapeake Lighthouses. Pat Vojtech. With more than 100 color photographs and informative historical narrative, learn the human saga of life in the bay’s lighthouses. Heroic rescues, untimely deaths, daily tasks, battles with ice, cold, injury, and loneliness all comprise the difficult job of guarding the people and keeping the lights burning. Size: 9" x 12" • 104 color, 59 b/w photos & 1 map Index • 208 pp. ISBN: 978-0-87033-466-5 • hard cover • $34.95 CHESAPEAKE BAY: ARTS & CRAFTS Upper Chesapeake Bay Decoys and Their Makers. David and Joan Hagan. The art of over 80 decoy makers in eastern Maryland is illustrated with beautiful photos of their work. Many decoys are accompanied by the portraits of the artists and recollections and reflections on their art and experiences. Size: 9" x 12" • 400+ photos • 216 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-258-5 • hard cover • $59.95 The Story of Lem Ward. Glenn Lawson, Photographs by Tricia Veasy. American wildfowl art owes its foundation to Lem Ward. Growing up in the marshes of the Chesapeake Bay, this wood carver and painter (1896-1984) overcame severe illness to produce some of the best-loved wildfowl art extant today. Here Lem’s life story is told by his daughter Ida who was with him for almost the entire span of his artistic career. Size: 8 1/2’’ x 11’’ • 175 photos Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-028-0 • hard cover • $35.00 WASHINGTON, D.C.: SCENES Diplomatic Gardens of Washington. Photography by Ann Stevens. Text by Giles Kelly. An exclusive look behind the embassy walls of Washington, DC, and the gardens found there. Included are the residences at the embassies of Australia, Great Britain, Denmark, the European Union, France, Germany, the Apostolic Nunciature of the Holy See, Italy, the Netherlands, South Korea, Norway, and Sweden. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 168 color images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3978-3 • hard cover • $34.99 The Chesapeake and Ohio Canal. Gary Anthes. A photographic journey along the 184-mile Chesapeake and Ohio Canal, from the streets of Georgetown to the canal's western terminus. More than 100 beautiful photographs offer stunning nature and architectural views of the resolute houses, locks, and aqueducts left behind by the men and women who kept the canal boats flowing 100 years ago. Size: 11 3/4" x 15" • 110 color images, 2 maps • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4310-0 • hard cover • $45.00 Potomac Pathway: A Nature Guide to the C & O Canal. Napier Shelton. From Georgetown to Harpers Ferry, through Hancock, to Cumberland, an intimate, mile-by-mile look at the Chesapeake & Ohio Canal National Historical Park. This guide describes in detail the plants and animals, forests, geology, and environmental issues of this towpath trail. With three maps and 82 pictures, learn about nature along the entire 184 miles. Size: 6" x 9" • 82 images and three maps • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3798-7 • flexible binding • $19.99 Monuments and Memorials of Washington, D.C. Revised & Expanded 2nd Edition. Allan M. Heller. Tour the monuments and memorials of Washington, D.C. with this useful tour guide. More than 100 sites are featured in nine tours. Size: 9" x 6" • 530 color images • 240 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3654-6 • soft cover • $19.99 WASHINGTON, D.C.: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Washington, D.C.: Ghosts, Legends, and Lore. E. Ashley Rooney and Betsy Johnston. Washington, D.C. is a city that commemorates the history of the United States; it is also quite haunted. Visit angry ghosts, Christopher and Rachel, at the Olde Stone House, their dreams foiled by death. Consider the legend of a demon cat at the Capitol Building and White House that may foretell disaster. Many more stories! Size: 6" x 9" • 23 b/w photos • Index • 256 pp.ISBN: 978-0-7643-2961-6 • soft cover • $14.99 79 80 MID-ATLANTIC: WASHINGTON, D.C. • WEST VIRGINIA • VIRGINIA Ghosts! Washington Revisited: The Ghostlore of the Nation’s Capitol. John Alexander. A collection of tales and images of famous personalities who revisit the Virginia, Maryland and district buildings and homes. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 180+ b/w illus. • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0653-7 • soft cover • $14.95 James River Reflections. Will Daniel. Over 250 photos reveal the beauty of Virginia’s James River. Explore the river’s majesty and beauty from its humble beginnings on private property to the point where it meets one of the nation’s busiest seaports. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 249 color & 12 b/w photos • 144 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-76433727-7 • hard cover • $29.99 Colonial Beach, Virginia. James Tigner. Over 280 vintage postcard views of Colonial Beach, Virginia, from 1905 to the 1960s, guide you back to yesterday’s sights on the beach and around town. Included are arriving steamboats, the boardwalk, the dancing pavilion, bath houses, Eleanore Park, historic hotels, and the Monte Carlo gambling pier. Postcard values are provided. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 241 color photos • Price Guide • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2808-4 • soft cover • $24.99 My Virginia Rivers. Will Daniel. Over 250 color photos, anecdotal text, and historical perspective make for an enjoyable tour of 28 of Virginia’s beautiful rivers, from the famous James and Appomattox to the aptly named Cowpasture and Blackwater. River uses and recreational possibilities are covered, along with historical locations found along their shores. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 242 color & 12 b/w photos & 5 maps • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4325-4 • hard cover • $29.99 Greetings from Hampton Roads, Virginia. James Tigner. Here is a celebration of the history of Hampton Roads and the lower tidewater Chesapeake Bay region. 525 color photos, vintage postcards, and other memorabilia cover the historic Virginia region from the mouth of the bay, including Cape Charles and Cape Henry, to Hampton Roads. The resorts of Buckroe Beach and Ocean View are included. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 551 color photos • Price Guide • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2836-7 • hard cover • $34.99 WASHINGTON, D.C.: ARTS & CRAFTS 100 Artists of Washington, D.C. F. Lennox Campello. Award-winning artist and prominent critic and commentator, F. Lennox Campello, has compiled more than 600 works by 100 contemporary established and emerging artists in the Washington, DC, capital region. A primer for both the savvy art collector and the beginning collector. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 735+ images • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3778-9 • hard cover • $50.00 WEST VIRGINIA: SCENES West Virginia : Mountain Air. Lucian Niemeyer. Over 160 beautiful color photos take readers across W. Virginia, from rolling countryside and scenic farms to small towns and big cities. View the architectural treasures and simple country mills, mountain expanses and riverfront vistas, the industrial might, and the state forests. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 168 color photos • 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3607-2 hard cover • $24.99 WEST VIRGINIA: ARTS & CRAFTS Morgantown Glass: From Depression Glass Through the 1960s. Jeffrey B. Snyder. A fascinating compendium of the hand-made, mold-blown glassware produced in Morgantown, West Virginia, displayed in over 860 color photographs. The striking colors, etchings, cuttings, and cased filament stems make Morgantown glass distinctive and appealing. Descriptions of specific techniques are given by employees. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 860+ photos • 224 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0504-2 • Hard cover • $29.95 West Virginia Glass Between the World Wars. Dean Six. Over twenty West Virginia glass companies are featured. More than 500 color photographs display items produced from the 1920s through the 1940s. Advertisements, individual essays about each company, and current values. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 504 photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1546-3 • hard cover • $29.95 WEST VIRGINIA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Strange West Virginia Monsters. Michael Newton. Examines reports of unidentified and misplaced creatures throughout the Mountain State, including Bigfoot and Mothman, giant birds and snakes, huge human remains; “Dogman" and “Sheepsquatch," and known animals alien to North America. Size: 6" x 9" • 82 b/w and color photos • 192 pp ISBN13: 978-0-7643-4946-1 • soft cover • $16.99 VIRGINIA SCENES Williamsburg A-Z: An Alphabetical Journey. Thomas K. Bauley. Stroll Duke of Gloucester and Palace streets, visit Market Square and the Williamsburg Inn, and tour historic Jamestown as you rediscover Colonial Williamsburg. With 70 illustrations, this alphabetical journey is a reverent yet whimsical voyage of discovery for both residents and tourists. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 70 color illustrations • 32 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3671-3 • hard cover • $19.99 Greetings from Richmond. Ray Bonis and Tom H. Ray. Explore early 20th century postcard views of Richmond’s Shockoe Valley, Church Hill, Capitol Square, and the Fan District, along with many monuments, parks, houses of worship, hospitals, schools and colleges, Hollywood Cemetery, Monument Avenue, Broad Street, Jackson Ward, and much more. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 247 postcard illustrations • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3368-2 • soft cover • $24.99 Chincoteague Island. James Tigner, Jr. 238 color photos & postcard images capture the beauty and history of Chincoteague, Virginia’s largest inhabited island. Featured among the photos are the Island Roxy Theater, Miss Molly’s Inn, the Beebe Ranch, the Misty of Chincoteague statue, the Assateague lighthouse, and its world-famous ponies. Provides an engaging history of the island and its ponies. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 238 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2919-7 • hard cover • $29.99 Chincoteague Ponies: Untold Tails. Lois Szymanski with Pam Emge. Photography by Linda Kantjas. Step into the world of the Chincoteague ponies of Virginia’s Assateague Island. From birth to Pony Penning, their stories are told in amusing detail and more than 200 color images. Learn the names of the herd members and see for yourself what it takes to survive on a wild island. Size: 8 1/8" x 9 1/8" • 200 color images • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4085-7 • soft cover • $24.99 Greetings from Virginia Beach. James Tigner, Jr. 287 colorful images show Virginia Beach of yesterday and today, chronicling the changes. View the Norwegian Lady statue of yesteryear and today, stroll the boardwalk through the decades, and compare today’s Coast Guard Station to the early Seatack Lifesaving Station. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 287 color photos • Price Guide • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2999-9 • hard cover • $29.95 Vintage North End, Virginia Beach: An Illustrated History. Ann Hanbury Callis & Danna Cullen. Photo editor Chris Crumley. Virginia Beach comes alive in this illustrated history. See the first log cabin to ever be built. Revisit popular landmarks Holland’s General Store, Piney Point Club, and the Waverly and Cavalier hotels. Through 466 images, learn about the people who lived here and made Virginia Beach what it is today. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 466 images • Index • 168 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4088-8 • hard cover • $34.99 Newport News: A Vintage Postcard Tour. Harold Cones & John Bryant. Over 250 vintage postcards takes readers on a journey through the city of Newport News, Virginia. View its history, industry, recreation, and culture from the 1890s through World War II. A chapter on deltiology (the study and collecting of postcards) gives collectors useful information to help them build their own postcard collection. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 298 postcards • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2405-5 • soft cover • $24.95 Greetings from Charlottesville, Virginia, and Albemarle County. Dr. Samuel Menefee. Charlottesville, Virginia, and surrounding Albemarle County are visited through 296 vintage postcards. Tour the University of Virginia, one of America’s premier universities, and walk the streets of Charlottesville. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 296 color images • Price Guide • 128 pp.ISBN: 978-07643-3297-5 • soft cover • $24.99 VIRGINIA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Paranormal Petersburg, Virginia, and the Tri-Cities Area. Pamela K. Kinney. Travel to Petersburg and surrounding areas of Colonial Heights, Hopewell, Prince George, Dinwiddie, and nearby Ettrick-Matoaca, Enon, and Chester to discover what spirits, monsters, UFOs, and legends await the unwary. Hauntingly active as they share space with the living, the dead refuse to give up their undead residency. Size: 6" x 9" • 58 color images • 208 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4942-3 • soft cover • $16.99 Virginia’s Haunted Historic Triangle: Williamsburg, Yorktown, Jamestown, & Other Haunted Locations. Pamela K. Kinney. Hear odd noises and see apparitions at the Peyton Randolph House, Cornwallis’s Cave, Wells’s Corner, Sherwood Forest, the Rosewell Plantation, and many, many other places. Take a step back into the past and be prepared to get to know the ghosts of this Historic Triangle and its surrounding areas. Size: 7" x 10" • 121 color images • Index • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3746-8 • soft cover • $19.99 Haunted Virginia: Legends, Myths, and True Tales. Pamela K. Kinney. Like every state in the Union, Virginia has unique myths, legends, and yes, even true stories that sound much like legends, but aren’t. Read Virginian stories of witches, demons, monsters, ghosts, pirates, strange animals, and soldiers from the Civil War. Come visit a most amazing, frightening, and even intriguing Virginia that you never knew existed. Size: 6" x 9" • 45 b/w photos • Index • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3281-4 • soft cover • $14.99 MID-ATLANTIC: VIRGINIA • THE SOUTH Haunted Plantations of Virginia. Beth Brown. Journey to some of the earliest settlements of the New World to discover why spirits of their founders refuse to leave. Explore homes of past presidents at Berkeley and Red Hill and learn one mysterious trait they share—the ghosts of children. Visit sixteen more historic houses in the Old Dominion to learn why spirits linger. Size: 6" x 9" • 95 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3328-6 • soft cover • $14.99 Haunted Battlefields: Virginia’s Civil War Ghosts. Beth Brown. Journey to thirteen of Virginia’s most haunted Civil War sites in search of spectral residents. Visit at Cold Harbor, Henry House Hill, and the Bull Run Bridge at Manassas, Fredericksburg’s Sunken Road, Grant’s Headquarters at Appomattox Manor, and many more ghostly sites! Size: 6" x 9" • 82 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3057-5 • soft cover • $14.99 Gibraltar of the Shenandoah: Civil War Sites and Stories of Staunton, Waynesbobo, and Augusta County, Virginia. Robert H. Moore II. Learn what role Virginia's Staunton, Waynesboro, and Augusta counties played in protecting the Shenandoah Valley during the Civil War. Featuring 11 tours that include the sites of the Staunton Depot, Fort Edward Johnson, Thornrose Cemetery, and the Stonewall Jackson Hotel. Size: 7" x 10" • 3 color &190 b/w images • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-1-57864-266-3 • soft cover • $24.95 Quantico: Semper Progredi—Always Forward. Bradley E. Gernana & Michelle A Krowl. More than 300 images trace this sleepy town's evolution from a commerce route during Colonial days and a resort town at the end of the 19th century to where the United States Marine Corps and FBI agents train. Size: 9" x 12" • 324 color & b/w photos • 272 pp. ISBN: 978-1-57864-268-7 • hard cover • $39.99 Haunted Richmond. Pamela K. Kinney. Richmond is chock-full of ghosts and haunted places. This city names Edgar Allan Poe as its native son, and it is rich in ghostly lore, legends, and tales. Learn why Virginia’s governor shares his mansion with ghosts; dine with ghosts at Ruth’s Chris Steak House and Crab Louie’s Seafood Tavern! Visit the prison in Powhatan (it might not be safe, even for those working there); Call on the Lady in Red who roams the corridors at Wrexham Hall. Size: 6" x 9" • 24 b/w photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2712-4 • soft cover • $14.95 Haunted Richmond II. Pamela K. Kinney. Return once more to haunted Richmond. Step back in time at Henricus Historical Park, where you’ll be welcomed by dead colonists, Civil War soldiers, and other haunts. Tour haunted hotels, churches, cemeteries, schools, and even a comic shop! All this… plus a sea serpent, a lost city, ghostly cats, Bigfoot, a UFO, and haunted churches, parks, and colleges. So be sure to plan your visit now to a very paranormal Richmond. The dead don’t stay dead in this town! Size: 6" x 9" • 199 b&w images • Index • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3964-6 • soft cover • $19.99 Policing the Paranormal: The Haunting of Virginia’s State Capitol Complex. Paul Hope. The Commonwealth of Virginia has witnessed some of the most dramatic events of U.S. history and is known to be rich with haunted locations and paranormal activity. Unlock the secrets of Virginia’s haunted Capitol Square. Learn from police officers and other credible witnesses the exciting and sometimes terrifying paranormal activity that frequently haunts the rooms and corridors of several of downtown Richmond’s most historic locations. The events have been kept secret – until now! Size: 6" x 9" • 26 b/w photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4320-9 • soft cover • $16.99 Assateague. 2nd Edition. William H. Wroten, Jr. The northernmost island of a chain from Delaware to Cape Charles, Virginia. Includes its discovery, early inhabitants, settlement, recreational facilities, and natural history, including its famous ponies of unknown origin, which have roamed there since the late seventeenth century. Size: 6" x 9" • 37 b/w illustrations & 2 maps • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3821-2 • soft cover • $4.99 Ghosts, Legends, and Lore of Hampton Roads. Cecilia Petretto. Chill to accounts describing odd happenings and ghost sightings by residents, employees, and paranormal teams as they experience haunted houses, ghost tours, and just plain creepiness. Find a paranormal group to join in the area and see ghostly research, photos, and a special introduction to the world of ghosts. Size: 6" x 9" • 60 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3426-9 • soft cover • $14.99 Haunted Alexandria & Northern Virginia. J. J. Smith. Tour of some of the most well-known haunts in the region, including Gadsby’s Tavern, where a strange couple left a mystery behind, the Carlyle House, where a jealous female ghost resides, and the Woodlawn Plantation, where the ghosts of slaves still work. From ghostly strangers and nightmares, to body parts found in unknowing residents’ homes, you’ll find them in Haunted Alexandria. Size: 6" x 9" • 24 b/w photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3258-6 • soft cover • $14.99 VIRGINIA: ARTS & CRAFTS Quilts of Virginia 1607-1899: The Birth of America Through the Eye of a Needle. Virginia Consortium of Quilters’ Documentation Project. Over 270 beautiful historic quilts and ephemera in over 430 color and vintage photos. From quilted armor of the 17th century to crazy quilts of the 19th century, they include homespun work of slaves and fancy work of freed women and First Ladies. An important contribution to quilting history and Virginia heritage. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • Index 428 color & 4 B/W photos • 160 pp ISBN: 0-7643-2465-9 • soft cover • $29.95 THE SOUTH NORTH CAROLINA • SOUTH CAROLINA • GEORGIA • FLORIDA • KENTUCKY • TENNESSEE • ALABAMA • MISSISSIPPI • ARKANSAS • LOUISIANA THE SOUTH: ARTS & CRAFTS When the Spirit Speaks: Self-Taught Art of the South. Margaret Day Allen. This book introduces the reader to 32 self-taught artists in the Southeastern United States, some who are known by collectors and scholars and some who are emerging. Their stories of perseverance, struggle and triumph illustrate the strength of the creative impulse. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 200 photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4731-3 • hard cover • $34.99 Contemporary Southern Homes. E. Ashley Rooney with Foreword by Carl Abbott. The South is known for its preserved mansions but many more beautiful twenty-first century houses preserve that same sense of ambiance. From Virginia to Arkansas, twenty Southern design professionals' work features expansive, open floor plans, walls of glass, and the use of indigenous materials. The architects' diverse backgrounds and design philosophies are shaping the South in the twenty-first century. Size: 9" x 12" • 424 color photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4682-8 • hard cover • $34.99 A People and Their Quilts. John Rice Irwin. Interviews with hundreds of old-time quilters, some over one hundred years old, present a fresh oral history of the subject. Emphasis is placed on quilts and quilters in the Southern Appalachian region, but quilts from throughout America are included. Size: 9’’ x 12’’ • 239 photos & color plates • Index • 214 pp. ISBN: 0-916838-87-0 • hard cover • $45.00 ISBN: 0-88740-024-8 • soft cover • $19.95 Baskets and Basketmakers in Southern Appalachia. John Rice Irwin. American baskets made by people in Appalachia are lovingly shared with readers. Indian baskets, especially Cherokee, also are included. Numerous photos detail every step in the basket making process: from the time the tree is cut until the time the basket is completed. Size: 8 1/2’’ x 11’’ • 603 photos & drawings Index • 192 pp. ISBN: 0-916838-61-7 • soft cover • $19.95 THE SOUTH: SCENES Coastal Garden Plants: Florida to Virginia. Roy Heizer. Photography by Nancy Heizer. Learn the history, folklore, and ethno-botany of 131 of America’s coastal plants from Florida to Virginia. The plants are arranged in alphabetical order by botanical name with a common name cross-reference guide for easy use. Over 230 full color photographs make plant identification easy and accurate. This book is great for botanists, gardeners, nature lovers, and anyone else who appreciates the beauty of plants. Size: 6" x 9" • 243 color images • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4181-6 • soft cover • $24.99 THE SOUTH: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Haunted Battlefields of the South. Bryan Bush and Thomas Freese. These true tales include chilling firsthand accounts of encounters with Civil War ghosts. The spirits of dead soldiers from both Union and Confederate armies walk into re-enactor camps, march in a ghostly night fog, call us to the line, and ask for help. Size: 6" x 9" • 69 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3385-9 • soft cover • $14.99 Appalachia Mountain Folklore. Micheal Rivers. The Appalachian Mountains abound with tales of ghosts and mystery. Covering 16 counties, 40 spine-tingling stories will have you traveling the roads and paths of those who have gone before you. Sites featured include: The Hanging Tree in Cabarrus County, Battle Mansion in Buncombe County, Green River Plantation in Rutherford County, and the House on the Hill in Jackson County. Size: 6" x 9" • 33 b/w images • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4006-2 • soft cover • $16.99 The Unlikely Story of the Museum of Appalachia and How It Came To Be. John Rice Irwin. From boyhood days on the farm through his adult years, John Rice Irwin’s life is inextricably entwined with the founding and development of the Museum of Appalachia. This book tells the story of a man who took to heart his Grandpa Rice’s advice to “start you a little museum sometime." Over 140 images illustrate the text. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 44 color & 97 b/w photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4114-4 • soft cover • $24.99 Guns and Gunmaking Tools of Southern Appalachia: The Story of the Kentucky Rifle. John Rice Irwin. The Kentucky rifle has become a famous part of the history of American development, and here is the story of its own development. The people of the isolated mountain valleys of Appalachia tell how they make and use the Kentucky and related firearms and the supplies that go with them, both in the past and today as tradition continues. Size: 11’’ x 8 1/2’’ • 315 illus. • Index • 118 pp. ISBN: 0-916838-81-1 • soft cover • $14.95 100 Southern Artists. E. Ashley Rooney with Paula Allen. View works by 100 living artists living in Alabama, Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia, and West Virginia. Artists tell their personal stories and inspirations, and show examples of their works. In oil, pastels, sculpture, and wood, a diversity of styles and influences, including pop surrealism, realism, contemporary, abstract, alternative, and others, exemplify rich imagery that affects culture, society, and our environment. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 628 color images • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4241-7 • hard cover • $45.00 81 82 THE SOUTH: NORTH CAROLINA • SOUTH CAROLINA • GEORGIA Hooked Rugs of The Deep South. Jessie A. Turbayne. The tradition of rug hooking is alive and kicking in the Heart of Dixie. Through 844 images, see lush floral motifs, intricate geometrics, Oriental and Persian styles, impressionistic portraits, scenic landscapes, and glimpses of the Old South. This is a great reference book for rug hooking enthusiasts, fiber artists, folk art lovers, collectors, history buffs, and lovers of anything Deep South. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 844 images • Index • 288 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3801-4 • hard cover • $59.99 • Schiffer LTD Ghosts of the North Carolina Shores. Micheal Rivers. Take a spooky journey through the shore towns of North Carolina. Find ordinary men and women who’ve witnessed ghosts. Meet a dead Confederate sentry who has not left his post. In Weldon, waltz with a ghostly lady … until she disappears. Witness a battle at Bentonville that appeared to be a re-enactment—it wasn’t. From the Chowan River to beaches of the Outer Banks, the spirits of the North Carolina shores never rest. Size: 6" x 9" • 32 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3471-9 • soft cover • $14.99 Southern Decoys of Virginia and the Carolinas. Henry A. Fleckenstein. The decoy and waterfowling history of this important region along the south Atlantic coast is thoroughly presented in this comprehensive study. The book fully covers all of the major makers of decoys in the eastern shore of Virginia and the coast of North Carolina as well as makers from other areas whose decoys were used there. Size: 8 1/2’’ x 11’’ • 64 color, 549 b/w photos Index • 232 pp. ISBN: 0-916838-86-2 • hard cover • $39.50 Haunted Theaters of the Carolinas. Cheralyn Lambeth. Meet the father of John Wilkes Booth who moves objects at the Dock Street Theater in Charleston, and the ghost at ImaginOn in Charlotte, who calls out visitors’ names. Discover the origin of superstitions surrounding the theatrical world—why it’s good luck to wish someone to “break a leg," and what a “ghost light" is really for! Size: 6" x 9" • 30 b/w photos, 1 Illustration • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3327-9 • soft cover • $14.99 NORTH CAROLINA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY SOUTH CAROLINA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Pirates and Ghosts of the Carolinas' Coast. Cynthia Moore Brown. Seafaring pirates, ghosts, and spooky tales from the coast of North Carolina. With pirate lore and history abundant for this seaside area, explore graveyards, haunted houses, and locations with spirits that have sparked shivers within audiences for decades. Whether history, unsolved mysteries, legends, or just plain scary happenings, these tales will keep you shuddering long into the night. Size: 6" x 9" • 68 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4765-8 • soft cover • $16.99 UFOs Over South Carolina. Sherman Carmichael. Over 65 contemporary UFO stories from 48 areas in South Carolina. Aliens have made their presence known at nuclear facilities, air force bases and naval stations, dams and power plants, and are even harassing the everyday folk of the Palmetto State. Includes eyewitness accounts, personal interviews, and extensive research. Size: 6" x 9" • 104 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4749-8 • soft cover • $16.99 North Carolina Haunts. Kevin Thomas Ward. Read about some of the most fascinating haunted locations and ghostly encounters that North Carolina has to offer! 34 haunted tales from the Mountains, Piedmont, Coastal Plains, Tidewater, and the Outer Banks regions. Size: 6" x 9" • 49 b/w images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3790-1 • soft cover • $19.99 Haunted Charlotte: Supernatural Stories from the Queen City. Roy Heizer. Explore 27 stories of strange and unexplained occurrences from Charlotte, the largest city in the Carolinas. Enjoy the mystical, weird, horrifying, and, sometimes funny, stories from behind Charlotte’s eternal curtain. Size: 6" x 9" • 45 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4703-0 • soft cover • $16.99 Haunted Historic Greensboro. Theresa Bane. Find out why nothing has grown in the Devil’s Tramping Ground for more than 200 years. Read about ghostly Revolutionary soldiers, a piano player and miner spirits, poltergeist, and other unsettled souls that call the city of Greensboro home. Stop by for a visit...if you dare. Size: 6" x 9" • 53 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3174-9 • soft cover • $14.99 South Carolina Haunts. Kevin Thomas Ward. 30 haunting stories from the coastal, central, and Piedmont areas. From a monster at college to ghost lights in modern buildings, and more, South Carolina is home to spirits, spooks, and all manner of unearthly beings from eras long past. Size: 6" x 9" • 34 b/w images • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4770-2 • soft cover • $16.99 Folktales and Ghost Stories of North Carolina’s Piedmont. Theresa Bane & Cynthia Moore Brown. Hear the sad tale of “The Gentleman Ghost of Uwharrie Mountain" in Asheboro; “Lydia," the phantom hitchhiker of Jamestown; and the real-life account of Lexington’s very own hero, Valentine Leonard. Appearing for the first time in print, 21 spine-tingling ghost tales from the region’s renowned storyteller, Cynthia Moore Brown, perpetuate the history of tradition in Piedmont. This book will delight readers of all ages and quickly become a family favorite. Size: 6" x 9" • 50 images • Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3745-1 • soft cover • $16.99 Ghosts and Legends of Charleston. Denise Roffe. Stroll down cobblestone lanes or sandy beaches to catch a glimpse of apparitions who roam the Charleston area. Enjoy eyewitness accounts of spine-tingling paranormal events showcasing a surprising link between the past and modern-day ghostly experiences. Size: 6" x 9" • 46 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3446-7 • soft cover • $14.99 Ghosts of the Outer Banks. Peggy Schmidt. Discover what the locals of the Outer Banks have known for years…it’s haunted. Rich in natural beauty and history, it makes sense that this area is also a haven for ghosts. Whether you are a long-time lover of the Outer Banks or fascinated with stories of pirates, ghost ships, and mischievous ghosts, these haunts will keep your hair on end! Size: 6" x 9" • 48 b/w photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3986-8 • soft cover • $14.99 Greetings From Charleston. Mary L. Martin & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price. See where the first shots of the Civil War were fired, the stately mansions, the gardens at Magnolia Plantation, and the beautiful beaches. Over 300 hand-tinted postcards are depicted here. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 312 vintage postcards Price Guide • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2488-8 • soft cover • $24.95 Civil War Tours of the Low Country: Beaufort, Hilton Head, and Bluffton, South Carolina. David D’Arcy & photos by Ben Mammina. Take walking and driving tours of towns once plunged into the heart of the American Civil War. Tour Hilton Head, St. Helena, and Daufuskie islands, Bluffton, and pivotal sites in Beaufort connected with the battle for control of the Charleston & Savannah Railroad. Over 140 photos bring the stories life. Tour maps are included. Size: 6" x 9" • 134 color & 12 b/w photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2790-2 • soft cover • $16.95 Civil War Tour of Charleston. David D’Arcy. Photography by Ben Mammina. Tour Charleston, South Carolina, with its important role in the war between the United and Confederate States in 1861. Explore 120 locations, including cemeteries and the homes of blockade runners and Confederate soldiers. Walk the battlefield of James Island. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 153 color and 46 b/w images • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3476-4 • soft cover • $24.99 Lowcountry Plantations: Georgia & South Carolina. Tina Skinner. Photography by Steven Paul Whitsitt. Visit treasured house museums in South Carolina’s Lowcountry and nearby Georgia, exploring the essence of ante-bellum elegance. 222 lovely color photographs guide you through the corridors of nine classically built, exquisite manor homes and the shaded pathways that wend through heirloom gardens. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 222 color photos • Index • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3415-3 • hard cover • $29.99 GEORGIA: SCENES Atlanta’s Garden Plants. Roy Heizer. Photographs by Nancy Heizer. This botanical guide to the greater Atlanta region is teaming with more than 200 color photographs, informative gardening tips, and fun facts and stories about the diverse garden flora of the region. Size: 6" x 9" • 225+ color photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3810-6 • soft cover • $14.99 Savannah’s Garden Plants. Roy Heizer; Nancy Heizer, Photography. For more than 275 years Savannah has served as a gardener’s paradise. Enjoy original tales and folklore pertaining to the history and science of Savannah’s flowers, plants, and trees, and enjoy more than 160 photographs of flora from the Historic District, squares, the house museum gardens, the Savannah Botanical Garden, Bamboo Farm, and Coastal Gardens. Size: 6" x 9" • 163 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3265-4 • soft cover • $9.99 Self-Guided Tour of Savannah. Maryann Jurkofsky. Go back through history and time by visiting landmarks like the Cotton Exchange Building and the magnificent homes. These easy-to-follow maps and accompanying guide will take you around the city in two walking tours approximately one hour and one and a half hours in length. Just follow the numbers on the map. Size: 6" x 9" • 10 color images • 24 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4179-3 • soft cover • $5.00 SOUTH CAROLINA: SCENES Savannah Squares: A Keepsake Tour of Gardens, Architecture, and Monuments. Robert J. Hill II. Revised 2nd Edition. Discover the gardens, architecture, and unique squares of Savannah, Georgia. This charming collection of over 150 beautiful photographs traces the city’s rich history with entertaining text. Come explore these interesting squares, each a geographic landmark in this beloved Southern city. Size: 6" x 9" • 58 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4289-9 • soft cover • $9.99 THE SOUTH: GEORGIA Greetings From Savannah. Mary L. Martin, Tina Skinner, & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price. Over 250 vintage hand-tinted postcards will transport readers back to graceful Southern mansions, sprawling avenues, the imposing buildings of the cotton trade, and the moss-draped oak trees that have made Savannah known the world over. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 272 images • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2444-6 • soft cover • $24.95 Savannah Perspectives. Matthew Propst. Over 100 color photos and an engaging text allow readers to experience the natural and architectural beauty that Savannah, Georgia, has to offer. Its famous squares give the city order and grace, and the historic sites, architecture, colleges, and natural beauty in Savannah’s parks, along the Savannah River, and its islands make this a book to enjoy. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 102 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3460-3 • soft cover • $9.99 Savannah Cemeteries. Matthew Propst. Bonaventure, Colonial Park, and Laurel Grove are must-see sights on Savannah tourist itineraries, and this book is the perfect souvenir for those who make the pilgrimage. See over 200 color photos of final resting places of Savannah’s important founders, heroes, and dignitaries. Visit areas dedicated to Jewish and Catholic citizens, strangers, babies, and even pets. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 223 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3308-8 • hard cover • $19.99 GEORGIA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Savannah’s Monuments: The Untold Stories. Michael Freeman. Shrines commemorating Savannah's people and history, from the popular, accepted history to the lesser known, behind-closed-doors chronicles. Stories are shared in an accessible, conversational, and engaging manner, with attention to historical detail, along with 180+ accompanying images. Includes tour maps. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 186 color images • 136 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4903-4 • soft cover • $16.99 Savannah's Afterlife: True Tales of a Paranormal Investigator. Ryan Dunn. Join Paranormal Investigator Ryan Dunn and his team, the Savannah Ghost Research Society, as they investigate the ghosts, histories, legends, and myths of one of the most haunted cities in the country. Read about eyewitness and personal accounts of people being attacked by ghosts, spirits that are not at rest, and places that continue to house the undead. Size: 6" x 9" • 32 b/w photos • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2945-6 • soft cover • $12.99 The “Bird Girl": The Story of a Sculpture by Sylvia Shaw Judson. Sandra L. Underwood. In 1994, a bronze sculpture in scenic Bonaventure Cemetery in Savannah, Georgia, became famous when it was featured on the cover of the best-selling book, Midnight in the Garden of Good and Evil. This is her story. Size: 6" x 9" • 27 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2370-9 • soft cover • $12.95 Savannah Tavern Tales and Pub Review. David Rousseau & Dow Harris. Quench your thirst for local Savannah with half a dozen splendid drinking tales for those who love local legends and folktales. These stories, set in the city’s pubs and taverns, serve up intrigue, murder, raucous fun, and juicy gossip, all illustrating that history need not be dry stuff! Size: 6" x 9" • 224 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2530-2 • soft cover • $16.95 Spirits of Georgia’s Southern Crescent. Christina A. Barber. Take a eerie tour of the Southern Crescent to learn about Baker Bob, a ghost with a fetish for telephone misuse or poltergeist George, who throws regular tantrums. Join a female apparition on a bridge in Coweta County who wanders the train tracks screaming for her lost child. Whether an icy touch, ethereal whisper, or shadowy figures, Georgia has tales that will chill you. Size: 6" x 9" • 21 b/w photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4769-6 • soft cover • $16.99 Savannah Ghosts: Haunts of the Hostess City. David Harland Rousseau and Julie Collins Rousseau. Blending history with mystery, ten ghostly tales send readers on a haunted journey that began in 1734 and continues through the mid-twentieth century. They include tales of vengeance, mojo, pestilence, and witchcraft. Size: 6" x 9" • 23 b/w images • 192 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2494-2 • soft cover • $12.95 Civil War Walking Tour of Savannah. David D’Arcy & Ben Mammina. Using this guide you will tour Savannah’s Civil War river defenses, witness the battered fortifications along the battle lines, and walk among the beautiful Southern homes, offices, and churches that survived it all. The 98 striking color photos and black and white historical views and maps enhance the experience. Size: 6' x 9" • 93 color & 5 b/w photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2537-3 • soft cover • $19.99 Haunted History: Atlanta and North Georgia. Corinna Underwood. Take a spine-tingling tour of Atlanta and North Georgia that presents real life ghost stories and encounters with the world beyond. Meet ghosts from the Civil War, life-saving guardians, mischievous Southern belles, and demonic entities as you explore The Fox Theatre, Dahlonega Gold Museum, Tilley Mill, The Shakespeare Tavern, The Eagle Tavern Museum, and Tunnel Hill. Size: 6" x 9" • 14 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2854-1 • soft cover • $14.95 Danny’s Bed. Al Cobb. What would you do if the furniture in your house began to mysteriously rearrange itself? The Cobb family had to face this and other questions when they purchased an antique bed for their son, triggering a ghostly presence in their home that still haunts them today. This first-hand account into the world of hauntings in Savannah, Georgia, touches levitation, ghostly communication, and spectral visitations from the dead. Size: 6" x 9" • 23 images • 92 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2703-2 • soft cover • $9.95 Art in Savannah: A Guide to the Monuments, Museums, Galleries, and Other Places. Sandra L. Underwood. Over 100 beautiful color photos and detailed guide take you on an art tour of Savannah, Georgia. Provides descriptions and images of monuments, museums, galleries, art in unexpected places, and profiles of five Savannah artists. Size: 6" x 9" • 103 color & 13 b/w photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2649-3 • soft cover • $14.95 Georgia Spirits and Specters. Beth Dolgner. Over fifty of Georgia’s ghosts are represented in this collection, including “The Meanest Man in Georgia" in Milledgeville, an evil spirit at the Hampton Lillibridge House in Savannah, former inmates at Dahlonega’s Corkscrew Café, and a little girl at Masquerade nightclub in Atlanta. Are you brave enough to meet them? Size: 6" x 9" • 44 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3256-2 • soft cover • $14.99 Savannah's Ghosts. Al Cobb. Do you believe in ghosts? If you live in Savannah, Georgia, you should! Strange and eerie apparitions have been haunting this historic town since the first native Indians settled in southeast Georgia over 2,500 years ago! This chilling first volume of spooky spirits and hauntings of Savannah will take you from ghosts to poltergeists, angels, and demons. Includes tour map. Size: 6" x 9" • 29 color photos • 108 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2701-8 • soft cover • $9.99 Wicked Haints: A Savannah Ghost Story. JK Bovi. “Haints" are what people in the low country of Georgia’s southeast coast call “spirits." It is believed by some folks that the color Haint Blue keeps evil spirits out of a house. When Haint Blue paint is removed from a house in Savannah, strange occurrences begin to happen and those in the know suspect that wicked spirits are wreaking havoc in the haunted historical district. For young adults and older. Size: 6" x 9" • 14 b/w illustrations • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4383-4 • soft cover • $16.99 Savannah's Ghosts II. Al Cobb. Savannah, Georgia, has been rated to be among the top three haunted cities in America today and for good reason! True stories of ghosts, poltergeists, and strange and unusual spiritual events in Savannah will have you reading deep into the night, proving that real life experiences are, indeed, far stranger than fiction. Includes tour map. Size: 6" x 9" • 21 color & 3 b/w images • 100 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2702-5 • soft cover • $9.95 Savannah Folklore. Nicole Carlson Easley. Read Savannah’s history through 58 short stories about revenge, exorcisms, graveyard parties, forgotten cemeteries, unsettled spirits, and lady pirates. See over 60 images of Savannah’s lovely buildings and statues that are mentioned in the text. Learn tales of the most hospitable city in the South. Size: 6" x 9" • 62 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3409-2 • soft cover • $14.99 Savannah Spectres. Margaret Wayt Debolt. Some seventy stories skillfully interwoven with the heritage of the area’s colorful past, and illustrated with over thirty photos and sketches. Incidents of precognition, extrasensory perception, deja vu, and reincarnation are included in this personal and highly readable account. Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 30+ photos/illus. • 200 pp. ISBN: 0-89865-201-4 • soft cover • $9.95 Historic Savannah Postcards. Exquisite hand-colored photographs taken in Savannah, Georgia, between 1900 and 1930 are preserved in a lovely souvenir book, or perforated for removal. At 5" x 7" inches, they fit standard frames, ready to proudly display, or to mail to friends.. Size: 7" x 5" • 20 historic color images • 20 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2572-8 • soft cover • $8.95 Savannah’s Historic Churches. Roy Heizer. Photography by Nancy Heizer. Discover Savannah’s historic churches through 136 color images. Visit Christ Church, the first church in Georgia, and Mickve Israel, which houses the oldest Torah in North America. Tour a church building that was used as part of the Underground Railroad, and learn which churches have been featured in the movies. Size: 6" x 9" • 136 color images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3864-9 • soft cover • $16.99 83 84 THE SOUTH: GEORGIA • FLORIDA GEORGIA: ARCHITECTURE Savannah Architectural Tours. Jonathan Stalcup & photographer Elizabeth Osterberger. Three self-guided walking tours take you on a journey through Savannah’s past and introduce you to the city’s historic architecture. These paths allow you to focus your sightseeing. If you cannot make it to Savannah in person, the 131 beautiful color photos give you a deeper understanding and appreciation of the city and its architecture. Size: 6" x 9" • 131 color photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2907-4 • soft cover • $14.99 FLORIDA: SCENES A History of the Alligator: Florida’s Favorite Reptile. Donald D. Spencer. Alligators have intrigued Floridians for more than 500 years, becoming symbols, mascots, pets, handbags, food, luggage, and souvenirs. Their history is told through more than 270 color images. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 271 color images • Index/Price Guide • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3083-4 • soft cover • $24.99 Miami Beach Postcards. Photography by Bruce Waters. Forty colorful postcards detail the architectural Art Deco splendor of Miami Beach. Keep it as a souvenir book, detach and mail them, or show them off in any standard 5" x 7" frame. At $14.95, it’s the best deal on the Beach. Size: 5" x 7 1/4" • 40 color postcards • 40 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2306-7 • soft cover • $14.95 Miami Memories: A Midcentury Journey. Mary L. Martin, Tina Skinner & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price. Be transported back to a Golden Era in Miami history. Mid-century postcards portray Art Deco and Miami Modern buildings, in addition to bikini-clad tourists, cabana nightclubs, and the colorful glory of orange groves, flamingos, flowers, and neon. Size: 11" x 8-1/2" • 242 color postcards • 112 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2176-5 • soft cover • $16.95 Miami: Past and Present. Donald D. Spencer. Miami is portrayed through 338 images, including over 140 pairs of “Past and Present" views of the Miami News Tower, City Hall, Fort Dallas, and Olympic Theater. Tour the famous Pier 5 and the Bayside Marketplace, and stroll Flagler Street, Biscayne Boulevard, and South Beach’s Ocean Drive. This is a journey into the past for both residents who remember Miami’s early days and those who are new to Miami, as well as being a great resource for history buffs. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 333 color & 5 B/W images • Index • 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3623-2 • soft cover • $24.99 South Beach Lifeguard Stations. Susan Russell. South Beach and Miami Beach have dozens of whimsical, colorful, and wacky lifeguard stands, including the “Lighthouse Guardhouse" and the “Putting Green Guardhouse." Engaging text provides the history of these colorful and fanciful lifeguard stands, first introduced in 1992. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 64 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2900-5 • hard cover • $19.95 South Beach Postcards. Susan Russell. Splashes of neon at night in a dazzling array of hues; alluring turquoise ocean waters by day, under a sub-tropical sun; whimsical pastel boutique hotels, shops, and cafes everywhere. This magic is captured in a series of 20 beautiful color images, reproduced here in glossy, over-sized postcards, suitable for wall art or sharing by mail. Size: 5" x 7" • 20 color photos • 20 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2630-1 • soft cover • $8.95 South Beach Deco: Step by Step. Iris Chase & Susan Russell, Photographer. Walking tours of the Art Deco architecture, this rich guidebook also offers insight into the tempo, culture, and unusual South Beach customs. Filled with the romance and color of tropical Art Deco; the text will help you uncover the heart and soul of South Beach. Nearly 200 vibrant and artful photographs will take you on a journey filled with the romance and color of tropical Art Deco; the text will help you uncover the heart and soul of South Beach. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 193 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2190-0 • soft cover • $24.95 South Beach Perspectives. Douglas Congdon-Martin. South Beach, at Miami, Florida, has it all: sand, sun, surf, beautiful people, stylish fashions, architecture from the height of American Art Deco to the most modern renderings of steel and glass. The photographer’s eye finds the details. Over 100 wonderful color photographs are reminders of the days spent in this fantastic place. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 102 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2796-4 • soft cover • $9.95 South Beach: Faces and Facades. Iris Garnett Chase & Gabriele Schuetz. Goes beyond the beautiful Art Deco buildings of Miami’s South Beach to the glamorous twenty-first century people who build them, work in them, love and live in them. Immerse yourself in fabulous exterior and interior views of hotels, restaurants, and modern structures. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 440 color photos • Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2593-0 • soft cover • $24.95 A Walking Tour of Lincoln Road, South Beach. Kevin & Becky Plotner. Tour famous Lincoln Road in South Beach, Miami, Florida. Over 80 photos present landmark buildings, shops, and restaurants on a walking tour from the Atlantic Ocean to Biscayne Bay. Gain a historically based panorama of culture every step of the way. Size: 6" x 9" • 81 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2721-6 • soft cover • $14.95 Ocean Drive Guidebook: Ask a Local. Kevin & Rebecca Plotner. Here is a unique tour of South Beach’s Ocean Drive, filled with historical stories flavored with intrigue and humor, and well interspersed with current events and style. The 167 sparkling color photos illustrate the many stories told and make this book a beautiful souvenir to show to family and friends. Treat yourself to this read and you’ll learn why no other location is quite like Ocean Drive. Size: 9" x 6" • 167 color photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2815-2 • soft cover • $14.99 The Fontainebleau Miami. Kevin & Rebecca Plotner. The luxurious Fontainebleau hotel of Florida’s Miami Beach is revealed in 97 historic and contemporary photos and entertaining, informative text. Watch the hotel change, read about the celebrities who frequented this lavish structure, and meet all the characters who brought this extravagant high-rise into existence among a sea of low-rise Art Deco competitors. For everyone with a love of architecture or luxurious living, this book will be a thrill. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 83 color & 14 b/w photos • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3016-2 • hard cover • $24.99 Fort Lauderdale Memories: A Postcard History 1900-1960. Todd L. Bothel. Tour historic Fort Lauderdale through 276 color postcard images of the “Venice of America" and “Gateway to the Everglades." From the 1900s through the 1960s, images of Seminoles, farming, tourism, the beach, buildings, and the New River will appeal to everyone interested in Florida history, architecture, and water activities. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 276 color images Index • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2828-2 • soft cover • $24.99 Cape Canaveral: America’s Spaceport. Donald D. Spencer. Through 318 images, see how the space program transformed Cape Canaveral from a traditional citrus production and tourist area into the world’s most successful high-tech space center. Witness the first successful launch of a two-stage rocket in 1950 and learn about the latest Space Shuttle missions in 2010. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 280 color & 38 B/W images • Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3616-4 • hard cover • $29.99 Florida Theme Parks: A Guide. Alex Miller. Welcome to the Sunshine State—a white sand paradise that plays host to millions of vacation-goers every year. Discover 20 of the state’s unique venues and the attractions that make them famous in engaging text and 280 color photos. Whether you’re planning your family’s dream vacation, or just looking for your next big adventure, this guide offers a window into the state’s largest and most exciting industry! Size: 7" x 10" • 280 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4333-9 • soft cover • $19.99 Greetings from Orlando & Winter Park, Florida: 1902-1950. Donald D. Spencer. This colorful reminder of Orlando’s recent past, from 1902 to 1950, features 351 postcards. See Orlando among orange groves and cattle farms, and as a popular tourist destination. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 351 color images • Price Guide/Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2966-1 • soft cover • $24.99 St. Augustine, Florida: Past and Present. Donald D. Spencer. America’s oldest city, St. Augustine, as seen over the past 100 years. 321 color images including 120 pairs of past and present-day views feature the Plaza, St. Francis Street, the Public Market, the Fountain of Youth, San Marcos Hotel, Flagler Hospital, Trinity Episcopal Church, Anastasia Island, and many other historic landmarks. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 334 color images • Price Guide/Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3146-6 • soft cover • $24.99 Greetings from St. Augustine. Donald D. Spencer. A visual tour through St. Augustine's history in over 300 vintage hand-tinted postcards from the 1900s-1950s. Visit early Spanish homes, stop at the magnificent Ponce de Leon Hotel, stroll picturesque streets, explore the oldest fort in America, and tour an Alligator Farm. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 303 color postcards Price Guide/Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2802-2 • soft cover • $24.95 Greetings from Tampa, Florida. Donald Spencer. Over 300 vintage postcards display Tampa’s history, early inhabitants, and events like the annual Gasparilla Festival. See the Tampa Bay Hotel, and learn the story of its Latin Quarter. This pictorial history is a visual record of Tampa that has largely vanished. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 314 vintage postcards Price Guide and Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2898-5 • soft cover • $24.95 Greetings from St. Petersburg. Mary L. Martin & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price. Tour this winter playground rich in history and tropical allure through beautiful, hand-tinted picture postcards that date back to the early 1900s. The city’s history unfolds with images of the Sunken Gardens, the Coliseum, the luxurious Vinoy Park Hotel, and many others. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 341 postcard images Price Guide/Index • 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2690-5 • soft cover • $24.95 THE SOUTH: FLORIDA St. Petersburg: Past and Present. Alma Wynelle Deese. Over 200 beautifully colored images showcase St. Petersburg, Florida, as a growing city with a history. It’ll provide invaluable information to new and long-time residents and tourists; and postcard collectors worldwide will enjoy the diversity and text. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 281 color photos • Price Guide • 112 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2903-6 • soft cover • $24.95 Greetings from Palm Beach, Florida, 1900-1960s. Donald D. Spencer. Tour Palm Beach, Florida, through 421 color images. Features the Breakers Hotel, Everglades Club, and present-day marvels the Flagler Museum and Donald Trump’s Mar-a-Lago. Learn its evolution into a winter resort. This is a keepsake that tourists and residents alike will treasure. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 421 color images • Price Guide/Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3263-0 • soft cover • $24.99 Orlando Ghosts: Rouse Road and Other Central Florida Haunts. Amanda Branham. Meet an actress-turned-professor at Rollins College, still giving her students advice from beyond the grave. Take a stroll through Leu Gardens with a few of the ghostly residents that will not leave, and dare to walk around Rouse Road Cemetery to face the vengeful spirit of Benjamin Miles. Orbs and goosebumps await you in Oviedo with the strange green balls of ghost light. Size: 6" x 9" • 41 b/w photos • index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3185-5 • soft cover • $14.99 Greetings from Sarasota , Florida: Bradenton and Surrounding Communities. Donald D. Spencer. Sarasota and Bradenton, Florida, traced back to the early 20th century through 375 color postcards. Includes Ringling Bros. Circus, Sarasota Jungle Gardens, the Asolo Theater, Sarasota Bay, Sebring, Venice, and Anna Marie Island. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 399 color images • Price guide/Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3213-5 • soft cover • $24.99 ’50s Roadside Florida. Donald D. Spencer. From concrete dinosaurs of Bongoland and the Citrus Hall of Fame, to underwater scenery of Silver Springs and alligators of Gatorland, 400 vintage postcard images take readers on a journey back in time to the state’s most famous roadside attractions. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 394 postcard images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3364-4 • soft cover • $24.99 Florida At War. Donald D. Spencer. Through 256 images, relive the days when the state’s waterways challenged the defensive capabilities of nations seeking to colonize it, including Spain, France, and England. Visit the many forts and camps that were built to protect and develop the state, including Fort Caroline, Castillo de San Marcos, Fort Myers, and Camp Blanding. This is an excellent resource for educators and history and military buffs. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 256 images • Index • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3714-7 • hard cover • $34.99 St. John’s River: An Illustrated History. Donald Spencer. Tour the St. Johns River as it flows 310 miles northward towards the Atlantic Ocean near Jacksonville. 300 color images show this resource and its history. It was explored by both the Spanish and French, hosted a thriving Steamboat trade, and has been a popular recreation and tourist site. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 300 color images • Price Guide/Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2826-8 • soft cover • $24.99 Greetings from Fort Myers and Sanibel Island. Donald D. Spencer. The Fort Myers and Sanibel Island area is peppered with beautiful homes, luxury resorts, and beautiful shells, as showcased in 450 rare postcard views, drawings, and photos. They include Thomas Edison’s winter home, the Royal Palm Hotel, and the Tamiami Trail. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 420 color & 24 b/w images • Price Guide/Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3305-7 • soft cover • $24.99 Greetings from Jacksonville, Florida. Donald D. Spencer. Jacksonville, a gateway to Florida by air, land, and sea, enjoyed a rich past. Color postcards trace Jacksonville’s roots to a favorite winter resort. This book will be treasured by historians and tourists alike. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 400 color images • Price Guide/Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2958-6 • soft cover • $24.99 Greetings from Ormond Beach, Florida. Donald D. Spencer. A unique glimpse of Ormond Beach, Florida, during the first half of the twentieth century. Over 230 postcards portray people, street views, hotels, parks, race cars, residences, churches, gardens, boat trips, and more. The captions go well beyond simply describing the scenes, they offer little-known details of local social history and lore. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 238 color photos Index/Price Guide • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2809-1 • soft cover • $24.95 Daytona Bike Week. Donald D. Spencer. Sandwiched between NASCAR’s highly-publicized Daytona 500 auto race and college students’ Daytona Beach Spring Break is Daytona Bike Week. This scrapbook has over 400 full-color photographs of exceptional bikes and their devoted owners, as well as snapshots from favorite hangouts like Dirty Harry’s, the Full Moon Saloon, and Bike Week’s famous beer tents. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 406 photos • Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2977-7 • hard cover • $29.99 Greetings from Daytona Beach. Donald D. Spencer. The rich past of Daytona Beach comes alive through this collection of antique postcards. Accompanied by an engaging account of local history and lore, the images document the first half of the twentieth century and illustrate architectural embellishments and unique designs. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 259 color photos Index/Price Guide • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2806-0 • soft cover • $24.95 FLORIDA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Women in White: The Haunting of Northeast Florida. Elizabeth Randall, Photographs by Bob Randall. There are many secrets in northeast Florida...secrets told in the coded language of ghost lore, guarded by the presence of the "Women in White." Here, read 29 tales from four northeastern Florida counties that are dominated by the wispy trails of these strange female spirits. Size: 6" x 9" • 61 b/w images • 160 pp ISBN13: 978-0-7643-4882-2 • soft cover • $16.99 Florida Ghosts & Pirates: Jacksonville, Fernandina, Amelia Island, St. Augustine, Daytona. C. Lee Martin. Ghosts, murder, mayhem, pirates, shipwrecks, and more can be found along the northern Atlantic coast of Florida. Take a tour of the First Coast and beyond to an era of scandal and plunder, from days of pirates and Spanish conquerors to modern-day scandals along the sea’s stormy side. The ghostly legacy of Florida’s coast lingers and will chill you. Size: 6" x 9" • 38 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3020-9 • soft cover • $14.99 Hauntings in Florida’s Panhandle. Nicole Carlson Easley. Read about 50 of the most haunted locations from Pensacola to Madison. Encounter the NAS Pensacola, where Civil War soldiers walk among the living. Meet a Victorian-era child playing in the Pensacola Little Theatre. Read tales of spirits who may chase you down wooden stairs, blow frigid air into your ears, and scream at you to “Get Out!" But don’t leave just yet; there are many more ghostly “residents" to meet in Florida’s Panhandle! Size: 6" x 9" • 82 b/w photos • Index • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3134-3 • soft cover • $14.99 Florida’s Haunted Hospitality. Michelle Davidson. Immerse yourself in Florida’s haunted hospitality by staying at any of 18 inns, visiting 26 local haunts, or taking one of 8 ghost tours or paranormal investigations that Florida has to offer. Size: 6" x 9" • 45 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4120-5 • soft cover • $16.99 85 FLORIDA: ARCHITECTURE Casas to Castles: Florida’s Historic Mediterranean Revival Architecture. Justin A. Nylander. 40 stunning Mediterranean revival homes in Florida, captured inside and out in over 350 images. The homes range from family-scale creations to mammoth oceanfront palaces. Architects include Addison Mizner, Maurice Fatio, John Volk, Richard Kiehnel, and others. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 358 color photos • 240 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-3435-1 • hard cover • $39.99 Florida’s Historic Victorian Homes. Justin Nylander. Featured inside are forty-one historic houses in Florida built in the Victorian era of the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, brilliantly captured in all their beauty, and accompanied by riveting tales of their original (often famous) owners. Florida’s Historic Victorian Homes delivers a feast for your eyes and mind, a showcase of the most enduring Victorian architecture in Florida. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 350 color illustrations • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4365-0 • hard cover • $34.99 South Beach Architectural Photographs: Art Deco to Contemporary. Paul Clemence with Foreword by Michael Hughes. Explore some of the world’s most extraordinary architecture. Highlighting the elements that create and define the Art Deco style, this collection of 64 black-and-white photographs is a cross between fine art photography and a travel book. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 64 b/w photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2086-6 • hard cover • $24.95 Art Deco Architecture: Miami Beach Postcards. Paul Clemence. Photographer Paul Clemence captures the emblematic forms of Miami Beach’s Art Deco architecture in 20 dramatic black-and-white postcards. Mail them or frame and hang as the fine art they are! A great gift for lovers of South Beach, Art Deco, architecture, and photography. Size: 5" x 7 1/4" • 20 b & w postcards • 20 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2340-7 • soft cover • $9.95 FLORIDA: ARTS & CRAFTS Miami Contemporary Artists. Paul Clemence and Julie Davidow. Takes readers through significant highlights of Miami’s art history, showcasing the works of over 100 key artists who have helped bring the cultural evolution to fruition. This selection of contemporary artists reveals diversity that breathes creative energy into the sultry, scintillating city of Miami. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 319 color photos • Index • 288 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2647-9 • hard cover • $49.95 86 THE SOUTH: FLORIDA • KENTUCKY • TENNESSEE • ARKANSAS • MISSISSIPPI • LOUISIANA South Beach: Two Decades of Deco District Paintings by Mark Rutkowski. Mark Rutkowski. Over 115 original images reveal the Art Deco buildings and decorations in Miami’s South Beach the artist’s eyes. It’s a view like no other! Pace yourself and prepare to enjoy two decades in the Deco District! Includes a preface by Ben Stein. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 119 • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2369-5 • soft cover • $24.95 Miami Graffiti Art. H. Love. The verve of the South Florida graffiti art scene, from classic works of the 1980s to the influence of graffiti art at the annual Art Basel Festival is captured in this book. Each image is accompanied by key caption information. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 310 color photos • 320 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4564-7 • hard cover • $45.00 Strange Kentucky Monsters. Michael Newton. Examine reports of cryptids, a ball python snake found in a rental car, and a one-eyed ape near the Kentucky River. Includes a comprehensive list of alleged Bigfoot encounters, alien big cats, fresh-water phantoms, cold-blooded creatures, and monsters so strange they defy classification. Size: 6" x 9" • 54 b/w images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3440-5 • soft cover • $14.99 Alex Stewart: Portrait of a Pioneer. John Rice Irwin. A moving literary portrait of real 20th century pioneer, Alex Stewart, a cooper, father of 13, farmer, logger, railroad man, and do-it-yourself interpreter of his rugged homeland in the mountains of Tennessee. Size: 6 1/4" x 9 1/4" • 41 photos • Index 298 pp. ISBN: 978-0-88740-053-1 • soft cover • $14.99 Kentucky Spirits Undistilled. Lisa Westmoreland-Doherty. Discover Kentucky’s haunted locations and read bone-chilling stories of murder, decapitations, and things that go bump-even in the daytime. Ghost hunt in the basement of Bobby Mackey’s haunted music world or dine with Jesse James at the Talbott Tavern. Read about the dark, grisly side of the Bluegrass State! Size: 6" x 9" • 55 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3142-8 • soft cover • $14.99 Traveling in Tennessee. Jim O’Rear. Experience the sights, vibes, and unique culture of Tennessee through 375 photos, interesting facts, and humorous tidbits gathered from across the “volunteer" state. Learn about Tennessee’s history, lifestyles, wildlife, and religions as well as the east and west regions. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 375 color images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4137-3 • hard cover • $34.99 FLORIDA: MEMORABILIA Florida Kitsch. Myra & Eric Outwater. 250 color photos salute the popular Florida tourist culture of the 1940s -1970s: alligators, orange and palm trees, mermaids, coconuts, parrots, flamingos, and seashells are the themes on rubber, plastic, and ceramic souvenirs from the Sunshine State. Price guide, bibliography, and laughter included. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 247 color photos Price Guide/Index • 112 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0944-7 • soft cover • $19.95 Floridiana: Collecting Florida’s Best. Myra Yellin Outwater & Eric B. Outwater. An engaging array of Florida collectibles, ephemera, souvenirs, and nostalgic items along with highlights of Florida history, its culture, and a price guide. Through postcards, tablecloths, ceramics, clothing, jewelry, dolls, figurines, and much more, it celebrates the tourist culture that populated Florida from the 1900s through the 1970s. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 654 color photos Price Guide • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0973-0 • soft cover • $29.95 KENTUCKY: ARCHITECTURE Louisville Architectural Tours: 19th Century Gems. Lisa Westmoreland-Doherty. Visit Louisville, Kentucky’s historic districts, replete with antebellum and Victorian homes that will take your breath away. Tour Old Louisville to see the Conrad Caldwell House and the Pink Palace. Rest in a Gothic Revival-styled bed-and-breakfast at the Inn at Woodhaven. Revel in architectural details and learn about Kentucky’s history! Size: 6" x 9" • 67 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3038-4 • soft cover • $14.99 TENNESSEE: SCENES ARKANSAS: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Supernatural Arkansas: Ghosts, Monsters, and the Unexplained. Alan Lowe and Jason Hall. 26 paranormal stories: the angry Mena Poltergeist, the ghostly Sheriff of Nevada County at the Old Washington Jail Bed and Breakfast, the fierce Gowrow Monster of the Ozarks, the legendary Fouke Monster, alien abductions, UFOs, and more. Size: 6" x 9" • 65 color photos • Index • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4123-6 • soft cover • $19.99 MISSISSIPPI VALLEY: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Memories of Memphis: A History in Postcards. Ginny Parfitt & Mary L. Martin. Over 250 vintage postcards, most from the early to mid-20th century document historic scenes, including the city-center, historic churches, noteworthy bridges, and historic homes. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • Over 250 vintage post cards • Price Guide • 128 pp. ISBN: 1-7643-2288-5 • soft cover • $19.95 Paranormal Mississippi River: An Illustrated Encyclopedia. Charles Cassady, Jr. Tour the mighty Mississippi River with this first A-Z encyclopedia-style listing of paranormal phenomena along its winding length. Presented in a cross-referenced format, this is an indispensable guide of the supernatural for the curious traveler, brave riverboat pilot, ghost-folklore buff, aspiring vampire slayer, and dedicated UFO chaser. Size: 6" x 9" • 34 b/w images • Index • 320 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3898-4 • soft cover • $24.99 Mississippi Valley: Architecture A Kentucky Primer: Postcards of Louisville. Mary Martin & Karen Choppa. From the spires of Churchill Downs to the bluegrass farms and blueblood roots of its historic districts, Louisville has something to offer every native and visitor. Over 200 vintage black and white and hand-tinted postcards from the 1900s to the 1940s will take readers back to old Louisville. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 230 postcard images Price Guide • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2570-1 • soft cover • $24.95 Walking in Memphis: 16 Historic Tours. Ron McDonald. Sixteen self-guided walking tours go from Riverwalk along the Mississippi River to Meeman-Shelby Forest State Park. Tour Court Square, stroll the Chickasaw Gardens, visit Rhodes College and the Cancer Survivors Park, and see the legendary Graceland and how the memory of Elvis lives on. This walking tour of Memphis will enhance your appreciation of the great city. Size: 6" x 9" • 59 color images • Maps • Index • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3564-8 • soft cover • $14.99 Mississippi Valley Architecture: Houses of the Lower Mississippi Valley. Stanley Schuler. Overview of the magnificent homes of this region between 1700 and 1865. Shows adaptations of French Colonial, Greek Revival, and vernacular styles with facades, floor plans, and details. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 347 photos • Index • 240 pp. ISBN: 0-916838-96-X • hard cover • $30.00 Lexington, Kentucky: Past and Present. Alma Wynelle Deese. Photography by John Malick. Compare Lexington of the past from postcards with current buildings and scenery using current color photos. See landmark buildings on downtown streets of long ago and their development today, while enjoying a block-by-block tour of the city, its gardens, and cemetery. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 320 color images • Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3290-6 • soft cover • $24.99 Haunted Nashville. Frankie Harris and Kim Meredith Harris. Some of Nashville’s most recognizable landmarks (the State Capitol, Ryman Auditorium, and Honky Tonk Row) hold a fascinating history and a darker, more haunted, past. Discover ghost stories of Confederate soldiers, Andrew Jackson, and the Southern Belle-and why they still haunt Music City. Nashville’s tragic love stories and grisly murders are as fascinating as the haunted tales themselves! Size: 6" x 9" • 39 b/w photos • index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3120-6 • soft cover • $14.99 KENTUCKY: SCENES KENTUCKY: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Campfire Tales: Kentucky. Roberta Simpson Brown. Photographs by Thomas Lee Freese. Just try to ignore the chill down your back as you read 32 campfire tales handed down through the generations in Kentucky! This is a collection of original, scary, and sometimes funny stories about ghosts and strange happenings from the Bluegrass State. The tales are short, creepy, and perfect for telling or reading aloud. Size: 6" x 9" • 32 b/w photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4231-8 • soft cover • $14.99 TENNESSEE: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY LOUISIANA: SCENES Tennessee Ghosts. Jim O’Rear. Take a spooky trip into Tennessee’s bloody and violent haunted history, from Civil War skirmishes to entertainment industry tragedies. Meet the Bell Witch (the only ghost to have actually killed a living human being), Old Green Eyes (a mysterious demon in the woods), “Bob" (the nuisance Rebel soldier), and Little Timmy (an attention-seeking shadow). Jump into the creepy atmosphere that surrounds Tennessee, one of the most haunted locations in the United States. Size: 6" x 9" • 62 b/w photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3118-3 • soft cover • $14.99 Greetings from New Orleans. Mary L. Martin & Tina Skinner. Explore New Orleans in over 230 colorful postcards published during the first half of the 20th century. History unfolds through tales of pirates, a bloody slave revolt, political duels, and beautiful burial vaults built to deal with remains. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 235 color photos • 112 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2371-7 • soft cover • $19.95 LOUISIANA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY The Ghosts of New Orleans. Dr. Larry Montz, Ph.D., and Daena Smoller. New Orleans is haunted. Its rich culture and stormy history make the city a haven for supernatural activity. Based on a six-year scientific study, this book separates facts from folklore and local legends, taking the reader on a fascinating trip through more than 25 different haunted properties. Size: 6" x 9" • 48 photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1184-0 • soft cover • $14.95 THE SOUTH: LOUISIANA • THE MIDWEST: GREAT LAKES • OHIO Marie Laveau: Voodoo Priestess Paper Dolls. Tom Tierney. Explore the world of Marie Laveau (1794 -1881), New Orleans’ powerful “voodoo queen." Both widely respected as a healer to all who sought her help and feared as a woman capable of putting a powerful hex on any enemy, she once danced for thousands who paid admission to watch her lead the famous Voodoo rituals in Congo Square. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 48 pp 11 color dolls & 38 costumes ISBN: 978-0-7643-3191-6 • soft cover • $12.99 LOUISIANA: ARCHITECTURE New Orleans and Its Environs: The Domestic Architecture 1727-1870. Italo William Ricciuti, photos by Rudolf Hertzberg. More than 260 images explore the wide verandahs, hipped and gabled roofs, and lavish iron lacework that give this region its unique architectural character. Includes architectural drawings and molding profiles. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 190 b/w photos, 78 drawings • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3069-8 • soft cover • $24.99 Houses of New Orleans. Alex Caemmerer. Foreword by John Michael Vlach. New Orleans delivers beauty and style in its architecture, even the simple shotgun houses in poor, working neighborhoods. Houses of the Garden District and the plantations beyond are simply stunning. Enjoy rich detailing that was lavished on even the most simple structures, and learn how tastes changed and homes evolved over the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 120 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3117-6 • hard cover • $24.99 LOUISIANA: ARTS & CRAFTS Newcomb Pottery: An Enterprise for Southern Women, 1895-1940. Jessie Poesch, with exhibition catalog by Sally Main Spanola. The illustrated history of the Newcomb Pottery at Tulane University in Louisiana from its founding in 1895. Women art students made and decorated beautiful vases, dishes, and forms that are prized today. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 186 color & b/w photos Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-916838-99-4 • soft cover • $24.95 Newcomb Pottery & Crafts: An Educational Enterprise for Women, 1895-1940. Jessie Poesch with Sally Main. This illustrated sourcebook chronicles the history of the Newcomb Pottery at Tulane University. It explores the development of the art form. A section on marks and dating by Walter Bob is included. 800+ color photos of pottery and crafts and 40 historical b/w images. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 807 color & 40 b/w photos Index • 320 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1847-0 • hard cover • $89.95 THE MIDWEST OHIO • MICHIGAN • INDIANA • ILLINOIS • WISCONSIN • MINNESOTA • IOWA • MISSOURI • N. DAKOTA • S. DAKOTA • NEBRASKA • KANSAS Midwest UFOs and Beyond. Tom Baker. Are we alone in the universe? Is there intelligent life among the stars? Have we been visited by beings from other dimensions? Are UFOs real? Are they abducting people? Take a look at the UFO phenomenon from the earliest annals of recorded history to the multiplicity of sightings and contacts that occur daily in the Midwest and beyond. Both longtime and new UFO enthusiasts will be delighted by this analysis. Size: 6" x 9" • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4390-2 • soft cover • $16.99 Midwest Hauntings. Lee Prosser. 92 listings in 12 Midwest states, some with multiple location sites. Experience ghosts, hauntings, paranormal and supernatural occurrences, and the ongoing presence of UFOs. Size: 6" x 9" • 21 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3605-8 • soft cover • $14.99 Midwest Maniacs. Tom Baker. Sample 18 of the Midwest’s most atrocious and vile human beings. Read a history of murder and mayhem committed by individuals with burning anger and contempt for societal norms, and witness the macabre visions of their personal demons driving them to commit acts so reprehensible, they earned for themselves a place in the annals of criminal history. Size: • 6" x 9" • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3942-4 • soft cover • $16.99 100 Artists of the Midwest: Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Minnesota, Ohio, and Wisconsin. E. Ashley Rooney. In oil, pastels, sculpture, and wood, talented, living artists from the American Midwest explore the richness of the homegrown imagery of their region, including its culture, its society, and its environment. These artists’ works are captured in this book in over 600 full color images. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 618 color photos • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4105-2 • hard cover • $45.00 THE GREAT LAKES: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Campfire Tales: Great Lakes. Christopher Larsen. Enjoy 11 spooky campfire tales based on legends and true events in and around the Great Lakes region. Filled with creepy and sometimes humorous details, each story includes historic significance that relates to it’s eerie candor. Size: 6" x 9" • 16 b/w photos • 128 pp ISBN13: 978-0-7643-4871-6 • soft cover • $16.99 Paranormal Great Lakes: An Illustrated Encyclopedia. Charles Cassady, Jr.. The first A-to-Z listing of strange and supernatural phenomena on the American Great Lakes. A paranormal logbook of ghost ships, lake monsters, UFOs, Indian legends, haunted lighthouses, superstitions, mermaids, omens, curses, and more. Size: 6" x 9" • 21 b/w photos & 7 illustrations • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3295-1 • soft cover • $14.99 THE MIDWEST: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Camp Fire Tales: Midwest. Mike Ricksecker. Experience 10 heart-pounding tales of the Midwest based on history, lore, and legends from around the region. Determine for yourself what is real and what is fiction, as these haunting tales paint a landscape rife with creepy paranormal activity. Size: 6" x 9" • 10 b/w photos • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4771-9 • soft cover • $16.99 Great Lakes Folklore: Legends of the Five Sisters. Charles Cassady, Jr. Over the years, the Great Lakes – Lakes Superior, Michigan, Huron, Erie, and Ontario – have borne Native Americans, explorers, immigrants, bandits, miners, warriors, and entrepreneurs and have inspired great tales of life on and around the water. Learn their stories and discover what secrets lie in lakes’ depths. Size: 6" x 9" • 59 illustrations • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4480-0 • soft cover • $16.99 THE GREAT LAKES: ARTS & CRAFTS Fish & Fowl Decoys of the Great Lakes. Donna Tonelli. Fine decoys and calls from the Great Lakes region, in over 1100 color photographs, with original vintage black and white photos, and a price guide. Includes pieces ranging from the finest museum-quality artifacts to collectibles that are more likely to turn up at a local auction, garage sale, flea market, or antique mall. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 1100+ color & b/w images Price Guide • 288 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1643-5 • hard cover • $69.95 OHIO: SCENES Greetings From Cincinnati. Mary L. Martin & Dinah Roseberry. Cincinnati is rich in history and exquisite charm. Experience unparalleled architecture and art such as that seen at Union Terminal and the Eden Park Conservatory, powerful waterfront and landscapes skirting the Ohio River, and entertainment sites including the wondrous Ohio Grove Amusement Park— “The Coney Island of the West." Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 230 postcard images • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2561-2 soft cover • $24.95 Cincinnati Day Trips. Jennifer Renee Reed. Accompanied by 97 color images, this guidebook takes you to the foothills of the Appalachian Mountains, the landmarks of Piatt Castles and Stetson House, and explores the Buckeye State’s history in aviation. Whether you’re spending the day or a long weekend, Cincinnati and its surrounding areas are bound to amuse and intrigue. Size: 9" x 6" • 99 images • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3716-1 • soft cover • $24.99 Greetings from Cleveland, Ohio: 1900 to 1960. Robert M. Reed. 258 color images trace Cleveland’s growth 1900 to 1960. Tour Euclid Park, Public Square, the Municipal Airport, and Playhouse Square and see for yourself that the city of Cleveland was one of the most important cities of its time “from any view point." Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 258 color images • Price Guide/Index • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3025-4 • hard cover • $29.99 Greetings from Columbus. Robert Reed. 300 vintage postcards and prints that showcase the Columbus's’s rise from wilderness to manufacturing center to state capitol. See the Deshler Wallick Hotel, R.K.O. Theatre, the Le Veque-Lincoln Tower, O’Shaughnessy Dam, and much more. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 318 images • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2885-5 • soft cover • $24.95 Greetings from Ohio: Vintage Postcards 19001960s. Robert Reed. Travel into historic Ohio with original postcards from the first half of the 20th century. 136 Ohio communities from Akron to Zoar are represented, just as they appeared decades ago. Price guide is included. Size: 6" x 9" • 301 color postcards • Price Guide 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1711-3 • soft cover • $16.95 OHIO: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Cincinnati Ghosts. Karen Laven. The Cincinnati tristate area is haunted. Take your place upon a throne in a haunted castle in Loveland, and get a glimpse of a hidden underground church in Utopia. Meet uninvited paranormal houseguests and take a drive along Dead Man’s Curve, where a faceless hitchhiker waits for travelers in the wee hours of the morning. Size: 6" x 9" • 57 b/w photos • Index • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2899-2 • soft cover • $14.99 87 88 THE MIDWEST: OHIO • MICHIGAN • INDIANA Cleveland Ghosts. Charles Cassady. Learn about Melonheads, Gore Orphanage, and the curse of the Franklin Castle. Visit with a ghost that stops a train (repeatedly), a phantom black dog that sinks ships, and a bloody, clutching hand that terrorizes a family. For the doubter, the seeker, the storyteller, and the weekend spook-hunter, learn why the “Best things in death are right here in Cleveland." Size: 6" x 9" • 45 b/w photos • Index • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3002-5 • soft cover • $14.99 Michigan’s Haunted Legends and Lore. Kristy Robinett. Journey across the State of Michigan, rich in history, to read over 40 tales of the strange, the unusual, and the haunted stories of centuries past. And don’t worry; we understand if you need to leave your lights on tonight. Size: 6" x 9" • 169 b/w images • Index • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4240-0 • soft cover • $19.99 Dayton Ghosts. Karen Laven with Doug Laven. Dayton, Ohio, is the “Birthplace of Aviation" and a remarkable area for specters to soar. Stroll through the haunted Wright Patterson Air Force Museum and dine with “Chickie," the ghostly spinster at Amber Rose. Learn about the apparition of a house at the Haunted Trails of Sycamore Woods Park, torn down years ago, but still there for some to see. Size: 6" x 9" • 56 b/w photos & ills. • Index • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3196-1 • soft cover • $14.99 Ghosts of Southeast Michigan. Kristy Robinett. Get a glimpse of the ghost of Blanche who still haunts the Kellogg Park, see spirits who roam the land where a mental hospital stood, and a ghost who refuses to punch out permanently. Meet a winged creature, fairies in the cemetery, and demons who throw dishes. The stories come from homeowners, paranormal investigators, psychics, and even those who call their spirits coworkers. Do you believe? You will… Size: 6" x 9" • 50 b/w photos • Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3408-5 • soft cover • $14.99 The Dead Won’t Hurt You...Or Will They? A True Tale of a Family’s Haunting. D. B. Lyn. In a true and terrifying story, one woman shares her hair-raising tale of a lifetime stalked by menacing, otherworldly presences and ghostly visions in her grandmother’s home in New Waterford, Ohio. Grippingly related. Size: 6" x 9" • 28 photos • 196 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1701-6 • soft cover • $16.95 Detroit Ghosts. Mimi Staver. Visit Henry Ford’s Greenfield Village where you may bump into a costumed volunteer who is more authentic than you know. Meet the former owner of Nancy Whiskey in Corktown, who haunts employees until his favorite whiskey drink is served. Read eyewitness accounts claiming the Detroit Institute of Arts and Belle Isle Park come to life long after the last live visitor has left. Get acquainted with Detroit’s ghosts and experience the legendary haunts that make Motown shake, rattle, and roll. Size: 6" x 9" • 14 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3179-4 • soft cover • $14.99 Strange Ohio Monsters. Michael Newton. The first survey of unknown creatures reported from the Buckeye State throughout recorded history. The list includes Bigfoot, lake monsters, winged creatures resembling prehistoric reptiles, “Mothman," giant snakes and lizards, phantom kangaroos, alien mystery cats resembling tigers and lions, and thriving populations of creatures deemed officially extinct for generations. Size: 6" x 9" • 63 color images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4397-1 • soft cover • $16.99 Paranormal Lansing. Nicole Bray and Rev. Robert DuShane. Explore the campus of MSU, named as one of the most haunted campuses in the U.S. where it is said that a student dies every year under frightening circumstances. Read the story of Elizabeth Giltner, the bride who was murdered before her wedding, and James Dallas Egbert III, the child prodigy behind the famous Dungeons and Dragons legend that sparked the Tom Hanks movie, Mazes and Monsters. With over 50 haunted locations, this book is a must for your paranormal library. Size: 6" x 9" • 40 b/w photos • Index • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3206-7 • soft cover • $14.99 MICHIGAN Detroit Graffiti. Chris Freitag. Thanks to the city's street artists, Detroit is experiencing an artistic renaissance despite endemic financial struggles. The author has documented the evolution of Detroit street art culture in more than a dozen neighborhoods in and around this resilient Midwest city between 2008 and 2013. This photographic dossier is the first book to exclusively feature graffiti from Detroit. Size: 12" x 9" • 511 color photos • 192 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4688-0 hard cover • $50.00 MICHIGAN: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Ghost Hunting in Michigan. Bradley P. Mikulka. Thirteen paranormal investigations conducted by the SouthEast Michigan Ghost Hunters Society through cemeteries, a comedy club, library, business, hotel, theater, private home, and an old prison. An added investigation of nearby Ohio State Reformatory is included. Size: 6" x 9" • 28 b/w photos • 128 pp ISBN13: 978-0-7643-4941-6 • soft cover • $16.99 Ann Arbor Area Ghosts. Mimi Uptergrove. Ann Arbor and its surrounding cities still retain an active nightlife. Sightings of ghosts and the sounds of disembodied voices and phantom footsteps, some dating back nearly two hundred years, have been reported by professors, storeowners, musicians, and others. Prepare to be scared! Size: 6" x 9" • 36 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2850-3 • soft cover • $14.95 Ghosts of Bay City, Saginaw, and Midland. Lisa Hoskins. Ghosts still haunt Bay City and surrounding Midland and Saginaw, Michigan. Explore the Bay City Theatre, with it’s own ghost chair, and Pine Ridge Cemetery where Civil War soldiers communicate from beyond the grave. Read about the haunted home where spirits hide keys, write messages on walls and carpets, and leave objects from the spirit world. Size: 6" x 9" • 35 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3127-5 • soft cover • $14.99 Ghosts of Anchor Bay. Debi Chestnut and Linda Sparkman. Journey into haunted houses and byways of Anchor Bay, Michigan. Through 20 tales and short stories, meet the spirits, travel the roads, and enter the homes and cemeteries of Anchor Bay residents and guests. 36 color photographs. Share thrilling tales that proclaim Anchor Bay to be haunted. For example, meet the headless husband, a murdered dog, and share the thrilling tales that proclaim Anchor Bay to be haunted. Size: 6" x 9" • 36 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2302-4 • soft cover • $9.95 Michigan’s Haunted Nightlife. Nicole Bray and the Rev. Robert DuShane. Take a haunted tour of Michigan’s nightlife—especially if you like the company of ghosts! Relax with resident ghosts in the Regent Theater where a spirit usher still shines his flashlight along the theater isles or take a tour of Detroit’s Symphony Orchestra Hall where a ghostly figure keeps an eye on rehearsals. Visit actor Jeff Daniels’ spirit-filled Purple Rose Theater to interact with a feisty ghost who moves stage props. Size: 6" x 9" • 16 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3320-0 • soft cover • $14.99 INDIANA: SCENES Greetings From Indianapolis. Robert Reed. Over 340 vintage postcards dating back to the turn of the century will showcase the nostalgic quality of this Hoosier city, including Monument Circle, views of Butler University, and the home of President Benjamin Harrison. Approximate dating and postcard values will aid collectors in building their own collections of these striking images Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 344 postcard images Price Guide • 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2629-5 • soft cover • $24.95 INDIANA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Collector’s Guide to Crawfordsville Crinoids. William W. Morgan. The book provides the new or advanced collector or the student of invertebrate paleontology with a concise but in depth understanding of the Mississippian Age crinoids found at Crawfordsville, Indiana. The information provided will enable the reader to understand the geological history, the classification, and the features which differentiate the crinoid species found at this locality. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 111 photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4604-0 • soft cover • $19.99 South Bend Ghosts: and Other Northern Indiana Haunts. Stephen Osborne. Meet the ghosts of football great George Gipp, that still haunts his old stomping grounds at Notre Dame University and the infamous Belle Gunness, who murdered over 40 people at her LaPorte farmhouse. Haunted roads, unexplained lights, a house that possesses those who dare reside there, and even phantom felines await you in South Bend and the surrounding area. Size: 6" x 9" • 11 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 9780-7643-3199-2 • soft cover • $14.99 Haunted Hoosier Halls: Indiana University. Kat Klockow. Tour Indiana University’s spooky Bloomington campus and Southern Indiana’s haunted houses and creepy corners. The mysterious Buskirk-Showers Mansion is where one might be locked in the restrooms or find wine glasses smashed. The Story Inn is where the blue lady might stare back at you from a mirror. Meet the paranormal teams who have investigated notorious haunted locations, such as the Crump Theater where phantom music and fragrances are often experienced and Stepp Cemetery with its many legends and scares. Join the haunts at Hoosier Halls! Size: 6" x 9" • 61 b/w photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3574-7 • soft cover • $16.99 Haunted Indianapolis and Other Indiana Ghost Stories. Tom Baker & Jonathan Titchenal. Read about the mysterious mansion of Skiles Test and see the strange, blue, dancing orbs that beckon in the night. Stop for a drink at the Slippery Noodle Inn, and catch a glimpse of the spectral bootleggers and outlaws who still call the place their home. There’s more than corn in Indiana; ghosts and fear stalk the fields under the nighttime sky. Size: 6" x 9" • 5 b/w photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2747-6 • soft cover • $14.95 Strange Indiana Monsters. Michael Newton. There are strange monsters in Indiana. Some are called “hypothetical" species by the state’s Department of Natural Resources; others are merely exotic or overlooked. Indiana creatures will fascinate you as much as the intrepid hunters who stalk them. Size: 6" x 9" • 49 b & w photos & illus • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2608-2 • soft cover • $12.95 Indiana Ghost Folklore. Tom Baker. Indiana has witches, werewolves, ghosts, ghouls, and Hairy Men galore, in this shivery exploration of the dark side of Hoosier history. Take a haunted tour through the halls of Culbertson Mansion! Thrill to true accounts of possession and exorcism! Learn the secrets of UFO contacts in the Hoosier state. Size: 6" x 9" • 32 b/w images • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3334-7 • soft cover • $14.99 THE MIDWEST: ILLINOIS • WISCONSIN • MINNESOTA • MISSOURI ILLINOIS: SCENES Greetings From Chicago. Mary Martin & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price. Chicago, The Windy City. grew from a small frontier town into a thriving metropolitan center of finance, industry, transportation, and tourism. Over 300 vintage black and white and hand-tinted postcards, dating from the 1900s to the 1950s, take readers on a tour through history, showcasing historic scenes and highlighting events and sights that made Chicago famous. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 318 vintage postcards • 128 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-2545-0 • soft cover • $24.95 ILLINOIS: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Chicago’s Haunt Detective. Raymond Johnson. Take a fresh look at Chicago’s ghosts, legends, and psychics from the viewpoint of a West Chicago criminal investigator and local historian. ead favorite legends as well as little-known stories. Who was the fun-loving, hitchhiking, dance-hall phantom known as Resurrection Mary? Visit favorite legends as well some not so well known stories in a fact vs. fiction supernatural investigation … “Chicago Style." Size: 6" x 9" • 56 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3718-5 • soft cover • $16.99 Ghosts of Northern Illinois. Stephen Osborne. Ghost tales and legends surrounding Chicago, Rockford, Dekalb, Dixon, Byron, and other cities in towns in Northern Illinois with over a dozen haunted locations to visit. Visit Willow Creek Farm, one of the top ten haunted houses in Illinois, where over 30 spirits have been detected! Size: 6" x 9" • 30 b/w photos • Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4023-9 • soft cover • $16.99 Chicago Crime Stories: Rich Gone Wrong. Bryan W. Alaspa. Discover the most notorious criminals and crimes in Chicago’s history through 18 crime-filled stories. Gain insight on copycat killers and the FBI. Read about the “Trial of the Century," and how legendary lawyer Clarence Darrow became a household name. Explore the mind of the Tylenol Terrorist who paralyzed the country with fear. Size: 6" x 9" • 4 b/w photos • Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3114-5 • soft cover • $14.99 Chicago’s Unsolved Crimes & Mysteries. Bryan Alaspa. Chicago is a city filled with history, but it is also filled with mysteries that, to this day, have no answer. People disappear, UFOs are spotted over O’Hare International Airport, and the bodies of a notorious serial killer’s victims are still being sought. These tales, and more, will tantalize your mind, haunt your dreams, and keep you guessing. Size: 6" x 9" • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4311-7 • soft cover • $16.99 Chicago History: The Stranger Side. Raymond Johnson. Strange new discoveries and connections for nine popular Chicago locations, explored by a former criminal investigator, author, and local historian. Read about murdered sisters Barbara and Patricia Grimes, one too many bodies located under the 1893 Columbian Expo Cold Storage Fire Memorial at Oak Woods Cemetery, H.H. Holmes and Chicago’s White City, and links between Chicago and the Titanic Disaster of 1912. Illustrations by Kimberly MacAulay. Size: 6" x 9" • 66 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4509-8 • soft cover • $16.99 Paranormal Illinois. Michael Kleen. Why did hundreds of people line up bumper to bumper in rural Illinois to catch a glimpse of a scantily clad phantom along Kennedy Hill Road? What is the real history behind Independence Grove and Devil’s Gate? This painstakingly researched book leaves no ghost unturned. Size: 6" x 9" • 23 b/w photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3430-6 • soft cover • $14.99 Chicago Disasters. Bryan W. Alaspa. Whether the disasters came from the earth itself, from fire, air, or water, Chicago has paid its dues in blood, sweat, and tears. You will be amazed at the courage, senselessness, shock, and horror of Chicago’s disasters. Size: 6" x 9" • 6 b/w photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3395-8 • soft cover • $14.99 Milwaukee Ghosts. Sherry Strub. Hear dead musicians play music from the sunken Lady Elgin, read about the ghost of Pfister Hotel and the child ghost who eats bread and jam right in front of diners. Read about many eerie events in Milwaukee. Size: 6" x 9" • 16 b/w photos • Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2866-4 • soft cover • $12.95 Chicago Ghosts. Rachel Brooks. Chicago’s ghosts are an inextricable part of the city’s fabric. Meet the ghosts at Oprah's studios, the strange hitchhikers along Archer Avenue, the frightened souls from the St. Valentine's Day Massacre, and the feared La Llorona, who just may steal your children! Size: 6" x 9" • 18 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2742-1 • soft cover • $14.95 Ghosts of Madison, Wisconsin. Sherry Strub. Take a haunted journey to interact with the feisty spirits of Madison, Wisconsin. Meet a bounty hunter peeking in windows along Highway 151, cringe at a phantom black dog standing between you and town on Military Ridge, and marvel at the corpse that disappears at the University of Wisconsin before anyone could report it! Size: 6" x 9" • 68 b/w photos • Index • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3072-8 • soft cover • $14.99 89 MINNESOTA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Ghosts of Springfield and Southern Illinois. Rachel Brooks Posadas. Meet Abraham Lincoln’s ghost relaxing in a rocking chair in his old home, and the ghost of murdered abolitionist Elijah Lovejoy, who roams near his monument in Alton Cemetery. The ghost of Reverend Phillip Mercer locks and unlocks doors at the First Unitarian Church and Red is the Lincoln Theater’s most famous ghost. Size: 6" x 9" • 27 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3304-0 • soft cover • $14.99 Strange Minnesota Monsters. Christopher S. Larsen. Eye witnesses claim to have seen Bigfoot in Two Harbors, Wendigos in Roseau, lake monsters in Lake Pepin, Mothman near Rochester, trolls in Cannon Falls, and a musically inclined purple dwarf, formally known as Prince, in Minneapolis. These are some of the frightening creatures that grace the state of Minnesota. Size: 6" x 9" • 48 b/w photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3598-3 • soft cover • $16.99 ILLINOIS: ARCHITECTURE Mies van der Rohe’s Farnsworth House: Postcard Book. Paul Clemence. Striking architectural details of the Farnsworth House are captured in 20 eye-catching B & W postcards. Whether mailing or framing the stunning images, this book is a must-have for devotees of architecture, design, Modernism, the Bauhaus, Mies van der Rohe, and photography. Size: 5" x 7 1/4" • 20 b&w postcards ISBN: 0-7643-2376-8 • soft cover • $14.95 Mies van der Rohe’s Farnsworth House. Paul Clemence with Foreword by Dirk Lohan. The Farnsworth House, located near Plano, Illinois, is the only private residence designed by famed modernist architect Ludwig Mies van der Rohe. Striking architectural details are captured in over 70 eye-catching color and black-and-white photos and drawings. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 40 b&w & 33 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2443-8 • hard cover • $34.95 WISCONSIN: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY You’ve Got Ghosts! Haunted Tales from the Inbox. Jennifer Lauer and Dave Schumacher. Everyday people who have paranormal situations plaguing them in their daily lives bare all to The Southern Wisconsin Paranormal Research Group (SWPRG) via email – who listen and then react. Can these haunting mysteries be explained? Or are they something that should be swept under the rug, forgotten, left alone for someone else to worry about? Size: 6" x 9" • 19 b/w images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3945-5 • soft cover • $16.99 Wisconsin’s Ghosts. Sherry Strub. Take a ghostly tour of Wisconsin to learn myths, legends, and ghost stories that haunt this historic state from the beautiful north woods to the historic south, and everywhere in between. Encounter desk-tossing ghosts at one of two haunted schools, and smell the horrible odor that lingers around the witch ghost of Callan Road. Whether indoor, outdoor, human, or animal, Wisconsin has truly frightening spirits.Size: 6" x 9" • 60 b/w photos • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3209-8 • soft cover • $14.99 Ghosts: Minnesota's Other Natural Resource. Brian Leffler. First-hand paranormal experiences are related from Minnesota's most haunted places. Gather tips from the first-rate investigative team, the Northern Minnesota Paranormal Investigators. Minnesota’s ghosts will haunt you. Size: 6" x 9" • 25 b/w photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2713-1 • soft cover • $14.95 Ghosts of Southeastern Minnesota. Christopher Larsen. Read about historic Southeastern Minnesota to learn the myths, legends, and ghost stories that haunt Rochester and its surrounding towns and cities. Visit Mayowood Mansion to hear ghostly denials from the spirit of Dr. Joseph Mayo. In Mantorville, find out the truth about the haunted funeral home-turned-Opera House. In Lanesboro at Mrs. B’s Inn to sleep with Buffalo Bill’s ghost. Size: 6" x 9" • 40 b/w photos • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3054-4 • soft cover • $14.99 MISSOURI SCENES Route 66: Missouri. Joe Sonderman. Over 300 vintage postcards and color photos capture Route 66 across Missouri. There are stops at the “no-tell motels," gas stations, cafes, roadside stands, and tourist traps. The text provides histories at each stop, including icons of the “Mother Road" such as the Coral Court, The Diamonds, and the Meramec Caverns. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 286 color photos • Price Guide • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3413-9 • soft cover • $24.99 Greetings From St. Louis. Mary L. Martin, Dinah Roseberry, & Kim Hufford. Take a tour back in time to see St. Louis as it appeared 100 years ago. Rare views of St. Louis, including the famous Union Station, the Eads Bridge, Forest Park, home of the 1904 Worlds Fair, the steamboats along the Mississippi, and the landscaped parks. Approximate dating and values are included. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 328 postcards • Price Guide/Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2824-4 • soft cover • $24.95 90 THE MIDWEST: MISSOURI • NORTH DAKOTA • NEBRA SKA • KANSAS • THE SOUTHWEST MISSOURI: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY UFOs in Missouri: True Tales of Extraterrestrials and Related Phenomena. Lee Prosser. Missouri is a hotbed of UFO activity. From time slips and vortices to extraterrestrials, the state appears to be a haven for all things supernatural. Hear about residents who have been “implanted." Learn how to call down a UFO. See where UFOs were sighted in such places as Excelsior Springs, Harrisonville, Marshfield, and Northview, and travel Missouri’s own Bermuda Triangle – Joplin, Springfield, and Branson. Size: 6" x 9" • 31 images • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3747-5 • soft cover • $16.99 Paranormal Missouri: Show Me Your Monsters. Jason Offutt. Tour locations in the Show-me State to witness strange sights in lonely cemeteries, abandoned buildings, and Bigfoot-infested woods. Did Mark Twain dictate a novel through a Ouija board? Does a secret UFO base exist in Jefferson City? Was a Missouri student accosted by black-eyed Kids? Did a Marceline man sleep with an extraterrestrial? Size: 6" x 9" • 36 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3577-8 • soft cover • $14.99 Branson Hauntings. Lee Prosser. Visit Branson Cemetery to see a ghostly skirmish from the Civil War and two dead children chasing each other through the tombstones. See tears of a ghost woman as she carries her baby on Third Street, and witness actor Cameron Mitchell’s ghost at varied restaurants and shops in Branson’s historic business section. Size: 6" x 9" • 49 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3402-3 • soft cover • $14.99 Fort Abraham Lincoln: Dakota Territory. Lee Chambers. One of America’s most important 19th century forts, for troops protecting construction crews on the Northern Pacific Railroad. Civil War hero George Armstrong Custer was in command of the fort at the time of the battle at Little Big Horn. Every building is described with its function and shown in over 200 historic blueprints. Historic and recent photographs are included. Size: 6" x 9" • 207 photos • Index • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3026-1 • soft cover • $19.99 NEBRASKA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Alien Encounters in the Western United States. Tracie Austin. The 9 accounts of alien encounters in this book are true. Meet Dr. Roger Leir, who documented encounters and performed surgery to remove alleged implants. Read about on-craft horrifying physical examinations, reproduction experiments, hybrid children, telepathy, levitation, missing time, and more. See drawings by Christine Dennett of alien beings, including the Greys, Reptilian, Nordic, Dwarf, and the Tall Whites. Size: 6" x 9" • 10 Illustrations • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4145-8 • soft cover • $16.99 THE SOUTHWEST: ARTS & CRAFTS Great Plains Warriors of World War II: Air Bases and Plants Built for War: Nebraska’s Contribution to Winning the War. George A. Larson, USAF (Ret.). A concise history of Army Air Force and Air Force bases in Nebraska, including coverage of the Martin B-26/B-29 plant at For Crook and complete coverage of the Axis POW camps located in Nebraska during and just after WWII. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 329 color & b/w photos • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4379-7 • hard cover • $49.99 100 Artists of the Southwest. Douglas Bullis. The work of 100 important painters, sculptors, photographers, potters, weavers, and jewelers living and working in New Mexico and Arizona today. Their stories and works of art will amaze as well as illuminate. This book provides the most vibrant picture of contemporary Southwestern art. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 500+ photos • 224 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2414-4 • hard cover • $39.95 Cold War Cornhuskers: The 307th Bomb Wing Lincoln Air Force Base Nebraska • 1955-1965. Mike Hill. Cold War Cornhuskers relates the day-by-day, month-by-month history of the 307th Bomb Wing at Lincoln Air Force Base during the hectic days of the Cold War. The inside story of a Strategic Air Command bomb wing is told by those who served within the wing and official Air Force documents and photos. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300+ images • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3751-2 • hard cover • $69.99 Contemporary Art of the Southwest. E. Ashley Rooney with Julie Sasse. This book surveys, in text and over 600 photos, the contemporary artwork from Arizona, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Texas. The book’s intent is to take a fresh look at the magical and insightful ways in which the area’s artists have interpreted life in this region. Included are paintings, sculpture, ceramic art, prints, collage, jewelry, photography, and kinetic percussion electronic assemblages. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 624 color photos • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4543-2 • hard cover • $45.00 KANSAS: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Ghosts of St. Louis: The Lemp Mansion and Other Eerie Tales. Bryan W. Alaspa. St. Louis is filled with ghosts. Read a scandalous account of the Lemp family, an American tale of opportunty that turned to mayhem and ghosts. Other scary tales include the haunted Jefferson Barracks, the ghostly children of Rock House, and the ghost-infested McDowell Medical College. Size: 6" x 9" • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2688-2 • soft cover • $12.95 Missouri Hauntings. Lee Prosser. 135 haunted locations and their stories include dead soldiers fighting at Wilson Creek National Battlefield and a ghost cat that runs the stairs of Pythian Castle in Springfield. Meet shadow figures at North Lawn and Salem Cedar Grove cemeteries in Salem and hear the cry of the Banshee at Devil’s Elbow. Size: 6" x 9" • 59 b/w photos • Index • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3119-0 • soft cover • $14.99 Haunted Kansas City, Missouri. Angie Cox. Visit Union Station to see ghostly gangster Frank Nash who still haunts the location of his death. Read about Jesse James and his family who still remain to haunt the James Farm in Kearney, Missouri. Read death quotes from famous historical figures Abe Lincoln and Mark Twain. Size: 6" x 9" • 55 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3194-7 • soft cover • $14.99 NORTH DAKOTA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Spooky Creepy North Dakota. Lori L. Orser. Travel the prairies of North Dakota to discover ghost stories, legends, and haunted places that dot the state. Haunted roads carry you to spooky cemeteries and churches! Learn about college haunts and steelyard spooks! Whether it’s haunted homes or mysterious murders, Spooky North Dakota has haunts for you! Size: 6" x 9" • 36 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3567-9 • soft cover • $14.99 Ghosts of Kansas. Beth Cooper. Meet the ghosts of Kansas! Visit with a librarian who moves books at the State Capitol and prostitute ghosts that have been known to go home with patrons at River House. Kansas ghosts are here to terrify and to entertain! Size: 6" x 9" • 37 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3390-3 • soft cover • $14.99 THE SOUTHWEST OKLAHOMA • TEXAS • NEW MEXICO • ARIZONA THE SOUTHWEST: SCENES Southwest Reflections: Grand Canyon & The Four Corners. Steve Larese. Explore America’s Four Corners region, the only place in the nation where four states meet. This book presents over 230 color photos from New Mexico, Arizona, Utah, and Colorado. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 236 color photos • 144 pp.ISBN: 9780-7643-4093-2 • hard cover • $29.99 THE SOUTHWEST: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY UFOs Over Nevada: A True History of Extraterrestrial Encounters in the Silver State. Preston Dennett. The first book to present a comprehensive history of UFO encounters in the Silver State. Inside you will find sightings, landings, face-to-face encounters, onboard experiences and even UFO crashes. Why does Las Vegas attract so many UFOs? What is the truth about Area 51? The answers are inside! Size: 9" x 6" • 7 b/w photos • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4777-1 • soft cover • $19.99 Haunts of the Southwest. Linda Moffitt. Explore the ghosts and mysteries across the American Southwest. Includes addresses to public locations in Arizona, California, Nevada, New Mexico, Colorado, and Utah. Over 200 different spirits and haunted locations. Size: 9" x 6" • 72 color photos • Index • 160 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3597-6 • soft cover • $19.99 Tattoo Road Trip: Best of the Southwest: Arizona & New Mexico. Bob Baxter and Mary Gardner. Showcasing tattoo shops featuring the blossoming body art communities in New Mexico and Arizona, this book features over 600 color photos of tattoo artistry. Thirty hand-picked tattoo shops and the work of over one hundred artists are included. Motifs captured include natural scenes, nautical motifs, portraits of loved ones, religious art, and much more. Size: 12" x 12" • 612 color photos • 304 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4667-5 • hard cover • $80.00 • Schiffer LTD Quincy Tahoma: The Life and Legacy of a Navajo Artist. Charnell Havens & Vera Marie Badertscher. Over 260 color photos and oral histories from more than 50 people were used to create the first complete biography of the important Navajo painter, Quincy Tahoma (1917-1956). The paintings portrayed display the range of the artist’s talents. Many of the works illustrated have not been seen in public before. Size: 9" x 12" • 269 color photos • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3708-6 • hard cover • $50.00 • Schiffer LTD Neil David’s Hopi World. Ron Pecina & Bob Pecina, with art by Neil David, Sr. A series of pen and ink drawings present a history of Hopi Indian life from the Pueblo Rebellion to the challenges of coping with modern societal changes. Artist Neil David, Sr., interprets these important events and milestones in an imaginative, often witty way. Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 50+ color & b/w images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3808-3 • hard cover • $29.99 Pueblo Dancing. Nancy Hunter Warren & Jill Drayson Sweet. This book explores Pueblo dancing, illustrated with photographs of dancers in traditional costumes from Pueblos San Ildefonso, Santa Clara, San Juan, Jemez, Taos, Pecos, Acoma, and Tesuque. Nancy Hunter Warren took these sensitive images before the Pueblos created a ban on taking photographs of their ceremonies. Size: 9" x 12" • 99 b/w photos • Index of dances • 176 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3860-1 • hard cover • $39.99 THE SOUTHWEST Contemporary Hopi Kachina Dolls. Nancy Schiffer. The identities of 250+ kachina dolls made by contemporary Hopi artists and on the market today. They represent spirits and dancers in ceremonies for rain, fertile crops, and the goodness of life. The descriptive text and over 500 color photographs present Hopi and English names, artist identity, and current market value ranges. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 519 color photos Price Guide/Index • 208 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1848-9 • hard cover • $39.95 Pueblo Pottery Families. Revised & Expanded 3rd Edition. Lillian Peaster, & Guy Berger. More than 554 modern Southwest Pueblo potters are introduced from 102 families with 160 color photographs of them and their meticulous work. Traditional and new forms are displayed to demonstrate the evolving nature of their work. A new value reference reflects the present pottery market. Size: 9" x 6" • 160 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2880-0 • soft cover • $19.95 Navajo Weaving Today. Nancy N. Schiffer. The traditional regional styles long associated with Navajo blankets and rugs continue to evolve. Here contemporary weavings are shown in color, with text identifying many of today’s weavers. The new styles of Burntwater, Wide Ruins, Ganado, Crystal, Chinle, Two Grey Hills, Teec Nos Pos, Western Reservation and Shiprock area designs show the continuing talent among today’s Navajo weavers. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 172 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-319-0 • soft cover • $12.95 Hopi Kachina Dolls and their Carvers. Theda Bassman. Contemporary Kachina dolls are beautifully illustrated with over 150 color photos. The lives of the carvers who make them are explored in depth. Twenty-five of today’s most important Kachina carvers have been interviewed for a first-hand glimpse at their work. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • over 150 color photos Index • 192 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-373-5 • hard cover • $59.95 Pueblo and Navajo Contemporary Pottery and Directory of Artists. 2nd edition, revised and expanded. Guy Berger & Nancy Schiffer. The traditions of Pueblo and Navajo artists from Arizona and New Mexico with new interpretations by the modern generation. Pottery from Acoma, Hopi, Jemez, Navajo, San Felipe, San Ildefonso, San Juan, Santa Ana, Zia, and Zuni families. The Directory of Artists includes kachina carvers, jewelry makers, sculptors, and potters. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 100s of color photos Price Guide/Index • 168 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1896-9 • soft cover • $29.95 Pictorial Weavings of the Navajo. Nancy N. Schiffer. In this folk art, representations of recognizable objects occasionally have been a part of Navajo weavings at least since the mid19th century. Pictorial weavings are shown with new as well as older examples. Here are familiar and imaginary animals, birds, people, religious designs, and multiple weavings of fantastic details, arranged chronologically within design groups to demonstrate the evolution of styles. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 194 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-318-2 • soft cover • $12.95 The Hopi Approach to the Art of Kachina Doll Carving. Erik Bromberg. The beautiful diversity of Hopi Kachina dolls is pictorially presented to show past, present, and evolving styles. These carved representations of ceremonial figures taking part in celebrations of the Kachina religion are popular collectibles. This book explains, compares, and presents the variety of dolls through color pictures, line drawings, and text. Size: 8 1/2’’ x 11’’ • 164 photos & drawings Index • 94 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-062-0 • soft cover • $9.95 Native American Fetishes. Revised & Expanded 2nd Edition. Kay Whittle. When is a fetish not a fetish? Find out in this celebration of the most misunderstood genre of Southwestern Indian carvings From Beast Gods to Directional Guardian Spirits, this book explores the magic and mystery behind the charismatic, mostly stone, animal figures or fetishes skillfully carved by artists from the Southwestern Pueblos. Hundreds of pictures and insightful text highlight the impressive variety of forms, materials, and traditional and contemporary styles available to collectors. A price guide is included. Size: 6 1/2" x 9" • 313 photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2516-7 • soft cover • $14.95 The Navajo Art of Sandpainting. Revised & Expanded 2nd Edition. Douglas Congdon-Martin. Sandpainting has its origin in the religious tradition and practice of the Navajo people. Over 400 sandpaintings, from the most traditional to the newest forms, are illustrated here in full color. The sandpaintings are organized by artist, making this an important reference for collectors. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 346 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0810-6 • soft cover • $9.95 Navajo Arts and Crafts. Nancy N. Schiffer. This book investigates the diverse and lively crafts of today’s Navajo people. This celebration of Navajo art has over 250 color photos and explanations of the crafts, including weaving, pottery, basketry, jewelry, dolls, sandpainting, wood carving, stone sculpture, and fetishes. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 256 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-320-4 • soft cover • $12.95 Miniature Arts of the Southwest. Nancy N. Schiffer. The delightful arts of American Indian tribes in the Southwest are occasionally made in miniature by especially talented artists. This book presents a wide array of these miniatures of all the major craft styles of the region, with hundreds of color photographs. Arranged in sections devoted to beadwork, rattles, sandpaintings, weavings, basketry, Kachinas, paintings, and pottery. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 248 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-317-4 • soft cover • $12.95 Storytellers and Other Figurative Pottery. Revised & Expanded 2nd Edition. Douglas Congdon-Martin. In 1964, Helen Cordero of Cochiti pueblo created the first storyteller, a clay image of her grandfather with five children clinging to him. Here the reader will find the most extensive collection of storytellers ever gathered in print. Over 400 pieces by nearly 150 artists are shown in full color, and organized by pueblo. Size: 8 1/2’’ x 11’’ • 501 color photos Index • 144 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0805-X • soft cover • $19.95 Historic Pottery of the Pueblo Indians: 1600-1880. Larry Frank & Francis H. Harlow. Working without a potter’s wheel, Pueblo Indians in the American Southwest create beautiful ceramic ware for both utilitarian and ceremonial use. This is the first comprehensive account of historic Pueblo pottery, and results from years of study. With nearly 200 examples, the authors appraise the aesthetic value of Pueblo pottery as rivaling that of any ware made by Neolithic societies. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 231 photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-227-5 • hard cover • $35.00 Zuni Pottery. Marian E. Rodee & James Ostler. The beauty of traditional Zuni pottery has intrigued native as well as non-native people for generations. The Zuni Pueblo,150 miles west of the Rio Grande Valley on the Arizona border in New Mexico, is the source of beautiful traditional Zuni pottery. With many photographs, this work presents some of the finest current pots and the talented young potters whose heritage has lead them to this exciting art form. Size: 6’’ x 9’’ • 66 photos • 92 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-100-7 • soft cover • $9.95 Rugs and Posts: The Story of Navajo Weaving and the Role of the Indian Trader. Revised & Updated 3rd Edition. H.L. James. The classic study of the Navajo rug and the trading posts associated with each unique style. New information helps explain and display the beauty and craft of the Navajo Indians. Illustrated with 49 new color plates and many black-and-white photographs and drawings. Size: 9" x 12’’ • 100+ photos & maps • 120 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2208-7 • soft cover • $24.95 Weaving of the Southwest. 2nd Edition, revised. Marian Rodee. This book presents important information on Pueblo, Navajo, Rio Grande, and Northern Mexican weaving styles of the Southwestern U. S. region. Traditional and modern styles of blankets, clothing, and rugs are identified and explained in detail, with brief accounts of some of the old trading posts that sold them. The evolving weaving styles are explained, including a caution for identifying foreign copies. Size: 9" x 12" • 579 photos • Index • 248 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1854-3 • soft cover • $29.95 91 Masters of Contemporary Indian Jewelry. Nancy N. Schiffer. Over 50 living jewelry masters of Native American heritage are featured in this lavish new book. Tufa casting, stone cut ting, engraving, metalsmithing are evident in this book. See new jewelry designs as well as sculpture that ranks as wearable art. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 448 color photos • Index • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3245-6 • hard cover • $50.00 Evolving Southwest Indian Jewelry. Nancy N. Schiffer. A classic study of Southwest Native American jewelry documenting the fascinating story of evolving designs and techniques from early traders and artists up to the present. Over 500 color photos of silver, turquoise, shell, and gold jewelry, including Navajo, Zuni, Hopi, and Pueblo belts, buckles, bracelets, necklaces, mens jewelry, earrings, and pins from the late 19th century to the present. Size: 9" x 12" • 600 color photos Price Guide/Index • 256 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1723-7 •hard cover • $59.95 Indian Silver Jewelry of the Southwest: 1868-1930. Larry Frank with Millard J. Holbrook II. This splendidly illustrated volume celebrates the historic silver and turquoise jewelry of the Navajo and Pueblo Indians. A classic, it presents over 300 superb objects that are usually hidden from view in museum storerooms and private collections across the U.S. 253 close-up photos of conchas, necklaces, bracelets, rings, bridles, and other pieces. Size: 8 1/2’’ x 11’’ • 253 photos Index • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-88740-226-5 • soft cover • $24.99 Kachinas and Ceremonial Dancers in Zuni Jewelry. Toshio Sei. This book identifies Zuni artists and their Kachina and Ceremonial Dancer designs from the 1940s through the 1960s. Their mosaic stone and shell inlay pins, bracelets, bolo ties, and more appear in 240 color photos, revealing variations that indicate each master’s distinctive style. Size: 9" x 6" • 240 color photos • Price Guide • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4167-0 • hard cover • $24.99 Hopi Bird and Sun Face in Zuni Jewelry. Toshio Sei. Delve into the origins and interpretations of Sun Face and Thunderbird/Hopi Bird designs. This thorough study establishes the identities of 33 Zuni artists and their Sun face and Thunderbird/Hopi Bird designs from the 1940s through the 1960s. Over 190 color photos display the artwork and subtle variations indicative of each master’s distinctive style. Size: 9" x 6" • 195 color photos • Price Guide • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3882-3 • hard cover • $24.99 92 THE SOUTHWEST: TEXAS Knifewing & Rainbow Man in Indian Jewelry of the American Southwest. Zuni Jewelry. Toshio Sei. This origRevised 3rd Edition. William A. Turnbaugh & inal book delves into the origins and Sarah Peabody Turnbaugh, Foreword by Barry contemporary interpretations of the M. Goldwater. More than 125 vivid color photos Knifewing god in Zuni mythology and display groups of Indian-made wrought silver, the sacred being Rainbow Man from turquoise, shell, and coral jewelry brought toancient Zuni traditions. Twenty-eight gether from historic collections as well as those mid-20th century and current jewelers available today on reservations. are featured, who made pins, bracelets, Size: 8 1/2’’ x 11’’ • Price Guide bolo ties and other ornaments. 157 photos, illustrations & maps • 96 pp. Size: 9" x 6" • 187 color photos • Price Guide/Index • 144 pp.ISBN: 978- ISBN: 0-7643-2577-9 • soft cover • $12.95 0-7643-3548-8 • hard cover • $24.99 Figural Designs in Zuni Jewelry. Toshio Sei. Sixty-five biographies of Zuni jewelry-making individuals and families who have created many successful motifs taken from the animal kingdom, including horses and cows, butterflies and dragonflies, deer and antelope, birds of all shapes and sizes, and humans, using silver and mosaic inlay pins, bracelets, bolo ties, and other ornaments. Size: 9" x 6" • 285 color photos • Price guide • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4558-6 • hard cover • $24.99 Non-Figural Designs in Zuni Jewelry. Toshio Sei. Delve into the origins and contemporary interpretations of various styles of non-figural Zuni jewelry designs, including nugget work, cluster work, petit point, needle point, snake eye, and channel work. This groundbreaking study establishes the identities of many Zuni Artists from the 1940s, '50s, and '60s, and showcases their turquoise and coral pins, bracelets, bolo ties, and other ornaments. . Size: 9" x 6" • 341 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4727-6 • hard cover • $24.99 Eddy Hulbert, Silversmith: Artistry in Dryhead Country, Montana. E. Helene Sage. Eddy Hulbert (1898-1960) was an accomplished, self-taught blacksmith and silversmith whose output is highly sought after by today's collector of Western antiquaria. Known for his spurs, bits, belt buckles, and jewelry, his style is distinctive and bold, and his designs unique. Much of Hulbert's work was commissioned by local ranchers and families in the Dryhead area, where he left an indelible mark on silverwork. The last chapter introduces the work of two of Hulbert's contemporaries, Ed Klapmeier and C.E. O'Such, of Miles City, Montana. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 226 color & b/w photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4726-9 • hard cover • $39.99 Southwest Silver Jewelry. Paula A. Baxter. The first century of Navajo and Pueblo metal jewelry-making in the American Southwest. Beginning in the late 1860s, the region’s native peoples learned metalworking and united it with a tradition of beads and ornaments made from turquoise and other natural materials. The appeal of this jewelry continued into the mid-1900s, and by the 1950s and 1960s masters created a legacy of fine art jewelry that is prized today. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300 color & 18 b/w photos Price Guide • 212 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-1244-1 • hard cover • $49.99 Turquoise Jewelry. Revised 4th Edition. Nancy N. Schiffer. This book displays a wide variety of Southwest Indian-made jewelry with many different colors and types of turquoise, presented according to origin and dating from over a hundred years ago up to the present with innovative designs. Men’s and women’s jewelry is included in belts, bracelets, bolo ties, necklaces, and many other beautiful pieces. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 100s of color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2843-5 • soft cover • $9.95 Turquoise: Mines, Mineral, & Wearable Art. Mark P. Block. Over 390 color photos show turquoise in its natural state, cut, polished, and set into silver and gold jewelry. The turquoise presented spans mines from New Mexico to Nevada, China to Iran. Examples shown by native artists helped make turquoise popular in America. The text discusses the gemstone, its values, and many mines that produced turquoise. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 394 color & 1 b/w photos Price Guide/Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2642-4 • soft cover • $29.95 Indian Jewelry on the Market. Peter N. Schiffer. All of the beautiful American Indian jewelry shown in this book was actually for sale when the photographs were taken with the prices and ranges noted with each caption. The 336 beautiful color photographs demonstrate the excellent craftsmanship in jewelry which is available in today’s marketplace and the text presents the variations of style to be exciting. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 336 color photos Price Guide • 144 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-938-5 • soft cover • $19.95 Southwestern Indian Rings. Paula A. Baxter. Photography by Barry Katzen. A fascinating variety of American Indian rings from the southwestern United States appear in more than 350 color photos. This book provides a design history of these rings, beginning with pre-contact artifacts and continuing through to contemporary artistic innovations. A guide to valuation issues and resources is offered for collectors. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 359 color photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3875-5 • hard cover • $34.99 Zuni Jewelry. Revised 3rd Edition. Theda and Michael Bassman, with photography by Gene Balzer. The lovely stone inlay work in Zuni jewelry is world famous and here it is shown in popular forms for men and women. 90 brilliant color photographs and a brand new price guide present hundreds of Zuni jewelry forms to tempt and delight collectors throughout Asia, Europe and America. Modern artists are identified. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 90 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2367-9 • soft cover • $12.95 TEXAS: SCENES Greetings from Houston. Mary L. Martin & Dinah Roseberry. Houston, the largest city in Texas, has always been a dynamic metropolis, filled with historic and economic significance as well as cultural charm. Journey into its past through over 190 vintage postcards showing its special features. Approximate dating and values are included. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 193 postcard images • Price Guide • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2653-0 • soft cover • $24.95 Greetings from San Antonio. Mary L. Martin & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price. Go back in time and see San Antonio, Texas, through vintage postcards from the 1900s to the 1950s. Historic images review places that made the city famous, such as Fort Sam Houston, the Bexar County Courthouse, the Mission San Juan de Capistrano, and the Alamo. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 303 postcard images • 125 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2679-0 • soft cover • $24.95 San Antonio: Past, Present, & Always. Mel Brown. Archival postcard views and modern photos are combined to show what has changed to the buildings and locations of San Antonio. The Alamo is prominently featured. While appreciating the city’s past, the author includes his memories of the old town in an effort to entertain, and educate, new residents and tourists. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 350 color images • Price guide/Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3040-7 • soft cover • $24.99 Greetings from Dallas. Mary L. Martin & Dinah Roseberry. This lone-star city’s history comes alive, displayed in over 140 precious views of hand-tinted postcards from the late 1800s through the 1940s. Admire the old City Hall (the setting for the assassination of Lee Harvey Oswald) and the famous Fair Park, with its magnificent gardens, buildings, and parks. Size: 9" x 6" • 143 color postcards Price Guide/Index • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2805-3 • soft cover • $19.95 Keep Austin Weird: A Guide to the Odd Side of Town. Red Wassenich. Entertaining text and color photos show the colorful places, people, and doings in Austin, Texas’ capital city. Tour the Cathedral of Junk built with over 700 bicycles. Meet the cross-dressing perennial mayoral candidate, party at the Spamarama, and much more. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 188 color & 8 b/w images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2639-4 • soft cover • $24.95 TEXAS: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Supernatural Texas: A Field Guide. Brian Righi. Investigate ghost lights in Marfa, phantom herds on Stampede Mesa, ghostly sailors aboard the USS Lexington, and over 300 more creepy locations. Whether an avid ghost hunter or just someone looking to spruce up travel plans with a night in a haunted B&B, this book promises thrills and chills. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 70+ color photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3309-5 • soft cover • $24.99 Lone Star Saucers: Searching for UFOs in Texas. Nate Riddle. Journey across Texas in search of answers to the enduring UFO mystery. Interviews, eyewitness accounts, research, investigations, theories, and disclosure topics featured. Includes earliest UFO sightings, “Stephenville Lights" sightings, MUFON research, NASA astronaut Edgar Mitchell, author and ufologist Nick Redfern. Size: 6" x 9" • 13 b/w photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4608-8 • soft cover • $16.99 Texas Ghosts: Galveston, Houston, and Vicinity. Olyve Hallmark Abbott. Take a chilling journey into South Texas, post Hurricane Ike, from The Woodlands to Galveston, where the long departed are waiting to tell you their stories. Spend a frightening vacation moving from one haunted place to the next, taking in haunted hotels, mansions, and depots. Legends of haunted graveyards, phantom dogs, and other eerie phenomena will intrigue you. Size: 6" x 9" • 50 b/w photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3410-8 • soft cover • $14.99 Lone Star Spooks: Searching for Ghosts in Texas. Nate Riddle. Take a ghostly tour of Texas. From the University of North Texas and The Catfish Plantation to the USS Lexington and Menger Hotel, tales of the paranormal are waiting to be discovered. An introduction to ghost hunting and real experiences of ghost hunters is included. Size: 6" x 9" • 11 images • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3744-4 • soft cover • $16.99 Ghosts of San Antonio. Scott A. Johnson. San Antonio holds a proud place in Texas history, but it is also a city soaked in blood and violence. Spend a night at the Menger Hotel, where a spirit child giggles in the hallway and a ghostly lady in blue dances the night away. Listen as souls of thousands whisper through the adobe walls of the famed Alamo. Size: 6" x 9" • 33 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3122-0 • soft cover • $14.99 THE SOUTHWEST: TEXAS • OKLAHOMA• NEW MEXICO Spirits of Dallas: The Haunting of the Big D. Brian Righi. Relive spine-tingling tales of the phantom hitchhiker, cowboy ghosts of Preston Road, and a grave-robbing monster of Ghost Mountain. Visit the hidden ballroom of the Adolphus Hotel, where phantoms still dance the night away. Explore the creepy history of the wax museum murders and stay the night in the infamous, blood-soaked Reindeer Manor. Size: 6" x 9" • 34 b/w photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3036-0 • soft cover • $14.99 Ghosts of Fort Worth: Investigating Cowtowns Most Haunted Locations. Brian Righi. Explore Fort Worth’s most haunted locations as you meet a white phantom figure at Oakwood Cemetery and seductive ghosts at Miss Molly’s Bed and Breakfast. Visit the Bonnie and Clyde suite at Stockyard’s Hotel or delve into the lawless past of Del Frisco’s Double Eagle Steakhouse where a ghostly gentleman still seeks revenge on the man who killed him. Size: 6" x 9" • 35 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2813-8 • soft cover • $14.95 The Ghosts of Austin: Who They Are and Where to Find Them. Fiona Broome. Eerie tales of phantoms and creepy happenings include Ben Thompson, Austin’s ghostly gambler and sheriff, Blanche Dumont, a boarding house madam ghost, the early days of the notorious Jack the Ripper’s killing spree and much more. Size: 6" x 9" • 61 b/w photos • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2680-6 • soft cover • $14.95 Haunted Austin, Texas. Scott A. Johnson. Visit the capitol of Texas, Austin, where the dead speak and have many tales to tell. Discover the possible connection between Austin’s first serial killer and Whitechapel’s most notorious madman. Find out what happens when the sun goes down and the bats take fight in one of Texas’ most unusual and fascinating cities. Size: 6" x 9" • 28 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3298-2 • soft cover • $14.99 Famous Texas Men : Paper Dolls. Tom Tierney. Texan men of note are featured, with full-body representation and three carefully researched costumes. Figures shown include key political leaders like Sam Houston, Stephen F. Austin, and Comanche leader Quanah Parker, boxer Jack Johnson, aviator Howard Hughes, movie stars Larry Hagman and Audie Murphy, musicians Willie Nelson and George Strait, and military heroes Davy Crockett and Juan Sequin. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 33 dolls & outfits • 40 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2901-2 • soft cover • $9.95 Famous Texas Women: Paper Dolls. Tom Tierney. Texas is loaded with women who’ve achieved stardom, including Mary Martin, Ann Sheridan, Jayne Mansfield, Carol Burnett, Reneé Zellweger, Selena, and Beyoncé Knowles, as well as powerhouse politicoes, including Ima Hogg, “Ma" Ferguson, Ann Richards, and Barbara Jordan. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 33 color dolls & outfits • 40 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2952-4 • soft cover • $9.95 TEXAS: ARTS & CRAFTS Texas Wild Flowers. Eliza Griffin Johnston. Watercolor paintings capture the beauty of Texas wild flowers as painted by Eliza Griffin Johnston in the late 1840s and 1850s. She bound them into a book as a birthday gift to her husband, Gen. Albert Johnston, who was later killed during the Civil War. The William Barret Travis Chapter, The Daughters of the Republic of Texas, share beautiful images to reflect a time long gone.Size: 9" x 12" • 97 color prints • Index • 248 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3863-2 • hard cover • $50.00 • Schiffer LTD TEXAS: ARCHITECTURE Historic Doorways of San Antonio, Texas. Frederick R. Preston, Ed.D. Foreword by Judge Nelson W. Wolff. Focusing on doorways, the unique and well-preserved historical architecture of San Antonio, Texas, recalls events important to both Texas and American history. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 189 color photos • Index of Architects • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3167-1 • soft cover • $19.99 Old Places, New Spaces: Preserving, Remodeling, Decorating San Antonio Style. David Strahan, AIA, Katharine Kaye McMillan, Ph.D., and Patricia Hart McMillan. Foreword by Phil Hardberge. In 545 color images, this book presents a sampling of residences embodying a living and evolving history of the Alamo City. Different in size, style, and locations, these varied living spaces share a similar sensitivity to the past and dynamic engagement in San Antonio’s future. Size: 9" x 12" • 545 color photos • 224 pp.ISBN: 978-0-7643-4170-0 • hard cover • $50.00 Santa Fe & Surrounds. John & Cassidy Olson. Luscious photographs document the greater Santa Fe, New Mexico area. This book is a visual essay of this Land of Enchantment. It is the perfect souvenir book for tourists, or a great gift idea from locals hoping to lure visitors. Enjoy views of the rugged mountains, Taos, and Spanish-style buildings of downtown Santa Fe, Abiquiu, and much, much more. Size: 8-1/2" x 11" • 201 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2301-6 • hard cover• $24.95 Santa Fe & Taos: A History in Postcards. Mary L. Martin and Ginny Parfitt. Santa Fe and Taos both come alive in glorious colors within this beautiful and informative book. New Mexico’s rugged landscape, diverse cultural traditions, and exceptional charm have lured explorers for hundreds of years. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • Price Guide • 128 pp. •203 color & 22 b/w images ISBN: 0-7643-2384-9 • soft cover • $24.95 NEW MEXICO: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY OKLAHOMA: STORIES Ghosts and Legends of Oklahoma. Mike Ricksecker. The paranormal history of Oklahoma through its colorful ghost stories and legends and the eyes of a renowned paranormal team. With dozens of tales and an atlas to guide you, this spine-tingling cross-section of history includes Native Americans, the Civil War, famous outlaws, Wild West shows, oil boomtowns, railroad legends, deadly tornados, and historic Route 66. Size: 6" x 9" • 57 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3943-1 • soft cover • $16.99 NEW MEXICO: SCENES Balloons Over Albuquerque. Steve Larese. An average of 700 balloonists from scores of nations participate in the October event, lifting off with the rising sun in the crisp Albuquerque air and floating against the turquoise skies and salmon-pink Sandía Mountains. More than 150 images capture the colors, crowds, and camaraderie that have made Albuquerque the ballooning capital of the world. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 190 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4794-8 • hard cover • $19.99 Bandelier National Monument: Home of the Ancestral Pueblo People. John & Cassidy Olson. Bandelier National Monument has drawn archeologists for over a century, in search of the history behind the mysteriously deserted cliff dwellings of a once thriving community in Frijoles Canyon near Los Alamos, New Mexico. Gorgeous imagery of preserved cliff dwellings, uncovered archeological treasure, and abundant natural beauty amidst unique volcanic formations, along with a thorough history. Size: 8-1/2" x 11" • 22 color photos • 32 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2318-0 • soft cover • $12.95 Greetings from Albuquerque. Mary Martin & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price. Over 200 vintage black and white and hand-tinted postcards from the 1900s to the 1960s take readers on a fantastic journey through Albuquerque and beyond. Many interesting and famous spots are showcased, including the KiMo Theater, Old Town, the University of New Mexico, the Sandia Mountains, and Sandia Pueblo. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 216 postcard images Price Guide • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2383-6 • soft cover • $24.95 Santa Fe Reflections. Steve Larese. 250 glorious, colorful images reflect Santa Fe’s year-round appeal in a fresh look at this historic and modern destination. See the city streets, mountains, trails, chapels, fields of flowers, and summer festivals that celebrate the cultures that mix in the region. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 250 color photos • Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3653-9 • hard cover • $24.99 Touring the West: with the Fred Harvey & Co. and the Santa Fe Railway. Paul and Kathleen Nickens. Fred Harvey restaurants and hotels and the Santa Fe Railway energetically promoted the Southwest through postcards of scenic landscapes and historic cultures of New Mexico and Arizona. Over 285 color images depict Santa Fe, Albuquerque, the Grand Canyon, Native American cultures. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 287 photos • 112 pp.ISBN: 978-0-7643-3110-7 • soft cover • $24.99 The Treasure of Victoria Peak. Phil A. Koury. The true story of a billion-dollar discovery of gold bars and ancient coins at the White Sands missile range in New Mexico, discovered by Milton Noss in 1937. The story of the family’s struggle to keep the secret of their discovery, and protect their rights. Size: 5 1/2" x 8 1/2" • 18 photos • 200 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-060-4 • soft cover • $9.95 Acoma: People of the White Rock. H.L. James with an introduction by Frank Waters. Acoma, the “sky city" of New Mexico, is presented with an enchanting text and beautiful color photographs in this revised edition of the Southwest classic book. Acoma mesa pueblo, located 65 miles west of Albuquerque, is said to be the oldest continuously inhabited community on the North American continent. In Acoma, the buildings, the people, their traditions and their unique style of pottery are so closely related to this singular terrain that they have become known far beyond its desert. Size: 8 1/2’’ x 11" • 80 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-88740-133-6 • soft cover • $14.99 UFOs Over New Mexico: A True History of Extraterrestrial Encounters in the Land of Enchantment. Preston Dennett. Covers 130 years of UFO activity, including sightings, landings, UFO car chases, face-to-face encounters, abductions, and UFO crashes. Also explored are cattle mutilations and the unique “Taos Hum." Eyewitness testimony. Size: 6" x 9" • 22 b/w images • 320 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3906-6 • soft cover • $24.99 Albuquerque Ghosts: Traditions, Legend, Lore. Inara Cedrins. Meet the first witches and medicinemen who held supernatural powers. Visit the Mine Shaft Tavern where glasses fly off the bar, and the Santa Barbara Cemetery where a shadowy apparition holds a tattered rope attached to a noose about its neck, and feel the gaze of the lady in white at the Luna Mansion who gazes out at visitors on the lawn. Albuquerque is steeped in historic ritual; and ghostly inhabitants still flourish there. Size: 6" x 9" • 32 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3220-3 • soft cover • $14.99 93 94 THE SOUTHWEST: NEW MEXICO • ARIZONA • THE WEST Santa Fe Ghosts: Mystery, History, Truth. Susan Blumenthal. Find out what pounded up a flight of stairs in a cloud of stench, freezing house plants along its path, and terrifying the resident caretaker of a landmark house on Grant Avenue. Eyewitness accounts intertwine history and mystery in stories from one of the oldest and most haunted cities in America. Size: 6" x 9" • 46 b/w photos • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3175-6 • soft cover • $14.99 NEW MEXICO: ARTS & CRAFTS A Journey Through Northern Arizona. Victoria Clark. More than 300 postcards show the character and history of popular travel destinations like the 270 million-year-old Grand Canyon, the Painted Desert, and the Petrified Forest. Experience the early Fred Harvey Hotels, explore Arizona’s Route 66 towns, and learn about Arizona’s Native Americans. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 374 color images • Price Guide/Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3010-0 • soft cover • $24.99 ARIZONA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Margaret Tafoya: A Tewa Potter’s Heritage and Legacy. Mary Ellen & Laurence Blair. Margaret Tafoya’s paramount place in the evolution of Tewa Pueblo pottery in Santa Clara, New Mexico, includes a history of the Pueblo people, Margaret Tafoya’s life, Santa Clara pottery-making techniques, and the Tafoya family and descendants. Size: 9’’ x 12’’ • 179 photos • Index • 200 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-080-9 • hard cover • $45.00 ARIZONA: SCENES Tucson Perspectives. Scott D. Butcher. With 117 color photos, historic Tucson, Arizona, comes to life. Tour Barrio Viejo, its oldest neighborhood, and visit the La Pilita Museum, Fox Tucson Theatre, and Hotel Congress. See the historic Mission San Xavier del Bac and the popular Arizona-Sonora Desert Museum while taking in the breathtaking landscape that has captivated both residents and tourists for centuries. Size: 9 1/4" x 8 1/4" • 117 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3712-3 • hard cover • $9.99 Arizona’s Haunted Hotspots. Heather Woodward. Photography by Rachel Woodward. Take a ghostly road trip of some of the most haunted hotspots in Arizona. Tour the Birdcage Theatre in Tombstone and experience the disembodied footsteps of specter cowboys. Visit the Centennial Hall in Tucson and try not to get pushed down the stairs by its resident ghost. Witness the wonders of the Sedona vortexes. There’s something “supernatural" going on in Arizona! Size: 6" x 9" • 32 images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3748-2 • soft cover • $16.99 Scare-izona: A Guide to Arizona’s Legendary Haunts. Katie Mullaly & J. Patrick Ohlde. Tour 16 of the most haunted locations Arizona has to offer. The destinations in this book have impressive paranormal activity that are likely to give you your own spooky stories to tell, if not scare the pants off you! Size: 6" x 9" • 33 b/w photos • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2844-2 • soft cover $14.95 ARIZONA: ARTS & CRAFTS Hopi Wicker Plaques & Baskets. Robert W. Rhodes. Beautiful styles and designs of woven plaques and baskets made by Hopi women artists of Third Mesa in Arizona in 67 categories through over 475 color photographs. Historical background of the Hopi people, weaving materials and techniques, uses of the baskets and plaques, and their values today are discussed. A valuable reference for identifying old and contemporary. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 489 color photos • Price Guide/Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2685-1 • soft cover • $29.95 Shadows on the Mesa: Artists of the Painted Desert and Beyond. Gary Fillmore. Using over 390 illustrations, this book explores the similarities and differences in the lives, artistic styles, and beliefs of the men and women who visited the Wetherill-Colville Guest Ranch in Kayenta, in northern Arizona. Among the artists who visited were Maynard Dixon, William Robinson Leigh, James Swinnerton, Carl Oscar Borg, and Gunnar Widforss. Size: 9" x 12" • 391 photos • Index • 240 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4054-3 • hard cover • $69.99 THE WEST MONTANA • WYOMING • COLORADO • UTAH • IDAHO • NEVADA • WASHINGTON • OREGON • CALIFORNIA • ALASKA • HAWAII THE WEST: SCENES Grand Canyon National Park: Past and Present. Suzanne Silverthorn & I-Ting Chiang. Vintage postcards and beautiful, present-day photos are used to explore the Grand Canyon and its influence as a National Park. Scenes include dramatic rim views, rugged trail-side settings, wildlife, the El Tovar Hotel, and other historic properties. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 316 color & 27 b/w images • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4473-2 • hard cover • $24.99 Tucson’s Most Haunted. Katie Mullaly and J. Patrick Ohlde. Tucson is one haunted town. From furniture stores and ice cream shops, to an entire community buried beneath a downtown neighborhood, ghosts are everywhere. Join Tucson’s top paranormal investigators as they give you a peek into the lives of the ghosts who exist alongside Tucsonans, right here in the Old Pueblo! Size: 6" x 9" • 27 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3153-4 • soft cover • $14.99 Yellowstone National Park: Past & Present. Suzanne Silverthorn & I-Ting Chiang. One of America’s best known national parks, Yellowstone is the place of geysers and waterfalls, of bears and bison, and where conservation and environmental consciousness were born. This national treasure is brought to life through both vintage postcards and contemporary photographs. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 325 images • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4175-5 • hard cover • $24.99 Tombstone. Scott D. Butcher. Includes a detailed account of the famous “Gunfight at the O.K. Corral" street fight as well as 100 colorful photos of the western town—historic Allen Street, Tombstone Courthouse State Park, Boot Hill Cemetery, early public buildings and churches, and more. Size: 9" x 6" • 100 color photos • 96 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3425-2 • soft cover • $9.99 Finding Ghosts in Phoenix. Katie Mullaly and J. Patrick Ohlde. Photography by Mikal Mullaly. How, exactly, do you find a ghost in a city the size of Phoenix? It’s like finding a needle in a haystack, right? Not if you visit some of the haunted hot spots mentioned here! Strike out on your own as a paranormal investigator in the Valley of the Sun. Size: 6" x 9" • 34 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3583-9 • soft cover • $14.99 Arizona’s Back Roads: A Travel Guide to Ghosts, Outlaws, and Miners. Julie Ferguson. Journey to Arizona through over 240 scenic photographic images and 36 stories imparting the unusual and bizarre regional happenings throughout history. Includes directions and visitor information. Size: 7" x 10" • 246 b/w & color photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4607-1 • soft cover • $29.99 Ghosts of Central Arizona. Heather Woodward. Foreword by Mark Boccuzzi; Stacy Fortson, photographer. From bootleggers and supernatural deaths to ghoulish legends and magical vortexes, this ghostly tour of Central Arizona is an entertaining — and scary — trip. Visit Superstition Mountain to Flagstaff, with just a touch of a “Hollywood in Arizona" legend thrown in for good measure. Come along for the ride…if you dare. Size: 9" x 6" • 30 b/w photos • Index • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3387-3 • soft cover • $14.99 Harvey Caplin’s Real Cowboys: & the Old West. Abbie Caplin. Photographer Harvey Caplin recorded ranch life in the American West from the 1940s to the 1980s, capturing magnificent landscapes and picturesque people. See 173 of his beautiful images and revel at the grandeur of the land and drama of its life. Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 173 b/w photos • 176 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-3434-4 • hard cover • $39.99 A Journey through Southern Arizona. Victoria Clark. See 295 color images of the early years in the Sonoran Desert, Tombstone, and historic Tucson. Visit the University of Arizona, the Yuma Territorial Prison, and Southern Arizona’s many dude ranches. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 295 color images • Price Guide, Index • 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3269-2 • soft cover $24.99 Southern Arizona’s Most Haunted. Reneé Gardner. Descend into three of the most haunted cities in Southern Arizona: Bisbee, Tombstone, and Tucson. Learn about residual and intelligent hauntings, portals, shadow people, poltergeist, and object ghosts as you travel to 44 haunted locations. Size: 6" x 9" • 60 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3416-0 • soft cover • $14.99 Jeans of the Old West. MIchael Harris. An extensive look at the whole era of Old West denim, including Levi Strauss and lesser known manufacturers. Over 300 color photos and illustrations chronicle never before seen examples, patent drawings, and the histories of the manufacturers. This is invaluable information for fashion historians and collectors alike. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 300 color photos & illus. • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3500-6 • hard cover • $34.99 THE WEST: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Ghost Towns of the Rockies. Preethi Burkholder. Rocky Mountain ghost towns are filled with chilling, but captivating, stories. A handy guide of rags to riches stories and silent hardships. The ghost towns depicted appeal to travelers, archeologists, artists, historians, anthropologists, and individuals from all walks of life. Size: 6" x 9" • 27 b/w photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3569-3 • soft cover • $16.99 THE WEST: MONTANA • WYOMING • COLORA DO • NEVADA • THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST THE WEST: ARTS & CRAFTS Painted Sky: 106 Artists of the Rocky Mountain West. E. Ashley Rooney, Foreword by Rose Fredrick. The works of 106 contemporary artists provide a fresh look at the artistic vibrancy of the Rocky Mountain West region of the United States. Over 600 stunning photos showcase their works in many mediums, including sculpture, mixed media, paint, photography, and others. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 616 color photos • 232 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4961-4 • hard cover • $50.00 Greetings from Colorado Springs. Mary Martin & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price. 289 vintage postcards from the 1900s to the 1950s take readers back in time to tour Colorado Springs and the Pikes Peak Region. Sites include the Broadmoor Hotel, Antlers Hotels, the Garden of the Gods, Glen Eyrie, North Cheyenne Cañon, Seven Falls, and Pikes Peak. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 289 postcard images • Price Guide • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2575-2 • soft cover • $24.95 100 Artists of the West Coast. Douglas Bullis. 100 of the most important artists of our time from the American west coast, San Diego to Vancouver. Each artist shares with you, in their own words, the thinking and feelings that are the essence of their work and their world. This fine art compendium is sure to delight your eyes and imagination. For collectors, museum and gallery visitors, or merely curious. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 400 + color photos • 224 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1931-0 • hard cover • $39.95 Greetings from Denver: Postcards from the Mile-High City. Mary L. Martin & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price. Denver combines the cosmopolitan atmosphere of Eastern cities with the rugged spirit of the miners and pioneers of the Old West. Over 200 vintage hand-tinted postcards from the 1900s through the 1940s take readers back through Denver’s history. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 237 images • Price Guide /Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2548-5 • soft cover • $24.95 Ghosts, Gangsters, and Gamblers of Las Vegas. Liz Cavanaugh, Vernell Hackett, & Michelle Broussard Honick. Take a historical look at “Sin City" and the colorful characters that built the desert oasis. With high rollers, haunted hotels, and showrooms featuring the famous and flamboyant, Las Vegas has something to pique everyone’s interests and this book is your perfect guide. Size: 6" x 9" • 59 b/w photos • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3294-4 • soft cover • $14.99 Durango Perspectives. Steve Larese. The beauty, people and history of Durango, Colorado, is captured in more than 150 color and historic black and white photographs that take readers on an armchair visit to this beloved Rocky Mountain town. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 130 color & 20 b/w photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3337-8 • soft cover • $9.99 Welcome to Haunted Las Vegas, Nevada. Tracie Austin-Peters. Got Ghosts? Come join us on the south side of Las Vegas as we learn about a ghost who gets a home owner’s attention by hanging a child’s Barbie doll from the ceiling. Listen to a ghost who likes to play the ukulele on the North side of town. Do you believe in ghosts? You will, after hearing about the specters of Las Vegas! Size: 6" x 9" • 3 b/w photos, 18 illustrations • 160 pp.ISBN: 978-0-7643-3286-9 • soft cover • $14.99 100 Artists of the West Coast II. Tina Skinner. A mix of emerging, mid-career, and established artists makes this a valuable tool for galleries and collectors. Meet each artist as they share, in their own words, the thoughts and feelings expressed in their work, shown in over 400 full color photographs of vividly hued, conceptually stimulating artworks. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 400-plus • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3271-5 • hard cover • $39.99 MONTANA: SCENES Glacier National Park: Past and Present. Suzanne Silverthorn. Featured are colorful scenes of the park’s glorious lakes, wildlife, and rugged mountains. Postcards of yesteryear and contemporary photographs tell the rich history and enduring qualities of this Crown Jewel within the National Park system. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 238 b/w & color images • 112 pp.• ISBN: 978-0-76433857-1 • hard cover • $24.99 MONTANA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Custer’s Best: The Story of Company M, 7th Cavalry at the Little Bighorn. Colonel French L. MacLean. The story of George Custer’s Company M at Little Bighorn. The company maintained a disciplined withdrawal, saving an entire detachment and possibly the rest of the regiment from annihilation. The most-detailed work on a single company at the Little Bighorn. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 350+ color & b/w photos • 272 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3757-4 • hard cover • $69.99 Schiffer LTD WYOMING: STORIES & LORE Haunted Wyoming. Linda Moffitt. Wyoming is filled with ghosts and haunted adventures. Learn about Yellowstone’s mysteries as well as the spirits that still roam the many caves and grooves of Wyoming’s landscapes. But, make sure you learn the signs when ghosts are near and what you can do to protect yourself from them! Wyoming has the hauntings for you! Size: 6" x 9" • 33 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3896-0 • soft cover • $16.99 COLORADO: SCENES Rocky Mountain Tour: Estes Park, Rocky Mountain National Park, and Grand Lake, Colorado. Suzanne Silverthorn. Scenic Rocky Mountain National Park, and the resorts at Estes Park and Grand Lake, Colorado with historic lodges and lakes. Over 400 vintage postcards and prints offer readers an indepth look. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 429 color photos Index • 128 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2848-0 • soft cover • $24.95 COLORADO: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY The West that Was. John Eggen. Images taken from the original glass negatives made in the early 20th century, these photos give an unprecedented look at life on the ranch and trail. Authentic people doing their rugge This is an important volume of history that every student of the Old West will cherish. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 106 photos • 184 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-330-1 • hard cover • $29.95 Cowboys. John Eggen. In 1903, Frank Sherman photographed a cattle roundup, including a surprise visit from President Theodore Roosevelt, to make postcards for his souvenir shop in Colorado Springs. Here are his images preserved on glass negatives all these years later. Enjoy authentic views of the cowboys. his new work brings even more of the cowboy’s day-to-day existence to life. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 100 photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-436-7 • soft cover • $19.95 Ghosts of Colorado. Dennis Baker. Tour of one of the most haunted landscapes in the United States. Walk the halls of the chilling Stanley Hotel in Estes Park, a place that gave even Stephen King the creeps. Explore legends of Doc Holliday at the Hotel Colorado in Glenwood Springs and visit his grave to see his ghost. Learn about “unsinkable" Molly Brown’s haunted home in Denver, and read ghost stories that have haunted the Colorado Rockies for centuries. Size: 6" x 9" • 40 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3052-0 • soft cover • $14.99 Las Vegas Lights. Mark P. Block and Robert Block. With 235 color images and engaging text, readers tour the glowing neon signs in Las Vegas, Nevada. Familiar neon signs from the past are displayed along side modern signs of incredible brilliance and complexity. Neon from fabulous casinos, restaurants, famous wedding chapels, and the world-renown resort hotels are all on display. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 235 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1632-X • soft cover • $29.95 NEVADA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Strange Monsters of the Pacific Northwest. Michael Newton. Is it possible that unusual creatures or “monsters" share the Pacific Northwest with its 10.3 million human occupants? It’s true! A comprehensive guide to a crypto zoo of the Northwest, this book details the Black Tamanous, a man-eating monster; a kangaroo man; the usual brownies, elves, fairies, gnomes, leprechauns, pixies, wee folk; and many more. You may find this research unsettling, even frightening. One thing is certain…a world of mystery awaits.. Size: 6" x 9" • 58 b/w photos • 192 pp.ISBN: 9780-7643-3622-5 • soft cover • $16.99 Beachcombing the Pacific. Amos L. Wood. A comprehensive how-to and where-to handbook that will prove to be an indispensable tool. Learn techniques to enhance your discovery potential and improve the results of your efforts, and to determine found-object origins. Beachcombing The Pacific, is truly a comprehensive how-to and where-to handbook that will prove to be an indispensable tool for beginning as well as experienced beachcombers. Size: 6" x 9" • 160 charts, maps & photos Index • 225 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-097-3 • soft cover • $9.95 Pacific Square-Riggers. Jim Gibbs. A complete look at well-known cannery vessels of the last breed of sailing ships, the square-riggers. Also Downeasters, seamen’s missions and boarding house crimps, runners, plus the great Star Fleet are brought into the picture of Pacific navigation. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 366 photos & drawings Index • 224 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-106-6 • soft cover • $19.95 NEVADA: SCENES Mid-Century Vegas: 1930s to 1960s. Donald D. Spencer. 437 images trace Las Vegas’ history. Tour popular hotel and casino resorts, including the Golden Nugget, Flamingo Hotel and Casino, Sands Casino, and Monte Carlo Club. Learn the beginnings of Roulette and slot machines. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 437 illustrations • Price Guide/Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3129-9 • hard cover $39.99 95 Lighthouses of the Pacific. Jim Gibbs. History and good, entertaining reading are combined in this presentation of all the lighthouses along the coasts of Washington, Oregon, California, Hawaii, Alaska, and British Columbia. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 399 photos • Index • 256 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2463-2 • soft cover • $29.95 96 THE WEST: WASHINGTON • OREGON • CALIFORNIA THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST: ARTS & CRAFTS 100 Artists of the Northwest. E. Ashley Rooney, with Karla Matzke. One hundred contemporary artists offer a fresh look at life in this region of natural beauty. Through sculpture, glass, oil, clay, wood, and other contemporary mediums, the artists combine, redesign, and transform their materials into art tells the stories of today and creates excitement for tomorrow. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 600 color photos • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4312-4 • hard cover • 50.00 Greetings from Portland, Oregon. Mary L. Martin & Kirby Brumfield. Over 380 postcards from the 1900s to the 1950s take readers on a visual tour of Portland, Oregon’s sights and entertainments, including City Hall, Council Crest Amusement Park, Union Train Depot, the famous Rose Parade, and views of Mount Hood and Mount Saint Helens. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 389 color photos Price Guide • 128 pp.ISBN: 0-7643-2576-0 • soft cover • $24.95 OREGON: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Northwest Carving Tradition. Karen & Ralph Norris. Here over 400 color photographs of old and recent artwork include totems, drums, rattles boxes, canoes, and many masks of traditional designs. Master carvers as well as younger artists are featured. The text gives a better understand of the complex society, its artwork, and current values. Size: 9" x 12" • 415 color photos Value Guide/Index • 240 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0799-1 • hard cover • $59.95 Pacific Northwest Haunts. Joe Teeples. Investigate the ghosts of the Pacific Northwest with this useful field guide to spectral haunts! Visit a community in Seattle built over top a children’s graveyard, where unsuspecting homeowners report ghostly children in their homes This ghostly field guide lists over 270 haunted locations in the Pacific Northwest that ghost hunters can easily visit. Includes street addresses, photographs, and historical information about the spirits and areas involved in spectral hauntings. Size: 6" x 9" • 138 b/w photos • Index • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3436-8 • soft cover • $16.99 Contemporary Art on the Northwest Coast: Salish, Nuu-Chah-Nulth, Makah. Karen Norris. Photography by Ralph Norris. The work of over 50 contemporary Salish, Nuu-ChahNulth, and Makah tribal artists of the Northwest Coast showcased in over 400 color photographs. . Size: 9" x 12" • 417 color photos • 240 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3641-6 • hard cover • $59.99 Schiffer LTD Ghosts of Portland, Oregon. Todd Cobb. From disembodied screams of a murdered girl heard beneath the St. John’s Bridge to moving furniture and ethereal figures spotted in The White Eagle bar, enjoy 14 spine-tingling ghostly tales so that you can know them, too. Size: 6" x 9" • 34 b/w photos • Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2798-8 • soft cover • $12.95 WASHINGTON: SCENES Greetings from the Washington Coast: A Postcard Tour from Columbia River to the San Juan Islands. Cherie Christensen. Over 400 vintage postcards provide a sweeping historical view of the Washington Coast. In-depth stories of historical maritime Washington complement the images. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 420 color images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3034-6 • hard cover • $34.99 WASHINGTON: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Ghosts of Seattle. Athena. Seattle is haunted. The chilling presence of deceased Congressman Marion Zioncheck at the Artic Club, the protective specter of women’s rights at the Harvard Exit Theatre, and the swing dancer whose ghostly dance leaves the ladies breathless are all present. Seattle will haunt you! Size: 6" x 9" • 48 b/w photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2687-5 • soft cover • $12.95 Washington’s Haunted Hotspots. Linda Moffitt. Washington provides readers with more than a ghost story. Use this guide to plan your ghostly vacation with directions to each haunted site. Visit over 175 haunted locations across the state, including Lake View Cemetery where Bruce and Brandon Lee may be seen haunting the grounds. Size: 6" x 9" • 56 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3277-7 • soft cover • $14.99 Haunts of Western Oregon. Kent Goodman. From the mysterious Bigfoot-like entity known as Flix, near Albany, Oregon, to the haunted cradle that rocks itself in Yoncalla, Western Oregon is home to ghosts, UFOs, and other strange phenomena. Use the book’s alphabetical format to visit spooky locations, either in person or from the safety of your own home-with all the doors and windows locked, of course! Size: 6" x 9" • 54 b/w photos & illus. • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3224-1 • soft cover • $14.99 Tattoo Road Trip: The Pacific Northwest. Bob Baxter. Meet tattoo artists from the Oregon-California line, northward through Washington State and over the border to Vancouver, B.C. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 423 color photos • 224 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1522-6 • hard cover • $39.95 CALIFORNIA: SCENES Southern California Out & About. John Eng & Adriene Biondo. In more than 220 spectacular images and captions, John Eng and Adriene Biondo reveal all that Southern California has to offer. From the magnificent mountain scenery of the High Sierras, to the lowbrow subculture of the Venice Beach Freakshow, you will see some of the beauty and pathos of a state that has become a modern utopia and the envy of the world. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 220+ b/w & color photos 192 pp.• ISBN: 978-0-7643-4071-0 • hard cover • $45.00 Southern California Eats. John Eng & Adriene Biondo. Indulge a passion for 20th century Americana with this stunningly photographed book on roadside restaurants. Embark on a road trip to Route 66 landmarks, space age coffee shops, and Polynesian paradises. Part-homage and part-guidebook, this is a great book for anyone’s library. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 269 color & b/w photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3332-3 • soft cover • $24.99 Lost Treasure Ships of the Oregon Coast. Theodore Schellhase. The early history of Oregon from the journals of explorers Alexander Mackenzie, David Thompson, and Lewis & Clark. Read about journeys into Oregon and first encounters with Native Americans on the coast. Hear legends of white-winged ships that first came to these shores and eyewitness accounts of survivors from shipwrecks who intermarried with local tribes. Return to the days of treasure ships and their mysteries along the Oregon coast. Size: 6" x 9" • 34 b/w photos & ills. • Index • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3197-8 • soft cover • $14.99 Southern California Eats 2. 2nd. John Eng and Adriene Biondo. A fun, informative, and visual treat with something for everyone. Enjoy photo excursions to historic landmarks like the Dal Rae and Dresden Restaurant , the last remaining winery/ restaurant in Los Angeles, a desert outpost cafe, and a giant chocolate donut you can drive-thru. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 280 color & b/w photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3639-3 • soft cover • $24.99 The Columbia: America’s Great Highway. Samuel C. Lancaster. Details this famous engineer’s experience designing and constructing the scenic Columbia River Highway. Collected essays about the region’s natives, early missionaries, fur traders, soldiers, great landmarks, bridges, buildings, and tunnels. A new foreword is by Walt Curtis, who has authored poetry books, as well as articles on Oregon’s forgotten authors. Size: 6" x 9" • 25 color, 88 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2003-3 • soft cover • $12.95 Pier Pressure: California Piers from San Diego to San Francisco. Kathy Schroeder. 500 color photos of 51 piers along coastal California including the Maritime Museum at Hyde Street Pier, the world-famous Fisherman’s Wharf in San Francisco, and many more. Piers of all sizes and stature are found throughout these pages and will have you wanting to visit these incredible places for yourself. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 448 color & 52 b/w images • Index • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4353-7 • hard cover • $34.99 OREGON: ARTS & CRAFTS OREGON: SCENES Ashland, Oregon. Barbara Tricarico. Nestled between the Siskiyou and Cascade mountain ranges, Ashland, Oregon, is surrounded by an endless majestic landscape. The essence of this small town is captured here by 33 local photographers. Breathtaking views of foliage and wildlife may convince you to plan a trip to this charming and bounteous destination. Size: 12" x 9" • 217 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4490-9 • hard cover • $34.99 Tattoo Road Trip: The Best of Oregon. Bob Baxter and Mary Gardner. Bob Baxter and his wife, Mary Gardner, have carefully vetted and selected forty-four of the best tattoo shops in their home state of Oregon in order to expand their already vast online directory. The result is the fifth installment in the Tattoo Road Trip series, a captivating, regional tattoo compendium and day-by-day account of the couple’s adventures on the road. Size: 12" x 12" • 908 color photos & 29 drawings • 320 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4452-7 • hard cover • $80.00 • Schiffer LTD Quilts of the Oregon Trail. Mary Bywater Cross. Presents quilts as documents of history that help us learn about the lives and experiences of the many women who traveled the Oregon Trail from 1840-1870. Features 56 quilts made before, during, and after the journey, shown in full color along with vintage photos of the makers and historical background. Includes multiple appendices, glossary, and extensive bibliography. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • Index 138 color & 40 b/w photos • 184 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2316-4 • soft cover • $29.99 California Theme Parks. Alex Millerand Bryce Walker. Amusement parks have been a staple of California recreation for over a century. Discover how these magical places came to be; learn little-known secrets of 20 parks and what makes them memorable. 301color photos provide a unique glimpse into an industry that forever changed family entertainment. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 310 color photos • Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3478-8 • soft cover • $19.99 THE WEST: CALIFORNIA Flashback Los Angeles: Postcard Views: Then and Now. Michael Oldham. A juxtaposition of landmark buildings, homes, restaurants, and parks in greater Los Angeles, from past and present, using vintage postcards and 21st century photographs of the scenes portrayed in the originals. See one era compared to another in Santa Monica, Venice, Chinatown, and many other areas of Los Angeles County. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 406 postcards and photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4586-9 • soft cover • $24.99 Snapshots of San Diego: Sun, Surf & Sand. Anita Yasuda. Vintage San Diego travel advertisements, postcards and photographs remember its perfect sun, surf, and sand. Stroll pristine seashores and bustling boardwalks and see La Jolla Cove Park, where a tree exists that inspired the art work of Dr. Seuss, and Mission Beach, where the thrill of the Chaos roller coaster awaits. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 325 color photos Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2804-6 • soft cover • $24.95 Spiritland: Ghosts of California’s Central Coast. Avia Belle Moon. A supernatural outing into the ghosts and paranormal sites of California’s Central Coast. Told from the view of the Native Chumash, who have called this part of California home for some 3,000 years. Size: • 6" x 9" • 77 color images • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3901-1 • soft cover • $19.99 Greetings from Beverly Hills. Mike Oldham. Since the early 20th century, Beverly Hills has been known for its movie stars and mansions. Here, in over 300 color and black and white postcard images, the story of the “Move Star Capital" is presented. Experience the Beverly Hills of a different era, when one could stroll past the residence of a favorite star, and perhaps even call on them for a visit! Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 302 color photos Price Guide • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2628-8 • soft cover • $24.95 Yosemite National Park: Past and Present. I-Ting Chiang and Suzanne Silverthorn. Yosemite National Park is an American treasure best known for its thunderous waterfalls and enormous granite mountains. See views of Yosemite Valley, the giant sequoias of the Mariposa Grove, the beauty of the meadows and streams in the High Sierras, the park’s diverse wildlife, and historic properties such as The Ahwahnee, Wawona, and Camp Curry. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 355 images • Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4351-3 • hard cover • $24.99 UFOs Over California: A True History of Extraterrestrial Encounters in the Golden State. Preston Dennett. Hundreds of verified sightings including cases of healing, alien surgical implants, and UFO landings. Size: 6" x 9" • 36 color images • 192 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2149-8 • soft cover • $14.95 Los Angeles Neon. Nathan Marsak. An eye-popping panorama of blazing neon lights. Stop at glorious entertainment palaces and night clubs, famous restaurants, apartment buildings, commercial establishments, bowling and sports clubs, car agencies, drive-ins, motels, and mobile home parks. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 355 color photos Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1542-0 • soft cover • $29.95 LA’s Graveside Companion: Where the V.I.P.s R.I.P. Steve Goldstein. Over 270 color photos, informative text, and directions guide readers to 400 graves of L.A.’s most famous and influential citizens. Included are Rudolph Valentino, Douglas Fairbanks, Cecil B. DeMille, Jack Benny, Eddie Cantor, Eddie “Rochester" Anderson, and Marilyn Monroe. The detailed text gives biographies for each star. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 278 b/w photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3154-1 • soft cover • $19.99 Greetings From Pasadena. Mary L. Martin & Kim Hufford. View beautiful Pasadena, California, through rare vintage postcards from early 1900s to the 1960s. Visit Marengo Avenues overhanging pepper trees and East Colorado Street, where the annual Tournament of Roses takes place every New Years Day. See lovely landscaping and exquisite architecture that has withstood the test of time. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 345 postcards • Price Guide/Index • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2852-7 • soft cover • $24.95 Historic Monterey. Anita Yusada. Step back in time and learn what life was like for people living in Monterey, California, in the 1800s. This charming book displays over 400 beautiful color photographs of the town and gardens, and the area stretching to Carmel, with quotes from sailors, travel writers, explorers, politicians, clergymen, and tourists that capture the fascinating evolution of the region. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 406 color photos • Index • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2871-8 • soft cover • $19.95 Greetings from San Diego. Mary L. Martin, Tina Skinner, and Lindsey Hamilton. Vintage postcards show San Diego as it appeared decades, and even a century, ago. Relive the city’s history through images of Balboa Park, the 1915 Panama-California International Exposition, Casa de Estudillo, and much more. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 226 postcard images Price Guide • 128 pp.ISBN: 0-7643-2562-0 • soft cover • $24.95 Greetings from San Francisco. Mary Martin & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price. Vintage postcards from the 1900s to the 1960s will showcase the Golden Gate Bridge, Alcatraz Island, Fisherman’s Whart, Chinatown, the de Young Museum, Golden Gate Park, the Presidio, Seal Rock, and the Cliff House. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 342 color photos • Price Guide • 125 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2651-6 • soft cover • $24.95 CALIFORNIA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY California's Historic Haunts. Brian Clune with Bob Davis. Visit 25 of California's most haunted and historic sites. Each site is explored by the authors and Planet Paranormal to give the visitor or potential investigator all the tools necessary to conduct a rewarding investigation. All sites are open to the public and this comprehensive historic guide supplies visitor information, tools of the trade and a full glossary. Size: 6" x 9" • 99 b/w & color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4706-1 • soft cover • $14.99 Hollywood Paranormal Films: Fact & Fiction. Jim O’Rear. Delves into 10 blockbuster films, separating truth from fiction in horror entertainment. Through behind-the-scenes stories and paranormal case documents, compare and analyze evidence behind paranormal blockbusters, such as The Amityville Horror, The Exorcist, The Changeling, The Entity, and more. Size: 6" x 9" • 72 color photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3812-0 • soft cover • $19.99 Classic Hollywood Stars: Portraits & Quotes. Mike Oldham. The most famous Hollywood entertainers of the 1920s to 1960s appear in postcard portraits and personal quotes that help define their characters. See June Allyson, Jack Benny, Gary Cooper, and Helen Hayes, along with so many more. Today’s fans continue to relish the personalities of these great stars. Size: 6" x 9" • 200 b/w photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3050-6 • soft cover • $12.99 Strange California Monsters. Michael Newton. Unknown creatures may appear at any time, to startle, frighten, and in some cases devour unwary humans. While Bigfoot is known to many, California’s other strange creatures—giant birds and reptiles, lizard men and winged apes, man-sized fish and salamanders—will surprise and fascinate you. Size: 6" x 9" • 48 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3336-1 • soft cover • $14.99 Hollywood Homes: Postcard Views of Early Stars’ Estates. Mary L. Martin, Tina Skinner & Tammy Ward. This wonderful book takes you on an architectural tour into the lives of over 100 early demi-Gods of the Silver Screen. Then, as now, visitors paid to ride past these homes, hoping above all else to glimpse one of the giants of the screen so that a little bit of star dust might rub off on them. Short bios of the celebrities illuminate this golden era of entertainment. Size: 6" x 9" • 505 images • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2202-8 • soft cover • $12.95 Supernatural California. Preston Dennett. This comprehensive guidebook takes you to over 200 sites where the supernatural, paranormal and unknown are most likely to be encountered, including UFOs, Bigfoot, lake monsters and coastal sea serpents, chupacabra and other cryptozoological creatures, haunted hotels, parks, museums, theaters, businesses, roadways, and more. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 66 illustrations • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2401-2 soft cover • $24.95 More Hollywood Homes. Mike Oldham. Tour the homes of movie stars of the silver screen. Over 360 postcards and photos display the residences of Fred Astaire, Lucille Ball, Charlie Chaplin, Joan Crawford, Marlene Dietrich, Peter Falk, Judy Garland, Elvis Presley, and many more. Facts about the stars and the residences are revealed. Size: 6" x 9" • 362 color photos Price Guide • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2902-9 • soft cover $14.95 California Ghosts: True Accounts of Hauntings in the Golden State. Preston E. Dennett. Presents 26 true, first-hand accounts of spooks, spirits, and hauntings across the state, some funny, some scary, and some absolutely bone-chilling. All of them are true. Size: 6" x 9" • 26 illustrations • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-1972-3 • soft cover • $14.99 Ghosts of Hollywood: The Show Still Goes On. Marla Brooks. Glitz, Glamour, and Ghosts! Read about the celebrity apparitions who touch visitors at the Hollywood Wax Museum, the phantom bartender at the elegant Yamashiro Restaurant; lively spirits at The Formosa Café who drink right along with the customers; and many more. Curses, murder, and mayhem aplenty, for in Hollywood, the show still goes on. Size: 6 " x 9" • 47 b/w photos • Index • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2883-1 • soft cover • $14.95 97 98 THE WEST: CALIFORNIA Ghosts of Hollywood II: Talking to Spirits. Marla Brooks. The ghostly residents of Hollywood are not shy. During séances conducted at Hollywood locations, spirits come forth, denying accidental deaths, naming murderers, and chit-chatting for fun. Hear what Marilyn Monroe, Elvis Presley, Harry Truman, and Jim Morrison, among others, have to say from beyond. Visit haunted houses, banks, cemeteries, restaurants, and more! Size: 6" x 9" • 71 b/w photos • Index • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2997-5 • soft cover • $14.99 Final Resting Places: Orange County’s Dead and Famous. Michael Thomas Barry. Tour 24 graveyards in Orange County, California. Photos help identify burial locations and 200 life stories include President Richard Nixon, murder victim Nicole Brown Simpson, and John Wayne. Step-by-step directions. Size: 6" x 9" • 57 b/w photos • Index • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3421-4 • soft cover • $16.99 Ghosts of Alcatraz. Kathryn Vercillo, photography by Adam Vogt. Alcatraz Island near San Francisco, has a chilling haunted history. Hear Al Capone’s mournful banjo and Robert “Birdman" Stroud’s shriek in the wind. Find Smitty, the amazing escape artist, and Rufe McCain, murdered by a monster, and many more stories. Visit with unsettled spirits on Alcatraz, but make sure you catch the last boat home. Size: 6 x 9 • 32 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2884-8 • soft cover • $14.99 Ghosts of Hollywood III. Marla Brooks. Tour Hollywood’s most haunted studios, hotels, private homes, and graveyards. Here, still more of the rich and famous lived, died, and, in some cases, refuse to leave. Size: 6" x 9" • 76 b/w photos • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3201-2 • soft cover • $14.99 Ghosts of Orange County. Victoria Gross. 26 haunted locations, including the ship Queen Mary and Disneyland. Meet the ghost of Le Potager that keeps the lights on when the kitchen garden is closed and a phantom that inhabits an antique mirror in a residence in La Habra. Walk the streets of Fullerton to visit spirit actors at The Fox Theater and dine with ghosts at Rutaborgze Restaurant. Size: 6" x 9" • 58 b/w photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3171-8 • soft cover • $14.99 Ghost Stories and Legends of Alameda, Berkeley, and Oakland. Karen Zimmerman. Never-before-published stories of Alameda, Berkeley, and Oakland’s haunted locations. Includes homes, a restaurant, a student co-op, and the historic Pardee Home Museum. 25 tales told from paranormal investigators, residents, and psychics. Size: 6" x 9" • 63 b/w photos • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3576-1 • soft cover • $14.99 Fade to Black: Graveside Memories of Hollywood Greats 1927 – 1950. Michael Thomas Barry. Visit burial locations and read shocking life stories and extraordinary film career biographies of award-winning actors, actresses, and directors from 1927-1950. Trivia, quotes, and facts for 446 stars. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 100 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3709-3 • soft cover • $24.99 Haunted Monterey Peninsula. Anita Yasuda. Spend time with a ghostly lady in a black dress who occupies a rocking chair at the Robert Louis Stevenson House. Read about a phantom woman in Pebble Beach who frightens drivers when she appears in the middle of the road. Unusual paranormal stories are compiled here, including the ghost of a Chinese fisherman, a Devil’s Ship, a Haunted Lighthouse, and more. Size: 6" x 9" • 55 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3151-0 • soft cover • $14.99 Murder and Mayhem: 52 Crimes that Shocked Early California 1849-1949. Michael Thomas Barry. Relive 52 notorious crime stories of early California from 1849-1949. True tales, compiled here for the first time, come to life with dozens of rare historical photographs. Sit back, relax, and explore the darker side of the history of the Golden State. Size: 6" x 9" • 87 color & b/w photos • Index • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3968-4 • soft cover • $19.99 Coastal Ghosts of Southern California. Anita Yasuda. Meet inhabitants of the Olivas Adobe in Ventura County where icy hands pull at your clothes; glimpse ghostly lights at Smugglers Beach as they disappear into the waves, seeming to walk along the bottom of the ocean. Dead sailors, sea monsters, and evil apparitions abound here...beware. Size: 6" x 9" • 66 b/w photos • Index • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3150-3 • soft cover • $14.99 Piercing the Veil: Examining San Diego’s Haunted History. Charles L. Spratley. Many people search to find a good – and true – ghost story in San Diego. It might surprise you to find that some tales you thought were true, may be created from misconceptions, distortions, and even made-up historic events. Premier stories about the famous “most haunted" Whaley House. Size: 6" x 9" • 60 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4140-3 • soft cover • $16.99 Haunts of San Jose. David Lee. Whether it’s a haunted house on Stockton Avenue, the ghost begging for a police officer to find his murderer outside the Japanese Tea Garden, or the ghost in overalls and a cowboy hat at Tres Gringos, on Second Street, the haunts of San Jose will make you shiver as you walk the streets! Size: 6" x 9" • 43 b/w photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3029-2 • soft cover • $14.99 The Final Curtain: Celebrity Deaths. Catherine Olen. Whether you are curious about the unsolved mysteries around Rudolph Valentino, Elvis Presley, John Candy, and Michael Jackson, or the tragic endings of Judy Garland, John Belushi, and Chris Farley, the stars are here to welcome you! So get ready to be up close and personal with the crypts of Hollywood. It’ll leave you dying for more. Size: 6" x 9" • 40 b/w images • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3472-6 • soft cover • $14.99 1906 Earthquake: San Francisco’s Great Disaster. Sandor Demlinger. An amazing collection of vintage photographs, some never published, let readers delve into the first earthquake ever photographed. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 175 images • 144 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2404-7 • soft cover • $24.95 Ghosts of Greater Los Angeles. Preston Dennett. Greater Los Angeles is no stranger to ghosts. Take time at Universal Studios to look for Lon Chaney who haunts Sound Stage 28, or a ghostly little girl in a hurry not to miss her favorite “killer" ride. From Ouija Boards and levitation, to EVP and animal haunts, it just may be that the ghosts in this town are what make it great... Size: 6" x 9" • 17 b/w images • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3503-7 • soft cover • $14.99 Ghosts of San Francisco. Kathryn Vercillo. San Francisco is a dynamic city rich with ghostly intrigue. Learn about a rum-soaked body that haunts Atherton Mansion, the eerie piano player at the York Hotel, lights and footsteps in the abandoned Park Presidio military hospital and many more spirited tales! Size: 6" x 9" • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2765-0 • soft cover • $12.95 CALIFORNIA: ARCHITECTURE The Life and Times of Lilian J. Rice, Master Architect. Diane Y. Welch. Award-winning author Diane Y. Welch resurrects the story of architect Lilian J. Rice, retelling the life and times of this controversial woman. Eleven of Rice’s homes are listed on the National Register of Historic Places, more are county landmarks, and several garnered her honor awards from the American Institute of Architects. Size: 7" x 10" • 94 color & b/w images • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4958-4 • hard cover • $34.99 Lilian J. Rice: Architect of Rancho Santa Fe, California. Diane Y. Welch. Lilian J. Rice was given the opportunity of a lifetime in 1922, when she began to design and develop Rancho Santa Fe, the master-planned, high class community in Southern California, now renowned as one of the wealthiest zipcodes in the USA. 394 illustrations, floor plans, architectural renderings, and stunning photographs included. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 390 color photos • Index • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3456-6 • hard cover • $49.99 California Bungalows: The 1911 Ye Planry Catalog. The 1911 edition of Ye Planry Building Company Inc.’s catalog of bungalow plans, this reproduction serves as an informative resource for today’s architects, homebuilders, and homeowners. This edition features 102 detailed, handdrawn “pencil sketches" of floor plans alongside renderings and/or photographs of completed homes that are typical of the early Arts & Crafts Bungalow style. Size: 10" x 7" • 200+ photos & sketches • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4454-1 • soft cover • $34.99 Deco & Streamline Architecture in L.A.: A Moderne City Survey. Elizabeth McMillian. Showcases the two main categories of Art Deco styles in L.A.: the zigzag, perpendicular Deco style of the 1920s and the aerodynamic, cubist style of the Streamline 1930s and early `40s. Exterior and interior views of public buildings, office towers, theaters, restaurants, religious structures, apartments, hotels, and individual homes. An essential reference and a stunning tribute to architectural expression in L.A. Size: 9" x 12" • 231 color & 65 b/w photos Index • 224 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2008-4 • hard cover • $49.95 California Colonial: The Spanish & Rancho Revival Styles. Elizabeth McMillian. A deeply researched text and stunning imagery explores vernacular and religious structures built between 1769 and 1848, during the Spanish Mission and Mexican Rancho eras. Size: 9" x 12" • 363 color & 51 b/w photos • 224 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1460-2 • hard cover • $49.95 THE WEST: CALIFORNIA California Mission Architecture: A Survey and Sourcebook. Jock M. Sewall, A.I.A.. The California Missions were built under the direction of the adventurous padres who organized an existing agrarian culture to produce viable military, commercial, and religious centers. With nearly 800 photos and plans, this book visually documents each of the twenty-one Mission’s rustic, elegant features, artistic details, and general architectural significance. Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 797 photos and plans • 368 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4200-4 • hard cover • $75.00 Architecture Tours L.A. Guidebook: West Hollywood / Beverly Hills. Laura Massino Smith. These cities enjoy a rich tapestry of diverse and exciting architecture. Drive down Santa Monica Blvd., Rodeo Drive, and the Sunset Strip, and see architectural landmarks including the Argyle Hotel, the Beverly Hills Hotel, and the jet-age Union 76 gas station. Size: 9" x 6" • 66 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2122-6 • soft cover • $9.95 California Revival: Vintage Decor for Today’s Homes. Carole Coates & Annie Dietz. A new movement, featuring vintage furnishings, art pottery, tile, paintings and decorative arts from California’s Spanish Revival period of the 1920s to 1940s, in today’s homes. Go inside ten “real" homes, showing you how to achieve this enlivening and color-saturated style. Over 600 color images with detailed captions and an engaging text. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 602 color photos • 256 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2635-6 • hard cover • $49.95 California Colonial Homes: Case Studies with Prominent Architects. S.F. “Jerry" Cook III & Tina Skinner. Work by over 30 leading architects of the Spanish Revival movement in California during the 1920s and ’30s is featured, with 44 beautiful homes. Architects include: Wallace Neff, Gordon Kaufman, Roland Coate, and George Washington Smith. Size: 9" x 12" • 313 b/w photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2392-X • hard cover • $39.95 Architecture Tours L.A. Guidebook: Silver Lake. Laura Massino Smith. Students of architecture worldwide make pilgrimages to Silver Lake specifically to see the work of the Modernist architects Richard Neutra, Rudolf M. Schindler, Gregory Ain, John Lautner, and Frank Lloyd Wright, Jr., among others. Size: 9" x 6" • 67 color photos • Index • 48 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2085-8 • soft cover • $9.95 California Gardens of the Arts & Crafts Period. Eugene O. Murmann. Historic California garden design as recorded by Eugene O. Murmann (1900-1962). Released in 1914, the book details 50 garden plans with 103 photographs of actual gardens. This book is a wealth of imagery and ideas about Arts & Crafts era sensibilities, Japanese gardens, and Mission-influenced landscape design. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 154 b/w photos & illustrations • 128 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2861-9 • hard cover • $24.95 Palm Springs Mid-century Modern. Dolly Faibyshev. Lavish color photos present the mid-century modern architecture of Palm Springs, California. The desert environment and Hollywood stars inspired architects of the day to creative heights, including Donald Wexler, E. Stewart Williams, William Krisel, Albert Frey, William F. Cody, and Richard Neutra. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 178 photos • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3461-0 • hard cover • $29.99 Architecture Tours L.A. Guidebook: Downtown. Laura Massino Smith. The city’s most architecturally diverse area, with Victorian, Renaissance Revival, European Beaux-Arts, Art Deco and Post-modern. Highlights: Walt Disney Concert Hall, the new cathedral, Little Tokyo, the Historic Theater District, and L.A.’s first suburb. Size: 9" x 6" • 114 color photos • Index • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2084-X • soft cover • $9.95 Beach Boundaries: Fences and Gates of Southern California. Linda Byrne and Robert Scott. Tour gardens and homes of Los Angeles County: Hermosa Beach, Manhattan Beach, and Redondo Beach. Here find compelling photographs that act as a guide for homeowners and gardeners who are looking to define their outdoor spaces. Size: 9 1/8" x 8 1/8" • 114 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4097-0 • soft cover • $12.99 Palm Springs: Mid-Century Modern Postcard Book. Dolly Faibyshev. A book of 30 color postcards taken among the manicured neighborhoods nestled in southern California’s desert landscape and Hollywood playground, Palm Springs. The postcards views include individual mid-century modern homes, details, city shots, and photos of landmarks including the Palm Springs City Hall, Swiss Miss Houses, and Elvis’s Honeymoon House. Size: 6" x 4" • 30 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4521-0 • soft cover • $12.99 Architecture Tours L.A. Guidebook: Hancock Park / Miracle Mile. Laura Massino Smith. Identify more than 100 sites, starting in Koreatown at the Post-Modern “Chicken Shack," journey through the grand neighborhoods of Windsor Square and Hancock Park, to the Miracle Mile with its concentration of early-twentieth century buildings. Size: 9" x 6" • 120 color photos • 64 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2297-4 soft cover • $9.95 Tour of Frank Gehry & Other L.A. Architecture. Laura Massino Smith. Provides addresses and detailed history and descriptions of the Walt Disney Concert Hall, Museum of Contemporary Art, Santa Monica including City Hall, Santa Monica Civic Auditorium, the Venice Renaissance Building, and wellknown “Binoculars Building," Gehry, and the homes of Rudolf M. Schindler, Venice Art Lofts, and Dennis Hopper. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 59 color photos • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2715-5 • soft cover • $14.95 Architecture Tours L.A. Guidebook: Hollywood! Laura Massino Smith. Here is THE way to see Los Angeles’s rich architectural heritage! L.A. is a “driving" city, best seen from the car. Home of movies, celebrities, glamour, and over a century of absolutely remarkable architecture. Original Victorian homes, glamorous hotels and theaters, and work by famed architects Frank Lloyd Wright, John Lautner, and Frank Gehry, among others. History buffs, architecture enthusiasts, and L.A. visitors all will love these unique and fascinating tours, which offer the best way to see diverse architecture in L.A. Size: 9" x 6" • 96 color photos • 64 pp ISBN: 0-7643-2121-8 • soft cover • $9.95 Modern Tract Homes of Los Angeles. John Eng & Adriene Biondo. Modern Tract Homes of Los Angeles touches on the history of Modern and explores five housing tracts built between 1948 and 1964. Through these unique tracts, we gain an understanding of what the postwar climate was like and learn why Modern housing still remains relevant today as new homeowners are drawn to the modern aesthetic and original homeowners continue to enjoy them more than half a century later. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 167 color images • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3865-6 • hard cover • $39.99 Hollywood Bachelor Pads. Carol Kipling. When you’re a bachelor rock star, the bedroom can be a very, um, significant feature. 300 vivid color photographs reveal an insider’s view of these killer bachelor pads of rock stars, actors, producers, and financiers. Get an inside look at the rooms where discerning men with demanding careers let loose at home. See the bold architecture where dreams are made on screen and off, and discerning men with demanding careers let loose at home. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 304 color photos • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3307-1 • hard cover • $34.99 Architecture Tours L.A. Guidebook: Pasadena. Laura Massino Smith. Over 100 sites on this tour feature elegant hotels including the Wentworth, The Hotel Green, and the Vista Del Arroyo; brightly painted Victorian buildings; Arts & Crafts bungalows by prominent architects Greene & Greene, Alfred and Arthur Heineman, Louis Easton, and others. Size: 9" x 6" • 135 color photos • 80 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2483-7 • soft cover • $16.95 CALIFORNIA: ARTS & CRAFTS Victorian Homes of San Francisco. Terry Way. More than 200 color images showcase details of homes in San Francisco. Styles include Italianate, Queen Anne, Eastlake/Stick, and Victorian. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 204 color images • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3212-8 • soft cover • $19.99 Emerging from the Shadows, Vol. I: A Survey of Women Artists Working in California, 1860-1960. Maurine St. Gaudens. This is volume 1: A-D, of a four-volume set, that explores the role of 320 women artists, many previously unrecorded in the annals of art history in California. Biographical information on the life of each artist is presented with images of her works, many never before published and culled from private and public collections. Size: 9" x 12" • 500-plus color images • 336 pp ISBN13: 978-0-7643-4861-7 • hard cover • $59.99 Emerging from the Shadows, Vol. II: A Survey of Women Artists Working in California, 1860-1960. Maurine St. Gaudens. This is volume 2: E-K, of a four-volume set, that explores the role of 320 women artists, many previously unrecorded in the annals of art history in California. Size: 9" x 12" • 500-plus color images • 352 pp ISBN13: 978-0-7643-4862-4 • hard cover • $59.99 Emerging from the Shadows, Vol. III: A Survey of Women Artists Working in California, 1860-1960. Maurine St. Gaudens. This is volume 3: L-K, of a four-volume set, that explores the role of 320 women artists, many previously unrecorded in the annals of art history in California. Size: 9" x 12" • 500-plus color images • 336 pp ISBN13: 978-0-7643-4886-0 • hard cover• $59.99 Emerging from the Shadows, Vol. IV: A Survey of Women Artists Working in California, 1860-1960. Maurine St. Gaudens. This is volume 4: S-Z, of a four-volume set, that explores the role of 320 women artists, many previously unrecorded in the annals of art history in California. Size: 9" x 12" • 500-plus color images • 336 pp ISBN13: 978-0-7643-4887-7 • hard cover • $59.99 99 100 THE WEST: CALIFORNIA • ALASKA • HAWAII • PUERTO RICO • MEXICO Tattoo Road Trip: California Cover Girls. Bob Baxter. An amazing collection of over 60 gorgeous cover girl finalists from the first-ever California Cover Girl Contest. And for even more fun, with a special copy of the September cover cleverly placed in the back of the book, see if you can pick the winner. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 180 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1937-X • soft cover • $29.95 Hula Dancers & Tiki Gods. Chris Pfouts. The dream of pure freedom in the South Pacific islands has been distilled into two enduring images: the hula dancer and the tiki god. This book displays over 500 color images of collectible hula dancers and tiki gods with which readers can have a little exotic fun. Here lamps, figures, posters, and souvenirs all come together for entertainment and enjoyment. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 540 photos Price Guide • 208 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1247-2 • hard cover • $39.95 Aloha Spirit: Hawaiian Art and Popular Culture. D. Congdon-Martin with the California Heritage Museum. The infectious Aloha Spirit is something tourists take home with them as memories, and in tangible reminders of their trips: a print, a shirt, a carved perfume bottle, a figurine. A wide range of these items are captured in this full color book. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 500 color photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0489-5 • hard cover • $49.95 Tattoo Road Trip: Southern California. Bob Baxter. Join Skin & Ink Editor Bob Baxter as he drives from shop to shop visiting the state’s brightest stars and living legends. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 565 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1839-X • soft cover • $29.95 Hula Heaven: The Queen’s Album. Mark A. Blackburn. Photos taken in the 1880s and 1890s representing the ultimate Hawaiian experience and art form, the Hula, were gathered by the last reigning monarch of Hawaii, Queen Liliuokalani. They were presented in an album to her personal nurse as a token of her Aloha. A brief history of the Queen’s fascinating life is included. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 101 color photos 96 pp.ISBN: 0-7643-1333-9 • soft cover • $19.95 Hawaiian Shirts: Dress Right for Paradise. Nancy N. Schiffer. Over 1000 glorious color photos of Hawaiian-inspired textile designs on shirts. Fantastic florals, heavenly Hawaiian designs, gorgeous geometrics, beautiful birds, special surfing scenes, jumping Japanese prints, fabulous fish, luscious landscapes, favorite foods, compulsory cocktails, and plenty of styling details will motivate your journey. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 1044 color photos Price Guide/Index • 208 pp.ISBN: 0-76432143-9 • hard cover • $39.95 Hawaiian Fish. Mary L. Martin. 40 colorful images illustrate the fantastic undersea kingdom. At 5" x 7", these wonderful watercolors are ready to enjoy as an art book, or to disassemble and mail or frame. Size: 7 3/8" x 5" • 40 5"x7" color postcards perforated pages • ISBN: 0-7643-2139-0 • soft cover • $14.95 Hawaiian Shirt Designs. Nancy N. Schiffer. 425+ shirts displayed in color photos, with history, women’s clothing, 20 different button styles, and 229 researched manufacturer’s and retail labels to help date and identify the shirts. The success story of aloha shirts is woven with the words of the people who themselves created and witnessed the development of this Hawaiian classic. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 760 color photos Index • 192 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0054-7 • hard cover • $39.95 ALASKA: SCENES Alaskan Maritime. Jim Gibbs. Photos of Alaskan sailing vessels, ports, lighthouses, and historical figures are featured, along with epic stories, unusual shipwrecks, and a history of the cruise industry and modern cargo transport. A vicarious tour of the “Frozen North." Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 311 photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-0035-0 • soft cover • $29.95 ALASKA: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Ghosts of Alaska. Jody Ellis-Knapp. Visit the Historic Anchorage Hotel where pictures fly off the walls, and tour the Red Onion saloon in Skagway, where goodtime girls still party all night. Search for ghosts in Eagle River’s Birchwood Saloon, where footsteps can be heard on the roof. Read legends of creatures like the Alaskan Yeti, Little People, and Hairy People. Size: 6" x 9" • 11 b/w photos & Illustrations • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3303-3 • soft cover • $14.99 HAWAII: SCENES Hula Girls and Surfer Boys. Mark Blackburn. Over 270 original photographs and post card images are presented chronologically from 1870 to 1940 to portray the evolving styles and popularity of these icons of Hawai‘i. The Hula and surfing traditions both are deeply rooted in legend and myth. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 270 color photos 112 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1042-9 • soft cover • $19.95 Hawaii Remembered: Postcards from Paradise. Tina Skinner, Mary Martin, & Nathaniel Wolfgang-Price. General history and more than 350 actual hand-tinted photos capture the allure of native villages, early city life, the first resort hotels, and natural wonders including volcanoes, waterfalls, and amazing flora and palm-studded vistas. Size: 6" x 9" • 359 postcards Value Guide . • 224 pp ISBN: 0-7643-2219-2 • softcover $24.95 HAWAII: ARTS & CRAFTS Creating Hawaiian-Inspired Quilts. Judith Sandstrom. With 26 patterns to get you started and easy-to-follow directions, learn to cut and stitch both hand- and machine-appliquéd blocks for your own Hawaiian-inspired quilt. The designs begin with single color, appliquéd blocks and progress to blocks adorned with additional colors and motifs. For quilters of all skill levels. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 83 color images & 26 patterns • 80 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4858-7 • soft cover • $16.99 HAWAII: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Hawaiian Folklore: Encounters with the Supernatural. Timothy Befus. Here, find 20 tales that include an unique, terrifying, and unusual glimpse into the folklore of Hawaii with firsthand accounts from people who have come face to face with the supernatural. Size: 6" x 9" • 27 color photos • 80 pp ISBN13: 978-0-7643-4944-7 • soft cover • $9.99 Aloha Attire: Hawaiian Dress in the Twentieth Century. Linda B. Arthur. Filled with over 460 beautiful photos, this book gives a historical account of Hawaii’s fashion industry. Unique island designs, exotic fabrics, and traditional garments are all included within this spectacular display of Hawaiian paradise. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 469 color photos Price Guide • 192 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1015-1 • hard cover • $49.95 PUERTO RICO: SCENES Supernatural Hawaii. Judi Thompson. Ancient Hawaiian warriors march in the night, mysterious blue lights hover and zip, tiny people disappear, and invisible spirits attack: These are just some of the stories that Hawaii’s supernatural side has to offer. Shiver as you delve into a unique and spirited slice of Hawaii never before shared. Size: 6" x 9" • 18 b/w photos • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3186-2 • soft cover • $16.99 HAWAII: MEMORABILIA Women of Polynesia. Mark Blackburn. Beautiful Polynesian women transport you to Hawaii, Tahiti, Samoa, Tonga, Naratonga, Fiji, and the Maori regions of New Zealand to view their beguiling native inhabitants through 380 historic and rare color postcard images that date from 1898 to 1920. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 380 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2174-9 • soft cover • $29.95 Tropical Shirts & Clothing. Nancy N. Schiffer. Over 300 tropical shirts, dresses, and bathing suits from the South Pacific, Hawaii, California, Florida, Bermuda, the Bahamas, the Virgin Islands, the West Indies. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 1044 color photos Price Guide/Index • 208 pp.ISBN: 0-7643-2143-9 • hard cover • $39.95 Hawaiiana: The Best of Hawaiian Design. Revised & Expanded 2nd Edition. Mark Blackburn. The romance and allure of the Hawaiian Islands from 1900 to 1959. The objects shown in the book all are from collections in Hawaii-Aloha attire, jewelry, paper goods and prints, dolls, woodenware, and souvenirs. This comprehensive overview of Hawaiian objects and designs contains the patterns that are so eagerly sought after. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 600+ color photos Price Guide • 256 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1220-0 • hard cover • $59.95 Puerto Rico’s Surf Culture: The Photography of Steve Fitzpatrick.Since 1992 photographer Steve Fitzpatrick has been the dedicated documentarian of Puerto Rico’s outstanding, world-class surfing conditions and culture. These 160+ dramatic images present the best surf Puerto Rico has to offer. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 160+ photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4195-3 • hard cover • $45.00 MEXICO: SCENES Mexico City: Out and About. Kenneth & Karen Basile. Mexico City has something for everyone and the elegant parks and gardens captured in this travelogue will beckon you to wind your way through pedestrian thoroughfares, along historic canals, and into the old cathedral grounds of the oldest city in the western hemisphere. Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 297 photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3672-0 • hard cover • $45.00 MEXICO MEXICO: ARCHITECTURE Mexican Style, Sustainable. Tina Skinner. Take a visually rich tour through a burgeoning community on Mexico’s Baja Peninsula, and learn how the dream of visionaries is shaping the community of Loreto Bay as a model for the future. That place is wonderfully illustrated here, from the colorful adobe architecture and Spanish mission furnishings, to the scenes presented by the white sands of the Sea of Cortez and the fertile desert beyond. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" 110 color photos • 112 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2743-8 • soft cover • $19.95 Architecture of Old Mexico. Mary Martin & Tina Skinner. More than 300 antique images take readers through Mexico’s streets and palaces, churches and courtyards. Architects, designers, and landscape professionals will find endless inspirations in images of stucco walls, wooden doors, carved columns, tiled fountains, and more. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 126 color & 175 B&W and sepia images • 144 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2571-X • soft cover • $29.95 San Miguel’s Mexican Exteriors. Sandy Baum. San Miguel’s elegant buildings display Mexican history and architecture. Tour outdoor living at its finest in extraordinary homes usually closed to visitors. Facades, gates, patios, gardens, fountains, columns, pools, cantera, windows, walls, cupolas, wrought iron, street graphics, construction. Include Mexican details into your next building project. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 346 color photos • 224 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3004-9 • hard cover • $39.99 Traditional Mexican Style Exteriors. Text by Donna McMenamin. Over 300 color photographs of beautiful new, old, and remodeled traditional style homes and gardens are presented. From Spanish Colonial facades in San Miguel de Allende, Guanajuato, Mexico, to the best of the Mission and Spanish Eclectic homes, this volume is a must for everyone interested in Mexican architecture. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 309 color photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-1726-1 • hard cover • $39.95 Doors of Oaxaca. Devon Fekete. Over 700 images create a portal into the architectural style of Oaxaca, Mexico’s most colonial city. Explore great wooden doors, studded with hand wrought iron hardware set in walls of desert-hued sandstone dating back to the early 17th century. The rich textures and colors of the diverse doorways will inspire anyone in search of a Southwestern palette. Size: 9" x 6" • 703 color photos • 272 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2665-3 • soft cover • $29.95 Mexican Gardens & Patios. Sandy Baum. Over 325 full color photos take you into a little-known world of magic, mystery, and color, behind the walls of some of the most exclusive homes in Mexico. Mexico’s private gardens and patios illustrate outdoor living and dining rooms, rooftop terraces and shelters, garden walks and sculpture, outdoor fireplaces, and gardens in all the colors of the rainbow. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 320 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3267-8 • soft cover • $29.99 San Miguel’s Mexican Interiors. Sandy Baum. San Miguel retains oldworld charm as many of its elegant buildings have been preserved. In its extraordinary homes see charming doors, living rooms, kitchens, dining rooms, bedrooms, stairways, lighting, art, and talavera ceramics. Size: 9" x 6" • 360 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2947-0 • hard cover • $14.95 Contemporary Mexican Architecture: Continuing the Heritage of Luis Barragán. Sandy Baum, with introductions by Juan Pablo Serrano Orozco, Juan Carlos Name-Sierra, and Gilberto L. Rodriguez. Showcasing the original work of 26 contemporary Mexican architects in a wide variety of impressive architectural designs, this unique book has over 370 full color photos and architectural plans displaying works of each architect in a dedicated chapter showing one of their recent projects. Size: 9" x 12" • 363 color photos • 276 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4602-6 • hard cover • $75.00 Cerámica: Mexican Pottery of the 20th Century. Amanda Thompson, with the California Heritage Museum. Mexican ceramics of the 20th century organized by geographic area, style, family, and artisan. Over 1,200 pieces, each accompanied by a detailed description, including the artist, style, origin, date of production, and size. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 590 color photos • 208 pp. • ISBN: 0-7643-1248-0 • hard cover • $49.95 Traditional Mexican Style Interiors. Text by Donna McMenamin. Over 280 color photographs of some of the most beautiful old, new, and remodeled Mexican-style homes are compiled here. Twelve chapters illustrate beautiful entryways, living rooms, kitchens, dining rooms, bedrooms, bathrooms, ceilings and floors, stairways, niches, fireplaces, lighting, and arts. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 298 color photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-1693-7 • hard cover • $39.99 Mata Ortiz Pottery Today. Guy Berger. This distinctive pottery was made at the village of Mata Ortiz, Mexico. It evolved from Juan Quezada’s first efforts in 1955 into a business that involves the village and now employs around 350 potters. Six distinct styles are presented: black, polychrome, sgraffito (etched), colored, miniature, and special shapes. It includes a fascinating discussion of the bird motif in this and Acoma Pueblo (New Mexico) pottery. Size: 9" x 12" • 236 color photos • 176 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3470-2 • hard cover • $49.99 Colores: Mexican Interiors. Sandy Baum. The blank exteriors of many Mexican houses conceal interiors alive with rainbows of color. Over 300 color photos present fascinating doors, interior rooms, stairways, fireplaces, lighting, ceilings, floors, and details to inspire today’s homeowners, architects, and decorators who seek to live with authentic Mexican character. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 241 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3301-9 • soft cover • $29.99 Mexican Arts Series: Hammered Copper. Sandy Baum. Introduction by Roy Skodnick. See beautiful hammered copper vessels made long ago and today at Santa Clara del Cobre, Mexico, a small town in the southwest state of Michoacan. 393 colorful photographs, an historical perspective, introductions to 540 copper artists, and detailed descriptions, combine in this impressive reference. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 393 color photos • Index • 160 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-3502-0 • hard cover • $29.99 MEXICO: ART & CRAFTS Saints & Sinners: Mexican Devotional Art. California Heritage Museum. James Caswell & Jenise Amanda Ramos, Editors. Over 350 beautiful color photos depict 18th to mid-20th century Mexican devotional art, including masks, devils and angels, santos, milagritos, retablos, and ex-votos. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 365 color photos • 256 pp. ISBN: 0-7643-2368-7 • hard cover • $49.95 Mexican Silver Jewelry Details. Leslie Piña. Over 1150 photos the most popular silver jewelry from Mexico, in full color. The focus is on popular and plentiful jewelry, from lesser-known or anonymous makers, with strong artistic merit. Includes in-depth information, values, hallmarks, and an illustrated glossary. Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 1154 color photos • Price Guide/Index • 304 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3081-0 • hard cover • $89.99 Mexican Folk Art: From Oaxacan Artist Families. Revised & Expanded 2nd Edition. Arden & Anya Rothstein. Contemporary Mexican folk art, by prominent artists from Oaxaca, is discussed and profusely illustrated. Includes ceramics, weaving, woodcarving, embroidery, tin work, toys, jewelry, candles, dried flower crafts, basketry, and Day of the Dead handicrafts. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 700+ color photos • Index • 192 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2673-8 • hard cover • $39.95 Mexican Jewelry & Metal Art. Leslie Piña. Mexican jewelry and metal art made of copper, brass, alpaca, and silver. The variety in color, texture, and form is wonderful. Detailed captions with value ranges accompany the 1000+ color photos of jewelry, boxes, tableware, and wall art. Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 1272 color photos • Price Guide/index • 288 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3140-4 • hard cover • $89.99 Popular Arts of Mexico: 1850-1950. Revised 2nd Edition. Donna McMenamin. One hundred years worth of quality Mexican popular art, including pottery, clay figures, marionettes, straw mosaics, Talavera, clay banks, coconut banks, laquerware, wood panels and rugs, from 1850-1950, is covered here. Detailed information about artists, styles and techniques are provided along with collecting hints in every chapter. Size: 9" x 12" • 397 color photos Price Guide • 240 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3284-5 • hard cover • $59.99 The William Spratling Legacy. Sandy Baum. Foreword by Violante and Consuelo Ulrich. This book concentrates on how William Spratling’s talent for creating silver jewelry in Taxco, Mexico, led US Interior Department personnel to invite him, in 1945, to create a similar program for Alaska’s natives. Thirty never-before-seen Alaskan models and with their original designs are presented here along with Spratling’s original 1945 Report to the Arts and Crafts Board. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 294 images • 168 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3886-1 • hard cover • $49.99 Mexican Popular Art: Clothing & Dolls. Wendy Scalzo. This insightful study of traditional Mexican clothing is based on authentic dolls made by folk artists in Mexico. With over 550 color photographs, it relates customs, language, music, and folk arts that are wholly Mexican and now its national culture. Men's and women's regional clothing is explored, including serapes, sombreros, Colonial dress, skirts, and shawls, through the dolls, period photographs, and adult clothes. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 370 color photos • Price Guide/Index • 208 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-2887-9 • hard cover • $39.95 Margot Van Voorhies: The Art of Mexican Enamelework. Penny C. Morrill. In the mid-20th century, the American Margot Van Voorhies went to Taxco, Mexico, and established a jewelry design business best known for exquisite enamelwork. Her designs are distinctive, often based on spiral motifs inspired by vines and floral imagery. Glorious colored enamels in brilliant hues and original designs distinguish the work of Margot de Taxco. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 485 color photos • Index • 200 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3549-5 • hard cover • $49.99 101 102 MEXICO • IRELAND • UNITED KINGDOM • INTERNATIONAL Mexican Silver: Modern Handwrought Jewelry and Metalwork. Revised & Expanded 4th Edition. Penny Chittim Morrill & Carole A. Berk. The silver renaissance in Mexico from the 1920s to the present. Over 400 color photos showcase jewelry, tableware and art works in silver. This book is the definitive study of Mexican silver jewelry and decorative objects. The newly updated price guide is helpful in today’s market. Greatly expanded marks section. Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 445 photos • 272 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-2671-4 • hard cover • $59.95 Scottish Ghosts. E. Ashley Rooney. With centuries of battles, seers, curses, and illicit romances, it is no surprise that Scotland has more than its share of ghost stories and legends. Follow the ambitious kings and fathers, the family feuds, and the constant troubles with the English. Reflect on the rich blend of Celtic myths and legends and the fairy world. Size: 6" x 9" • 43 b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3990-5 • soft cover • $16.99 Silver Masters of Mexico: Héctor Aguilar and the Taller Borda. Penny C. Morrill. Master designers and silversmiths with particular focus on Héctor Aguilar, and the personnel at this workshop. Valentin Vidaurreta, Los Castillo, William Spratling, Antonio Pineda, Hubert Harmon, Enrique Ledesma, and many more craftsmen are included. Beautifully illustrated with 100s of examples of their artistry, with current values.Size: 8 1/2" x 11" • 484 color photos • Price Guide/Index • 224 pp. ISBN: 0-88740-961-X • hard cover • $49.95 Great Britain’s Royal Tombs: A Guide to the Lives & Burial Places of British Monarchs. Michael Thomas Barry. An essential and concise reference guide to the true-life stories and final resting places of the monarchs of England from the warrior kings of the dark ages to modern day, including their final resting places. Brings history alive through exciting narrative, illustrations, paintings, and rare photos. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 237 images • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4129-8 • hard cover • $29.99 IRELAND: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Ireland’s Ghosts, Legends, and Lore. E. Ashley Rooney, with Ciaran McHugh. Follow the ambitious Irish chiefs and English kings, family feuds, and the constant troubles with the English in over 30 stories. Reflect on the rich blend of Celtic myths and legends, and the world of fairies and leprechauns. When you read these tales, you will soon appreciate why the Irish have such a belief in the forces of the unknown. Size: 6" x 9" • 34 color photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4508-1 • soft cover • $16.99 UNITED KINGDOM: STORIES, LORE & HISTORY Lancashire Folk: Ghostly Legends and Folklore from Ancient to Modern. Melanie Warren. Visit 155 places in Lancashire, England, where strange history meets creepy modern times. Arranged alphabetically by town and place, includes ghosts, the devil, witches, dragons, fairies, and more. Indexed by type; a separate index lists postcodes and Ordnance Survey map references for those who wish to visit the locations. Size: 6" x 9" • 18 color images • 240 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4983-6 • hard cover• $19.99 Haunted London: English Ghosts, Legends, and Lore. E. Ashley Rooney. Foggy London is one of the most haunted cities in the world, with blood, death, intrigue, and many ghosts tainting its colorful history. Read about Margaret of Salisbury in the Tower of London, voices of drowning Jews on the Thames, the She Wolf clutching the casket of Edward II, and Anne Boleyn’s ghost who haunts the room where she spent her last night. Size: 6" x 9" • 30 b/w photos • Index • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-3149-7 • soft cover • $14.99 UNITED KINGDOM: ART America's Literary Legends: The Lives and Burial Places of 50 Great Writers. Michael Thomas Barry. A concise, yet truly distinctive and comprehensive review of 50 authors and poets who shaped American literature from the 1600s through the mid-20th century. Through succinct and engaging biographies and 193 illustrations, the lives of these great writers come to life. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 200 color & b/w photos • 160 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4702-3 • hard cover • $29.99 Literary Legends of the British Isles: The Lives & Burial Places of 50 Great Writers Michael Thomas Barry. Journey into the best of British Isles literati in this comprehensive and concise review of 50 of the greatest writers and poets. Through engaging biographies, extensive descriptive observations, and 158 illustrations, the lives of great writers come alive. Size: 11" x 8 1/2" • 158 b/w & color photos • Index • 144 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4438-1 • hard cover • $29.99 100 UK Graffiti Artists. Frank “Steam156" Malt. 100 of the UK’s top writers and street artists. Alongside works by pioneers, we sweep across the whole of the UK, taking in Scotland and Wales, running through the nineties, right up to the modern day when more advanced, technical graffiti, wheat pasting, and stenciling are the new media on the street. Size: 11 3/4" x 9" • 810 color photos • 224 pp. • ISBN: 978-0-7643-4196-0 • hard cover • $45.00 INTERNATIONAL Seven Continents: Photography of Mohan Bhasker. Mohan Bhasker. Seven Continents takes readers around the world in 225 exquisite landscape photographs. Adventure stories enrich the images, documenting close calls with nature and paying tribute to the beauty, history, and significance of remote regions where few people venture. Size: 12" x 9" • 225 color images • 256 pp ISBN: 978-0-7643-4980-5 • hard cover • $50.00 True Africa: Photographs by David Sacks. A master at drawing out qualities of beauty, dignity, and joy in his subjects, Sacks shows that people are not defined by the outer shell of their adversity. Enjoy this photographic journey into the beautiful and joyful people who live there. Size: 12" x 12" • 107 color & 67 b/w images • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4217-2 • hard cover • $75.00 Ladakh: The Culture and People of “Little Tibet." David Vaala. More than 150 full-color images present the rugged Himalayan region of Ladakh, India, featuring landscapes, seldomly seen Tibetan Buddhist traditions, and intimate portraits of Ladakhi nomads. An exclusive look at the sacred cham ceremonies—masked dance dramas about Buddhism. Size: 12" x 12" • 167 color photos • 192 pp. ISBN: 978-0-7643-4281-3 • hard cover • $59.99 FOLLOW US ON SOCIAL MEDIA SCHIFFERPUBLISHING SCHIFFERPUBLISHING SCHIFFERBOOKS SCHIFFERBOOKS Ashland Oregon, Day Trips, Page 33 SUBJECT INDEX A activities, children's 38 Adams, John & Abigail 37 Africa 102 Airstream 48 Alameda, CA 98 Alaska 36; cooking 36; ghosts 100; maritime 100 Albany, NY 68 Albuquerque, NM 93 Alcatraz 98 Alexandria, VA 81 Allentown, PA 73 Amish, the 72, 73, 74, 75 amphibians 42 animals 40, 42, 50 Annapolis, MD 57, 76, 77 Appalachia 81 Appalachian musical instruments 45 architecture CA 98; Cape Cod 65; CT 67; DE 76; FL 85; GA 84; LA 87; MA 65; MD 77; Mexico 101; Mississippi River Valley 86; NE 60, 61; NJ 72; NY 69; PA 75; TX 93 Arkansas ghost stories 86 artists 66; Boston, MA 66; Cape Cod 66 arts & crafts 61; AZ 94; CA 99; Chesapeake Bay 79; CT 67; FL 85; Great Lakes 87; HA 100; LA 87; MA 65; ME 62; Middle-Atlantic 67; NE 61; NJ 72; NM 94; NY 69; OR 96; PA 75; Pacific Northwest 96; South 81; Southwest 90; TX 93; VA 81; VT 62; Washington, D.C. 80; West 95; WV 80 Assateague, VA 81, ponies 42, 58, 80 Atlantic City, NJ 71 Austin, TX 31, 92 axinite group 43 B baking 37, 40; for dogs 40 bald eagles 41 Baltimore Colts 77 Baltimore, MD 76, architecture 77 Baltimore Ravens 77 Bandelier National Monument, NM 93 barbecue 35 Barnegat lighthouse 72 Barney, Rex 77 barns, Berkshires 65; Cape Cod 65 103 baseball, MD 77 baskets, Nantucket 66; NE 61 Bedford, MA 64 beer 37 Berkeley, CA 98 Berkshires, MA 64 beryl group 43 Beverly Hills 99 Beverly Hills, CA 97 bicycle trails, CT 66 birds 40; Chesapeake Bay, for children 57; photography 40 boating 79 body, mind, spirit 35 Bordentown, NJ 71 Boston, MA 26, 64 bouquet, bridal 37 brandy, distilling 36 brassieres, art 48 bridal bouquet 37 Bridgewater Triangle, MA 65 Brooklyn, NY 68 Bucks County, PA 73 Buffalo, NY 67 Burlington, VT 62 business 40 butterflies 42 C cakes 37 California 96; architecture 98, 99; arts & crafts 99, 100; ghost stories 97, 98; scenery 96 Calvert, Leonard 57 Cambridge, MA 64 Camp William Penn 47 canvasbacks 41 Cape Canaveral, FL 84 Cape Cod, architecture 65; artists 66; birds 40; farms 63; lighthouses 65; recipes 34; scenery 62; travel guide 63 Caplin, Harvey 45, 94 Cashtown, PA 75 cemeteries 73 Cenozoic fossils 42 centerpieces 34, 38 Central Park, NYC 68 Chadwick the Crab 58 Charles River, MA 64 Charleston, SC 82 Charlottesville, VA 80 Chatham, MA 64 Chesapeake Bay, arts & crafts 79; boats 78; children's stories 52, 56; fishing 78; history 78; scenery 77, 78 Chesapeake Beach, MD 76 Chester County, PA 73, 74 Chicago, IL 89; recipes 36 children’s books 17, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59 Chincoteague, VA 80; birds 41; ponies 58, 80 Christmas, decorations 39, 40 Cincinnati, OH 87 Civil War Re-enactment 47 Civil War, The 47 Cleveland, OH 87; ghosts 88 coffee 37, 45 coffee houses 37 Colonial Beach, VA 80 colonial law 40 Colorado, 95; ghosts 95; scenery 95 Colorado Springs, CO 95 Columbus, OH 87 Concord, MA 64 Connecticut 66; architecture 67; arts & crafts 67; ghosts 66; history 66; scenery 66 cookbooks 34, 36 Coolidge, Calvin 47 country music 45 covered bridges, PA 73 covered bridges, VT 62 cowboys 95 cowgirls 45 Crawfordsville crinoids 42, 88 cryptozoology 51, 74, 97 crystals 43 cupcakes 37 D Dallas, TX 92 Davis, Don 45 Daytona, FL 85 decor, California revivial 99; children's 59; table 37 decoys 49; birds 49, 62, 67, 72, 79, 82; fish 49 Delaware 75; architecture 76; beaches 76; ghosts 76; history 76; scenery 75 Denver, CO 95 deposition 40 Destiny's Children, NYC 69 diamonds 37 distilling 36 SUBJECT INDEX 104 Dreary & Naughty 56 drought 44 ducks 41 Durango, CO 95 Dutch oven cooking 35 E eagles 41 East Berlin, PA 75 Eastern Shore, MD 57, 77 engagement rings 37 entertaining 37 Epidote group 43 Esherick, Wharton 48 EVPs 50 F fairies 51 farmer's markets 36 farming 46, Cape Cod 63 feldspar group 43 Finger Lakes, NY 68 firefighters 44 fishing 42, 49 flags 44 flax 46 floral jewelry 38 Florida 84; architecture 85; arts & crafts 86; lore 85; memorabilia 86; scenery 84, 85 flower arranging 37, 38 fluorescent minerals 44 fluorite 43 folklore and food 37 food history 37 food sculpture 34 Fort Lauderdale, FL 84 Fort Myers, FL 85 fossils 9, 42 Frank Leslie 47 Franklin County, PA 75 fraternal organizations 44 Freetown State Forest, MA 65 G games 11, 48 gardening 38 garden plants 38, 60, 81, 82 garnet group 43 garnishing 34 geese 41 gems 43 general interest, children's 54 geology 42 Georgia 82; lore 83; scenery 82, 83 Gettysburg, PA 74 ghostly phenomenon 50 ghost stories 61; AZ 94; CA 98; Chesapeake Bay 78; CO 95; CT 66; England 102; FL 85; GA 83; IL 89; IN 88; KY 86; MA 64; MD 76; ME 62; MI 88; MN 89; MO 90; NC 82; ND 90; NE 61; NH 62; NJ 71; NV 95; NY 68; OK 93; PA 74; SC 82; Scottish 102; TN 86; TX 92; VA 81; VT 62; WA 96; West 94; WI 89 global warming 64 Grand Canyon 90, 94 granite pegmatites 43 Great Britain, coasters 15; tombs 102 Great Lakes 87; arts & crafts 87; lore 87; mining 46 Great Swamp, The, NJ 70 Green Business 40 J Jacksonville, FL 85 James River, VA 80 Jersey City, NJ 70 jewelry, floral 38 K Kansas, ghost stories 90 kansuko 48 Kentucky 86; architecture 86; lore 86; scenery 86 L Lacy, Sam 77 Ladakh 102 Lake Champlain, VT 62 Lancaster County, PA 73 Las Vegas 95 law, colonial 40 legal 40 Lehigh Valley, PA 74 Leslie, Frank 47 Lexington, KY 86 Lexington, MA 64 H lifeguards 72 hairstyles 44 life saving 59 Hampton Roads, VA 80; ghosts 81 lighthouses Harrisburg, PA 74 Cape Cod 65; Chesapeake Bay 79; MA 65 Harry Potter 48 NE 60; NJ 72; NY 69; Pacific 95; RI 66 Havre de Grace, MD 76 Lincoln, Abraham 47 Hawaii 100; fish 100; lore 100; memorabilia 100; Lincoln, Joseph 64 quilts 100; scenery 100; shirts 100 linen 46 herbs 37 literary legends 102 Herkimer diamonds 43 logging 45, 46 Hershey, PA, ghosts 75 Lollipop Monster 54 history, for children 54; general 44 London, UK 102 Hoboken, NJ 70 Long Beach Island, NJ 70 Hockomock, MA 65 Long Branch, NJ 70 holidays 39 Long Island, NY Hollywood 45, 97 fishing 49; lore 68, 69 honey wine 36 Los Angeles, CA 97 Houston, TX 92 Louisiana 86; architecture 87; arts & crafts 87; Hudson Valley, NY 67; haunts 68 lore 86; scenery 86 hydrangeas 39; Cape Cod 63 Louisville, KY 86; architecture 86; scenery 86 I Illinois 89; architecture 89; lore 89 Indiana 88; ghost stories 88; scenery 88 Indianapolis, IN 88; haunted 88 Intercourse, PA 73 Ithaca, NY 67 M Maine 61; arts & crafts 62; lore 62; scenery 61 mallards 41 Manchester, NH 62; ghosts 62; scenery 62 marine life 42 SUBJECT INDEX Martha’s Vineyard: architecture 65; scenery 62, 63 Maryland 76; architecture 77; children's stories 57; ghosts 76; lore 77; scenery 76; women 57 Massachusetts 62; architecture 65; lighthouses 65; lore 64; scenery 62 mead 36 Meadowlands, the 41 Memphis, TN 86 Mesozoic fossils 42 meteorites 43 Miami, FL: artists 85; graffiti art 86; scenery 30, 84 mica group 43 Michigan 88; ghost stories 88; graffiti 88 Middle Atlantic 67; arts & crafts 67; lore 67 middle readers 56, 58 Middletown, NJ 70 Midwest: arts & crafts 87; lore 87 minerals 9, 43, 44 mining 46 mining, equipment 46 Minnesota: lore 89 Missouri: lore 90; scenery 89 Montana: lore 95; scenery 95 Monterey, CA 97 Morgantown, WV: glass 80 Morris Park Crew, NY 70 motion pictures, history 45 music 45 musical instruments, Appalachia 45 N Nantucket 25; architecture 65; arts & crafts 65 scenery 63 Nantucket basket 66 Nashville: lore 86; music 45 natural history 40, 42 nature stories, children's 52 Nebraska: history 90 Nevada: history 95; lore 90; scenery 95 Newcomb Pottery 87 New England: architecture 60; arts & crafts 61; lighthouses 60; lore 61; scenery 60 New Hampshire: lore 62; scenery 62 New Jersey: architecture 72; arts & crafts 72; birds 41; lore 71; Olmsted Parks 39; scenery 70 New Mexico: arts & crafts 94; lore 93; scenery 93 New Orleans: architecture 87; lore 86; scenery 86 New Oxford, PA: lore 75 New York City: architecture 69; arts & crafts 69, 70; ghosts 68; surfing 27 105 Niagara Falls 67; lore 68 North Beach, MD 76 North Carolina 82; lore 82 North Dakota 90; lore 90 North Shore, MA 64; lore 64 O Oakland, CA: lore 98 Ocean City, MD 76; children's stories 57 Ocean City, NJ 71 Ocean Grove, NJ 70; architecture 72 Ohio 87; lore 88; scenery 87 Oklahoma 93; ghost stories 93 Old West 45; jeans 94; photography 95 Olly the Oyster 58 Olmsted Parks, NJ 39 Orange County, CA: lore 98 Oregon 96; lore 96; quilts 96; scenery 96; tattoo 96 Orlando, FL 84; lore 85 Ormond Beach, FL 85 owls: great horned 40; small mountain 41 Oxford, MD 76 P Pacific Northwest 95; arts & crafts 96; logging 46; lore 95; tattoos 96 Paleozoic fossils 42 Palm Beach, FL 85 paranormal phenomena 16, 47, 86 Pasadena, CA 97; architecture 99 Pawnee Bill 45 Pennsylvania 72; architecture 75; arts & crafts 75; lore 74; scenery 72, 73 Petersburg, VA 84; paranormal 67 pets 40; paranormal 50 petscaping 40 Philadelphia 72; architecture 75; cemeteries 73; lore 74; scenery 72 photography: aquatic 70; bird 40; medical 46 Pinelands, NJ 70 pirates 79; children's stories 54 Pittsburgh, PA 72, 74; ghosts 75 Plainfield, NJ 70 Poconos, PA 72 Portland, OR 96; ghosts 96 Potomac Pathway, VA 79 Pottstown, PA 73 presidents, U.S. 47 Princeton, NJ 70 Provincetown Artist Colony 66 Puerto Rico 100 pyroxene group 43 Q Quantico, VA 81 quartz 43 R radio: amateur 48 radioactive minerals 9, 43 redwood 46 regional books 60; for children 56 Rehoboth, DE 76 reptiles 42 Rhode Island 66; lore 66; scenery 66 rhythm & blues 45 Richmond, VA 80; haunted 81 Ripken, Cal 77 Rochester, NY: ghosts 68 roller coasters 15, 48; UK 15 Route 66, MO 89 Rupert 23 RVs 48 Ryman setter 40 S sailing 48 Salem, MA 64 saltbox house 59 San Antonio, TX 92; architecture 93; lore 92 San Diego, CA 97; haunted 98 San Francisco, CA 97; architecture 99; earthquake 98; ghosts 98 San Jose, CA: haunts 98 Santa Fe, NM 93; ghosts 94 Sarasota, FL 85 Saratoga Springs, NY 67 Savannah, GA 82; plants 82 scenery: AK 100; AZ 94; CA 96; Chesapeake Bay 77; CO 95; CT 66; DE 75; FL 84; GA 82; HA 100; IL 89; IN 88; KY 86; LA 86; MA 62; ME 61; Mexico 100; MN 95; MO 89; New England 60; NH 62; NJ 70; NM 93; NV 95; NY 67; OH 87; OR 96; PA 72; Puerto Rico 100; RI 66; SC 82; South 81; Southwest 90; TN 86; TX 92; VA 80; VT 62; WA 96; Washinton, DC 79; West, the 94; WV 80 schooner yachts 48 SUBJECT INDEX 106 Scotland: ghosts 102 Sea Feather 58 seafood, recipes 36 Sea Isle City, NJ 71 Shaker ghosts 50 Shaker society 61 Shaker Village kit 58 shorebirds 41 sideshows 44 silicate crystals 43 soap carving 59 songbirds 41 South Beach, FL 84; architecture 85 South Carolina: birds 41; lore 82; scenery 82 South Shore, MA 63 South, the 81; arts & crafts 81; lore 81 Southwest, the: arts & crafts 90, 91, 92; lore 90 spices 37 stagecoaches 45 St. Augustine, FL 84 St. John’s River, FL 85 St. Louis, MO 89; ghosts 90 St. Michaels, MD 76 St. Petersburg, FL 84 sugar art 37 Susquehanna Valley, PA: ghosts 74 swans 41 Sweet Rot 56 T table decor 37 table decoration 34 Talbot County, MD 76 Tampa, FL 84 tea 37 Tennessee 86; lore 86 Texas 92; architecture 93; art & crafts 93; lore 92 Thanksgiving 40 titania 44 Tombstone, AZ 94 tourmaline group 44 trains 47; wrecks 48 transportation: calamaties 48; history 47 Tuckerton, NJ 71 Tucson, AZ 94; lore 94 Turkey Hill 74 U Y UFOs 51; CA 97; Long Island, NY 68; ME 62; Mid-Atlantic 67; Midwest 87; MO 90; NJ 71; NM 93; NV 90; NY 68; PA 74; SC 82; TX 92 undertaking 46 underwater photography 42 United Kingdom: art 102; lore 102; roller coasters 15 Yankee Chef 36 Yellowstone 94 York, PA, haunted 74 U.S. presidents 47 V Valley Forge, PA, ghosts 74 vampires 51 Vermont 62; haunted 62; scenery 62 vesuvianite group 44 Victorian doll house kit 59 Virginia: lore 80; quilts of 81; recipes 36; rivers 80; seafood 36 Virginia Beach, VA 80 voodoo 87 W wading birds 41 Warwick Valley, NY, ghosts 68 Washington 96; lore 96 Washington, D.C. 79; arts & crafts 80; lore 79 waterfowl 41 weddings 37; Indian 37 West Chester, PA 73; ghosts 74 West Point, NY, ghosts 68 West, the 94; arts & crafts 95; lore 94 West Virginia 80; arts & crafts 80; lore 80; scenery 80 whales 42 whips 45 wild game recipes 35 Wildwood, NJ 71 Williamsburg, VA 80; lore 80 windmills activity book 59 Winter Park, FL 84 Wisconsin lore 89 women 44 wood ducks 41 wood-fired oven recipes 35 Worcester, MA 64 world, the 44 Wyoming 95; haunted 95 Z zuni jewelry 91, 92